As submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 14 , 2017

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM F-1

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

CHINA INTERNET NATIONWIDE FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

British Virgin Islands   6199   Not Applicable
State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or organization   Classification Code Number)   Identification No.)

 

Dongsanhuan Middle Road

#1 Building Unit 1 Room 1501 Unit 13-14,

Chaoyang District, Beijing, People’s Republic of China 100020

+86 010-59817999

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Start Incorp Services Limited

Start Chambers,

Wickham’s Cay II,

P.O. Box 2221, Road Town,

Tortola, British Virgin Islands

Tel: +1 284 494 9820(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

 

Benjamin Tan , Esq.

Sichenzia Ross Ference Kesner LLP

61 Broadway, 32 nd Floor

New York, NY 10006

(212) 930-9700 – telephone

(212) 930-9725 – facsimile

William S. Rosenstadt, Esq.

Mengyi “Jason” Ye, Esq.

Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP

501 Madison Avenue, 14 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

(212) 588-0022 – telephone

(212) 826-9307 - facsimile

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. [  ]

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each class of
securities to be registered
  Amount to be
registered
    Proposed maximum
offering price per
unit
    Proposed
maximum
aggregate offering
price (1)
    Amount of
registration fee
 
Ordinary shares, par value US$0.001 per share (2)  

4,000,000

    US$

5.00

    US$

20,000,000

  US$

2 , 318

 

Underwriter Warrant (3)

  -       -       -          

Ordinary shares, par value US$0.001 per share underlying Underwriter Warrants (4)

 

260,000

    US$

6.00

    US$

1,560,000

    US$

181

 

 

  (1) The registration fee for securities is based on an estimate of the proposed maximum offering price of the securities, and such estimate is solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).
     
  (2) In accordance with Rule 416(a), the Registrant is also registering an indeterminate number of additional ordinary shares that shall be issuable pursuant to Rule 416 to prevent dilution resulting from share splits, share dividends or similar transactions.
     
  (3) No separate fee is required pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act of 1933,
     
  (4)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act of 1933. If we complete this offering, then on the closing date, we will issue underwriter warrants to Boustead Securities, LLC , serving as the representative of the underwriters to purchase such number of ordinary shares equal to six and one half percent (6.5%) of the total number of the ordinary shares sold by the Company in the offering at an exercise price of 120% of the price at which we sell our ordinary shares in this offering. Assuming a maximum placement of 260,000 warrants and an exercise price of $6.00 per share (120% of a $5.00 offering price), we would receive, in the aggregate, approximately $1,560,000 upon exercise of the underwriter warrants.

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

     
 

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting any offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion,

 

Dated                 , 2017

 

Minimum Offering: 1,600,000 Shares of Ordinary Shares

 

Maximum Offering: 4,000,000 Shares of Ordinary Shares

 

 

CHINA INTERNET NATIONWIDE FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

 

This is the initial public offering of China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc. We are offering a minimum of 1,600,000 and a maximum of 4,000,000 of our ordinary shares. None of our officers, directors or affiliates may purchase shares in this offering. We expect that the initial public offering price of the ordinary shares will be US$5.00 per share.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. We intend to apply for listing of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CIFS”. If the application is approved, trading of our ordinary shares is expected to begin within five (5) days after the date of initial issuance of the ordinary shares. We cannot assure you that our application will be approved; however, we will not complete this offering without a listing approval letter from The NASDAQ Global Market.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable U.S. federal securities laws and are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

Investing in the ordinary shares involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 .

 

   

Per Ordinary
Share

   

Minimum
Offering

   

Maximum
Offering

 
Price to public (1)   US$

5.00

    US$

8,000,000

    US$

20,000,000

 
Underwriting discounts and commissions (2)   US$

0.325

    US$

520,000

    US$

1,300,000

 
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   US$

4.675

    US$

7,480,000

    US$

18,700,000

 

 

 

(1) We expect that the offering price will be $5.00 per share.
   
(2) We will pay the underwriters a cash fee of 6.5% on gross proceeds of this offering. In addition, the underwriters will receive a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1% of the gross proceeds and compensation in addition to the commission. See “Plan of Distribution and Underwriting” beginning on page 140 of this prospectus for a description of compensation payable to the underwriters.

 

  2  
   

 

In addition to the fees discussed above, we have agreed to issue to the underwriters and to register herein warrants to purchase up to a total of 260,000 ordinary shares (equal to 6.5% of the maximum number of ordinary shares sold in this offering) and to also register herein such underlying shares. The warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, commencing from the closing of the initial public offering and expiring two (2) years from the effective date of the registration statement. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price of $6.00 (equal to 120% of the public offering price per share in the offering). The warrants are also exercisable on a cashless basis. We do not intend to list the warrants issued to the underwriters on an exchange or over-the-counter quotation system.

 

The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also covers the underwriter warrants and the shares of ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise thereof. We also have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their out-of-pocket expenses. See “Plan of Distribution and Underwriting” for a description of these arrangements.

 

We expect our total cash expenses for this offering to be approximately $1,100,000 . The underwriters are only required to use their best efforts to sell the maximum number of securities offered (4,000,000). The offering will terminate upon the earlier of: (i) a date mutually acceptable to us and our underwriters after which at least 1,600,000 shares of our ordinary shares are sold assuming an offering price of $5.00 per share (the minimum offering); (ii) such time as 4,000,000 shares of our ordinary shares are sold assuming an offering price of $5.00 per share (the maximum offering) or (iii) August 31, 2017. If   we do not sell at least 1,600,000 shares by August 31, 2017, all funds will be promptly returned to investors (within one business day) without interest or deduction. If we complete this offering, net proceeds will be delivered to us on the closing date. We will not be able to use such proceeds in China, however, until we complete certain remittance procedures in China.

 

Neither the United States Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission or any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the ordinary shares against payment in U.S. dollars to purchasers on or about           , 2017.

 

 

 

  3  
   

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
Prospectus Summary 6
Risk Factors 21
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 51
Operating Metrics 52
Use of Proceeds 53
Dividend Policy 54
Capitalization 55

Dilution

56
Exchange Rate Information 57
Enforceability of Civil Liabilities 58
Our History and Corporate Structure 60
Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data 65
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 66
Industry 79
Business 85
Regulation 103
Management 111
Principal Shareholders 115
Related Party Transactions 116
Description of Share Capital 120
Shares Eligible for Future Sales 134
Taxation 135

Plan of Distribution and Underwriting

140
Expenses Related to This Offering 144
Legal Matters 144
Experts 144
Interests of Named Experts and Counsel 145
Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification 145
Where You Can Find Additional Information 145
Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements F-1

 

  4  
   

 

This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry, including market position, market size, and growth rates of the markets in which we participate, that are based on industry publications and reports. This prospectus contains statistical data and estimates published by National Bureau of Statistics and People’s of Bank of China, including a report titled “2012-2018 China’s Financial Advisory Services Industry Market Overview Analysis”, which we requested Beijing Han Ding Century Consulting Co. Ltd to prepare and for which we paid a fee and which we refer to in this prospectus as the “Han Ding Report”. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to variety of factors, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, ordinary shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our ordinary shares.

 

Neither we nor any of the underwriters has done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the ordinary shares and the distribution of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus outside of the United States.

 

Until           , 2017 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

  5  
   

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to this summary, we urge you to read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our ordinary shares discussed under “Risk Factors,” before deciding whether to buy our ordinary shares. This prospectus contains information from a report commissioned by us and prepared in 2016, as updated from time to time, by Beijing Han Ding Century Consulting Co. Ltd, an independent market research firm, to provide information on the online consumer finance marketplace industry in China.

 

Our Mission

 

Our mission is to be the one-stop shop for providing financial solutions to small-to-medium sized enterprises.

 

Our founders started our company to champion small-to-medium sized enterprises, in the belief that the growth of such enterprises will form the backbone of and spur China’s transformation from a middle-class country to a high income economy. Meeting the capital needs of the small-to-medium sized enterprises will be integral to their growth.

 

Our Business

 

We are in the business of providing financial advisory services to meet the financial and capital needs of our clients, which comprise largely of small-to-medium sized enterprises. Through our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Hongkong Internet Financial Services Limited (“HKIFS”) and Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd (“WFOE”) and our contractually controlled and managed company, Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd (“SYX” or “Sheng Ying Xin”)  and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Kashgar Sheng Yingxin Enterprise Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Kashgar SYX”), we offer commercial payment advisory services, international corporate financing advisory services and intermediary bank loan advisory services.

 

Historically, we had also made direct loans to certain qualified borrowers. We do not anticipate making any more direct loans but instead, we will be depositing (“entrusting”) our funds in trust accounts with certain bank lenders, who will, in turn, make loans to borrowers. Be that as it may, we had made the “direct loans” to better utilize our excess cash on hand at that time. However we anticipate that future “entrusted loans” will be infrequent, if at all.

 

We generate revenue from service fees in connection with our (i) commercial payment advisory services, (ii) international corporate financing advisory services, and (iii) intermediary bank loan advisory services. Additionally we earn interest income from our direct or designated lending business. As returns from these (entrusted) loans are limited and infrequent, we do not regard such loan business as a separate line of business. In addition, we do not expect the balance of such loans to increase significantly in the future and the interest income from such loans would not become a significant portion of our net income. We may gradually cease the conduct of this form of investment when there are better investment options of our cash. We record the interest from these loans under “Other Income” in our financial statements.

 

We received an Internet Content Provider (“ICP”) license for value-added Internet information services in December 2015. We plan to develop our electronic platform in stages to allow our clients to firstly access information regarding available financial products and services and then later track their loan application status. The ICP license is a permit issued by the Chinese Ministry of Industry and Information Technology to permit China-based websites to operate in China.

 

  6  
   

 

Our Industry

 

We operate in a highly-competitive industry. China’s financial services industry has grown quite rapidly over the past decade as a result of China’s economic development, rising consumption power among Chinese consumers and increasing capitals needs among Micro, Small-to-Medium Size Enterprises (“SMEs”). Today, the industry’s prospects in China remain very attractive because the growing consumption levels and financial needs of these SMEs remain underserved.

 

According to the State Administration for Industry and Commerce (“SAIC”) “National Small-micro Enterprises Development Report” released in March 2014, as of the end of 2013, the total number of PRC enterprises was 15,278,400, of which there were 11,698,700 SMEs, accounting for 76.57% of the total.

 

According to the Han Ding Report, SMEs contributed 60% to the PRC’s gross domestic product (“GDP”) and 50% to the PRC’s national tax revenue in 2013. However, development of SMEs in the PRC has been stifled due to insufficient financial resources and support from traditional banks and major financing institutions because their company size, limited credit history and lack of guarantor support. This has resulted in a need for our advisory services.

 

Commercial Payment Advisory Services Industry

 

We provide commercial payment advisory services to our clients so that they may obtain acceptance bills from banks. The market for acceptance bills has grown significantly over the past twenty years. According to the Han Ding Report, in 2009, the total value of bank acceptance bills and discounted bank acceptance bills issued that year was more than RMB 10 trillion (approximately $1.50 trillion) and RMB 20 trillion (approximately$3.01 trillion), respectively. As of 2014, the total value of acceptance and discounted commercial acceptance bills was more than RMB 22 trillion (approximately$3.31 trillion) and RMB 60 trillion (approximately$9.029 trillion), respectively. In the first three quarters of 2015, enterprises had issued commercial acceptance bills of an aggregate value of RMB 16.6 trillion (approximately$2.50 trillion). Among those enterprises, about 66% were SMEs. Acceptance bills provide SMEs with an efficient solution to finance their capital needs. According to the Han Ding Report, acceptance bills are more commonly used in east China, such as in the Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Shandong and Guangdong provinces.

 

International Corporate Financing Advisory Services Industry

 

We help our clients that have overseas financing needs obtain financing to support their overseas business development. Since the PRC’s “Reform and Opening-up” Policy was first established in 1979, China has accomplished remarkable achievements in overseas investments. According to the 2014 Statistical Bulletin of China’s Outward Foreign Direct Investment, Chinese investors invested in 6,128 companies located in 156 different countries and territories, and the investment amount was approximately $123.12 billion, an increase of 14.2% from 2013.

 

The “One Belt and One Road” Policy was implemented in 2013 and it encourages Chinese companies to seek more development opportunities in the international market. As this policy continues to be implemented, more SMEs seek opportunities abroad, thus increasing the need for international corporate financing.

 

According to the China Monetary Policy Report for the Fourth Quarter of 2014, by the end of 2014, the amount of loan in foreign currencies of financial institutions was RMB 86.8 trillion (approximately$13.32 trillion), indicating a year-to-year growth rate of 13.3%. According to the Han Ding Report, by the end of September, 2015, the amount of loan in foreign currencies of financial institutions was RMB 97.8 trillion (approximately$14.71 trillion), representing a growth rate of 14.5% compared with the same period of 2014.

 

Intermediary Bank Loan Advisory Services Industry

 

We help our clients (typically SMEs) obtain loan financing from PRC banks. SMEs have become an important force for sustained, rapid and healthy development of China’s economy. Moreover, SMEs have played an irreplaceable role in promoting China’s economic development, providing jobs labors and promoting market prosperity. According to the survey of SME Bureau in 2008, 85.6% of SMEs lack liquidity, and 23% of defunct SMEs resulted from inadequate capital (Source: http://file.scirp.org/pdf/JSSM_2014062510302476.pdf).

 

  7  
   

 

Because of this dire need to cater to the financing needs of SMEs, a large number of financial advisory entities have emerged in China. According to the Han Ding Report, regulation over the financial advisory industry is rudimentary at best. Competition is fierce, barriers of entry are low and the market is subject to significant changes as a result of an unstable financial and legal policy regulating the industry.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

Although we operate in a highly-competitive industry, we believe that the following strengths contribute to our success and are differentiating factors that set us apart from our peers.

 

    Experienced and committed management team . Key members of our management team, including Mr. Jianxin Lin and Mr. Jinchi Xu, have had extensive experience in the financial advisory service industry. Mr. Lin and Mr. Xu have provided financial advisory services similar to our services to many small-to-medium sized enterprises since 2008 and collectively have over 15 years’ experience. Their experience has provided them with the skills and expertise that are essential in approaching and selecting appropriate banks, dealing with bank personnel, identifying and evaluating appropriate financial products and services, structuring tailored financial solutions and bargaining with banks on behalf of our clients. In addition, they also have extensive experience directly operating SMEs. Such experience has provided our key management team with a large and diverse industry client base and first-hand understanding of SMEs’ various financing needs.
     
  Substantial potential client base. Prior to establishing our company, Mr. Jianxin Lin and Mr. Jinchi Xu have worked together to offer financial advisory services to small – to – medium sized enterprises since early 2008 and over the years, they accumulated a substantial client base and forged strong relationships with these clients through a proven track record of successfully advising on their financing needs. We believe that these clients will continue to be a source of business as well as a good referral source to new clients.
     
  Strong Relationships with Domestic and Overseas Banks. We have forged strong, on-going relationships with domestic and oversea banks over the years. As the primary goal of financial advisory services offered by us is to facilitate the successful execution of financial transactions by our clients with third-party banks, we have, through the course of our representation, come to familiarize ourselves with the financial products and services of these banks. We have also successful promoted these financial products and services to our clients as part of structuring their financing needs and as a result, enabled the banks and their personnel to meet their business goals such as monthly deposits, loan and wealth management products sales targets. We believe this incentivizes banks and their employees to continue their relationship with us, updating us on new products and services and even offering preferential terms to our clients. It is through leveraging this relationship with many banks that we believe we are able to provide a unique value-added service to our clients and will be able to grow our client base. These banks may also refer us clients that they are unable to serve either due to their internal client assessment requirements or availability of financial product and service offerings.
     
  Innovative Financial Solutions. We believe that because of our various suite of advisory services, we are able to come up with creative business solutions for our clients. Our services largely involve combining already existing, available financial products and services offered by banks (including bank deposits, wealth management products, letters of guarantee, acceptance bills and loans) to form a customized financing solution for both our clients and the banks with whom we work with. This innovative business model, in turn, allows us to meet our clients’ different needs by accessing high quality and highly sought-after financial products which may be offered only to selective clients of the bank and not to general public.

 

  8  
   

 

Our Strategies

 

The key elements of our strategy to grow our business include:

 

  Strengthen our service capabilities with a focus on higher margin commercial payment advisory service. We plan to focus on strengthening and developing commercial payment advisory services as our core business which we believe is a fast growing segment and has great growth potential. In Financial Year 2015, our most profitable revenue segment is in providing commercial payment advisory services where our profit margin was 97.5% compared to 97.1% for International corporate financing advisory services, 96.2% for intermediary bank loan advisory services. As a percentage of revenue, our revenue from commercial payment advisory services is the largest and we believe, based on observing the marketplace, that this segment will continue to be our main source of revenue. We plan to expand our commercial payment advisory services to large state-owned enterprises.
     
  Expand geographical coverage. We aim to serve more clients from economically fast-developing areas such as Tianjin, Shandong, Hubei, Yangtze River Delta and the Pearl River Delta. So far the bulk of our clients are from the Fujian province because of legacy relationships with their clients with management, particularly, Mr. Jianxin Lin and Mr. Jinchi Xu. We believe we have significant growth potential in these areas because (i) there are a large number of small-to-medium sized enterprises there that have greater demand for financing and alternative payment methods, and (ii) local banks based in these areas offer more diverse financial products and flexible services.
     
  Enhance our ability to attract, incentivize and retain talented professionals. We believe our success greatly depends on our ability to attract, incentivize and retain talented professionals. With a view to maintaining and improving our competitive advantage in the market, we plan to implement a series of initiatives to attract additional and retain mid- to high-level personnel, including formulating a market-oriented employee compensation structure and implementing a standardized multi-level performance review mechanism. We implemented a key performance indicator, or KPI mechanism to assess the performance of departments and individuals and help determine compensation structures for each department and individual. We believe this KPI mechanism will enable us to monitor and keep track of the contributions and efforts of each employee and to help us efficiently identify and appropriately compensate our most valuable employees in the Company.
     
  Expand our service portfolio. We plan to further expand our service portfolio by merging with or acquiring entities already holding other such financial service licenses, such as factoring, microcredit, financial leasing, pawn mortgage and rural banking licenses so that we may expand into providing such services.
     
  Enhance our IT infrastructure . We received an Internet Content Provider (“ICP”) license for value-added Internet information services on December 18, 2015. We are implementing our “Plus Internet” strategy by developing our electronic platform in stages to allow our clients to firstly access information regarding available financial products and services and then later track their loan application status. We believe this will allow us to expand client reach beyond the physical boundaries of our office(s), and to efficiently match our clients’ financing needs with financing products offered by various financial sources online.

 

Our Challenges and Risks

 

We recommend that you consider carefully the risks discussed below and under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 of this prospectus before purchasing our ordinary shares. If any of these risks occur, our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and ability to make distributions to our shareholders could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline and you could lose some or all of your investment. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

  9  
   

 

PRC Legal Challenges.

 

  Under PRC laws and regulations, we are permitted to use the proceeds from this offering to fund our PRC subsidiaries only through loans or capital contributions, subject to applicable government registration and approval requirements. We currently anticipate financing our subsidiaries by means of capital contributions. These capital contributions must be filed with the Ministry of Commerce of China, or MOFCOM, or its local counterpart. The cost for completing such filings and registration is minimal. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China— PRC regulation of loans to, and direct investments in, PRC entities by offshore holding companies may delay or prevent us from using proceeds from this offering and/or future financing activities to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC operating subsidiaries.”
     
  Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law, we may be classified as a “Resident Enterprise” of China. Such classification will likely result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC stockholders.
     
  Since our operations and assets are located in the PRC, shareholders may find it difficult to enforce a U.S. judgment against the assets of our company, our directors and executive officers.
     
  If we become directly subject to the recent scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity involving U.S.-listed Chinese companies, we may have to expend significant resources to investigate and resolve the matter which could harm our business operations, this offering and our reputation and could result in a loss of your investment in our ordinary shares, especially if such matter cannot be addressed and resolved favorably.
     
  Limited Operating History.
     
  Our significant business lines have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and results of operations.
     
  Competition.
     
  We face considerable competition in each of our major business lines.
     
  Availability of financial products developed by banks.
     
  We rely on the financial products developed by banks as basis to provide our service to clients. Any disruption in the supply of these products could adversely impact our ability to deliver our service.
     
  The employment and retain of professional staff.
     
  Our business will suffer if we cannot employ or retain staff possessing industry and financial knowledge and experience.
     
  Our ability to maintain and enhance our brand recognition and to conduct our sales and marketing activities cost-effectively.
     
  As we have a limited operating history, our focus will be on maintaining and enhancing our brand recognition in a cost-effective manner. We may not be able to compete effectively with our more established competitors and this may in turn impede our growth and profitability.
     
  Information technology infrastructure
     
  We are heavily reliant on information technology and our business will suffer from any unexpected network interruptions or network failures.

 

See “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of these and other risks and uncertainties associated with our business and investing in our ordinary shares.

 

  10  
   

 

Corporate History and Structure

 

China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc. (“we” or “CIFS”) is a holding company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands on September 28, 2015. On October 7, 2015, we incorporated Hongkong Internet Financial Services Limited (“HKIFS ” ) in Hong Kong SAR. HKIFS, in turn, incorporated Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd (“WFOE”) in the People’s Republic of China with a registered capital of RMB1,000,000 (approximately US$ 150,375.94) on December 31, 2015. WFOE has entered into a series of contractual agreements with Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd (“Sheng Ying Xin” or “SYX”), a company incorporated in the People’s Republic of China on September 16, 2014. Sheng Ying Xin was originally incorporated as Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co. Ltd and later changed its name to Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd on February 17, 2016. Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co. Ltd, as it was then known, was initially incorporated with a registered capital of RMB 45,000,000 (approximately US$6,766,917.29). Its registered capital was later increased to RMB 150,000,000 (approximately US$ 22,556,390.98) on June 30, 2015 but later reduced to RMB 50,000,000 (approximately 7,518,796.99) on April 25, 2016. On December 29, 2016, Sheng Ying Xin incorporated Kashgar Sheng Yingxin Enterprise Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Kashgar SYX”) in the People’s Republic of China with a registered capital of RMB 5,000,000 (approximately, US$ 726,665), which capital has to be contributed in full by December 31, 2026. The legal representative of Kashgar SYX is Mr. Shaoyong Huang, who is also a 1% nominee equity shareholder of Sheng Ying Xin on behalf of Mr. Jianxin Lin.

 

The contractual agreements between WFOE and Sheng Ying Xin essentially confer control and management as well as the economic benefits of Sheng Ying Xin onto WFOE.

 

We presently provide all our financial advisory services through Sheng Ying Xin and Kashgar SYX although we have historically generated all our revenue through Sheng Ying Xin.

 

Engaging in the internet information services business is subject to significant restrictions under current PRC laws and regulations. The PRC government regulates internet access, the distribution of online information in China through strict business licensing requirement and other government regulations.

 

We are a British Virgin Islands company and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Hongkong Internet Financial Services Limited and Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd are wholly foreign-owned enterprises. British Virgin Islands companies and wholly foreign-owned enterprises are restricted from holding certain licenses related to the provision of online information services and value-added internet formation service in China. Due to PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership and investment in, among other areas, value-added telecommunications services, which include internet content providers, or ICPs, we, similar to all other entities with foreign-incorporated holding company structures operating in our industry in China, have to operate our internet businesses and other businesses in which foreign investment is restricted or prohibited in the PRC through variable interest entities.

 

Accordingly, we plan to operate our online electronic platform in China through Sheng Ying Xin, which is wholly owned by two Chinese shareholders, one of whom is our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Jianxin Lin. The contractual arrangements collectively enable us to exercise effective control over, and realize substantially all of the economic risks and benefits arising from, the variable interest entities. See “Our History and Corporate Structure — Contractual Arrangements among Our Wholly-foreign Owned Enterprise, Variable Interest Entity and the Variable Interest Entity Equity Holders.” The contractual arrangements may not be as effective in providing operational control as direct ownership. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure.” As a result, we include the financial results of Sheng Ying Xin in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, as if it were our wholly-owned subsidiary.

 

  11  
   

 

The following diagram illustrates our current corporate structure:

 

 

 

(1)

Mr. Jianxin Lin is our founder and has served as Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer since our inception. Mr. Lin also founded Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co. Ltd. (formerly known as Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co. Ltd) in 2014 and is its Chief Executive Officer and General Manager.  

 

  Mr. Lin owns and controls 16,340,000 of our ordinary shares held by Jianxin Management Limited, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and wholly owned by Mr. Lin. He has been serving as a director at Jianxin Management Limited since its inception. Mr. Lin also owns 99% equity interest directly and the remaining 1% equity interest indirectly through Mr. Shaoyong Huang as his nominee in Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co. Ltd.  

 

(2)

 

Ms. Lu Sun has served as our Chief Financial Officer since our inception. She has also been Chief Financial Officer of Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co. Ltd since December 2015. Ms. Sun does not own any equity interest in CIFS nor Sheng Ying Xin.

 

(3)

On December 29, 2016, Sheng Ying Xin incorporated Kashgar Sheng Yingxin Enterprise Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Kashgar SYX”) in the People’s Republic of China with a registered capital of RMB 5,000,000 (approximately, US$ 726,665), which capital has to be contributed in full by December 31, 2026.  The legal representative of Kashgar SYX is Mr. Shaoyong Huang, who is also a 1% nominee equity shareholder of Sheng Ying Xin on behalf of Mr. Jianxin Lin.

 

(4) Yukkwan Investment Limited, Xingrong Investment Limited, Kafung Management Limited and Alain Investment Holdings Limited, all companies incorporated in the British Virgin Islands own 920,000 (4.6%), 840,000 (4.2%), 980,000 (4.9%) and 920,000 (4.6%) ordinary shares in China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc., respectively. Yuk Kwan Suen owns and controls all the issued and outstanding ordinary shares of Yukkwan Investment Limited, Xingrong Wei owns and controls all the issued and outstanding ordinary shares of Xingrong Investment Limited, Ka-Fung Lau owns and controls all the issued and outstanding ordinary shares of Kafung Management Limited and Alain Geoffrey Fouraux owns and controls all the issued and outstanding ordinary shares of Alain Investment Holdings Limited.
   
(5) Each of the VIE Contractual Agreements is described in detail below:

 

Contract that enables us to receive substantially all of the economic benefits from the variable interest entity

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

Pursuant to the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement between Sheng Ying Xin and WFOE, WFOE provides Sheng Ying Xin with technical support, financing support, consulting services and other management services relating to its day-to-day business operations and management, on an exclusive basis and to the extent permissible under the PRC laws, utilizing its advantages in technology, human resources, and information. For services rendered to Sheng Ying Xin by WFOE under this agreement, WFOE is entitled to collect a service fee on a monthly basis, which is approximately equal to the net income of Sheng Ying Xin.

 

The Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement shall remain in effect for ten years unless it is terminated by WFOE with 30-day prior notice. Sheng Ying Xin does not have the right to terminate the agreement unilaterally. WFOE may unilaterally extend the term of this agreement with prior written notice.

 

The sole director and president of WFOE, Mr. Jianxin Lin, is currently managing Sheng Ying Xin pursuant to the terms of the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement. WFOE has absolute authority relating to the management of Sheng Ying Xin, including but not limited to decisions with regard to expenses, salary raises and bonuses, hiring, firing and other operational functions.

 

  12  
   

 

Contracts that give us effective control of the variable interest entity

 

Share Pledge Agreement

 

Under the Share Pledge Agreement between the SYX Shareholders and WFOE, the SYX Shareholders pledged all of their equity interests in Sheng Ying Xin to WFOE to guarantee the performance of Sheng Ying Xin’s obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement. Under the terms of the agreement, WFOE, as pledgee, will be entitled to certain rights, including, but not limited to, the right to collect dividends generated by the pledged equity interests. The SYX Shareholders also agreed that upon occurrence of any event of default, as set forth in the Share Pledge Agreement, WFOE is entitled to dispose of the pledged equity interest in accordance with applicable PRC laws, and the funds collected by WFOE by enforcing the pledge will be used for satisfying all obligations secured under the Share Pledge Agreement. The SYX Shareholders further agreed not to dispose of the pledged equity interests or take any actions that would prejudice WFOE’s interest. All of the equity interest pledges with respect to the equity interests in Sheng Ying Xin according to the Share Pledge Agreement have been registered with Chaoyang branch of the Beijing Administration for Industry and Commerce in China on July 26, 2016.

 

The Share Pledge Agreement shall be effective until all payments due under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement have been paid by Sheng Ying Xin. WFOE shall cancel or terminate the Share Pledge Agreement upon Sheng Ying Xin’s full payment of fees payable under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement.

 

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

Under the Exclusive Option Agreement, the SYX Shareholders irrevocably granted WFOE (or its designee) an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC law, once or at multiple times, at any time, part or all of their equity interests in Sheng Ying Xin at the exercise price of RMB1.00. The agreement remains effective for a term of ten years and may be renewed at WFOE’s election. Once WFOE exercises the option, the parties shall enter into a separate equity interest transfer or similar agreement.

 

Power of Attorney

 

Under the Power of Attorney, the SYX Shareholders authorize WFOE to act on their behalf as their exclusive agent and attorney with respect to all rights as shareholders, including but not limited to: (a) attending shareholders’ meetings; (b) exercising all the shareholder’s rights, including voting, that shareholders are entitled to under the laws of China and the Articles of Association, including but not limited to the sale or transfer or pledge or disposition of shares in part or in whole; and (c) designating and appointing on behalf of shareholders the legal representative, the director, supervisor, the chief executive officer and other senior management members of Sheng Ying Xin.

 

Although it is not explicitly stipulated in the Power of Attorney, the term of the Power of Attorney shall be the same term as the Exclusive Option Agreement.

 

This Power of Attorney is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable and continuously valid from the date of execution of this Power of Attorney, so long as the SYX Shareholder is a shareholder of company, unless WFOE instructs the SYX Shareholder in writing to terminate the Power of Attorney in whole or in part.

 

  13  
   

 

In the opinion of Han Kun Law Offices, our PRC legal counsel:

 

 

  * the ownership structures of our wholly-foreign owned enterprise and our variable interest entity in China, both currently and immediately after giving effect to this offering, do not and will not violate any applicable PRC law, regulation, or rule currently in effect based on current interpretation of those law, regulation or rule; and
     
  * the contractual arrangements between our wholly-foreign owned enterprise, our variable interest entity and the variable interest entity equity holders governed by PRC laws are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms and applicable PRC laws, rules, and regulations currently in effect, and will not violate any applicable PRC law, regulation, or rule currently in effect.

 

However, we have been further advised by our PRC legal counsel, Han Kun Law Offices, that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, rules and regulations. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may in the future take a view that is contrary to the opinion of our PRC legal counsel. We have been further advised by our PRC legal counsel that if the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating our Internet-based business do not comply with PRC government restrictions on foreign investment in the aforesaid business we engage in, we could be subject to severe penalties including being prohibited from continuing operations. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure.”

 

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at Dongsanhuan Middle Road, Building Unit 1 Room 1501 Unit 13-14, Chaoyang District, Beijing, People’s Republic of China 100020. Our telephone number at this address is +86 -010-5981 7999. Our registered office in the British Virgin Islands is located at the offices of Start Incorp Services Limited Start Chambers, Wickham’s Cay II,P.O. Box 2221, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

 

Investors should submit any inquiries to the address and telephone number of our principal executive offices. Our main website is www.cifsp.com . The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Delaney Corporate Services, Ltd, located at99 Washington Avenue, Albany, New York 12210-2822.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

As a company with less than US$1.0 billion in revenue for the last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting. The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. However, we have elected to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted for public companies. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

 

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the last day of our fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least US$1.0 billion; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (c) the date on which we have, during the previous three year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.

 

  14  
   

 

Conventions that Apply to this Prospectus

 

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires in this prospectus:

 

 

 

“APR” or “annual percentage rate” refers to the annual rate that is charged to borrowers, including a fixed interest rate and a transaction fee rate, expressed as a single percentage number that represents the actual yearly cost of borrowing over the life of a loan;

     
  “BVI” means the British Virgin Islands;
     
  “BVI Act” means the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (as amended);
     
  “China” or the “PRC” refers to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for the purposes of this prospectus only, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan;
     
  “CIFS”, “we,” “us,” “our company” and “our” refer to China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc., its subsidiaries and its consolidated variable interest entity;
     
  “ICP” means internet content provider;
     
  “ordinary shares” prior to the completion of this offering refers to our ordinary shares of par value US$0.001 per share, and upon and after the completion of this offering are to our ordinary shares, each of par value US$0.001 per share;
     
  “RMB” and “Renminbi” refer to the legal currency of China;
     
  “SMEs” are to small- and medium-sized enterprises;
     
  “US$,” “U.S. dollars,” “$,” and “dollars” refer to the legal currency of the United States; and
     
  “variable interest entity” is to our variable interest entity, Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd, that is 100% owned by PRC citizens, that holds our Internet content provider license, or ICP license or other business operation licenses or approvals, and generally operates our various websites for our internet businesses or other businesses in which foreign investment is restricted or prohibited, and is consolidated into our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP as if it were our wholly-owned subsidiary;

 

Our reporting currency is the Renminbi. This prospectus also contains translations of certain foreign currency amounts into U.S. dollars for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise stated, all translations of Renminbi into U.S. dollars were made at RMB 6.9430 to US$1.00, the exchange rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board on June 30, 2016. We make no representation that the Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. On December 31 , 2016, the noon buying rate for Renminbi was RMB 6.9430 to US$1.00.

 

This prospectus contains information and statistics relating to China’s economy and the industries in which we operate derived from various publications issued by market research companies and PRC governmental entities, which have not been independently verified by us, the underwriters or any of their respective affiliates or advisers. The information in such sources may not be consistent with other information compiled in or outside China.

 

  15  
   

 

THE OFFERING

 

Assumed offering price per ordinary share   We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be US$5.00 per share.
     
Ordinary shares offered by us  

Minimum: 1,600,000 ordinary shares

     
    Maximum: 4,000,000 ordinary shares
     

Ordinary shares outstanding immediately before this offering *

 

20,000,000 ordinary shares

     
Ordinary shares outstanding immediately after this offering *   Minimum: 21,600,000 ordinary shares
     
    Maximum: 24,000,000 ordinary shares
     
Gross Proceeds  

Minimum: US$8,000,000

     
    Maximum: US$20,000,000
     
Warrants to purchase additional ordinary shares  

We have agreed to issue to the underwriters warrants to purchase up to a total of 260,000 ordinary shares (equal to 6.5% of the maximum number of ordinary shares sold in this offering) and to also register herein such underlying shares. The warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, commencing 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement and expiring two (2) years from the effective date of the registration statement. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price of $6.00 (equal to 120% of the public offering price per share in the offering).

 

  16  
   

 

Use of proceeds  

We expect that we will receive net proceeds of approximately US$ 6.3 million (in the event of a minimum offering) and US$ 17.4 million (in the event of a maximum offering) from this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of US$5.00 per ordinary share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We plan to use the net proceeds we will receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including without limitation, investment in product development, sales and marketing activities, technology infrastructure, team development, capital expenditures, improvement of corporate facilities and other general and administrative matters. We may also use a portion of these proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

     
Risk factors   See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of the risks relating to investing in our ordinary shares. You should carefully consider these risks before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.
     
Lock-up  

We, our directors, executive officers and our existing shareholders have agreed with the underwriters not to sell, transfer or dispose of any ordinary shares, ordinary shares or similar securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. Immediately after the completion of this offering, a total of           ordinary shares (representing approximately           % of our ordinary shares then issued and outstanding) will be subject to the lock-up agreements and other restrictions on transfer as described under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Plan of Distribution and Underwriting.” These ordinary shares will become available for sale in the public market during the year period following the date of this prospectus as follows:

     
    See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Plan of Distribution and Underwriting.”
     
Listing   We intend to apply to have the ordinary shares listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CIFS.” We will not complete this offering without a listing approval letter from The NASDAQ Global Market. Our ordinary shares will not be listed on any other stock exchange or traded on any automated quotation system.
     
Payment and settlement   The underwriters expect to deliver the ordinary shares against payment therefor through the facilities of Depository Trust Company on           , 2017.

 

* The number of shares of our ordinary shares outstanding immediately after this offering, as set forth in the table above excludes ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the underwriter warrants.

 

  17  
   

 

Plan of Distribution and Underwriting

 

We have entered into an underwriting agreement with Boustead Securities, LLC, as representative of the underwriters (the “Representative”), and Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. (together with the Representative, the “Underwriters”) . The Underwriters are not purchasing or selling any securities offered by this prospectus, nor are they required to arrange the purchase or sale of any specific number or dollar amount of securities, but have agreed to use their best efforts to arrange for the sale of all of the securities offered hereby. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to issue and sell to the public through the Underwriters, and the Underwriters have agreed to offer and sell, on a best efforts basis, at the public offering price less the underwriting fees and commissions set forth below a minimum of 1,600,000 ordinary shares and a maximum of 40,000,000 ordinary shares. The Underwriters may retain other brokers or dealers to act as a sub-agents or selected dealers on their behalf in connection with the Offering.

 

The Underwriters must sell the minimum number of securities offered (1,600,000 ordinary shares) if any shares are sold. The Underwriters are required to use only their best efforts to sell the securities offered. We expect to conduct the initial closing of this Offering once we have raised the minimum offering amount of $8,000,000. Therefore, we may conduct additional closings until the maximum offering amount of $20,000,000 is raised or we decide in our sole discretion to terminate the Offering. On the initial and any subsequent closing date, the following will occur:

 

  we will receive funds in the amount of the aggregate purchase price of the shares being sold by us on such closing date;
     
  we will cause to be delivered the ordinary shares being sold on such closing date in book-entry form; and
     
  we will pay the Underwriters their commissions.

 

Pursuant to an escrow agreement among us, the Underwriters and Signature Bank (the “Escrow Agent”), as escrow agent, until at least 1,600,000 ordinary shares are sold, all funds received in payment for securities sold in this offering will be required to be submitted by subscribers to a non-interest bearing escrow account with the Escrow Agent and will be held by the Escrow Agent for such account. The Underwriters and we shall require all investor checks for payment for the securities to be made payable to, Signature Bank, as the Escrow Agent and delivered to the Escrow Agent for deposit in the escrow account at 585 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10017 USA, Attention: Steve Fay, VP. All subscription agreements and checks should be delivered to Signature Bank, 585 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10017 USA, Attention: John Gonzalez , Senior Vice President . Failure to do so will result in checks being returned to the investor who submitted the check. The investors will have sole claim to the proceeds held in trust prior to the receipt of the minimum offering proceeds. The funds are held for the benefit of the investors until the minimum is reached. Prior to reaching the minimum claims may not be reached by creditors of the Company. If the Underwriters do not sell at least 1,600,000 ordinary shares by August 31, 2017, all funds will be returned within five (5) business days to subscribers without interest or deduction. If this Offering completes, then on the closing date, net proceeds will be delivered to us and we will issue the ordinary shares to purchasers. Unless purchasers instruct us otherwise, we will deliver the ordinary shares electronically upon receipt of purchaser funds to the accounts of those purchasers who hold accounts at the Underwriters, or elsewhere, as specified by the purchaser, as soon as practical upon the closing of the Offering. Alternately, purchasers who do not carry an account at the Underwriters may request that the shares be held in book-entry at the Company’s transfer agent, or may be issued in book-entry at the Company’s transfer agent and subsequently delivered electronically to the purchasers’ respective brokerage account upon request of the purchasers.

 

Fees, Commissions and Expense Reimbursement

 

The Underwriters will collectively receive an underwriting commission equal to between $520,000 in the case of a minimum offering and $1,300,000 in the case of a maximum offering, representing six and one half percent (6.5%) of the gross proceeds to be raised in this Offering.

 

The following table shows, for each of the minimum and maximum offering amounts, the per share and maximum total public offering price, underwriting fees to be paid to the Underwriters by us, and proceeds to us, before expenses.

 

    Per Share     Minimum Offering     Maximum Offering  
Public Offering Price   $ 5.00     $ 8,000,000     $ 20,000,000  
Underwriting fees and commissions   $ 0.375     $ 600,000     $ 1,500,000  
Proceeds to Us, Before Expenses   $ 4.625     $ 7,400,000     $ 18,500,000  

 

  18  
   

 

Because the actual amount to be raised in this Offering is uncertain, the actual total Offering commissions are not presently determinable and may be substantially less than the maximum amount set forth above.

 

Our obligation to issue and sell securities to the purchasers is subject to the conditions set forth in the subscription agreement, which may be waived by us at our discretion. A purchaser’s obligation to purchase securities is subject to the conditions set forth in the subscription agreement as well, which may also be waived.

 

Under the underwriting agreement, we have also agreed to reimburse the Representative non-accountable expenses payable in cash, equal to one percent (1%) of the gross proceeds of this Offering and an additional $75,000 of legal fees, $25,000 of travel expenses and $25,000 for a third party due diligence report incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering. Any expenses in excess of $5,000 in the aggregate shall be subject to our prior written approval. We have also agreed to pay the Representative a financial advisory fee of $100,000.

 

We estimate that the total expenses of the Offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding Underwriters’ fees and commissions, will be approximately $ 1,100,000 , all of which are payable by us.

 

The Underwriters intend to offer our ordinary shares to their retail customers only in states in which we are permitted to offer our ordinary shares. We have relied on an exemption to the blue sky registration requirements afforded to “covered securities.” Securities listed on the NASDAQ Global Market are “covered securities.” If we were unable to meet the NASDAQ Global Market’s listing standards, then we would be unable to rely on the covered securities exemption to blue sky registration requirements and we would need to register the Offering in each state in which we planned to sell shares. Consequently, we will not complete this Offering unless we meet the NASDAQ Global Market’s listing requirements.

 

The foregoing does not purport to be a complete statement of the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement and subscription agreement. The underwriting agreement and a form of subscription agreement are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Warrants

 

We have agreed to issue to the Representative and to register herein warrants to purchase up to a total of 260,000 ordinary shares (equal to 6.5% of the maximum number of ordinary shares sold in this Offering) and to also register herein such underlying shares. The warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, commencing from the closing of the initial public offering and expiring two (2) years from the effective date of the Registration Statement. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price of $6.00 (equal to 120% of the public offering price per share in the Offering). The warrants are also exercisable on a cashless basis. The warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The Underwriters (or permitted assignees under FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1)) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate these warrants or the securities underlying these warrants, nor will it engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the Offering, except as provided for in FINRA Conduct Rule 5110(g)(2). The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, subdivisions, combinations, reclassification, merger or consolidation.

 

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive office is located at Dongsanhuan Middle Road, #1 Building Unit 1 Room 1501 Unit 13-14, Chaoyang District, Beijing, People’s Republic of China 100020. Our telephone number is +86 010-59817999. Our corporate website and registered domain name is www.cifsp.com. We have registered our website with the Beijing City Communications Control Bureau and received an ICP license (ICP Number: 151135).

 

Summary Financial Information

 

In the table below, we provide you with summary financial data of our Company. This information is derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. When you read this historical selected financial data, it is important that you read it along with the historical statements and notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

  19  
   

 

Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

 

The following summary consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 , and summary consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements , which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated statements of operations for the period from September 16, 2014 (Inception) through December 31, 2014, and summary consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2014 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which was included in Form F-1 filed on November 4, 2016. Our audited consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate results expected for any future periods. You should read this Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data section together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Summary Financial Statements

 

    For the fiscal year ended     For the fiscal year ended     Period from September 16, 2014 (Inception) through      
    December 31, 2016     December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
                   
Total sales   $ 15,821,980     $ 7,781,686     $ -  
Income(Loss) from operations     13,847,800       5,821,783       (218,731 )
Net other income     2,493,789       1,660,990       -  
Net income/(loss)     13,888,767       5,612,025       (164,250 )
Other comprehensive income/(expense)     (1,468,548 )     (1,645,416 )     (633 )
Comprehensive income/(loss)     12,420,219       3,966,609       (164,883 )
Basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per share (based on 20,000,000 weighted average shares outstanding onDecember 31, 2016, 2015 and, 2014)     0.694       0.281       (0.008 )

 

    As of December 31,  
    2016     2015     2014  
                   
Total assets   $ 29,853,278     $ 30,644,991     $ 304,266  
Total current liabilities     4,463,935       2,319,601       469,149  
Total shareholders’  equity (deficit)     25,389,343       28,325,390       (164,883 )
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 29,853,278     $ 30,644,991     $ 304,266  

 

  20  
   

 

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our ordinary shares involves significant risks. You should consider carefully all of the information in this prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below, before making an investment in our ordinary shares. Any of the following risks could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In any such case, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

We have a limited operating history in a new and evolving market, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects.

 

The market for China’s financial services is new and may not develop as expected. The regulatory framework for this market is also evolving and may remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Potential borrowers may not be familiar with this market and may have difficulty distinguishing our services from those of our competitors. Convincing potential new borrowers of the value of our services is critical to the expansion of our operations.

 

We launched our services in October 2014 and have a limited operating history. As our business develops or in response to competition, we may continue to introduce new services or make adjustments to our existing services, or make adjustments to our business model. Any significant change to our business model, such as our offering of entrusted loan services, may not achieve expected results and may have a material and adverse impact on our financial conditions and results of operations. It is therefore difficult to effectively assess our future prospects. You should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and challenges we encounter or may encounter in this developing and rapidly evolving market. These risks and challenges include our ability to, among other things:

 

  navigate an evolving regulatory environment;
     
  

maintain and deepen the relationship our senior management have with the banks and working with a broader base of commercial banks and/or financial institutions;

     
  expand the base of borrowers;
     
   broaden our operation geographically;
     
   enhance our risk management capabilities;
     
   improve our operational efficiency;
     
   attract, retain and motivate talented employees; and
     
   defend ourselves against regulatory, litigation, privacy or other claims.

 

If we fail to educate potential borrowers and banks about the value of our services, if the market for our services does not develop as we expect, or if we fail to address the needs of our target market, or other risks and challenges, our business and results of operations will be harmed.

 

Our historical financial results may not be indicative of our future performance.

 

Our business has achieved rapid growth since our inception. Our net revenue increased from $0 for the period from September 16, 2014 (Inception) through December 31, 2014 to $7,781,686 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $15,821,980 for the year ended December 31, 2016. Our net loss was $164,250 for the period from September 16, 2014 (Inception) through December 31, 2014 , and increased to a net income of $5,612,025 for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $13,888,767 for the year ended December 31, 2016. However, our historically high growth rate and the limited history of financial leasing business make it difficult to evaluate our prospects. We may not be able to sustain our historically rapid growth or may not be able to grow our business at all.

 

  21  
   

 

If we are unable to maintain or increase the volume of loan transactions facilitated through us or if we are unable to retain existing clients or attract new clients, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

The volume of loan transactions facilitated through us has grown rapidly since our inception. The total amount of loans facilitated through our marketplace was RMB1.5 billion (approximately US$218.6 million) in 2016 and RMB 975 million (approximately US$147 million) in 2015, which increased substantially from zero in 2014 (we only began operations in October 2014). To maintain the high growth momentum of growth, we must continuously increase the volume of loan transactions by retaining current customers and attracting more customers.

 

We intend to continue to dedicate significant resources to our customer acquisition efforts, including providing a wider variety of wealth management products and establishing relationships with more banks. If there are insufficient qualified loan requests, we may be unable to deploy banks’ lending capital in a timely or efficient manner. If there are insufficient bank commitments, borrowers may be unable to obtain capital through us and may turn to other sources for their borrowing needs.

 

The overall transaction volume may be affected by several factors, including our brand recognition and reputation, the interest rates offered to borrowers relative to market rates, the effectiveness of our risk control, the repayment rate of our borrowers, the efficiency of our services, the macroeconomic environment and other factors. In connection with the introduction of new products or in response to general economic conditions, we may also impose more stringent borrower qualifications to ensure the quality of borrowers referred by us, which may negatively affect the growth of loan volume.

 

If we are unable to attract qualified borrowers and sufficient bank commitments or if borrowers do not continue to use our services at the current rates, we might be unable to increase our transaction volume and revenues as we expect, and our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

If we are unable to maintain low default rates for loans facilitated by our marketplace, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Investments in loans referred by us involve inherent risks as the return of the principal on a loan investment made through us is not guaranteed, although we aim to limit losses due to borrower defaults to within an industry acceptable range through various preventive measures we have taken or will take.

 

Our ability to attract borrowers and banks, and build trust in, our services is significantly dependent on our ability to effectively evaluate a borrower’s credit profile and maintain low default rates. To conduct this evaluation, we have employed a series of risk management procedures and developed a proprietary credit assessment and decisioning model. Our credit scoring model aggregates and analyzes the data submitted by a borrower as well as the data we collect from a number of internal and external sources, and then generates a score for the prospective borrower. The score will be used to determine the credit-worthiness of a borrower and whether we should sign a service contract with that borrower.

 

If we are unable to effectively and accurately assess the credit profiles of borrowers, we may either be unable to offer attractive fee rates or returns to borrowers, or unable to maintain low default rates of loans facilitated by us. If we expand to serve new borrower groups beyond prime borrowers in the future, we may find it difficult or unable to maintain low default rates of loans facilitated through us. If widespread borrower defaults were to occur, banks will incur losses and lose confidence in our services and our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

  22  
   

 

Our business depends on the continued efforts of our senior management. If one or more of our key executives were unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, our business may be severely disrupted.

 

Our operations are heavily dependent on the relationship our executive management, particularly Jianxin Lin and Jinchi Xu, have with our bank partners. We do not have any formal agreement with our bank partners for the provision of commercial payment advisory services, intermediary bank loan advisory services or the international corporate financing advisory service. While Mr. Jianxin Lin is currently our largest shareholder and Chairman of the Board and Mr. Xu is our Chief Operating Officer and we have provided different incentives to them, we cannot assure you that we can continue to retain their services. If either of Mr. Lin or Mr. Xu were unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, we may not be able to replace them easily or at all, our business may be severely disrupted and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected, and we may incur additional expenses to recruit, train and retain qualified personnel. In addition, although we have entered into confidentiality and non-competition agreements with our management, there is no assurance that any member of our management team will not join our competitors or form a competing business. If any dispute arises between our current or former officers and us, we may have to incur substantial costs and expenses in order to enforce such agreements in China or we may be unable to enforce them at all.

 

Our business is dependent on the continued efforts of our senior management, some of whom have interests and responsibilities outside of our business. Apart from the possibility of a conflict of interest, if one or more of them is/are unable to devote sufficient time and effort to our business, our business may be adversely impacted.

 

Our business is still in its infancy and our growth is dependent on the availability and efforts of our senior management. However certain members of our management, in particular, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Mr. Jianxin Lin, has commitments and responsibilities outside of our Company. Apart from the possibility of a conflict of interest, if he or any of our management is unable to provide sufficient time, and effort to our business, our business may be adversely impacted.

 

Successful strategic relationships with the banks are important for our future success.

 

Our operations are heavily dependent on the relationship our senior management has with our bank partners. We anticipate that we will continue to leverage our strategic relationships with the existing bank partners to grow our business while we will also pursue new relationships with other banks or financial institutions. Identifying, negotiating and documenting relationships with these partners require significant time and resources. We do not have any current agreements with our present banking partners and accordingly are not prohibited from working with their competitors or from offering competing services and vice versa. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to our partners to favor their products or services. Certain types of partners may devote more resources to support their own competing businesses. In addition, these partners may not perform as expected under our “agreements” with them and we may have disagreements or disputes with such partners, which could adversely affect our brand and reputation. If we cannot successfully maintain effective strategic relationships with these bank partners, our business will be harmed.

 

We may not be familiar with new regions or markets we enter and may not be successful in offering new products and services.

 

We may expand our business and enter other regional markets in the future. However, we may be unable to replicate our success in Fujian province in new markets. In expanding our business, we may enter markets in which we have limited, or no, experience. We may not be familiar with the local business and regulatory environment and we may fail to attract a sufficient number of customers due to our limited presence in that region. In addition, competitive conditions in new markets may be different from those in our existing market and may make it difficult or impossible for us to operate profitably in these new markets. If we are unable to manage these and other difficulties in our expansion into other regions in China, our prospects and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

As we continuously adjust our business strategies in response to the changing market and evolving customer needs, our new business initiatives will likely lead us to offer new products and services. However, we may not be able to successfully introduce new products or services to address our customers’ needs because we may not have adequate capital resources or lack the relevant experience or expertise or otherwise. In addition, we may be unable to obtain regulatory approvals for our new products and services. Furthermore, our new products and services may involve increased and unperceived risks and may not be accepted by the market and they may not be as profitable as we anticipated, or at all. If we are unable to achieve the intended results for our new products and services, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.

 

Our business model could be negatively affected by changes and fluctuation in the banking industry.

 

Our business model is premised on the fact that SMEs and microenterprises are generally underserved by the banking industry because commercial banks in China have been reluctant to lend to SMEs and microenterprises without credit support, such as third-party guarantees, or adequate collateral of tangible assets, and we believe that they will remain so in the foreseeable future. This has created opportunities for us to develop and expand our business. However, new trends in the banking industry or the applicable regulatory requirements may alleviate the high transaction costs or the lack of collateral and public information generally associated with bank financing to our target clients or otherwise make this business more attractive to banks. In the event that commercial banks begin to compete with us by making loans directly to our target clients without our facilitation, we may experience less demand for and greater competition with respect to our financial leasing business. Furthermore, any such direct competition with our cooperating banks will undermine our relationship with them and may adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects.

 

  23  
   

 

In addition, our business may be subject to factors affecting the banking industry generally, such as the abrupt spike in China’s interbank rates and the subsequent fears of tightened liquidity as experienced by Chinese banks in the second and third quarters of 2013, as well as the increasing non-performing loan ratios as reported by the banking industry in 2014. Such factors adversely affecting China’s banking industry may result in constraints on the banking system’s liquidity and subsequent reductions in the amount of, or tightened approval requirements for, loans available to our clients. As a result, we may experience reduced demand for our services as the banks may have less available funding.

 

Fraudulent activity on our marketplace could negatively impact our operating results, brand and reputation and cause the use of our loan products and services to decrease.

 

We are subject to the risk of fraudulent activity both on our marketplace and associated with borrowers and third parties handling borrower information. Our resources, technologies and fraud detection tools may be insufficient to accurately detect and prevent fraud. Significant increases in fraudulent activity could negatively impact our brand and reputation, reduce the volume of loan transactions facilitated through us and lead us to take additional steps to reduce fraud risk, which could increase our costs. High profile fraudulent activity could even lead to regulatory intervention, and may divert our management’s attention and cause us to incur additional expenses and costs. Although we have not experienced any material business or reputational harm as a result of fraudulent activities in the past, we cannot rule out the possibility that any of the foregoing may occur causing harm to our business or reputation in the future. If any of the foregoing were to occur, our results of operations and financial conditions could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Misconduct, errors and failure to function by our management and employees could harm our business and reputation.

 

We are exposed to many types of operational risks, including the risk of misconduct and errors by our management and employees. Our business depends on our management and employees to interact with potential borrowers, conduct due diligence review and collect borrowers’ information, all of which involve the use and disclosure of personal information. We could be materially adversely affected if transactions were redirected, misappropriated or otherwise improperly executed, if personal information was disclosed to unintended recipients or if an operational breakdown or failure in the processing of transactions occurred, whether as a result of human error, purposeful sabotage or fraudulent manipulation of our operations or systems. In addition, the manner in which we store and use certain personal information and interact with borrowers and banks is governed by various PRC laws. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct or errors by management and employees, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses. If any of our management and employees take, convert or misuse funds, documents or data or fail to follow protocol when interacting with borrowers and investors, we could be liable for damages and subject to regulatory actions and penalties. We could also be perceived to have facilitated or participated in the illegal misappropriation of funds, documents or data, or the failure to follow protocol, and therefore we could be subject to civil liability and our relevant management and employees could be subject to criminal liability.

 

  24  
   

 

Our reputation may be harmed if information supplied by borrowers is inaccurate, misleading or incomplete, including if the borrowers use the loan proceeds for purposes other than as originally provided.

 

Borrowers supply a variety of information that is included in the loan listings on our marketplace. While we try to verify all the information we receive from borrowers, and such information may be inaccurate or incomplete. If banks agree to make credit facilities available through our referrals based on information supplied by borrowers that is inaccurate, misleading or incomplete, those banks may not receive their expected returns and our reputation may be harmed. Moreover, inaccurate, misleading or incomplete borrower information could also potentially subject us to liability as an intermediary under the PRC laws and regulations.

 

The laws and regulations governing the financial advisory service industry in China are developing and evolving and subject to changes. If our practice is deemed to violate any PRC laws or regulations, our business, financial conditions and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

 

Due to the relatively short history of the financial advisory service industry in China, the regulatory framework governing our industry is under development by the PRC government.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we have not been subject to any material fines or other penalties under any PRC laws or regulations including those governing the financial advisory service industry in China. However, if our practice is deemed to violate any rules, laws or regulations, we may face injunctions, including orders to cease illegal activities, and may be exposed to other penalties as determined by the relevant government authorities as well. If such situations occur, our business, financial condition and prospects would be materially and adversely affected. In addition, given the evolving regulatory environment in which we operate, we cannot rule out the possibility that the PRC government will institute a licensing regime covering our industry. If such a licensing regime were introduced, we cannot assure you that we would be able to obtain any newly required license in a timely manner, or at all, which could materially and adversely affect our business and impede our ability to continue our operations.

 

We had previously made three direct loans to selected corporate clients in contravention of the PRC Lending General Provisions and may be subject to fines by the People’s Bank of China (“PBOC”).

 

Prior to April 14, 2016, we provided loans directly to selected clients. We entered into two loan contracts with Beijing Ailirui Trading Company Limited (“Ailirui”) on June 10, 2015 and June 15, 2015 to lend RMB 45 million (approximately $6.78 million) and RMB 105 million (approximately $15.81 million) respectively at the interest rates of 18% and 16%, respectively, per annum pro-rated to the actual term of the loan with a maturity date of December 31, 2015. However, these loans were not repaid on December 31, 2015 and on December 31, 2015 and February 28, 2016, we entered into two supplemental contracts to extend the term of these loans to February 29, 2016 and August 31, 2016, respectively. These loans have all since been repaid in full.

 

On March 18, 2016, we entered into another loan contract with Xiamen Jingsu Trading Limited Company (“Jingsu”) to lend a total of RMB 20 million (approximately $2.88 million) at an interest rate of 14% per annum pro-rated to the actual term of the loan. On each of March 24, 28 and 31, 2016 and April 14, 2016, Jingsu signed four notes to evidence the drawing down of loans on these dates of RMB 5 million (approximately $0.72 million), RMB 5 million (approximately $0.72 million), RMB 5 million (approximately $0.72 million) and RMB 3 million (approximately $0.43 million), respectively, from Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd amounting to an aggregate of RMB 18 million (approximately $2.59 million) instead of RMB20 million as originally contemplated by the aforementioned loan contract. These loans had an original maturity date of September 17, 2016 which was later extended to March 17, 2017. These loans have since been repaid in full.

 

  25  
   

 

As advised by our PRC legal counsel, Han Kun Law Offices, such direct lending activities with corporate clients are not in compliance with certain provisions of the Lending General Provisions, under which, the PBOC could impose fines on us and the amount of the potential fine would be no less than one time but no more than five times the gains that we obtained from such direct lending activities. The gains from said lending activities in 2016 were approximately $2.37 million and accordingly, the potential fine would be no less than $2.37 million and no more than US $11.8 million. However, pursuant to Provisions of the Supreme People’s Court on Several Issues Concerning the Application of Law in the Trial of Private Lending Cases, private lending contracts relating to direct private lending activities between companies (such as ours) are effective if such lending activities are not part of the ordinary business of the lender. Therefore, according to our PRC legal counsel and based on past practices and recent interpretation of the Supreme People’s Court, it is unlikely PBOC will impose any fines or penalties on us. However, we cannot assure that no such fines or other punitive actions will be taken against us.

 

 

If our financial advisory services do not achieve sufficient market acceptance, our financial results and competitive position will be harmed.

 

We incur expenses and consume resources upfront to develop, acquire and market new financial advisory services. New services must achieve high levels of market acceptance in order for us to recoup our investment in developing, acquiring and bringing them to market.

 

Our existing or new loan or wealth management products that we refer our customers and changes to our services could fail to attain sufficient market acceptance for many reasons, including but not limited to:

 

  ●  our failure to predict market demand accurately and supply loan and wealth management products that meet this demand in a timely fashion;
     
  borrowers and investors using our services may not like, find useful or agree with any changes;
     
  our failure to properly price new loan and wealth management products;
     
  defects, errors or failures in our services;
     
  negative publicity about our services or our effectiveness;
     
  views taken by regulatory authorities that the new products or our services do not comply with PRC laws, rules or regulations applicable to us; and
     
  the introduction or anticipated introduction of competing products by our competitors.

 

If our new loan products or service changes do not achieve adequate acceptance in the market, our competitive position, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

 

If we do not compete effectively, our results of operations could be harmed.

 

The consumer finance marketplace industry in China is intensely competitive and evolving. We compete with a large number consumer finance marketplaces. We also compete with financial products and companies that attract borrowers, investors or both. With respect to borrowers, we primarily compete with traditional financial institutions, such as consumer finance business units in commercial banks, credit card issuers and other consumer finance companies. With respect to borrowers to purchase wealth management products, we primarily compete with other investment products and asset classes, such as equities, bonds, investment trust products, bank savings accounts, real estate and alternative asset classes.

 

Our competitors operate with different business models, have different cost structures or participate selectively in different market segments. They may ultimately prove more successful or more adaptable to new regulatory, technological and other developments. Some of our current and potential competitors have significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do and may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their platforms. Our competitors may also have longer operating histories, more extensive borrower or investor bases, greater brand recognition and brand loyalty and broader partner relationships than us. Additionally, a current or potential competitor may acquire one or more of our existing competitors or form a strategic alliance with one or more of our competitors. Our competitors may be better at developing new products, offering more attractive investment returns or lower fees, responding faster to new technologies and undertaking more extensive and effective marketing campaigns. In response to competition and in order to grow or maintain the volume of loan transactions facilitated through our marketplace, we may have to offer higher investment return to investors or charge lower transaction fees, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. If we are unable to compete with such companies and meet the need for innovation in our industry, the demand for our marketplace could stagnate or substantially decline, we could experience reduced revenues or our marketplace could fail to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance, any of which could harm our business and results of operations.

 

  26  
   

 

Our direct lending/entrusted loan business is subject to greater credit risks than larger lenders, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

There are inherent risks associated with our direct lending activities, including credit risk, which is the risk that borrowers may not repay the outstanding loans balances in our direct loan business. So far, our direct lending clients have all been SMEs. These borrowers generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities and may have fewer financial resources to weather a downturn in the economy. Such borrowers may expose us to greater credit risks than lenders lending to larger, better-capitalized state-owned businesses with longer operating histories. Conditions such as inflation, economic downturn, local policy change, adjustment of industrial structure and other factors beyond our control may increase our credit risk more than such events would affect larger lenders.

 

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

 

Our quarterly results of operations, including the levels of our net revenues, expenses, net income and other key metrics, may vary significantly in the future due to a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control, and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful, especially given our limited operating history. Accordingly, the results for any one quarter are not necessarily an indication of future performance. Fluctuations in quarterly results may adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares.

 

In addition, we may experience seasonality in our business, reflecting seasonal fluctuations in SME’s bank financing patterns. For example, we may experience lower transaction value during national holidays in China, particularly during the Chinese New Year holiday season in the first quarter of each year.

 

We may be involved in legal proceedings arising from our operations.

 

We may become involved in disputes with borrowers, bank lenders and/or other parties in connection with provision of our financial advisory services. In particular, the bank lenders may name us as a defendant in its collection proceeding against the borrowers we introduced. These disputes may lead to legal proceedings, and may cause us to suffer costs. Such legal proceedings may also adversely affect our reputation which in turn could lead to a slowdown in our new business opportunities.

 

If we fail to promote and maintain our brand in an effective and cost-efficient way, our business and results of operations may be harmed.

 

We believe that developing and maintaining awareness of our brand effectively is critical to attracting new and retaining existing borrowers and investors to our marketplace. Successful promotion of our brand and our services depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and the success of the channels we use to promote our services. Our efforts may not result in increased revenues in the immediate future or at all and, even if they do, any increases in revenues may not offset the expenses incurred. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand while incurring substantial expenses, our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected, which may impair our ability to grow our business.

 

  27  
   

 

A severe or prolonged downturn in the Chinese or global economy could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

Any prolonged slowdown in the Chinese or global economy may have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In particular, general economic factors and conditions in China or worldwide, including the general interest rate environment and unemployment rates, may affect borrower willingness to seek loans and investor ability and desire to invest in loans. Economic conditions in China are sensitive to global economic conditions. The global financial markets have experienced significant disruptions since 2008 and the United States, Europe and other economies have experienced periods of recession. The recovery from the lows of 2008 and 2009 has been uneven and there are new challenges. There is considerable uncertainty over the long-term effects of the expansionary monetary and fiscal policies adopted by the central banks and financial authorities of some of the world’s leading economies, including the United States and China. There have also been concerns about the economic effect of the tensions in the relationship between China and surrounding Asian countries. Adverse economic conditions could also reduce the number of qualified borrowers seeking loans through us. Should any of these situations occur, the amount of loans facilitated through us and our net revenues will decline, and our business and financial conditions will be negatively impacted. Additionally, continued turbulence in the international markets may adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs.

 

We may need additional capital, and financing may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

 

We have received capital contributions from Mr. Jianxin Lin, our founder in the past. Although we believe that our anticipated cash flows from operating activities will be sufficient to meet our anticipated working capital requirements and capital expenditures in the ordinary course of business for the next 12 months from the date of the prospectus, we cannot assure you this will be the case. We may need additional cash resources in the future if we experience changes in business conditions or other developments. We may also need additional cash resources in the future if we find and wish to pursue opportunities for investment, acquisition, capital expenditure or similar actions. If we determine that our cash requirements exceed the amount of cash and cash equivalents we have on hand at the time, we may seek to issue equity or debt securities or obtain credit facilities. The issuance and sale of additional equity would result in further dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could result in operating covenants that would restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

 

From time to time we may evaluate and potentially consummate strategic investments or acquisitions, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business and adversely affect our financial results.

 

We may evaluate and consider strategic investments, combinations, acquisitions or alliances to further increase the value of our marketplace and better serve borrowers and investors. These transactions could be material to our financial condition and results of operations if consummated. If we are able to identify an appropriate business opportunity, we may not be able to successfully consummate the transaction and, even if we do consummate such a transaction, we may be unable to obtain the benefits or avoid the difficulties and risks of such transaction.

 

Strategic investments or acquisitions will involve risks commonly encountered in business relationships, including:

 

  ●  difficulties in assimilating and integrating the operations, personnel, systems, data, technologies, products and services of the acquired business;
     
  inability of the acquired technologies, products or businesses to achieve expected levels of revenue, profitability, productivity or other benefits;
     
  difficulties in retaining, training, motivating and integrating key personnel;
     
  diversion of management’s time and resources from our normal daily operations;
     
  difficulties in successfully incorporating licensed or acquired technology and rights into our platform and loan products;

 

  28  
   

 

 

  difficulties in maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies within the combined organizations;
     
  difficulties in retaining relationships with customers, employees and suppliers of the acquired business;
     
  risks of entering markets in which we have limited or no prior experience;
     
  regulatory risks, including remaining in good standing with existing regulatory bodies or receiving any necessary pre-closing or post-closing approvals, as well as being subject to new regulators with oversight over an acquired business;
     
  assumption of contractual obligations that contain terms that are not beneficial to us, require us to license or waive intellectual property rights or increase our risk for liability;
     
  failure to successfully further develop the acquired technology;
     
  liability for activities of the acquired business before the acquisition, including intellectual property infringement claims, violations of laws, commercial disputes, tax liabilities and other known and unknown liabilities;
     
  potential disruptions to our ongoing businesses; and
     
  unexpected costs and unknown risks and liabilities associated with strategic investments or acquisitions.

 

We may not make any investments or acquisitions, or any future investments or acquisitions may not be successful, may not benefit our business strategy, may not generate sufficient revenues to offset the associated acquisition costs or may not otherwise result in the intended benefits. In addition, we cannot assure you that any future investment in or acquisition of new businesses or technology will lead to the successful development of new or enhanced loan products and services or that any new or enhanced loan products and services, if developed, will achieve market acceptance or prove to be profitable.

 

The future development and implementation of anti-money laundering laws in China may increase our obligation to supervise and report transactions with our customers, thereby increasing our compliance efforts and costs and exposing us to criminal measures or administrative sanctions for non-compliance.

 

We believe that we are not currently subject to PRC anti-money laundering laws and regulations and are not required to establish specific identification and reporting procedures relating to anti-money laundering. PRC laws and regulations relating to anti-money laundering have evolved significantly in recent years and may continue to develop. In the future, we may be required to supervise and report transactions with our customers for anti-money laundering or other purposes, which may increase our compliance efforts and costs and may expose us to potential criminal measures or administrative sanctions if we fail to establish and implement the required procedures or otherwise fail to comply with the relevant laws and regulations.

 

Competition for employees is intense, and we may not be able to attract and retain the qualified and skilled employees needed to support our business.

 

We believe our success depends on the efforts and talent of our employees, including risk management, software engineering, financial and marketing personnel. Our future success depends on our continued ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain qualified and skilled employees. Competition for highly skilled technical, risk management and financial personnel is extremely intense. We may not be able to hire and retain these personnel at compensation levels consistent with our existing compensation and salary structure. Some of the companies with which we compete for experienced employees have greater resources than we have and may be able to offer more attractive terms of employment.

 

  29  
   

 

In addition, we invest significant time and expenses in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. If we fail to retain our employees, we could incur significant expenses in hiring and training their replacements, and the quality of our services and our ability to serve borrowers and investors could diminish, resulting in a material adverse effect to our business.

 

Increases in labor costs in the PRC may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

The economy in China has experienced increases in inflation and labor costs in recent years. As a result, average wages in the PRC are expected to continue to increase. In addition, we are required by PRC laws and regulations to pay various statutory employee benefits, including pension, housing fund, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance to designated government agencies for the benefit of our employees. The relevant government agencies may examine whether an employer has made adequate payments to the statutory employee benefits, and those employers who fail to make adequate payments may be subject to late payment fees, fines and/or other penalties. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase. Unless we are able to control our labor costs or pass on these increased labor costs to our users by increasing the fees of our services, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

We do not have any business insurance coverage.

 

Insurance companies in China currently do not offer as extensive an array of insurance products as insurance companies in more developed economies. Currently, we do not have any business liability or disruption insurance to cover our operations. We have determined that the costs of insuring for these risks and the difficulties associated with acquiring such insurance on commercially reasonable terms make it impractical for us to have such insurance. Any uninsured business disruptions may result in our incurring substantial costs. Furthermore, we do not maintain key man life insurance on any of members of key management including Mr. Jianxin Lin and Mr. Jinchi Xu. In the event any key member were to be unable to continue their services for any reason including death or disability, our operations will be severely impacted which, in turn, will severely impact our revenue and profitability.

 

  30  
   

 

Our ability to protect the confidential information of our borrowers may be adversely affected by cyber-attacks, computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins or similar disruptions.

 

We collect, store and process certain personal and other sensitive data from our borrowers, which makes our computer systems an attractive target and potentially vulnerable to cyber- attacks, computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins or similar disruptions. While we have taken steps to protect the confidential information that we have access to, our security measures could be breached. Because techniques used to sabotage or obtain unauthorized access to systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access to our computer systems could cause confidential borrower information to be stolen and used for criminal purposes. Security breaches or unauthorized access to confidential information could also expose us to liability related to the loss of the information, time-consuming and expensive litigation and negative publicity. If security measures are breached because of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, or if design flaws in our technology infrastructure are exposed and exploited, our relationships with borrowers and investors could be severely damaged, we could incur significant liability and our business and operations could be adversely affected.

 

Our operations depend on the performance of the internet infrastructure and fixed telecommunications networks in China.

 

Almost all access to the internet in China is maintained through state-owned telecommunication operators under the administrative control and regulatory supervision of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or the MIIT. We primarily rely on a limited number of telecommunication service providers to provide us with data communications capacity through local telecommunications lines and internet data centers to host our servers. We have limited access to alternative networks or services in the event of disruptions, failures or other problems with China’s internet infrastructure or the fixed telecommunications networks provided by telecommunication service providers. After our platform is established and with the expansion of our business, we may be required to upgrade our technology and infrastructure to keep up with the increasing traffic on our platform. We cannot assure you that the internet infrastructure and the fixed telecommunications networks in China will be able to support the demands associated with the continued growth in internet usage.

 

In addition, we have no control over the costs of the services provided by telecommunication service providers. If the prices we pay for telecommunications and internet services rise significantly, our results of operations may be adversely affected. Furthermore, if internet access fees or other charges to internet users increase, our user traffic may decline and our business may be harmed.

 

Any significant disruption in service on our computer systems, including events beyond our control, could prevent us from processing loans, reviewing borrowers’ applications and materials, reduce the attractiveness of our services and result in a loss of borrowers.

 

In the event of an outage and physical data loss, our ability to perform our servicing obligations, process applications or make loans available would be materially and adversely affected. The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our computer system and our underlying network infrastructure are critical to our operations, customer service, reputation and our ability to retain existing and attract new borrowers. Much of our system hardware is hosted in a leased facility located in Beijing that is operated by our IT Staff. We also maintain a real-time backup system at a separate facility also located in Beijing. Our operations depend on our ability to protect our systems against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, air quality issues, environmental conditions, computer viruses or attempts to harm our systems, criminal acts and similar events. If there is a lapse in service or damage to our leased Beijing facilities, we could experience interruptions in our service as well as delays and additional expense in arranging new facilities.

 

Any interruptions or delays in our service, whether as a result of third-party error, our error, natural disasters or security breaches, whether accidental or willful, could harm our relationships with our borrowers and our reputation. Additionally, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. Our disaster recovery plan has not been tested under actual disaster conditions, and we may not have sufficient capacity to recover all data and services in the event of an outage. These factors could prevent us from processing or posting payments on loans, damage our brand and reputation, divert our employees’ attention, subject us to liability and cause borrowers to abandon our services, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  31  
   

 

We may not be able to prevent others from unauthorized use of our intellectual property, which could harm our business and competitive position.

 

We regard our trademarks, domain names, know-how, proprietary technologies and similar intellectual property as critical to our success, and we rely on a combination of intellectual property laws and contractual arrangements, including confidentiality, invention assignment and non-compete agreements with our employees and others to protect our proprietary rights. We have made application for three trademarks, all of which are pending with the Trademark Office under the State Administration for Industry and Commerce. Thus, we cannot assure you that any of our intellectual property rights would not be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or misappropriated, or such intellectual property will be sufficient to provide us with competitive advantages. In addition, because of the rapid pace of technological change in our industry, parts of our business rely on technologies developed or licensed by third parties, and we may not be able to obtain or continue to obtain licenses and technologies from these third parties on reasonable terms, or at all.

 

It is often difficult to register, maintain and enforce intellectual property rights in China. Statutory laws and regulations are subject to judicial interpretation and enforcement and may not be applied consistently due to the lack of clear guidance on statutory interpretation. Confidentiality, invention assignment and non-compete agreements may be breached by counterparties, and there may not be adequate remedies available to us for any such breach. Accordingly, we may not be able to effectively protect our intellectual property rights or to enforce our contractual rights in China. Preventing any unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly and the steps we take may be inadequate to prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property. In the event that we resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, such litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our managerial and financial resources. We can provide no assurance that we will prevail in such litigation. In addition, our trade secrets may be leaked or otherwise become available to, or be independently discovered by, our competitors. To the extent that our employees or consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related know-how and inventions. Any failure in protecting or enforcing our intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims, which may be expensive to defend and may disrupt our business and operations.

 

We cannot be certain that our operations or any aspects of our business do not or will not infringe upon or otherwise violate trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights held by third parties. We may be from time to time in the future subject to legal proceedings and claims relating to the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, there may be third-party trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights that are infringed by our products, services or other aspects of our business without our awareness. Holders of such intellectual property rights may seek to enforce such intellectual property rights against us in China, the United States or other jurisdictions. If any third-party infringement claims are brought against us, we may be forced to divert management’s time and other resources from our business and operations to defend against these claims, regardless of their merits.

 

Additionally, the application and interpretation of China’s intellectual property right laws and the procedures and standards for granting trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights in China are still evolving and are uncertain, and we cannot assure you that PRC courts or regulatory authorities would agree with our analysis. If we were found to have violated the intellectual property rights of others, we may be subject to liability for our infringement activities or may be prohibited from using such intellectual property, and we may incur licensing fees or be forced to develop alternatives of our own. As a result, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

 

  32  
   

 

If we cannot maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, collaboration and focus that contribute to our business.

 

We believe that a critical component of our success is our corporate culture, which we believe fosters innovation, encourages teamwork and cultivates creativity. As we develop the infrastructure of a public company and continue to grow, we may find it difficult to maintain these valuable aspects of our corporate culture. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively impact our future success, including our ability to attract and retain employees, encourage innovation and teamwork and effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives.

 

We face risks related to natural disasters, health epidemics and other outbreaks, which could significantly disrupt our operations.

 

We are vulnerable to natural disasters and other calamities. Fire, floods, typhoons, earthquakes, power loss, telecommunications failures, break-ins, war, riots, terrorist attacks or similar events may give rise to server interruptions, breakdowns, system failures, technology platform failures or internet failures, which could cause the loss or corruption of data or malfunctions of software or hardware as well as adversely affect our ability to provide products and services on our platform.

 

Our business could also be adversely affected by the effects of Zika virus, Ebola virus disease, H1N1 flu, H7N9 flu, avian flu, Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or SARS, or other epidemics. Our business operations could be disrupted if any of our employees is suspected of having Zika virus, Ebola virus disease, H1N1 flu, H7N9 flu, avian flu, SARS or other epidemic, since it could require our employees to be quarantined and/or our offices to be disinfected. In addition, our results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that any of these epidemics harms the Chinese economy in general.

 

  33  
   

 

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

 

If the PRC government deems that the contractual arrangements in relation to our variable interest entity do not comply with PRC governmental restrictions on foreign investment, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations changes in the future, we could be subject to penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.

 

Foreign ownership of certain types of internet businesses, such as internet information services, is subject to restrictions under applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations. For example, foreign investors are generally not permitted to own more than 50% of the equity interests in a value-added telecommunication service provider. Any such foreign investor must also have experience and a good track record in providing value-added telecommunications services overseas. Accordingly, under current and applicable PRC laws, it is possible that we acquire up to 50% equity interests in Sheng Ying Xin. However, if we were to acquire more than 50% of the equity interests in Sheng Ying Xin, Sheng Ying Xin will lose its ICP License. Under current PRC laws, any foreign-invested entity providing value-added telecommunication services is required to demonstrate to the relevant branch of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (the “MIIT”), namely in our case, the Beijing Communication Administration, that its foreign investors have a positive track of, and operation experience in operating value-added telecommunication services outside the PRC. In practice, the Beijing Communication Administration makes a determination after sixty (60) days after receiving the complete set of application documents. We believe that we presently do not have the necessary experience and track record in providing value- added telecommunications services overseas and intend to take steps to build a track record and accumulate the requisite experience in anticipation that we may acquire the equity interests in Sheng Ying Xin when the restrictions on percentage of foreign ownership are eased or lifted. There is however no guarantee that we will be successful in this endeavor and if we are unsuccessful, we will not be able to acquire the equity interests in Sheng Ying Xin.

 

All our revenue is generated by contractually controlled and managed entity, Sheng Ying Xin and its subsidiary Kashgar SYX. Sheng Ying Xin is 99% directly owned by our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Jianxin Lin and 1% indirectly owned by Mr. Lin through his nominee, Mr. Shaoyong Huang.

 

The contractual arrangements give us effective control over Sheng Ying Xin and enable us to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits arising from it as well as consolidate the financial results of it in our results of operations. Although the structure we have adopted is consistent with longstanding industry practice, and is commonly adopted by comparable companies in China, the PRC government may not agree that these arrangements comply with PRC licensing, registration or other regulatory requirements, with existing policies or with requirements or policies that may be adopted in the future.

 

In the opinion of Han Kun Law Offices, our PRC counsel, the ownership structures of our wholly-foreign owned enterprise and our variable interest entity in China, both currently and immediately after giving effect to this offering, do not and will not violate any applicable PRC law, regulation or rule currently in effect based on the current interpretation of those law, regulation or rule; and the contractual arrangements between our wholly-foreign owned enterprise, our variable interest entity and their respective equity holders governed by PRC law are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms and applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect and will not violate any applicable PRC law, rule or regulation currently in effect based on the current interpretation of those law, regulation or rule. However, Han Kun Law Offices have also advised us that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current PRC laws, rules and regulations. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities and PRC courts may in the future take a view that is contrary to the opinion of our PRC legal counsel.

 

It is uncertain whether any new PRC laws, rules or regulations relating to variable interest entity structures will be adopted or if adopted, what they would provide. If we or our variable interest entity are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws, rules or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion to take action in dealing with such violations or failures, including revoking the business and operating licenses of our PRC subsidiary or variable interest entity, requiring us to discontinue or restrict our operations, restricting our right to collect revenue, blocking one or more of our websites, requiring us to restructure our operations or taking other regulatory or enforcement actions against us. The imposition of any of these measures could result in a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct all or any portion of our business operations. In addition, it is unclear what impact the PRC government actions would have on us and on our ability to consolidate the financial results of our variable interest entity in our consolidated financial statements, if the PRC government authorities were to find our legal structure and contractual arrangements to be in violation of PRC laws, rules and regulations. If the imposition of any of these government actions causes us to lose our right to direct the activities of our variable interest entity or otherwise separate from it and if we are not able to restructure our ownership structure and operations in a satisfactory manner, we would no longer be able to consolidate the financial results of our variable interest entity in our consolidated financial statements. Any of these events would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  34  
   

 

Substantial uncertainties exist with respect to the enactment timetable, interpretation and implementation of draft PRC Foreign Investment Law.

 

The Ministry of Commerce, or the MOFCOM, published a discussion draft of the proposed Foreign Investment Law in January 2015 aiming to, upon its enactment, replace the major existing laws and regulations governing foreign investment in China While the MOFCOM solicited comments on this draft earlier last year, substantial uncertainties exist with respect to its enactment timetable, interpretation and implementation. The draft Foreign Investment Law, if enacted as proposed, may materially impact the entire legal framework regulating foreign investments in China.

 

Among other things, the draft Foreign Investment Law purports to introduce the principle of “actual control” in determining whether a company is considered a foreign invested enterprise, or an FIE. The draft Foreign Investment Law specifically provides that entities established in China but “controlled” by foreign investors will be treated as FIEs, whereas an entity organized in a foreign jurisdiction, but cleared by the MOFCOM as “controlled” by PRC entities and/or citizens, would nonetheless be treated as a PRC domestic entity for investment in the “restriction category” on the “negative list.” In this connection, “control” is broadly defined in the draft law to cover any of the following summarized categories:

 

  holding 50% or more of the voting rights or similar equity interest of the subject entity;
     
  holding less than 50% of the voting rights or similar equity interest of the subject entity but having the power to directly or indirectly appoint or otherwise secure at least 50% of the seats on the board or other equivalent decision making bodies, or having the voting power to materially influence the board, the shareholders’ meeting or other equivalent decision making bodies; or
     
  having the power to exert decisive influence, via contractual or trust arrangements, over the subject entity’s operations, financial, staffing and technology matters.

 

Once an entity is determined to be an FIE, and its investment amount exceeds certain thresholds or its business operation falls within a “negative list” purported to be separately issued by the State Council in the future, market entry clearance by the MOFCOM or its local counterparts would be required.

 

The “variable interest entity” structure, or VIE structure, has been adopted by many PRC-based companies, including us, to obtain necessary licenses and permits in the industries that are currently subject to foreign investment restrictions in China. Under the draft Foreign Investment Law, variable interest entities that are controlled via contractual arrangements would also be deemed as FIEs, if they are ultimately “controlled” by foreign investors. For any companies with a VIE structure in an industry category that is in the “restriction category” on the “negative list,” the existing VIE structure may be deemed legitimate only if the ultimate controlling person(s) is/are of PRC nationality (either PRC state owned enterprises or agencies, or PRC citizens). Conversely, if the actual controlling person(s) is/are of foreign nationalities, then the variable interest entities will be treated as FIEs and any operation in the industry category on the “negative list” without market entry clearance may be considered as illegal.

 

Based on the definition of “control” in the draft Foreign Investment Law as currently proposed, we believe that there are strong basis for a determination that we and our variable interest entity is ultimately controlled by PRC citizens for the following reasons:

 

    81.7% of issued shares of CIFS are held and beneficially owned by PRC citizens or nationals;
       
    Because CIFS indirectly controls WFOE which, in turn, via a series of VIE Agreements, has the exclusive right to nominate and appoint all the members of the board of directors of Sheng Ying Xin and therefore effectively controls the board and all management decisions of Sheng Ying Xin and also has the power to exert decisive influence over its operations, financial, staffing and technology matters.

 

However, there are significant uncertainties as to how the control status of our company, our variable interest entity and our equity investees with a VIE structure would be determined under the enacted version of the Foreign Investment Law. In addition, it is uncertain whether any of the businesses that we currently operate or plan to operate in the future through our consolidated entities and the businesses operated by our equity investees with a VIE structure would be on the to-be-issued “negative list” and therefore be subject to any foreign investment restrictions or prohibitions. We also face uncertainties as to whether the enacted version of the Foreign Investment Law and the final “negative list” would mandate further actions, such as MOFCOM market entry clearance, to be completed by companies with existing VIE structure and whether such clearance can be timely obtained, or at all. If we or our equity investees with a VIE structure were not considered as ultimately controlled by PRC domestic investors under the enacted version of the Foreign Investment Law, further actions required to be taken by us or such equity investees under the enacted Foreign Investment Law may materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

  35  
   

 

In addition, our corporate governance practice may be materially impacted and our compliance costs could increase if we were not considered as ultimately controlled by PRC domestic investors under the enacted version of the Foreign Investment Law. For instance, the draft Foreign Investment Law as proposed purports to impose stringent ad hoc and periodic information reporting requirements on foreign investors and the applicable FIEs. Aside from investment implementation report and investment amendment report that would be required for each investment and alteration of investment specifics, a prospectus would be mandatory, and large foreign investors meeting certain criteria would be required to report on a quarterly basis. Any company found to be non-compliant with these information reporting obligations could potentially be subject to fines and/or administrative or criminal liabilities, and the persons directly responsible could be subject to criminal liabilities.

 

Our contractual arrangements may not be as effective in providing control over the variable interest entities as direct ownership.

 

We rely on contractual arrangements with our variable interest entity to operate our electronic platform in China and other businesses in which foreign investment is restricted or prohibited. For a description of these contractual arrangements, see “Our History and Corporate Structure — Contractual Arrangements among Our Wholly-foreign Owned Enterprise, Variable Interest Entity and the Variable Interest Entity Equity Holders.” These contractual arrangements may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing us with control over our variable interest entity.

 

If we had direct ownership of the variable interest entity, we would be able to exercise our rights as an equity holder directly to effect changes in the boards of directors of the entity, which could effect changes at the management and operational level. Under our contractual arrangements, we may not be able to directly change the members of the boards of directors of the entity and would have to rely on the variable interest entity and the variable interest entity equity holders to perform their obligations in order to exercise our control over the variable interest entity. The variable interest entity equity holders may have conflicts of interest with us or our shareholders, and they may not act in the best interests of our company or may not perform their obligations under these contracts. For example, our variable interest entity and its equity holders could breach their contractual arrangements with us by, among other things, failing to conduct their operations, including maintaining our website and using our domain names and trademarks which the relevant variable interest entity has exclusive rights to use, in an acceptable manner or taking other actions that are detrimental to our interests. Pursuant to the call option, we may replace the equity holders of the variable interest entity at any time pursuant to the contractual arrangements. However, if any equity holder is uncooperative and any dispute relating to these contracts or the replacement of the equity holders remains unresolved, we will have to enforce our rights under the contractual arrangements through the operations of PRC law and arbitral or judicial agencies, which may be costly and time-consuming and will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal system. See “Any failure by our variable interest entity or its equity holders to perform their obligations under the contractual arrangements would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.” Consequently, the contractual arrangements may not be as effective in ensuring our control over the relevant portion of our business operations as direct ownership.

 

  36  
   

 

Any failure by our variable interest entity or its equity holders to perform their obligations under the contractual arrangements would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If our variable interest entity or its equity holders fail to perform their respective obligations under the contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and expend additional resources to enforce such arrangements. Although our wholly-owned PRC subsidiary, WFOE, has entered into an exclusive option agreement in relation to our variable interest entity, which provides that WFOE may exercise an option to acquire, or nominate a person to acquire, ownership of the equity in that entity or, in some cases, its assets, to the extent permitted by applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations, the exercise of the call option is subject to the review and approval of the relevant PRC governmental authorities. WFOE has also entered into a share pledge agreement with respect to the variable interest entity to secure certain obligations of such variable interest entity or its equity holders to WFOE under the contractual arrangements. However, the enforcement of such agreement through arbitral or judicial agencies may be costly and time-consuming and will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal system. Moreover, our remedies under the share pledge agreement are primarily intended to help WFOE collect debts owed to WFOE by the variable interest entity equity holders under the contractual arrangements and may not help us in acquiring the assets or equity of the variable interest entity.

 

In addition, although the terms of the contractual arrangements provide that they will be binding on the successors of the variable interest entity equity holders, as those successors are not a party to the agreements, it is uncertain whether the successors in case of the death, bankruptcy or divorce of a variable interest entity equity holder will be subject to or will be willing to honor the obligations of such variable interest entity equity holder under the contractual arrangements. If the relevant variable interest entity or its equity holder (or its successor), as applicable, fails to transfer the shares of the variable interest entity according to the relevant exclusive option agreement or share pledge agreement, we would need to enforce our rights under the exclusive option agreement or share pledge agreement, which may be costly and time-consuming and may not be successful.

 

The contractual arrangements are governed by PRC law and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration or court proceedings in China. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as in some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. Moreover, there are very few precedents and little formal guidance as to how contractual arrangements in the context of a variable interest entity should be interpreted or enforced under PRC law, and as a result it may be difficult to predict how an arbitration panel or court would view such contractual arrangements. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce the contractual arrangements. Under PRC law, if the losing parties fail to carry out the arbitration awards or court judgments within a prescribed time limit, the prevailing parties may only enforce the arbitration awards or court judgments in PRC courts, which would require additional expense and delay. In the event we are unable to enforce the contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert effective control over the variable interest entities, and our ability to conduct our business, as well as our financial condition and results of operations, may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We may lose the ability to use, or otherwise benefit from, the licenses, approvals and assets held by our variable interest entity, which could severely disrupt our business, render us unable to conduct some or all of our business operations and constrain our growth.

 

Our variable interest entity holds licenses and approvals and assets that are necessary for our business operations, to which foreign investments are typically restricted under applicable PRC law. The contractual arrangements contain terms that specifically obligate variable interest entity equity holders to ensure the valid existence of the variable interest entities and restrict the disposal of material assets of the variable interest entities. However, in the event the variable interest entity equity holders breach the terms of these contractual arrangements and voluntarily liquidate our variable interest entity or our variable interest entity declares bankruptcy and all or part of its assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, or are otherwise disposed of without our consent, we may be unable to conduct some or all of our business operations or otherwise benefit from the assets held by the variable interest entity, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, if our variable interest entity undergoes a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, its equity holders or unrelated third-party creditors may claim rights to some or all of the assets of such variable interest entity, thereby hindering our ability to operate our business as well as constrain our growth.

 

  37  
   

 

The equity holders, directors and executive officers of our variable interest entity, as well as our employees who execute other strategic initiatives may have potential conflicts of interest with our company.

 

PRC laws provide that a director and an executive officer owes a fiduciary duty to the company he or she directs or manages. The directors and executive officers of the variable interest entity, including Jianxin Lin, our lead founder and executive chairman, must act in good faith and in the best interests of the variable interest entity and must not use their respective positions for personal gain. On the other hand, as a director of our company, Mr. Lin has a duty of care and loyalty to act in the best interests of our company, which in the ordinary course will include acting in the best interests of our shareholders as a whole under British Virgin Islands law. We control our variable interest entity through contractual arrangements and the business and operations of our variable interest entity are closely integrated with the business and operations of our subsidiaries. Nonetheless, conflicts of interests for these individuals may arise due to dual roles both as directors and executive officers of the variable interest entity and as directors or employees of our company, and may also arise due to dual roles both as variable interest entity equity holders and as directors or employees of our company.

 

We cannot assure you that these individuals will always act in the best interests of our company should any conflicts of interest arise, or that any conflicts of interest will always be resolved in our favor. We also cannot assure you that these individuals will ensure that the variable interest entity will not breach the existing contractual arrangements. If we cannot resolve any such conflicts of interest or any related disputes, we would have to rely on legal proceedings to resolve these disputes and/or take enforcement action under the contractual arrangements. There is substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings. See “ Any failure by our variable interest entity or its equity holders to perform their obligations under the contractual arrangements would have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

 

The contractual arrangements with our variable interest entity may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities. Any adjustment of related party transaction pricing could lead to additional taxes, and therefore substantially reduce our consolidated net income and the value of your investment.

 

The tax regime in China is rapidly evolving and there is significant uncertainty for taxpayers in China as PRC tax laws may be interpreted in significantly different ways. The PRC tax authorities may assert that we or our subsidiaries or the variable interest entity or their equity holders owe and/or are required to pay additional taxes on previous or future revenue or income. In particular, under applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties, such as the contractual arrangements with our variable interest entity, may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities. If the PRC tax authorities determine that any contractual arrangements were not entered into on an arm’s length basis and therefore constitute a favorable transfer pricing, the PRC tax liabilities of the relevant subsidiaries and/or variable interest entity and/or variable interest entity equity holders could be increased, which could increase our overall tax liabilities. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may impose late payment interest. Our net income may be materially reduced if our tax liabilities increase.

 

Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China

 

Changes in the political and economic policies of the PRC government may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and may result in our inability to sustain our growth and expansion strategies.

 

All of our operations are conducted in the PRC and substantially all of our revenue is sourced from the PRC. Accordingly, our financial condition and results of operations are affected to a significant extent by economic, political and legal developments in the PRC.

 

The PRC economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the extent of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the PRC government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets, and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the government. In addition, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The PRC government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth by allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, regulating financial services and institutions and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

 

  38  
   

 

While the PRC economy has experienced significant growth in the past three decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The PRC government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall PRC economy, but may also have a negative effect on us. Our financial condition and results of operation could be materially and adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations that are applicable to us. In addition, the PRC government has implemented in the past certain measures, including interest rate increases, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activity, which in turn could lead to a reduction in demand for our services and consequently have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition and results of operations.

 

There are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws, rules and regulations.

 

Most of our operations are conducted in the PRC, and are governed by PRC laws, rules and regulations. Our PRC subsidiaries are subject to laws, rules and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China. The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value.

 

In 1979, the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws, rules and regulations governing economic matters in general. The overall effect of legislation over the past three decades has significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investment in China. However, China has not developed a fully integrated legal system, and recently enacted laws, rules and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China or may be subject to significant degree of interpretation by PRC regulatory agencies and courts. In particular, because these laws, rules and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited number of published decisions and the non-precedential nature of such decisions, and because the laws, rules and regulations often give the relevant regulator significant discretion in how to enforce them, the interpretation and enforcement of these laws, rules and regulations involve uncertainties and can be inconsistent and unpredictable. In addition, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all, and which may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until after the occurrence of the violation.

 

Any administrative and court proceedings in China may be protracted, resulting in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. Since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy than in more developed legal systems. These uncertainties may impede our ability to enforce the contracts we have entered into and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

PRC regulations regarding acquisitions impose significant regulatory approval and review requirements, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions.

 

Under the PRC Anti-Monopoly Law, companies undertaking acquisitions relating to businesses in China must notify MOFCOM, in advance of any transaction where the parties’ revenues in the China market exceed certain thresholds and the buyer would obtain control of, or decisive influence over, the target. In addition, on August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, including the MOFCOM, the State-Owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration of Taxation, the SAIC, the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which came into effect on September 8, 2006 and was amended on June 22, 2009. Under the M&A Rules, the approval of MOFCOM must be obtained in circumstances where overseas companies established or controlled by PRC enterprises or residents acquire domestic companies affiliated with such PRC enterprises or residents. Applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations also require certain merger and acquisition transactions to be subject to security review. Our proposed acquisition of control of, or decisive influence over, at least any two participating companies (including us) with a turnover within the PRC of more than RMB400 million (approximately US$60.15 million) in the fiscal year prior to any proposed acquisition and all of the participating companies (including us)with a turnover within the PRC of more than RMB2 billion (approximately US$0.30 billion) or with a global turnover of RMB10 billion (approximately US$ 1.50 billion) in the fiscal year prior to any proposed acquisition, would be subject to MOFCOM merger control review. Certain transactions we may undertake could be subject to MOFCOM merger review. Complying with the requirements of the relevant regulations to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including approval from MOFCOM, may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share. In addition, MOFCOM has not accepted antitrust filings for any transaction involving parties that adopt a variable interest entity structure. If MOFCOM’s practice remains unchanged, our ability to carry out our investment and acquisition strategy may be materially and adversely affected and there may be significant uncertainty as to whether transactions that we may undertake would subject us to fines or other administrative penalties and negative publicity and whether we will be able to complete large acquisitions in the future in a timely manner or at all.

 

  39  
   

 

PRC regulations relating to investments in offshore companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC-resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiaries or limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits.

 

SAFE, promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, on July 4, 2014, which replaced the former circular commonly known as “SAFE Circular 75” promulgated by SAFE on October 21, 2005. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents to register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct establishment or indirect control of an offshore entity, for the purpose of overseas investment and financing, with such PRC residents’ legally owned assets or equity interests in domestic enterprises or offshore assets or interests, referred to in SAFE Circular 37 as a “special purpose vehicle.” SAFE Circular 37 further requires amendment to the registration in the event of any significant changes with respect to the special purpose vehicle, such as increase or decrease of capital contributed by PRC individuals, share transfer or exchange, merger, division or other material event. In the event that a PRC shareholder holding interests in a special purpose vehicle fails to fulfill the required SAFE registration, the PRC subsidiaries of that special purpose vehicle may be prohibited from making profit distributions to the offshore parent and from carrying out subsequent cross-border foreign exchange activities, and the special purpose vehicle may be restricted in its ability to contribute additional capital into its PRC subsidiary. Moreover, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC law for evasion of foreign exchange controls. For further discussion on SAFE Circular 37 and its impact on dividend distribution, please see below “Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange and Dividend Distribution – SAFE Circular 37” on page 109.

 

We have notified substantial beneficial owners of ordinary shares who we know are PRC residents of their filing obligation. However, we may not be aware of the identities of all of our beneficial owners who are PRC residents. We do not have control over our beneficial owners and cannot assure you that all of our PRC-resident beneficial owners will comply with SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules. The failure of our beneficial owners who are PRC residents to register or amend their SAFE registrations in a timely manner pursuant to SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules, or the failure of future beneficial owners of our company who are PRC residents to comply with the registration procedures set forth in SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules, may subject such beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to fines and legal sanctions. On February 28, 2015, SAFE promulgated a Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving Foreign Exchange Administration Policy on Direct Investment, or SAFE Notice 13, which became effective on June 1, 2015. Pursuant to SAFE Notice 13, entities and individuals are required to apply for foreign exchange registration of foreign direct investment and overseas direct investment, including those required under the SAFE Circular 37, with qualified banks, instead of SAFE. The qualified banks, under the supervision of SAFE, will directly review the applications and conduct the registration. Furthermore, since it is unclear how those new SAFE regulations, and any future regulation concerning offshore or cross-border transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant PRC government authorities, we cannot predict how these regulations will affect our business operations or future strategy. Failure to register or comply with relevant requirements may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital to our PRC subsidiaries and limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends to our company. These risks may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  40  
   

 

Any failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding our employee equity incentive plans, should we have one, may subject the PRC plan participants or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.

 

Pursuant to SAFE Circular 37, PRC residents who participate in share incentive plans in overseas non-publicly-listed companies may submit applications to SAFE or its local branches for the foreign exchange registration with respect to offshore special purpose companies. Our directors, executive officers and other employees who are PRC citizens or who are non-PRC residents residing in the PRC for a continuous period of not less than one year, subject to limited exceptions, and who have been granted restricted shares, RSUs or options may follow SAFE Circular 37 and the Notice on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plan of Overseas Publicly Listed Company, issued by SAFE in February 2012, to apply for the foreign exchange registration. According to those regulations, employees, directors, supervisors and other management members participating in any stock incentive plan of an overseas publicly listed company who are PRC citizens or who are non-PRC citizens residing in China for a continuous period of not less than one year, subject to limited exceptions, are required to register with SAFE through a domestic qualified agent, which could be a PRC subsidiary of such overseas listed company, and complete certain other procedures. Failure to complete the SAFE registrations may subject them to fines and legal sanctions and may also limit the ability to make payment under our equity incentive plans (should we have one) or receive dividends or sales proceeds related thereto, or our ability to contribute additional capital into our wholly-foreign owned enterprises in China and limit our wholly-foreign owned enterprises’ ability to distribute dividends to us. We also face regulatory uncertainties that could restrict our ability to adopt additional equity incentive plans for our directors and employees under PRC law.

 

In addition, the State Administration for Taxation has issued circulars concerning employee share options, restricted shares or RSUs. Under these circulars, employees working in the PRC who exercise share options, or whose restricted shares or RSUs vest, will be subject to PRC individual income tax. The PRC subsidiaries of an overseas listed company have obligations to file documents related to employee share options or restricted shares with relevant tax authorities and to withhold individual income taxes of those employees related to their share options, restricted shares or RSUs. Although we currently withhold income tax from our PRC employees in connection with their exercise of options and the vesting of their restricted shares and RSUs, if the employees fail to pay, or the PRC subsidiaries fail to withhold, their income taxes according to relevant laws, rules and regulations, the PRC subsidiaries may face sanctions imposed by the tax authorities.

 

We rely to a significant extent on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our principal operating subsidiary in China to fund offshore cash and financing requirements.

 

We are a holding company and rely to a significant extent on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our principal operating subsidiary and on remittances from the variable interest entity, for our offshore cash and financing requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders, fund inter-company loans, service any debt we may incur outside of China and pay our expenses. When our principal operating subsidiary or the variable interest entity incurs additional debt, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other distributions or remittances to us. Furthermore, the laws, rules and regulations applicable to our PRC subsidiary and certain other subsidiaries permit payments of dividends only out of their retained earnings, if any, determined in accordance with applicable accounting standards and regulations.

 

Under PRC laws, rules and regulations, each of our subsidiaries incorporated in China is required to set aside a portion of its net income each year to fund certain statutory reserves. These reserves, together with the registered equity, are not distributable as cash dividends. As a result of these laws, rules and regulations, our subsidiaries incorporated in China are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their respective net assets to their shareholders as dividends. In addition, registered share capital and capital reserve accounts are also restricted from withdrawal in the PRC, up to the amount of net assets held in each operating subsidiary. As of December 31 , 2016, these restricted assets totaled RMB 60,780,175 (approximately US$10,824,481 ).

 

  41  
   

 

 

Limitations on the ability of the variable interest entity to make remittance to WFOE to pay dividends to us could limit our ability to access cash generated by the operations of those the variable interest entity, including to make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our businesses, pay dividends to our shareholders or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

 

PRC regulation of loans to, and direct investments in, PRC entities by offshore holding companies may delay or prevent us from using proceeds from this offering and/or future financing activities to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC operating subsidiaries.

 

Under PRC laws and regulations, we are permitted to utilize the proceeds from this offering to fund our PRC subsidiary by making loans to or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary, subject to applicable government registration and filing requirements.

 

Any loans to our PRC subsidiary, which is treated as foreign-invested enterprises under PRC laws, are subject to PRC regulations and foreign exchange loan registrations. For example, loans by us to our PRC subsidiary to finance their activities cannot exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the local counterpart of the SAFE. The statutory limit for the total amount of foreign debts of a foreign-invested company is the difference between the amount of approved total investment and the amount of registered capital of such foreign-invested company. We may also decide to finance our PRC subsidiary by means of capital contributions. These capital contributions must be filed with the MOFCOM or its local counterpart.

 

In addition, on March 30, 2015, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming the Administrative Approach Regarding the Settlement of the Foreign Exchange Capitals of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 19, prohibiting foreign-invested enterprise from using an RMB fund converted from its foreign exchange capital for expenditure beyond its business scope, providing entrusted loans or repaying loans between non-financial enterprises or purchasing real estate not for self-use.

 

If we fail to comply with such regulations, our ability to use the proceeds we expect to receive from this offering and to capitalize or otherwise fund our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

 

We may be treated as a resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, and we may therefore be subject to PRC income tax on our global income.

 

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementing rules, both of which came into effect on January 1, 2008, enterprises established under the laws of jurisdictions outside of China with “de facto management bodies” located in China may be considered PRC tax resident enterprises for tax purposes and may be subject to the PRC enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on their global income. “De facto management body” refers to a managing body that exercises substantive and overall management and control over the production and business, personnel, accounting books and assets of an enterprise. The State Administration of Taxation issued the Notice Regarding the Determination of Chinese-Controlled Offshore-Incorporated Enterprises as PRC Tax Resident Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, or Circular 82, on April 22, 2009. Circular 82 provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a Chinese-controlled offshore-incorporated enterprise is located in China. Although Circular 82 only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises, not those controlled by foreign enterprises or individuals, the determining criteria set forth in Circular 82 may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises. Currently, we do not generate any revenue offshore. However, if this proportion were to increase and if we were to be considered a PRC resident enterprise, we would be subject to PRC enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on our global income. In such case, our profitability and cash flow may be materially reduced as a result of our global income being taxed under the Enterprise Income Tax Law. We believe that none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.”

 

  42  
   

 

We and our shareholders face uncertainties with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises or other assets attributed to a PRC establishment of a non-PRC company, or other assets attributable to a PRC establishment of a non-PRC company.

 

On February 3, 2015, the State Administration of Taxation issued the Bulletin on Issues of Enterprise Income Tax and Indirect Transfers of Assets by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or Bulletin 7, which replaced or supplemented certain previous rules under the Notice on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or Circular 698, issued by the State Administration of Taxation, on December 10, 2009. Pursuant to this Bulletin 7, an “indirect transfer” of assets, including equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise, by non-PRC resident enterprises may be recharacterized and treated as a direct transfer of PRC taxable assets, if such arrangement does not have a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of avoiding payment of PRC enterprise income tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax.

 

According to Bulletin 7, “PRC taxable assets” include assets attributed to an establishment in China, immoveable properties located in China, and equity investments in PRC resident enterprises, in respect of which gains from their transfer by a direct holder, being a non-PRC resident enterprise, would be subject to PRC enterprise income taxes. When determining whether there is a “reasonable commercial purpose” of the transaction arrangement, factors to be taken into consideration include: whether the main value of the equity interest of the relevant offshore enterprise derives from PRC taxable assets; whether the assets of the relevant offshore enterprise mainly consists of direct or indirect investment in China or if its income mainly derives from China; whether the offshore enterprise and its subsidiaries directly or indirectly holding PRC taxable assets have real commercial nature which is evidenced by their actual function and risk exposure; the duration of existence of the business model and organizational structure; the replicability of the transaction by direct transfer of PRC taxable assets; and the tax situation of such indirect transfer and applicable tax treaties or similar arrangements. In respect of an indirect offshore transfer of assets of a PRC establishment, the resulting gain is to be included with the enterprise income tax filing of the PRC establishment or place of business being transferred, and would consequently be subject to PRC enterprise income tax at a rate of 25%. Where the underlying transfer relates to the immoveable properties located in China or to equity investments in a PRC resident enterprise, which is not related to a PRC establishment or place of business of a non-resident enterprise, a PRC enterprise income tax at 10% would apply, subject to available preferential tax treatment under applicable tax treaties or similar arrangements, and the party who is obligated to make the transfer payments has the withholding obligation. Where the payor fails to withhold any or sufficient tax, the transferor shall declare and pay such tax to the tax authority by itself within the statutory time limit. Late payment of applicable tax will subject the transferor to default interest. Bulletin 7 does not apply to transactions of sale of shares by investors through a public stock exchange where such shares were acquired from a transaction through a public stock exchange.

 

Bulletin 7 may be determined by the tax authorities to be applicable to some of our offshore restructuring transactions or sale of the shares of our offshore subsidiaries or investments where PRC taxable assets are involved. The transferors and transferees may be subject to the tax filing and withholding or tax payment obligation, while our PRC subsidiaries may be requested to assist in the filing. Furthermore, we, our non-resident enterprises and PRC subsidiaries may be required to spend valuable resources to comply with Bulletin 7 or to establish that we and our non-resident enterprises should not be taxed under Bulletin 7, for our previous and future restructuring or disposal of shares of our offshore subsidiaries, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The PRC tax authorities have the discretion under Bulletin 7 to make adjustments to the taxable capital gains based on the difference between the fair value of the taxable assets transferred and the cost of investment. If the PRC tax authorities make adjustments to the taxable income of the transactions under Bulletin 7, our income tax costs associated with such potential acquisitions or disposals will increase, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

  43  
   

 

Restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to utilize our revenue effectively.

 

Presently all of our revenue is denominated in Renminbi. The Renminbi is currently convertible under the “current account,” which includes dividends, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, but not under the “capital account,” which includes foreign direct investment and loans. Currently, our PRC subsidiary, which is a wholly-foreign owned enterprise, may purchase foreign currency for settlement of “current account transactions,” including payment of dividends to us, without the approval of SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, the relevant PRC governmental authorities may limit or eliminate our ability to purchase foreign currencies in the future for current account transactions. Since a significant amount of our future revenue will be denominated in Renminbi, any existing and future restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to utilize revenue generated in Renminbi to fund our business activities outside of the PRC or pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ordinary shares, or pay principal and interest in foreign currencies to the holders of the notes. Foreign exchange transactions under the capital account remain subject to limitations and require approvals from, or registration with, SAFE and other relevant PRC governmental authorities. This could affect our ability to obtain foreign currency through debt or equity financing for our subsidiaries and the variable interest entities.

 

Fluctuations in exchange rates could result in foreign currency exchange losses and could materially reduce the value of your investment.

 

The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions and the foreign exchange policy adopted by the PRC government. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar. Following the removal of the U.S. dollar peg, the Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the PRC government has allowed the RMB to appreciate slowly against the U.S. dollar again, and it has appreciated more than 10% since June 2010. In April 2012, the PRC government announced that it would allow more RMB exchange rate fluctuation. On August 11, 2015, the PRC government set the central parity rate for the RMB nearly 2% lower than that of the previous day and announced that it will begin taking into account previous day’s trading in setting the central parity rate. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future. There remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt a more flexible currency policy, which could result in greater fluctuation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar. Substantially all of our revenues and costs are denominated in Renminbi, and a significant portion of our financial assets are also denominated in Renminbi while a significant portion of our debt is denominated in U.S. dollars. We are a holding company and we rely on dividends paid by our operating subsidiaries in China for our cash needs. Any significant revaluation of the Renminbi may materially and adversely affect our liquidity and cash flows. To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we would receive. Conversely, if we decide to convert our Renminbi into U.S. dollars for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount we would receive.

 

Any requirement to obtain prior approval under the M&A Rules and/or any other regulations promulgated by relevant PRC regulatory agencies in the future could delay this offering and failure to obtain any such approvals, if required, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and reputation as well as the trading price of our ordinary shares, and could also create uncertainties for this offering.

 

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, including the Ministry of Commerce, or the MOFCOM, the State-Owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, or the SASAC, the State Administration of Taxation, the SAIC, the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which came into effect on September 8, 2006 and were amended on June 22, 2009. The M&A Rules include, among other things, provisions that purport to require that an offshore special purpose vehicle formed for the purpose of an overseas listing of securities in a PRC company obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. On September 21, 2006, the CSRC published on its official website procedures regarding its approval of overseas listings by special purpose vehicles. However, substantial uncertainty remains regarding the scope and applicability of the M&A Rules to offshore special purpose vehicles.

 

  44  
   

 

While the application of the M&A Rules remains unclear, we believe, based on the advice of our PRC counsel, Han Kun Law Offices, that the CSRC approval is not required in the context of this offering because we established our PRC subsidiary, WFOE, by mean of direct investment rather than by merger or acquisition of the equity interest or assets of any “Domestic Company” as defined under the M&A Rules, and no provision in the M&A Rules classifies the contractual arrangements between WFOE and Sheng Ying Xin as a type of transaction which is subject to the M&A Rules. However, our PRC counsel has further advised us that there remains some uncertainty as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted or implemented in the context of an overseas offering and its opinions summarized above are subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. We cannot assure you that the relevant PRC government agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as we do. If the CSRC or other PRC regulatory body subsequently determines that we need to obtain the CSRC’s approval for this offering or if the CSRC or any other PRC government authorities promulgates any interpretation or implements rules before our listing that would require us to obtain CSRC or other governmental approvals for this offering, we may face adverse actions or sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies. In any such event, these regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations in China, limit our operating privileges in China, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as our ability to complete this offering. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before settlement and delivery of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to settlement and delivery, you do so at the risk that such settlement and delivery may not occur. See “Regulation — M&A Rules and Overseas Listings.”

 

Risks Related to our Ordinary Shares

 

The trading price of our ordinary shares and is likely to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to our shareholders.

 

The trading price of our ordinary shares is likely to continue to be volatile and could fluctuate widely in response to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, the performance and fluctuation of the market prices of other companies with business operations located mainly in China that have listed their securities in the United States may affect the volatility in the price of and trading volumes for our ordinary shares. Some of these companies have experienced significant volatility, including significant price declines after their initial public offerings. The trading performances of these PRC companies’ securities at the time of or after their offerings may affect the overall investor sentiment towards other PRC companies listed in the United States and consequently may impact the trading performance of our ordinary shares. In addition to market and industry factors, the price and trading volume for our ordinary shares may be highly volatile for specific business reasons, including:

 

  variations in our results of operations;
     
  announcements about our earnings that are not in line with analyst expectations;
     
  publication of operating or industry metrics by third parties, including government statistical agencies, that differ from expectations of industry or financial analysts;
     
  changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts;
     
  announcements made by us or our competitors of new product and service offerings, acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;
     
  press reports, whether or not true, about our business;
     
  regulatory allegations or actions or negative reports or publicity against us, regardless of their veracity or materiality to our company;
     
  changes in pricing made by us or our competitors;

 

  45  
   

 

  conditions in the financial advisory market;
     
  additions to or departures of our management;
     
  fluctuations of exchange rates between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar;
     
 

release or expiry of transfer restrictions on our outstanding ordinary shares or ordinary shares;

     
  sales or perceived potential sales or other disposition of existing or additional ordinary shares or ordinary shares or other equity or equity-linked securities, including by our principal shareholders, directors officers and other affiliates;
     
  actual or perceived general economic and business conditions and trends in China and globally; and
     
  changes or developments in the PRC or global regulatory environment.

 

Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the volume and trading price of our ordinary shares. In addition, the stock market has from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies and industries. These fluctuations may include a so-called “bubble market” in which investors temporarily raise the price of the stocks of companies in certain industries, such as the e-commerce industry, to unsustainable levels. These market fluctuations may significantly affect the trading price of our ordinary shares. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, shareholders have often instituted securities class named as a defendant in shareholder class action lawsuits. The litigation process may utilize a material portion of our cash resources and divert management’s attention from the day-to-day operations of our company, all of which could harm our business. If adversely determined, the class action suits may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

You must rely on the judgment of our management as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and such use may not produce income or increase our ordinary shares price.

 

A significant portion of the net proceeds of this offering is allocated for general corporate purposes, which may include working capital needs and potential acquisitions, partnerships and alliances. Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds received by us. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our efforts to achieve or maintain profitability or increase our ordinary shares price. The net proceeds from this offering may be placed in investments that do not produce income or that lose value.

 

Substantial future sales or perceived potential sales of our ordinary shares, ordinary shares or other equity or equity-linked securities in the public market could cause the price of our ordinary shares to decline significantly.

 

Sales of our ordinary shares or other equity or equity-linked securities in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline significantly. As of December 31, 2016, we had 20,000,000 ordinary shares outstanding. All of our ordinary shares were freely transferable by persons other than our affiliates without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act. The ordinary shares held by our affiliates are not subject to any lock-up arrangements and will be available for sale subject to volume and other restrictions as applicable under Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, under sales plans adopted pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 or otherwise. Sale of these ordinary shares or their perceived potential sale in the public market could cause the price of our ordinary shares to decline significantly.

 

  46  
   

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price for our ordinary shares and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our ordinary shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If research analysts do not establish and maintain adequate research coverage or if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our ordinary shares or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price for our ordinary shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which, in turn, could cause the market price or trading volume for our ordinary shares to decline significantly.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we will, rely on exemptions from certain NASDAQ corporate governance standards applicable to domestic U.S. issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares and the ordinary shares.

 

We are exempted from certain corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ by virtue of being a foreign private issuer. We are required to provide a brief description of the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the corporate governance practices required to be followed by domestic U.S. companies listed on the NASDAQ. The standards applicable to us are considerably different than the standards applied to domestic U.S. issuers. For instance, we are not required to:

 

  have a majority of the board be independent (although all of the members of the audit committee must be independent under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act);
     
  have a compensation committee or a nominating or corporate governance committee consisting entirely of independent directors;
     
  have regularly scheduled executive sessions for non-management directors; or

 

We have relied on and intend to continue to rely on some of these exemptions. As a result, our shareholders may not be provided with the benefits of certain corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain disclosure requirements under the Exchange Act, which may afford less protection to our shareholders than they would enjoy if we were a domestic U.S. company.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements under the Exchange Act and the rules relating to selective disclosure of material nonpublic information under Regulation FD. In addition, our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit and recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. We are also not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as domestic U.S. companies with securities registered under the Exchange Act. As a result, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they would under the Exchange Act rules applicable to domestic U.S. companies.

 

If and when permitted by law, we may conduct a public offering and listing of our shares in China, which may result in increased regulatory scrutiny and compliance costs as well as increased fluctuations in the prices of our ordinary shares and ordinary shares listed in overseas markets.

 

Although not currently allowed under PRC law, if and when permitted by law, we may conduct a public offering and/or listing of our shares on a stock exchange in China in the future. We have not set a specific timetable or decided on any specific form for an offering in China. The precise timing of the offering and/or listing of our shares in China would depend on a number of factors, including relevant regulatory developments and market conditions. If we complete a public offering or listing in China, we would become subject to the applicable laws, rules and regulations governing public companies listed in China, in addition to the various laws, rules and regulations that we are subject to in the United States as a reporting company. The listing and trading of our securities in multiple jurisdictions and multiple markets may lead to increased compliance costs for us, and we may face the risk of significant intervention by regulatory authorities in these jurisdictions and markets.

 

  47  
   

 

In addition, under current PRC laws, rules and regulations, our ordinary shares will not be interchangeable or fungible with any shares we may decide to list on a PRC stock exchange, and there is no trading or settlement between these markets in the United States and mainland China. Furthermore, these two markets have different trading characteristics and investor bases, including different levels of retail and institutional participation. As a result of these differences, the trading prices of our ordinary shares may not be the same as the trading prices of any shares we may decide to list on a PRC stock exchange. The issuance of a separate class of shares and fluctuations in its trading price may also lead to increased volatility in, and may otherwise materially decrease, the prices of our ordinary shares.

 

Our shareholders may face difficulties in protecting their interests, and their ability to protect their rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited because we are incorporated under British Virgin Islands law, we conduct substantially all of our operations in China and most of our directors and substantially all of our executive officers reside outside the United States.

 

We are incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and conduct substantially all of our operations in China through our wholly-foreign owned enterprise and the variable interest entity. Most of our directors and substantially all of our executive officers reside outside the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for our shareholders to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the British Virgin Islands or in China in the event that they believe that their rights have been infringed under the securities laws of the United States or otherwise. Even if shareholders are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the British Virgin Islands and China may render them unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. There is no statutory recognition in the British Virgin Islands of judgments obtained in the United States of China, although the courts of the British Virgin Islands will generally recognize and enforce a non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits.

 

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the BVI Act and the common law of the British Virgin Islands. The rights of shareholders to take legal action against our directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under British Virgin Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the British Virgin Islands and by the BVI Act. The common law of the British Virgin Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the British Virgin Islands as well as from English common law, which has persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the British Virgin Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under British Virgin Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the British Virgin Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and some states (such as Delaware) have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. As a result of the foregoing, holders of our ordinary shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against our management, directors or major shareholders than they would as shareholders of a U.S. company and whose management, directors and/or major shareholders were also incorporated, resident, or otherwise established in a United States jurisdiction.

 

As a result of the foregoing, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against us, our management, our directors or our major shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States.

 

The laws of the British Virgin Islands provide limited protection for minority shareholders, so minority shareholders may have limited or no recourse if they are dissatisfied with the conduct of our affairs.

 

Under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, there is limited statutory law for the protection of minority shareholders other than the provisions of the BVI Act dealing with shareholder remedies (as summarized under “Description of Share Capital—Shareholders’ Rights under British Virgin Islands Law Generally”). The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may bring an action to enforce the constituent documents of the company and are entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted in accordance with the BVI Act and the memorandum and articles of association of the company. As such, if those who control the company have disregarded the requirements of the BVI Act or the provisions of the company’s memorandum and articles of association, or oppose to do so, then the courts will likely grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following: (i) an act complained of which is outside the scope of the authorized business or is illegal or not capable of ratification by the majority; (ii) acts that constitute fraud on the minority where the wrongdoers control the company; (iii) acts that infringe on the personal rights of the shareholders, such as the right to vote or breach of a duty owed to the shareholder by the Company; and (iv) acts where the company has not complied with provisions requiring approval of a special or extraordinary majority of shareholders, which are more limited than the rights afforded minority shareholders under the laws of many states in the United States.

 

  48  
   

 

British Virgin Islands companies may not be able to initiate shareholder derivative actions, thereby depriving shareholders of one avenue to protect their interests.

 

British Virgin Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States. The circumstances in which any such an action may be brought, and the procedures and defenses that may be available in respect of any such action, may result in the rights of shareholders of a British Virgin Islands company being more limited than those of shareholders of a company organized in the United States. Accordingly, shareholders may have fewer alternatives available to them if they believe that corporate wrongdoing has occurred. The British Virgin Islands courts are also unlikely to recognize or enforce judgments of courts in the United States based on certain liability provisions of United States securities law or to impose liabilities, in original actions brought in the British Virgin Islands, based on certain liability provisions of the United States securities laws that are penal in nature. There is no statutory recognition in the British Virgin Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the British Virgin Islands will generally recognize and enforce the non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits. This means that even if shareholders were to sue us successfully, they may not be able to recover anything to make up for the losses suffered.

 

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management.

 

Following the completion of this offering, we will be required to comply with various regulatory and reporting requirements, including those required by the SEC. Complying with these reporting and other regulatory requirements will be time-consuming and will result in increased costs to us, either or both of which could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual and current reports with respect to our business and financial performance. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financing reporting, we will need to commit significant resources, hire additional staff and provide additional management oversight. We will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns and we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not have as a private company prior to this offering, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  49  
   

 

There could be adverse United States federal income tax consequences to United States investors if we were or were to become a passive foreign investment company.

 

While we do not believe we are or will become a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, there can be no assurance that we were not a PFIC in the past and will not become a PFIC in the future. The determination of whether or not we are a PFIC is made on an annual basis and will depend on the composition of our income and assets from time to time. Specifically, we will be classified as a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes if either: (1) 75% or more of our gross income in a taxable year is passive income, or (2) the average percentage of our assets by value in a taxable year which produce or are held for the production of passive income (which includes cash) is at least 50%. The calculation of the value of our assets will be based, in part, on the quarterly market value of our ordinary shares, which is subject to change. See “DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL— Taxation — Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive Foreign Investment Company.”

 

Although we do not believe we were or will become a PFIC, it is not entirely clear how the contractual arrangements between us and our variable interest entities will be treated for purposes of the PFIC rules. If it were determined that we do not own the stock of our variable interest entities for United States federal income tax purposes (for instance, because the relevant PRC authorities do not respect these arrangements), we may be treated as a PFIC. See “DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL— Taxation — Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive Foreign Investment Company.”

 

If we were or were to become a PFIC, such characterization could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequences to our shareholders that are United States investors. For example, if we are a PFIC, our United States investors will become subject to increased tax liabilities under United States federal income tax laws and regulations and will become subject to burdensome reporting requirements. We cannot assure you that we were not or will not become a PFIC for any taxable year. You are urged to consult your own tax advisors concerning United States federal income tax consequence on the application of the PFIC rules. See “DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL — Taxation — Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive Foreign Investment Company.”

 

  50  
   

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, including statements based on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about us, our industry and the regulatory environment in which we and companies integral to our ecosystem operate. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. In some cases, these forward-looking statements can be identified by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “potential,” “continue,” “is/are likely to” or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus relate to, among others:

 

  our growth strategies;
     
  our future business development, financial condition and results of operations;
     
  competition in our industry;
     
  fluctuations in general economic and business conditions in China;
     
  expected changes in our revenues and certain cost and expense items and our operating margins;
     
  the regulatory environment in which we and companies integral to our business operate;
     
  our proposed use of proceeds from this offering; and
     
  assumptions underlying or related to any of the foregoing.

 

The global and PRC financial advisory and internet market may not grow at the rates projected by market data, or at all. The failure of these industries or markets to grow at the projected rates may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and the market price of our ordinary shares. If any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data turns out to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

 

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have referred to in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

 

  51  
   

 

OPERATING METRICS

 

Key Performance Metrics

 

We regularly monitor a number of metrics in order to measure our current and projected future performance. These metrics aid us in developing and refining our growth strategies and making strategic decisions.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2014     2015     2016  
    RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     US$  
    (in Million)  
Amount of financing advised:     -       4,536       728       9,770       1,471  
Commercial Payment     -       2,167       348       6,126       922  
International Corporate Financing     -       1,370       220       2,192       330  
Intermediary Loan     -       999       160       1,452       219  

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2014     2015     2016  
Number of clients advised (1)     -       23       29  
Commercial Payment     -       8       19  
International Corporate Financing     -       4       4  
Intermediary Loan     -       11       6  

 

(1)

The number of clients for a specified period represents the number of clients whose financing were funded during such period.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2014     2015     2016  
    (in US$ thousands)  
Advisory fees billed to clients (1)     -       7,782       15,822  

 

(1)

Represent amounts net of VAT.

 

The amount of financing advised is calculated by summing up the financing amount indicated on the financing advisory contracts. The revenue is calculated by multiplying the service fee ratio indicated on the contract and the financing amount advised.

 

  52  
   

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately US$ 17.4 million ,  in the event of maximum offering after deducting underwriting discounts and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. These estimates are based upon an assumed initial public offering price of US$5.00 per ordinary share. A US$1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of US$6.00 per ordinary share would increase the net proceeds to us from this offering by US$4,000,000, assuming the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

 

We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include investment in product development, sales and marketing activities, acquisition of other companies, technology infrastructure, team development, capital expenditures, improvement of corporate facilities and other general and administrative matters. Specifically, we plan to use approximately 10 % of the net proceeds to increase our working capital. In addition, we plan to use about 50% of the net proceeds for the acquisition of businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. We may also use about 15% of the net proceeds to develop our online financial service practice. We also plan to spend 15% of the net proceeds on marketing our business. We plan to use the rest (10%) of the net proceeds for improvement of our internal control system and other general and administrative matters. The foregoing represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement. Our management, however, will have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net proceeds of this offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus. . See “Risk Factors—Risks related to our Ordinary Shares—You must rely on the judgment of our management as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and such use may not produce income or increase our ordinary share price.”

 

Pending any use described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, debt instruments or demand deposits.

 

In using the proceeds of this offering, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations as an offshore holding company to provide funding to our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary in China only through loans or capital contributions and to our consolidated variable interest entity only through loans, subject to the filings with government authorities and limit on the amount of capital contributions and loans. Subject to completion of applicable government filing and registration requirements, we may extend inter-company loans to our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary in China or make additional capital contributions to our wholly-foreign-owned subsidiary to fund its capital expenditures or working capital. For an increase of registered capital of our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary, we need to complete a filing with the MOFCOM or its local counterparts. If we provide funding to our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary through loans, the total amount of such loans may not exceed the difference between the entity’s total investment as approved by the foreign investment authorities and its registered capital. Such loans must be registered with SAFE or its local branches, which usually takes up to 20 working days to complete. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China—PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to make loans to or make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”

 

  53  
   

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

Our board of directors has discretion on whether to distribute dividends, subject to certain restrictions under British Virgin Islands law, namely that our company may only pay dividends if the value of the company’s assets exceed its liabilities and the company is able pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our board of directors. Even if our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant.

 

We do not have any present plan to pay any cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future after this offering. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

 

We are a holding company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. We may rely on dividends from our subsidiaries in China for our cash requirements, including any payment of dividends to our shareholders. PRC regulations may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. See “Regulation—Regulations on Dividend Distribution” and “Taxation—People’s Republic of China Taxation.”

 

Cash dividends on our ordinary shares, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars.

 

  54  
   

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31 , 2016:

 

  on an actual basis;
     
  on an as adjusted basis to reflect the sale of ordinary shares by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of US$5 per ordinary share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The adjusted information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the initial public offering price of our ordinary shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

Maximum Offering (4,000,000 Ordinary Shares)
U.S. Dollars

December 31, 2016

 

    As Reported     Pro Forma
Adjusted for IPO (1)
 
Ordinary Shares     20,000,000       24,000,000  

Ordinary Shares – Amount

  $ 20,000     $ 24,000  
Additional Paid-In Capital   $ 9,147,398     $

26,543,398

 
Statutory Reserves   $ 545,013     $ 545,013  
Retained Earnings   $ 10,595,920     $ 10,595,920  
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income   $ (2,048,306 )   $ (2,048,306 )
Total   $ 18,260,026     $

42,789,343

 

 

Minimum Offering (1,600,000 Ordinary Shares)
U.S. Dollars

December 31 , 2016

 

    As Reported     Pro Forma
Adjusted for IPO (1)
 

Ordinary Shares

    20,000,000       21,600,000  
Ordinary Shares – Amount   $ 20,000     $ 21,600  
Additional Paid-In Capital   $ 9,147,398     $

16,543,398

 
Statutory Reserves   $ 545,013     $ 545,013  
Retained Earnings   $ 10,595,920     $ 10,595,920  
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income   $ (2,048,306 )   $ (2,048,306 )
Total   $ 18,260,026     $

31,689,343

 

 

(1) Gives effect to the sale of the minimum offering and the maximum offering, as applicable, at a public offering price of $5.00 per share and to reflect the application of the proceeds after deducting our estimated offering expenses.

 

(2) Pro forma adjusted for IPO additional paid in capital reflects the net proceeds we expect to receive, after deducting the underwriter commission, underwriter expense allowance and other expenses. In a maximum offering, we expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $17,400,000 ($20,000,000 offering, less placement commission of $1,300,000, non-accountable expense allowance of $200,000 and offering expenses of approximately $1,100,000 ). In a minimum offering, we expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $6,300,000 ($8,000,000 offering, less placement commission of $520,000, non-accountable expense allowance of $80,000 and offering expenses of approximately $1,100,000 ). For an itemization of an estimation of the total offering expenses, see “Expenses Relating to this Offering” beginning on page 144 of this prospectus.

 

  55  
   

 

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our ordinary shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and our net tangible book value per ordinary shares after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per ordinary share is substantially in excess of the book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding ordinary shares.

 

Our net tangible book value as of December 31 , 2016 was approximately US$25.1 million, or US$1.25 per ordinary share as of that date. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total consolidated tangible assets, less the amount of our total consolidated liabilities. Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per ordinary share, after giving effect to the additional proceeds we will receive from this offering, from the assumed initial public offering price of US$5 per ordinary share, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

Without taking into account any other changes in net tangible book value after December 31, 2016, other than to give effect to our sale of the ordinary shares offered in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of US$5 per ordinary share, after deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 would have been US$42.8 million, or US$1.78 per ordinary share, assuming a maximum offering of 4,000,000 shares. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of US$0.53 per ordinary share to the existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$3.22 per ordinary share in this offering.

 

Without taking into account any other changes in net tangible book value after December 31, 2016, other than to give effect to our sale of the ordinary shares offered in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of US$5 per share, after deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31 , 2016 would have been US$31.7 million, or US$1.47 per ordinary share, assuming a minimum offering of 1,600,000 shares. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of US$0.22 per ordinary share to the existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$3.53 per ordinary share to investors purchasing our shares in this offering.

 

The following table illustrates such dilution:

 

    Per Ordinary Share  
    Maximum offering ($)     Minimum offering ($)  
             
Assumed initial public offering price     5.00       5.00  
Net tangible book value as of December 31 , 2016    

1.25

     

1.25

 
As adjusted net tangible book value after giving effect to this offering     1.78       1.47  
Amount of dilution in net tangible book value to new investors in this offering     3.22       3.53  
increase in net tangible book value per ordinary share to the existing shareholders    

0.53

     

0.22

 

 

A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of US$5 per ordinary share would, after giving effect to this offering, increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value by US$ 4,000,000 assuming a maximum offering, the as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share increase (decrease) by US$0.17 per ordinary share and the dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share to new investors in this offering by US$3.05 ( US$3.38 ) per ordinary share, assuming no change to the number of ordinary shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses.

 

A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of US$5 would, after giving effect to this offering, increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value by US$1,600,00, assuming a minimum offering , the as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share increase (decrease) by US$0.07 per ordinary share and the dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share to new investors in this offering by US$3.46 ( US$3.61 ) per ordinary share,, assuming no change to the number of ordinary shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses.

 

The following table summarizes, on an as adjusted basis as of December 31 , 2016, the differences between existing shareholder and the new investors with respect to the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per ordinary share paid before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
 
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Per Share  
MINIMUM OFFERING                                        
Existing shareholders     20,000,000       92.6 %   $ 25,389,343       76.0 %   $ 1.27  
New investors     1,600,000       7.4 %   $ 8,000,000       24.0 %   $ 5.00  
Total     21,600,000       100.0 %   $ 33,389,343       100.0 %   $ 1.55  

 

    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
 
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Per Share  
MAXIMUM OFFERING                                        
Existing shareholders     20,000,000       83.3 %   $ 25,389,343       56.0 %   $ 1.27  
New investors     4,000,000       16.7 %   $ 20,000,000       44.0 %   $ 5.00  
Total     24,000000       100.0 %   $ 45,389,343       100.0 %   $ 1.89  

 

The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ordinary shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

In addition, the discussion and tables above exclude ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our 2016 share incentive plan, which may be granted as options, restricted shares and restricted share units.

 

  56  
   

 

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

 

Most of our revenues and expenses are denominated in Renminbi. This prospectus contains translations of Renminbi amounts into U.S. dollars at specific rates. Unless otherwise noted, all translations from Renminbi to U.S. dollars and from U.S. dollars to Renminbi in this prospectus were made at a rate of RMB 6.9430 to US$1.00, the exchange rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board on December 31 , 2016. We make no representation that any Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate, at the rates stated below, or at all. The PRC government imposes control over its foreign currency reserves in part through direct regulation of the conversion of Renminbi into foreign exchange and through restrictions on foreign trade. On December 31 , 2016, the noon buying rate was RMB 6.9430 to US$1.00.

 

The following table sets forth information concerning exchange rates between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar for the periods indicated. These rates are provided solely for your convenience and are not necessarily the exchange rates that we used in this prospectus or will use in the preparation of our periodic reports or any other information to be provided to you. The exchange rate refers to the exchange rate as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

    Noon buying rate  
Period   Period end     Average (1)     High     Low  
    (RMB per US$1.00)  
2009     6.8259       6.8295       6.8470       6.8176  
2010     6.6000       6.7603       6.8330       6.6000  
2011     6.2939       6.4475       6.6364       6.2939  
2012     6.2301       6.2990       6.3879       6.2221  
2013     6.0537       6.1412       6.2438       6.0537  
2014     6.2046       6.1704       6.2591       6.0402  
2015     6.4778       6.2869       6.4896       6.1870  
2016     6.9430      

6.6549

      6.9580       6.4480  

 

 

Source: Federal Reserve Statistical Release

 

(1) Annual averages are calculated using the average of the rates on the last business day of each month during the relevant year.

 

  57  
   

 

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

We are incorporated in the British Virgin Islands to take advantage of certain benefits associated with being a British Virgin Islands business company, such as:

 

  political and economic stability;
     
  an effective judicial system;
     
  a favorable tax system;
     
  the absence of exchange controls or currency restrictions; and
     
  the availability of professional and support services.

 

However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the British Virgin Islands. These disadvantages include, but are not limited to:

 

  the British Virgin Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and these securities laws provide significantly less protection to investors as compared to the United States; and
     
  British Virgin Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

 

Our constitutional documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be arbitrated.

 

Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China, and substantially all of our assets are located in China. A majority of our directors and executive officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and most of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon these individuals, or to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States, in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

 

We have appointed Delaney Corporate Services, Ltd, as our agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the securities laws of the United States.

 

Harneys, our legal counsel as to British Virgin Islands law, and Han Kun Law Offices, our legal counsel as to PRC law, have advised us, respectively, that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the British Virgin Islands and China, respectively, would:

 

  recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States; or
     
  entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

 

  58  
   

 

There is uncertainty with regard to British Virgin Islands law as to whether a judgment obtained from the United States courts under civil liability provisions of the securities laws will be determined by the courts of the British Virgin Islands as penal or punitive in nature. If such a determination is made, the courts of the British Virgin Islands will not recognize or enforce the judgment against a British Virgin Islands company. Because the courts of the British Virgin Islands have yet to rule on whether such judgments are penal or punitive in nature, it is uncertain whether they would be enforceable in the British Virgin Islands. Harneys has advised us that although there is no statutory enforcement in the British Virgin Islands of judgments obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States, a judgment obtained in such jurisdiction may be recognized and enforced in the courts of the British Virgin Islands at common law, without any re-examination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Commercial Division of the Eastern Caribbean Supreme Court in the British Virgin Islands, provided such judgment:

 

  is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction;
     
  imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given;
     
  is final;
     
  is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty; and
     
  was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the British Virgin Islands.

 

Han Kun Law Offices have further advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other form of reciprocity with the United States or the British Virgin Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States or the British Virgin Islands. Under the PRC Civil Procedures Law, foreign shareholders may originate actions based on PRC law against us in the PRC, if they can establish sufficient nexus to the PRC for a PRC court to have jurisdiction, and meet other procedural requirements, including, among others, the plaintiff must have a direct interest in the case, and there must be a concrete claim, a factual basis and a cause for the suit. However, it would be difficult for foreign shareholders to establish sufficient nexus to the PRC by virtue only of holding our ordinary shares.

 

  59  
   

 

OUR HISTORY AND CORPORATE STRUCTURE

 

Our Major Corporate Milestones

 

 

 

Our Corporate Structure

 

China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc. (“we” or “CIFS”) is a holding company incorporated under the laws of British Virgin Islands on September 28, 2015. On October7, 2015, we incorporated Hongkong Internet Financial Services Limited (“HKIFS) in Hong Kong SAR. HKIFS, in turn, incorporated Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd (“WFOE”) in the People’s Republic of China with a registered capital of RMB1,000,000 (approximately US$150,375.94) on December 31, 2015. WFOE has entered into a series of contractual agreements with Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd (“Sheng Ying Xin” or “SYX”), a company incorporated in the People’s Republic of China on September 16, 2014. Sheng Ying Xin was originally incorporated as Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co. Ltd and later changed its name to Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd on February 17, 2016. Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co. Ltd , as it was then known, was initially incorporated with a registered capital of RMB 45,000,000 (approximately US$6,766,917.29). Its registered capital was later increased to RMB 150,000,000(approximately US$22,556,390.98) on June 30, 2015 but later reduced to RMB 50,000,000 (approximately US$7,518,796.99) on April 25, 2016. On December 29, 2016, Sheng Ying Xin incorporated Kashgar Sheng Yingxin Enterprise Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Kashgar SYX”) in the People’s Republic of China with a registered capital of RMB 5,000,000 (approximately, US$ 726,665), which capital has to be contributed in full by December 31, 2026. The legal representative of Kashgar SYX is Mr. Shaoyong Huang, who is also a 1% nominee equity shareholder of Sheng Ying Xin on behalf of Mr. Jianxin Lin.

 

  60  
   

 

The contractual agreements between WFOR and Sheng Ying Xin essentially confer control and management as well as the economic benefits of Sheng Ying Xin onto WFOE.

 

We presently provide all our financial advisory services through Sheng Ying Xin and Kashgar SYX although we have historically generated all our revenue through Sheng Ying Xin.

 

The following diagram illustrates our current corporate structure:

 

 

Contractual Arrangements among Our Wholly-foreign Owned Enterprise, Variable Interest Entity and the Variable Interest Entity Equity Holders

 

We are a British Virgin Islands company and our wholly owned PRC subsidiary, Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise (“WFOE”). British Virgin Islands companies and wholly foreign owned PRC enterprises are restricted from holding certain licenses related to the online information service and conduct of value-added telecommunication services in China.

 

We are implementing our “Plus Internet” strategy by developing an online electronic platform in stages to allow our clients to firstly access information regarding available financial products and services and then later track their loan application status. Because this would fall under the provision of online information service and conduct of value-added telecommunication services in China, we would be subject to significant restrictions under current PRC laws and regulations. The PRC government regulates internet access, the distribution of online information in China through strict business licensing requirement and other government regulations.

 

Accordingly, we, through Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd, applied for and received an Internet Content Provider (“ICP”) license for value-added Internet information services on December 18, 2015.

 

  61  
   

 

The registered shareholders of Sheng Ying Xin are Mr. Jianxin Lin and Mr. Shaoyong Huang (collectively, the “SYX Shareholders”). Neither we nor our subsidiaries own any equity interest in Sheng Ying Xin. Instead, we control and receive the economic benefits of Sheng Ying Xin’s business operation through a series of contractual arrangements. WFOE, Sheng Ying Xin and its shareholders entered into a series of contractual arrangements, also known as VIE Agreements, on April 26, 2016. The VIE agreements are designed to provide WFOE with the power, rights and obligations equivalent in all material respects to those it would possess as the sole equity holder of Sheng Ying Xin, including absolute control rights and the rights to the assets, property and revenue of Sheng Ying Xin. Based on a legal opinion issued by Han Kun Law Offices dated April 13 , 2017, the VIE Agreements constitute valid and binding obligations of the parties to such agreements, and are enforceable and valid in accordance with the laws of the PRC. According to the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Sheng Ying Xin is obligated to pay service fees to WFOE approximately equal to the net income of Sheng Ying Xin.

 

Other than the ICP license and other licenses and approvals for businesses in which foreign ownership is restricted or prohibited held by our variable interest entity, Sheng Ying Xin, we hold our material assets in, and conduct our material operations through Sheng Ying Xin and generate all our revenue from it. We plan to gradually transition our financial advisory services, which is not subject to foreign ownership restrictions to WFOE over time. Presently, we rely on the VIE Agreements to capture the profits and associated cash flow from operations to transfer such cash flow from the Sheng Ying Xin to WFOE.

 

The following diagram is a simplified illustration of the ownership structure and contractual arrangements that we have in place for our variable interest entity:

 

 

Each of the VIE Agreements is described in detail below:

 

Contract that enables us to receive substantially all of the economic benefits from the variable interest entity

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

Pursuant to the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement between Sheng Ying Xin and WFOE, WFOE provides Sheng Ying Xin with technical support, financing support, consulting services and other management services relating to its day-to-day business operations and management, on an exclusive basis and to the extent permissible under the PRC laws, utilizing its advantages in technology, human resources, and information. For services rendered to Sheng Ying Xin by WFOE under this agreement, WFOE is entitled to collect a service fee on a monthly basis, which is approximately equal to the net income of Sheng Ying Xin.

 

  62  
   

 

The Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement shall remain in effect for ten years unless it is terminated by WFOE with 30-day prior notice. Sheng Ying Xin does not have the right to terminate the agreement unilaterally. WFOE may unilaterally extend the term of this agreement with prior written notice.

 

The sole director and president of WFOE, Mr. Jianxin Lin, is currently managing Sheng Ying Xin pursuant to the terms of the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement. WFOE has absolute authority relating to the management of Sheng Ying Xin, including but not limited to decisions with regard to expenses, salary raises and bonuses, hiring, firing and other operational functions.

 

Contracts that give us effective control of the variable interest entity

 

Share Pledge Agreement

 

Under the Share Pledge Agreement between the SYX Shareholder sand WFOE, the SYX Shareholders pledged all of their equity interests in Sheng Ying Xin to WFOE to guarantee the performance of Sheng Ying Xin’s obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement. Under the terms of the agreement, WFOE, as pledgee, will be entitled to certain rights, including, but not limited to, the right to collect dividends generated by the pledged equity interests. The SYX Shareholders also agreed that upon occurrence of any event of default, as set forth in the Share Pledge Agreement, WFOE is entitled to dispose of the pledged equity interest in accordance with applicable PRC laws, and the funds collected by WFOE by enforcing the pledge will be used for satisfying all obligations secured under the Share Pledge Agreement. The SYX Shareholders further agreed not to dispose of the pledged equity interests or take any actions that would prejudice WFOE’s interest. All of the equity interest pledges with respect to the equity interests of Sheng Ying Xin according to the Share Pledge Agreement have been registered with relevant office of the Administration for Industry and Commerce in China.

 

The Share Pledge Agreement shall be effective until all payments due under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement have been paid by Sheng Ying Xin. WFOE shall cancel or terminate the Share Pledge Agreement upon Sheng Ying Xin’s full payment of fees payable under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement.

 

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

Under the Exclusive Option Agreement, the SYX Shareholders irrevocably granted WFOE (or its designee) an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC law, once or at multiple times, at any time, part or all of their equity interests in Sheng Ying Xin at the exercise price of RMB1.00. The agreement remains effective for a term of ten years and may be renewed at WFOE’s election. Once WFOE exercises the option, the parties shall enter into a separate equity interest transfer or similar agreement.

 

Power of Attorney

 

Under the Power of Attorney, the SYX Shareholders authorize WFOE to act on their behalf as their exclusive agent and attorney with respect to all rights as shareholders, including but not limited to: (a) attending shareholders’ meetings; (b) exercising all the shareholder’s rights, including voting, that shareholders are entitled to under the laws of China and the Articles of Association, including but not limited to the sale or transfer or pledge or disposition of shares in part or in whole; and (c) designating and appointing on behalf of shareholders the legal representative, the director, supervisor, the chief executive officer and other senior management members of Sheng Ying Xin.

 

Although it is not explicitly stipulated in the Power of Attorney, the term of the Power of Attorney shall be the same term as the Exclusive Option Agreement.

 

  63  
   

 

This Power of Attorney is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable and continuously valid from the date of execution of this Power of Attorney, so long as the SYX Shareholder is a shareholder of company, unless WFOE instructs the SYX Shareholder in writing to terminate the Power of Attorney in whole or in part.

 

In the opinion of Han Kun Law Offices, our PRC legal counsel:

 

  the ownership structures of our wholly-foreign owned enterprise and our variable interest entity in China, both currently and immediately after giving effect to this offering, do not and will not violate any applicable PRC law, regulation, or rule currently in effect based on current interpretation of those law, regulation or rule; and
     
  the contractual arrangements between our wholly-foreign owned enterprise, our variable interest entity and the variable interest entity equity holders governed by PRC laws are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms and applicable PRC laws, rules, and regulations currently in effect, and will not violate any applicable PRC law, regulation, or rule currently in effect.

 

However, we have been further advised by our PRC legal counsel, Han Kun Law Offices, that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, rules and regulations. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may in the future take a view that is contrary to the opinion of our PRC legal counsel. We have been further advised by our PRC legal counsel that if the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating our Internet-based business do not comply with PRC government restrictions on foreign investment in the aforesaid business we engage in, we could be subject to severe penalties including being prohibited from continuing operations. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure.”

 

  64  
   

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

 

The following selected consolidated statements of operations for the period from September 16, 2014 (Inception) through December 31, 2014, the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, and selected consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2014 , 2015 and 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements , which save for audited consolidated financial statements for the period from September 16, 2014 (Inception) through December 31, 2014 are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our audited consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate results expected for any future periods. You should read this Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data section together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended
December 31, 2016
    Year Ended
December 31, 2015
    September 16, 2014
(Inception)
through
December 31, 2014
 
                   
Revenue                        
- Third parties   $ 15,821,980     $ 7,360,581     $ -  
- Related parties     -       421,105       -  
Total revenue     15,821,980       7,781,686       -  
                         
Cost of revenues     380,072        235,152       -  
Gross profit     15,441,908       7,546,534       -  
                         
Operating expenses                        
Selling and marketing expenses     245,246       151,489       41,414  
General and administrative expenses     1,348,862       1,573,262       177,317  
Total Operating expenses     1,594,108       1,724,751       218,731  
Income (loss) from operations     13,847,800       5,821,783       (218,731  
                         
Other income                        
Interest income on bank deposit     1,273       292       -  
Gain on disposal of a non-operating department     -       454,836       -  
Other expenses     (301,618 )     (741,112 )     -  
Interest income from loans to third parties     2,794,134       1,946,974       -  
Total other income, net     2,493,789       1,660,990       -  
                         
Income (loss) before income tax expenses     16,341,589       7,482,773       (218,731 )
Income tax expenses (benefit)     2,452,822       1,870,748       (54,481 )
Net Income (loss)   $ 13,888,767     $ 5,612,025     $ (164,250 )
Other comprehensive loss                        
Foreign currency translation loss     (1,468,548 ))     (1,645,416 )     (633 )
Comprehensive Income (Loss)   $ 12,420,219     $ 3,966,609     $ (164,883 )
                         
Weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted     20,000,000       20,000,000       20,000,000  
Basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per share   $ 0.694     $ 0.281     $ (0.008 )

 

  65  
   

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report.

 

Overview

 

We are in the business of providing financial advisory services to meet the financial and capital needs of our clients, which comprise largely of small-to-medium sized enterprises (“SMEs”). Through our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Hongkong Internet Financial Services Limited and Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd and our contractually controlled and managed company, Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Kashgar Sheng Yingxin Enterprise Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Kashgar SYX”), we offer commercial payment advisory services, international corporate financing advisory services and intermediary bank loan advisory services.

 

Historically, we had made direct loans to certain qualified borrowers. We do not anticipate making any more direct loans but instead, we will be depositing (“entrusting”) our funds in trust accounts with certain bank lenders, who will, in turn, make loans to borrowers.

 

We generate revenue from service fees in connection with our (i) commercial payment advisory services, (ii) international corporate financing advisory services, and (iii) intermediary bank loan advisory services. Additionally we earn interest income from our direct or designated lending business. As returns from these (entrusted) loans are limited and infrequent, we do not regard such loan business as a separate line of business. In addition, we do not expect the balance of such loans to increase significantly in the future and the interest income from such loans would not become a significant portion of our net income. We may gradually cease the conduct of this form of investment when there are better investment options of our cash. We record the interest from these loans under “Other Income” in our financial statements.

 

We received an Internet Content Provider (“ICP”) license for value-added Internet information services in December 2015. We plan to develop our electronic platform in stages to allow our clients to firstly access information regarding available financial products and services and then later track their loan application status, and ultimately, complete the entire application and approval process online. The ICP license is a permit issued by the Chinese Ministry of Industry and Information Technology to permit China-based websites to operate in China.

 

  66  
 

 

Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

 

Major factors affecting our results of operations include the following:

 

Economic Conditions in China

 

The demand for financial advisory services from borrowers is dependent upon overall economic conditions in China. General economic factors, including the interest rate environment and unemployment rates, may affect borrowers’ willingness to seek loans and investors’ ability and desire to invest in loans. For example, significant increases in interest rates could cause potential borrowers to defer obtaining loans as they wait for interest rates to become stable or decrease. Additionally, a slowdown in the economy, such as from a rise in the unemployment rate and a decrease in real income, may affect individuals’ level of disposable income. This may negatively affect borrowers’ repayment capability, which in turn may decrease their willingness to seek loans and potentially cause an increase in default rates. If actual or expected default rates increase generally in China or the consumer finance market, investors may delay or reduce their investments in loan products in general, including those in our marketplace.

 

Ability to Acquire Borrowers Effectively

 

Our ability to increase the loan volume facilitated through us largely depends on our ability to attract potential borrowers through sales and marketing efforts. Presently, we are largely dependent on key members of our management team, including Mr. Jianxin Lin and Mr. Jinchi Xu, who have extensive experience in the financial advisory service industry and important relationships with borrowers, banks and lending institutions for our business.

 

Our future sales and marketing efforts will include those related to borrower acquisition and retention, and general marketing. We intend to continue to dedicate significant resources to our sales and marketing efforts and constantly seek to improve the effectiveness of these efforts, in particular with regard to borrower and investor acquisition.

 

Effectiveness of Risk Management

 

Our ability to effectively segment borrowers into appropriate risk profiles affects our ability to match them with attractive products and services offered by the relevant bank or lending institution in terms of offering attractive pricing to borrowers as well as our ability to offer them attractive returns on financial products, both of which directly relate to the level of user confidence in our services.

 

  67  
 

 

Ability to Innovate

 

Our growth to date has depended on, and our future success will depend in part on, successfully meeting borrower demand with new and innovative loan and investment products customized for their needs. We have made and intend to continue to make efforts to source loan and investment products to meet the individualized needs of our borrowers. We constantly evaluate the popularity of existing product offerings and services that cater to the ever evolving needs of our borrowers. We also seek to negotiate better terms for our customers based on our relationships with banks and lending institutions.

 

Over time we will continue to expand our offerings by introducing new products. We plan to expand our service portfolio by merging with or acquiring entities already holding other such financial service licenses, such as factoring, microcredit, financial leasing, pawn mortgage and rural banking licenses so that we may expand into providing such services.

 

From the borrower perspective, we will continue to tailor credit products to meet their specific needs.

 

We are implementing our “Plus Internet” strategy by developing an online electronic platform in stages to allow our clients to firstly access information regarding available financial products and services and then later track their loan application status, and ultimately, complete the entire application and approval process online.

 

Ability to Compete Effectively

 

Our business and results of operations depend on our ability to compete effectively in the markets in which we operate. The financial advisory services marketplace industry in China is intensely competitive, and we expect that competition to persist and intensify in the future. In addition to competing with other consumer finance marketplaces, we also compete with other types of financial products and companies that attract borrowers, investors or both. With respect to borrowers, we primarily compete with traditional financial institutions, such as consumer finance business units in commercial banks, credit card issuers and other consumer finance companies. If we are unable to compete effectively, the demand for our marketplace could stagnate or substantially decline, we could experience reduced revenues or our marketplace could fail to maintain or achieve more widespread market acceptance, any of which could harm our business and results of operations.

 

Regulatory Environment in China

 

The regulatory environment for the financial advisory services industry in China is developing and evolving, creating both challenges and opportunities that could affect our financial performance. Due to the relatively short history of the financial advisory services industry in China, the PRC government has not adopted a clear regulatory framework governing our industry. We will continue to make efforts to ensure that we are compliant with the existing laws, regulations and governmental policies relating to our industry and to comply with new laws and regulations or changes under existing laws and regulations that may arise in the future. While new laws and regulations or changes to existing laws and regulations could make loans more difficult to be accepted by borrowers on terms favorable to us, or at all, these events could also provide new product and market opportunities.

 

  68  
 

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures in the financial statements. Critical accounting policies are those accounting policies that may be material due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change, and that have a material impact on financial condition or operating performance. While we base our estimates and judgments on our experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe the following critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements require significant judgments and estimates. For additional information relating to these and other accounting policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Principle of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of all the subsidiaries and VIEs of the Company. All transactions and balances between the Company and its subsidiaries and VIEs have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Management makes these estimates using the best information available at the time the estimates are made. However, actual results could differ materially from those results.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue principally consists of consulting service revenue. Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the provision of services in the ordinary course of the Company’s activities and is recorded net of value added tax (“VAT”). Consistent with the criteria of ASC 605 “Revenue Recognition” (“ASC 605”), the Company recognizes revenue when the following four revenue recognition criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been provided, (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

 

Our services include commercial payment advisory services, intermediary bank loan advisory services, and international corporate financing advisory services.

 

  69  
 

 

For commercial payment advisory services, after signing contracts with the client, the Company starts to identify and select banks and financial products, coordinate with banks to structure financing solutions for the client. Then the client prepares application materials and sends them to the bank. When approved by the bank, the client will deposit cash with the bank or purchases wealth management products sold by the bank. After this step, the bank will issue a letter of guarantee, which the client will pledge as security for the acceptance bills. The letter of guarantee is a document that the bank provides certifying itself as guarantor. Our service fee is a percentage of the amount of cash deposited with or wealth management products purchased from the bank by the client. The Company recognizes revenue after the client receives a bank credit contract from the bank and when the Company receives a contract completion confirmation from the client.

 

For intermediary bank loan advisory services, the Company matches small-to-medium sized enterprises (“SMEs”) with financing sources. The Company charges borrowers an introduction fee which is calculated at a percentage of the loan. The Company recognizes revenue after the client receives a bank credit contract from the bank and when the Company receives a contract completion confirmation from the client. The Company typically receives the contract completion confirmation when the client receives the bank financing and signs off on the contract completion confirmation.

 

For international corporate financing advisory services, the Company works with overseas banks to structure and provide clients with financing solutions to obtain facilities from overseas banks for the clients’ offshore affiliates. After signing contracts with the client, the Company starts to identify overseas banks and domestic banks, structure financing solutions and facilitate application processes. After the client provides security to the domestic bank, the domestic bank will issue a letter of guarantee to the overseas bank. The overseas bank will provide credit to the affiliate designated by client. Our service fee is a percentage of credit granted by the overseas bank to the offshore affiliate. The Company recognizes revenue after the offshore affiliate receives credit approval notice from the offshore bank and when the Company receives a contract completion confirmation from the client. The Company typically receives the contract completion confirmation when the affiliate receives the bank financing and the client signs off on the contract completion confirmation.

 

There is no claw-back provision or other guarantees. Full service fee are due upon the contract completion confirmation from the client.

 

  70  
 

 

Interest income from loans to a third party

 

The Company accepts clients’ application for short-term loans and conducts review of their credit status an application materials. The Company lends their own funds in the form of entrusted loans to the eligible clients and receives interest income which is calculated at a percentage of the amount of fund the Company lent. The Company recognized interest revenue monthly on accrued basis as interest income.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and short term loans approximate their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following tables set forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated, both in absolute amounts and as percentages of variance. This information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results in any period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Variance  
    2016     2015     Amount     %  
Revenue   $ 15,821,980     $ 7,781,686     $ 8,040,294       103 %
Cost of revenue     380,072       235,152       144,920       62 %
Gross profit     15,441,908       7,546,534       7,895,374       105 %
General and administrative expense     1,348,862       1,573,262       (224,400 )     (14 )%
Selling and distribution expense     245,246       151,489       93,757       62 %
Income from operations     13,847,800       5,821,783       8,026,017       138 %
Interest income on bank deposit     1,273       292       981       336 %
Gain on disposal of a non-operating department     -       454,836       (454,836 )     (100 )%
Other expenses     (301,618 )     (741,112 )     439,494       59 %
Interest income from loans to a third party     2,794,134       1,946,974       847,160       44 %
Income before income taxes     16,341,589       7,482,773       8,858,816       118 %
Income tax expenses     2,452,822       1,870,748       582,074       31 %
Net income   $ 13,888,767     $ 5,612,025     $ 8,276,742       147 %
Comprehensive income   $ 12,420,219     $ 3,966,609     $ 8,453,610       213 %

 

Revenue

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we had total revenue of $15,821,980 compared to the $7,781,686 for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

  71  
 

 

A breakdown of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is set forth below:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Variance  
    2016     %     2015     %     Amount     %  
Intermediary Bank Loan Advisory Services   $ 4,124,509       26 %   $ 3,000,463       39 %   $ 1,124,046       37 %
International Corporate Financing Advisory Services     1,256,101       8 %     852,426       11 %     403,675       47 %
Commercial Payment Advisory Services     10,441,370       66 %     3,928,797       50 %     6,512,573       166 %
Total Amount   $ 15,821,980       100 %   $ 7,781,686       100 %   $ 8,040,294       103 %

 

Our revenue increased substantially in the fiscal year of 2016 compared to the same period in 2015 mainly because we only started generating revenue in 2015 whereas we have had a full year to ramp up our business to show not only significant year-over year growth but a diversification in our sources of revenue in 2016.

 

Approximately 66% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 was derived from providing commercial payment advisory services, in which we helped 19 SMEs obtain acceptance bills from banks in 19 transactions with a total transaction amount of RMB6.1billion (approximately $922.3 million). 26% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 was derived from providing intermediary bank loan advisory services, in which we arranged 6 loan financings with a total loan amount of RMB1.5 billion (approximately $218.6 million). Finally, 8% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 is derived from providing international corporate financing advisory services, in which we had helped 4 SMEs obtain facilities from overseas banks in the amount of $330.0 million for their offshore affiliates. We expect that our revenue mix will remain similar in 2017 as in 2016.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Total cost of revenue, which comprises mainly revenue-generating staffing costs for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $380,072 compared to $235,152 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The significant year-to-year increase is in line with the year-to-year increase in our revenue.

 

  72  
 

 

Our cost of revenue is broken down by service lines as follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Variance  
    2016     %     2015     %     Amount     %  
Intermediary Bank Loan Advisory Services   $ 98,674       25.9 %   $ 112,649       47,9 %   $ (13,975 )     (12.4 )%
International Corporate Financing Advisory Services     35,301       9.3 %     25,070       10.7 %     10,231       40.8 %
Commercial Payment Advisory Services     246,097       64.8 %     97,433       41.4 %     148,664       152.6 %
Total Amount   $ 380,072       100.0 %   $ 235,152       100.0 %   $ 144,920       61.6 %

 

To drive our growth in the future, we intend to incur considerable costs and expenses in expanding our business into other economically viable areas. These costs would include setting up new branches, recruiting new staff and marketing. We also expect to incur significant resources in targeting and acquiring potential companies or business that will be complementary and synergistic to our business. If we are successful in acquiring these targets in the future, there is no guarantee that the acquisition will be successful or that the target’s financial performance and profitability will be at the same level as ours and accordingly, we may be less profitable as a result of the acquisition. Additionally, we face uncertainties in growing our business to other regions that we are not familiar with. Our plans may not come into fruition and yield dividends if we are unable to penetrate and gain market share in these new markets. We foresee that our expansion plans will negatively impact our earnings and cash flow, at least for the short term. However, if we are able to implement our growth plan, properly manage our acquired business and companies and gain market share, we expect our earnings and cash flow to correspondingly grow. Because we have such a short operating history and we are in the midst of implementing our expansion plans, it is unlikely that our past performance will be indicative of our future performance.

 

Gross profit and gross margin

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, total gross profit was 15,441,908, and gross profit margin was 97.6%. For the year ended December 31, 2015, total gross profit was $7,546,534 and gross profit margin was 97.0%. Our gross margin increased slightly compared with 2015 as our revenue increased since we served more clients with less incremental costs incurred in 2016. The year-over-year gross profit increase by 104.6% is in line with the revenue growth of 103.3% over the same periods.

 

  73  
 

 

Gross profit generated by our intermediary bank loan advisory services was $4,025,835 for the year ended December 31, 2016, and our gross profit margin in this service line was approximately 97.6%. Gross profit generated by our international corporate financing advisory services was $1,220,800 for the year ended December 31, 2016, and our gross profit margin in this service line was approximately 97.2%. Finally, gross profit generated by our commercial payment advisory services was $10,195,273 for the year ended December 31, 2016, and our gross profit margin for this service line was approximately 97.6%. We are able to keep a relatively high profit margin since our costs comprise mainly staffing expenses which are relatively small compared to our revenue size.

 

Expenses

 

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Variance  
    2016     %     2015     %     Amount     %  
General and administrative expenses   $ 1,348,862       85 %   $ 1,573,262       91 %   $ (224,400 )     (14 )%
Selling and distribution expenses     245,246       15 %     151,489       9 %     93,757       62 %
Total Amount   $ 1,594,108       100 %   $ 1,724,751       100 %   $ (130,643 )     (8 )%

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of staff salaries, rental expenses, depreciation and travel expenses incurred by our general and administrative personnel, legal and professional expenses. General and administrative expenses were $1,348,862, or 9% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $1,573,262 of 20% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $224,400. The decrease is mainly because the specific incremental professional fee incurred in 2016 was in connection with our IPO activities and it is capitalized, recorded as deferred offering cost, and will be charged against the gross proceeds of the offering. The professional fees incurred in 2015 were accounted for in general and administration expenses.

 

  74  
 

 

Selling expenses

 

Our selling expenses consist primarily of salaries of and bonuses to sales personnel, and travel expenses. Selling expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $245,246 and $151,489, respectively. The increase in selling expenses is in tandem with our revenue growth.

 

Other income and expense

 

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our other income for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Variance  
    2016     %     2015     %     Amount     %  
Interest income on loans to third parties   $ 2,794,134       112 %   $ 1,946,974       117 %   $ 847,160       44 %
Gain on disposal of a non-operating department     -       -       454,836       27 %     (454,836 )     (100 )%
Interest income on bank deposits     1,273       0 %     292       0 %     981       336 %
Other expenses     (301,618 )     (12 )%     (741,112 )     (44 )%     439,494       (59 )%
Total Amount   $ 2,493,789       100 %   $ 1,660,990       100 %   $ 832,799       50 %

 

Other expenses

 

Other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 mainly represent donations to a charity fund in China. Other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 represent staffing costs incurred by a non-operating department which was sold in September 2015.

 

  75  
 

 

Interest income on loans to third parties

 

Interest income on loans to a third party represents interest income accrued on loans to third party companies. The loans were due within one year with interest rates ranging from 14% to 16%. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had a loan balance of $19,237,422 and $23,099,666, respectively. The interest income for the year ended December 31, 2016 and December 2015 are $2,791,134 and $1,946,974, respectively. Interest income in 2016 was much more than in 2015 although the loan balance in both years did not show a marked increase primarily because the loan in 2015 was made later in the year and interest on it was not paid until 2016.

 

Net income

 

As a result of the above, our net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $13,888,767, as compared to $5,612,025 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in net income resulted from the Company’s business expansion in 2016.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $1,880,425, an increase of $1,425,224 from $455,201 as of December 31, 2015.

 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015: 

 

   

Year ended

December 31, 2016

   

Year ended

December 31, 2015

 
Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 14,470,829     $ 597,599  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     2,491,607       (24,137,400 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (15,746,323 )     24,436,373  
Effect of exchange rate change on cash and cash equivalents     209,111       (446,056 )
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     1,425,224       450,516  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning balance     455,201       4,685  
Cash and cash equivalents, ending balance   $ 1,880,425     $ 455,201  

 

  76  
 

 

As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company held cash in U.S. dollars of $1 and $1 respectively.

 

Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by the Company’s PRC subsidiary and VIE only from their retained earnings, if any, determined in accordance with PRC GAAP. In addition, the Company’s subsidiary and VIE in China are required to make annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax profit to a general reserve fund or statutory reserve fund until such reserve has reached 50% of its registered capital based on the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts. Paid in capital of the PRC subsidiary and VIE included in the Company’s consolidated net assets are also non-distributable for dividend purposes. As a result of these PRC laws and regulations, the Company’s PRC subsidiary and VIE are restricted in their abilities to transfer net assets to the Company in the form of dividends, loans or advances. The Company is expected to focus the operation mainly in PRC and is not expected to have significant operations outside PRC in foreseeable future, and is not expected to have significant transfer of cash to and/or from the PRC subsidiary and VIE.

 

According to applicable PRC laws and regulations, a number of conditions must be met before any dividends of a wholly foreign owned enterprise, such as our PRC subsidiary, may be distributed. In accordance with the Implementation Rules of Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise Law of the PRC promulgated by the State Council, prior to the payment of any dividend, our PRC subsidiary is required to (i) reserve funds from its profit of current accounting year to make up its losses for the previous accounting years, (ii) pay the income taxes pursuant to applicable tax laws of the PRC and (iii) reserve accumulated funds to improve our PRC subsidiary’s ability to withstand operation risks. Therefore, the PRC regulations could conceivably limit the amount of dividends that can be paid by our PRC subsidiary although our PRC subsidiary has historically not paid any dividends. We believe that such limitation will exist in the future.

 

Operating activities

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $14,470,829 for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $13,873,230 from cash provided by operating activities of $597,599 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase is mainly due to the increase in our net income by $8.27 million.

 

  77  
 

 

Investing activities

 

Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $2,491,607, an increase of $26,629,007 as compared to net cash used in investing activities of $24,137,400 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase is mainly due to the collection of loan from a third party in 2016 of $22.58 million, while the loans made to third parties were approximately $4 million lower than in 2015.

 

Financing activities

 

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $15,746,323, a decrease of $40,182,696 from net cash provided by financing activities of $24,436,373 for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was mainly attributable to the capital refund to the shareholders of $15,356,265 in 2016, while in the comparative period the shareholders contributed $24,523,663.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

The following table sets forth the Company’s operating lease commitment and donation as of December 31, 2016:

 

    Donation     Office Rental     Total  
Year ending December 31,                        
2017   $ 576,618     $ 471,628     $ 1,048,246  
2018     576,618       -       576,618  
2019     576,618       -       576,618  
2020     864,927       -       864,927  
Total   $ 2,594,781     $ 471,628     $ 3,066,409  

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, donation expenses were $301,101 For the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, rental expenses under operating leases were approximately $453,667 and $483,970, respectively.

 

  78  
 

 

INDUSTRY

 

Financial Services Industry in China

 

Background

 

The Chinese financial sector has been transformed into a diversified, multilevel system with a central bank at the helm. Policy lending at the State Banks has been modernized and policy banks were created, while the adoption of a banking law provided the foundations for commercially-oriented banking. Interbank lending, securities, equities, and foreign exchange markets have been established and progress has been made in the use of the indirect instruments of monetary policy.

 

We believe that in order to calibrate the interactions between technological progress, value added, increases in job creation and income levels during China’s transformation process to become a middle class country and, later on, a high income economy, China will be focusing on unleashing entrepreneurship and the Micro, Small-to-Medium Size Enterprises (“SME”) potential.

 

We believe that a bigger and more resilient SME sector and renewed entrepreneurial dynamism, would help to spur the gains of technological progresses by stimulating innovation along the industrial complex, developing new skills through the workforce, creating new jobs, and improving income levels and its distribution

 

According to the SAIC (State Administration for Industry and Commerce) “National Small-micro Enterprises Development Report” released in March 2014, as of the end of 2013 , the total number of enterprises was 15,278,400, of which there were 11,698,700 SMEs, accounting for 76.57% of the total.

 

An integral part of the growth of SMEs in China has been attending to their capital needs. In terms of lending, small and medium financial institutions have been the mainstay of China’s financial institutions. Since 1989, loans made by Chinese financial institutions have continued to climb, so have the total and the share of loans offered by small and medium financial institutions. As a matter of fact, their share has increased from less than 15% in1989 to 45 % in 2011.

 

Outstanding Loans of All Chinese Financial Institutions and of Chinese Small and Medium Financial Institutions (1989-2011)

 

 

  79  
   

 

(Source: http://carlosmagarinos.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Financial-Reform-SMEs-Development-in-China.pdf)

 

The Proportion of Small and Medium Financial Institutions to Chinese Financial Institutions in terms of Outstanding Loans(1989-2011)

 

 

(Source: http://carlosmagarinos.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Financial-Reform-SMEs-Development-in-China.pdf)

 

Financing SMEs

 

There are several common tools used by SMEs to help them in their financing including without limitation, Mutual Guarantee Societies, Specialized Rating Agencies for SMEs, SME Bonds, Multi-Annual Financing Plans and Small and Medium Sized Financial Institutions.

 

The majority of SME financing comes indirectly from small and medium financial institutions. Small and medium financial institutions here refer to all the financial agencies other than the major four state-owned banks, securities and insurance agencies. The group includes joint-stock commercial banks, city commercial banks, urban credit cooperatives, rural credit cooperatives, rural commercial banks, small loan companies as well as local financial institutions.

 

Small and medium financial institutions have certain advantages in financing. As they are always in the same area as their borrowers, they are familiar with the operation status of their borrowers, which effectively reduces the negative impact of information asymmetry and lowers the cost of financing. Small financial institutions are flexible, responsive lenders who know their borrowers so much that they can accept guarantees that are not acceptable for large financial institutions, such as invisible guarantee based on social network. Therefore, despite the efforts made by China to increase the share of direct financing for SMEs, it is likely that indirect financing through small financial institutions will remain the mainstay for Chinese SMEs (Source: http://carlosmagarinos.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/Financial-Reform-SMEs-Development-in-China.pdf ). In spite of the concentration of loans from local small and medium financial institutions, according to the recent statistics from the People’s Bank of China (“PBOC”) , as of the end of 2015, the balance of SME loans was RMB 23.46 trillion (approximately US$3.53 billion), accounting for 23.90% of the all PBOC’s loans.

 

  80  
   

 

SMEs face certain challenges in obtaining financing from lending institutions:

 

  There is a dearth of guarantors willing to guarantee their loans;
     
  The financial products and services and terms of such products and services are constantly changing;
     
  The credit profile of suitable borrowers vary from lending institution to lending institution and are generally oblique to the general public;
     
  Primary-level banks have limited lending authorization;
     
  They are often unable to meet the credit rating standards, which focus on various financial indicators;
     
  They are unable to provide sufficient security.

 

China’s Consumer Finance Market

 

On a macro-economics level, consumption in China is growing rapidly but remains underfinanced, suggesting tremendous growth potential for China’s consumer finance market.

 

Consumption in China has experienced rapid growth as a result of China’s economic development and rising consumption power among Chinese consumers. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, China’s GDP increased from RMB47.3 trillion (approximately US$7.11 trillion) in 2011 to RMB63.6 trillion (approximately US$9.56 trillion) in 2014, while annual per capita disposable income increased from RMB14,582 (approximately US$2193.78) in 2011 to RMB20,167 (approximately US$3032.63) in 2014. Consumption has increasingly become an important driver of China’s GDP growth, with the ratio of final consumption to GDP reaching 51.0% in 2013, according to the National Bureau of Statistics of China. “Final consumption” is the total expenditure of residents on the consumption of goods and services in a certain period, namely the expenditure of residents for purchases of goods and services from the domestic economic territory and abroad to meet the requirements of their daily life, and excludes the expenditure of non-residents on consumption in the economic territory of the country. While China’s ratio of final consumption to GDP in 2013 was the highest in six years, it was still relatively low compared to the corresponding figure for the U.S. in the same period, which was 83.2% according to the World Bank, suggesting tremendous future potential. We believe the United States, which is characterized by high levels of consumption and high consumption loan balance to GDP ratios, provides a good proxy for the way China may develop given the growth of China’s economy, China’s large and expanding consumer base and the Chinese government’s policies to encourage consumption. As consumption in China continues to rise, we believe China’s consumer finance market will develop to address unmet consumer demand.

 

Despite growing consumption levels, consumption in China is underfinanced. According to the Han Ding Report , China’s consumption loan balance to GDP ratio was merely 22.8% in 2013 , compared to 46% for Taiwan, 71.5% for South Korea and 68% for the United States during the same period, suggesting significant growth potential. “Consumer finance” consists of loans granted to consumers for purchasing consumption goods and services. Consumption in China is underfinanced primarily because loans from traditional financial institutions are not easily accessible. For example, to obtain a bank loan, a potential borrower needs to physically go to a bank branch. However, most bank branches offering consumption loans are located only in tier 1 and tier 2 cities. In addition, the application process for a bank loan is complex and time-consuming. The ineffectiveness of traditional financial institutions at serving the consumer finance market indicates significant business opportunities for alternative credit providers. Furthermore, the Guidelines released by the People’s Bank of China together with nine other regulatory agencies in July 2015 implicitly recognize the accessibility issues presented by traditional financial institutions and the promise internet finance presents in addressing them, indicating that regulatory support exists for organizations able to take advantage of such business opportunities. China’s consumption loan balance had reached RMB 19.0 trillion (approximatelyUS$2. 86 trillion) by the end of 2015 , and is expected to further grow to RMB 41.1 trillion (approximately US$ 6.18 trillion) by the end of 2019, according to the Han Ding Report . The development of new financial services and products will be one of the key growth drivers.

 

  81  
   

 

 

The consumer finance market in China is poised for explosive growth. By 2019, China’s consumption loan balance is expected to reach RMB41.1 trillion (approximately US$ 6.185.62 trillion) according to the Han Ding Report. Growth in the consumer finance market will be driven by the following factors:

 

  The relatively small base of consumers in this underpenetrated market
     
  Consumers’ growing purchasing power
     
  Consumers’ increasing receptivity to consumer lending
     
  Government support and deregulation of the industry

 

With regard to the last point, the Chinese government has released several papers and other guiding policies over the past year aimed at encouraging growth of the industry, bolstering pilot programs, and eventually creating a nationwide social-credit system.

 

Commercial Payment Advisory Services Industry

 

We provide commercial payment advisory services to our clients so that they may obtain acceptance bills from banks. The market for acceptance bills has grown significantly over the past twenty years. According to the Han Ding Report, in 2009, the total value of bank acceptance bills and discounted bank acceptance bills issued that year was more than RMB 10 trillion (approximately$1.5 trillion) and RMB 20 trillion (approximately$3.01 trillion), respectively. As of 2014, the total value of acceptance and discounted commercial acceptance bills was more than RMB 22 trillion (approximately$3.31 trillion) and RMB 6 trillion (approximately$0.90 trillion), respectively. In the first three quarters of 2015, enterprises had issued commercial acceptance bills of an aggregate value of RMB 16.6 trillion (approximately$2.41 trillion). Among those enterprises, about 66% were SMEs. Acceptance bills provide SMEs with an efficient solution to finance their capital needs. According to the Han Ding Report, acceptance bills are more commonly used in east China, such as in the Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Shandong and Guangdong provinces.

 

  82  
   

 

International Corporate Financing Advisory Services Industry

 

We help our clients that have overseas financing needs obtain financing to support their overseas business development. Since the PRC’s “Reform and Opening-up” Policy was first established in 1979, China has accomplished remarkable achievements in overseas investments. According to the 2014 Statistical Bulletin of China’s Outward Foreign Direct Investment, Chinese investors invested in 6,128 companies located in 156 different countries and territories, and the investment amount was approximately $123.12 billion, an increase of 14.2% from 2013.

 

The “One Belt and One Road” Policy was implemented in 2013 and it encourages Chinese companies to seek more development opportunities in the international market. As this policy continues to be implemented, more SMEs seek opportunities abroad, thus increasing the need for international corporate financing.

 

According to the China Monetary Policy Report for the Fourth Quarter of 2014, by the end of 2014, the amount of loan in foreign currencies of financial institutions was RMB 86.8 trillion (approximately$ 13.32 trillion), indicating a year-to-year growth rate of 13.3%. According to the Han Ding Report, by the end of September, 2015, the amount of loan in foreign currencies of financial institutions was RMB 97.8 trillion (approximately$14.71 trillion), representing a growth rate of 14.5% compared with the same period of 2014.

 

Intermediary Bank Loan Advisory Services Industry

 

We help our clients (typically SMEs) obtain loan financing from PRC banks. SMEs have become an important force for sustained, rapid and healthy development of China’s economy. Moreover, SMEs have played an irreplaceable role in promoting China’s economic development, providing jobs labors and promoting market prosperity. According to the survey of SME Bureau in 2008, 85.6% of SMEs lack liquidity, and 23% of defunct SMEs resulted from inadequate capital.

 

Because of this dire need to cater to the financing needs of SMEs, a large number of financial advisory entities have emerged in China. According to the Han Ding Report, regulation over the financial advisory industry is rudimentary at best. Competition is fierce, barriers of entry are low and the market is subject to significant changes as a result of an unstable financial and legal policy regulating the industry.

 

Our Market Opportunity

 

China’s rapidly growing consumption levels and relatively limited consumer finance options have created opportunities for marketplaces that connect borrowers and lenders. By 2019, China’s consumption loan balance is expected to reach RMB41.1 trillion (approximately US$ 6.185.62 trillion) according to the Han Ding Report. The primary drivers for the growth of consumer finance marketplaces include the growing consumption market and increasing demand for consumer finance. In addition, it is also driven by consumers’ need for higher borrowing limits and convenient transaction processing, and improving credit assessment capabilities made possible through the application of big data analytics. Government support and deregulation of the industry will also encourage the growth of this industry.

 

With economic globalization, the general demand for the consulting services in China is growing rapidly. According to China Association for Scientific and Technological Advice and the National Bureau of Statistics data, from 2007 to 2014, the Chinese consulting industry maintained rapid and stable growth, with an average annual growth rate of 11.23 percent. By 2014, total revenues in the consulting industry reached RMB 143.84 billion (approximately US$21.63 billion), including financial advisory revenue of RMB24.45 billion (approximately US$3.68 billion), accounting for 16.90% of total consulting revenue. (Source: http://www.dypzw.com/news/5316)

 

  83  
   

 

In recent years, the financial needs of SMEs have supported, stimulated and promoted the rapid development of the financial advisory industry. From 2007 to 2014, the industry revenues grew from RMB 6.73 billion (approximately US$1.01 billion) to RMB 24.45 billion (approximately US$3.68 billion), with an average growth rate of 21.38%. In 2016, it is anticipated that the revenues of financial consulting industry will reach RMB 38.281 billion (approximately US$5.76 billion) (Source: http://www.cs.com.cn/ssgs/gsxl/201512/t20151218_4865983.html).

 

It is noteworthy that the PRC government is encouraging domestic companies to invest overseas and introduced the “going-out” strategy to facilitate China’s outbound investment in 2000. This strategy emerged as a prominent force to drive Chinese companies into new markets. In addition, we believe that with the “One Belt One Road Initiatives”, the PRC government has laid the groundwork to connect China with Southeast Asia, Africa and Europe. This presents new opportunities for Chinese companies’ outbound investment and will further spur demand for overseas financing. The total amount of China’s outbound investment increased from USD21.2 billion in 2006 to USD123.1 billion in 2014, representing a year-on-year growth rate of 14.2%. (Source: http://www.fdi.gov.cn/1800000121_33_5576_0_7.html). According to the CCG database, as of 2014, approximately 30,000 overseas entities had been established by 18,500 Chinese investors (Source: http://www.ccgidea.org.cn/Research/view.aspx?Id=3409).

 

  84  
   

 

BUSINESS

 

Our Mission

 

Our mission is to be the one-stop shop for providing financial solutions to small-to-medium sized enterprises.

 

Our founders started our company to champion small-to-medium sized enterprises, in the belief that the growth of such enterprises will form the backbone of and spur China’s transformation from a middle-class country to a high income economy. Meeting the capital needs of the small-to-medium sized enterprises will be integral to their growth.

 

Our Business

 

We are in the business of providing financial advisory services to meet the financial and capital needs of our clients, which comprise largely of small-to-medium sized enterprises (“SMEs”). Through our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Hongkong Internet Financial Services Limited (“HKIFS”) and Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd (“WFOE”) and our contractually controlled and managed company, Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd (“Sheng Ying Xin” or “SYX”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Kashgar Sheng Yingxin Enterprise Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Kashgar SYX”) , we offer commercial payment advisory services, international corporate financing advisory services and intermediary bank loan advisory services. Historically, we have also made direct loans to certain qualified borrowers. We do not anticipate making any more direct loans but instead, we will be depositing our funds in trust accounts with certain bank lenders, who will, in turn, make loans to borrowers. Be that as it may, we had made the “direct loans” to better utilize our excess cash on hand at that time. However we anticipate that future “entrusted loans” will be infrequent, if at all.

 

We generate revenues from service fees in connection with our (i) commercial payment advisory services, (ii) international corporate financing advisory services, and (iii)intermediary bank loan advisory services. Additionally we earn interest income from our direct or designated lending business. As return from these (entrusted) loans is limited and infrequent, we do not regard such loan business as a separate line of business. In addition, we do not expect the balance of such loans to increase significantly in the future and the interest income from such loans would not become a significant portion of our net income. We may gradually cease the conduct of this form of investment when there are better investment options of our cash. We record the interest from these loans under “Other Income” in our financial statements.

 

We presently provide all our financial advisory services though Sheng Ying Xin and Kashgar SYX although we have historically generated all our revenue through Sheng Ying Xin. We have been advised that there are no PRC regulations limiting the transition of our financial advisory services to Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd.

 

On December 18, 2015, Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd received an Internet Content Provider (“ICP”) license to provide value-added Internet information services. We are now implementing our “Plus Internet” strategy by developing an online electronic platform in stages. It will at first, allow our clients to access information regarding available financial products and services and then later track their loan application status. The ICP license is a permit issued by the Chinese Ministry of Industry and Information Technology to permit China-based websites to operate in China.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

Although we operate in a highly-competitive industry, we believe that the following strengths contribute to our success and are differentiating factors that set us apart from our peers.

 

    Experienced and committed management team . Key members of our management team, including Mr. Jianxin Lin and Mr. Jinchi Xu, have had extensive experience in the financial advisory service industry. Mr. Lin and Mr. Xu have provided financial advisory services similar to our services to many small-to-medium sized enterprises (“SMEs”) since 2008 and collectively have over 15 years’ experience. Their experience has provided them with the skills and expertise that are essential in approaching and selecting appropriate banks, dealing with bank personnel, identifying and evaluating appropriate financial products and services, structuring tailored financial solutions and bargaining with banks on behalf of our clients. In addition, they also have extensive experience directly operating SMEs. Such experience has provided our key management team with a large and diverse industry client base and first-hand understanding of SMEs’ various financing needs.

 

  85  
   

 

    Substantial potential client base. Prior to establishing our company, Mr. Jianxin Lin and Mr. Jinchi Xu have worked together to offer financial advisory services to small – to – medium sized enterprises since early 2008 and over the years, they accumulated a substantial client base and forged strong relationships with these clients through a proven track record of successfully advising on their financing needs. We believe that these clients will continue to be a source of business as well as a good referral source to new clients.
     
  Strong Relationships with Domestic and Overseas Banks. We have forged strong, on-going relationships with domestic and oversea banks over the years. As the primary goal of financial advisory services offered by us is to facilitate the successful execution of financial transactions by our clients with third-party banks, we have, through the course of our representation, come to familiarize ourselves with the financial products and services of these banks. We have also successful promoted these financial products and services to our clients as part of structuring their financing needs and as a result, enabled the banks and their personnel to meet their business goals such as monthly deposits, loan and wealth management products sales targets. We believe this incentivizes banks and their employees to continue their relationship with us, updating us on new products and services and even offering preferential terms to our clients. It is through leveraging this relationship with many banks that we believe we are able to provide a unique value-added service to our clients and will be able to grow our client base. These banks may also refer us clients that they are unable to serve either due to their internal client assessment requirements or availability of financial product and service offerings.
     
  Innovative Financial Solutions. We believe that because of our various suite of advisory services, we are able to come up with creative business solutions for our clients. Our services largely involve combining already existing, available financial products and services offered by banks (including bank deposits, wealth management products, letters of guarantee, acceptance bills and loans) to form a customized financing solution for both our clients and the banks with whom we work with. This innovative business model, in turn, allows us to meet our clients’ different needs by accessing high quality and highly sought-after financial products which may be offered only to selective clients of the bank and not to general public.

 

Our Strategies

 

The key elements of our strategy to grow our business include:

 

  Strengthen our service capabilities with a focus on higher margin commercial payment advisory service. We plan to focus on strengthening and developing commercial payment advisory services as our core business which we believe is a fast growing segment and has great growth potential. In Financial Year 2016 , our most profitable revenue segment is in providing commercial payment advisory services where our profit margin was 97.6 % compared to 97.6% for intermediary bank loan advisory services , 97.2% for International corporate financing advisory services . As a percentage of revenue, our revenue from commercial payment advisory services is the largest and we believe, based on observing the marketplace, that this segment will continue to be our main source of revenue. We plan to expand our commercial payment advisory services to large state-owned enterprises.
     
  Expand geographical coverage. We aim to serve more clients from economically fast-developing areas such as Tianjin, Shandong, Hubei, Yangtze River Delta and the Pearl River Delta. When we first started operations, the bulk of our clients were from the Fujian province because of legacy relationships with their clients with management, particularly, Mr. Jianxin Lin and Mr. Jinchi Xu. However in 2016, 76.5% of our customers hail from outside the Fujian province. We believe we have significant growth potential in these areas because (i) there are a large number of small-to-medium sized enterprises there that have greater demand for financing and alternative payment methods, and (ii) local banks based in these areas offer more diverse financial products and flexible services.

 

  86  
   

 

    Enhance our ability to attract, incentivize and retain talented professionals. We believe our success greatly depends on our ability to attract, incentivize and retain talented professionals. With a view to maintaining and improving our competitive advantage in the market, we plan to implement a series of initiatives to attract additional and retain mid- to high-level personnel, including formulating a market-oriented employee compensation structure and implementing a standardized multi-level performance review mechanism. We implemented a key performance indicator, or KPI mechanism to assess the performance of departments and individuals and help determine compensation structures for each department and individual. We believe this KPI mechanism will enable us to monitor and keep track of the contributions and efforts of each employee and to help us efficiently identify and appropriately compensate our most valuable employees in the Company.
     
    Expand our service portfolio. We plan to further expand our service portfolio by merging with or acquiring entities already holding other such financial service licenses, such as factoring, microcredit, financial leasing, pawn mortgage and rural banking licenses so that we may expand into providing such services.
     
  Enhance our IT infrastructure . We received an Internet Content Provider (“ICP”) license for value-added Internet information services on December 18, 2015. We are implementing our “Plus Internet” strategy by developing our electronic platform in stages to allow our clients to firstly access information regarding available financial products and services and then later track their loan application status. We believe this will allow us to expand client reach beyond the physical boundaries of our office(s), and to efficiently match our clients’ financing needs with financing products offered by various financial sources online

 

Our Services

 

We currently provide financial advisory services including (i) commercial payment advisory services, (i) international corporate financing advisory services, and (iii) intermediary bank loan advisory services.

 

Additionally we earn interest income from our direct lending business. Previously we used to make direct loans to our customers but we now make loans by depositing (“entrusting”) these funds into accounts with banks, which in turn will make loans to our clients. We do not expect the balance of such loans to increase significantly in the future and the interest income from such loans would not become a significant portion of our net income. We may gradually cease the conduct of this form of investment when there are better investment options of our cash. Therefore, we do not regard such loan business as a separate line of business and instead we record the interest from these loans under “Other Income” in our financial statements.

 

The following table set forth our major service lines in terms of transaction value through present date:

 

Service Line

 

Revenue

 
    (October 1, 2014 – December 31 , 2016)  
    (USD in thousands)  
Commercial payment advisory services    

14,370.2

 
International corporate financing advisory service    

2,108.5

 
Intermediary bank loan advisory services    

7,124.9

 
Total    

23,603.6

 

 

  87  
   

 

Commercial payment advisory services

 

We provide commercial payment advisory services to our clients so that they may to obtain acceptance bills from banks.

 

A banker’s acceptance bill or banker’s acceptance, is a promised future payment, or time draft, which is accepted and guaranteed by a bank and drawn on a deposit at the bank. The banker’s acceptance specifies the amount of money, the date, and the person to which the payment is due. After acceptance, the draft becomes an unconditional liability of the bank. But the holder of the draft can sell (exchange) it for cash at a discount to a buyer who is willing to wait until the maturity date for the funds in the deposit.

 

A banker’s acceptance starts as a time draft drawn on a bank deposit by a bank’s customer to pay money at a future date, typically within six months to one year, analogous to a post-dated check. Next, the bank accepts (guarantees) payment to the holder of the draft, analogous to a post-dated check drawn on a deposit with over-draft protection.

 

The party that holds the banker’s acceptance may keep the acceptance until it matures, and thereby allow the bank to make the promised payment, or it may sell the acceptance at a discount today to any party willing to wait for the face value payment of the deposit on the maturity date. The rates at which they trade, calculated from the discount prices relative to their face values, are called banker’s acceptance rates or simply discount rates. The banker’s acceptance rate with a financial institution’s commission added in is called the all-in rate.

 

Banker’s acceptances make a transaction between two parties who do not know each other safer, because they allow the parties to substitute the bank’s credit worthiness for that who owes the payment. They are used widely in international trade for payments that are due for a future shipment of goods and services. For example, an importer may draft a banker’s acceptance when it does not have a close relationship with and cannot obtain credit from an exporter. Once the importer and bank have completed an acceptance agreement, whereby the bank accepts liabilities of the importer and the importer deposits funds at the bank (enough for the future payment plus fees), the importer can issue a time draft to the exporter for a future payment with the bank’s guarantee.

 

Acceptance bills are one of the most popular means of settlement used by SMEs in China as they allow SMEs to obtain working capital at a relatively low interest rate. In addition, such acceptance bills are generally acceptable to counter parties because such instrument can be further endorsed to meet such parties’ own payment needs or presented to banks to be cashed. During the course of providing commercial payment advisory services to our clients, we are also able to forge and maintain good relationships with banks because for banks, issuance of acceptance bills is not only a way to extend credit without using cash, but also a way to increase deposits by requesting the applicants to pay initial deposits as security for issuance of acceptance bills.

 

The following diagram illustrates the different parties and roles in the transaction process for our commercial payment advisory services.

 

  88  
   

 

 

For the period from October 1, 2014 through December 31 , 2016, we had helped 27 SMEs obtain acceptance bills from banks in 28 transactions with a total transaction amount of RMB 8.3 billion (approximately US$ 1.3 billion ).

 

Below are the steps in the provision of commercial payment advisory services:

 

Review of client application :

 

    Members of our key management receive a client’s enquiry about our commercial payment advisory services. Based on initial discussions, they determine the client’s requirements for financing payments to suppliers/payees (including amount and timing for such payments) and determine, on a preliminary basis, whether there would be available financial products and services offered by banks;
     
  The client’s contact information is given to a client manager for preliminary application review by our deputy general manager;
     
  The client manager collects necessary materials and information from the potential borrower, including, but not limited to, corporate information, identification of its shareholders and management, financial statements for the three months immediately prior to the application and procurement contracts with its suppliers/payees (evidencing the need to make payment). The client manager then analyzes such materials to verify the client’s financing needs and whether the client’s credit and asset status would meet the relevant banks’ requirements for issuance of acceptance bills. Results of such analysis is given to members of our key management for their consideration; and
     
  If members of our key management decide to accept such client and proceed to provide our commercial payment advisory services, we then enter into a financial advisory service contract with such client, specifying the subject amount of cash to be deposited with the banks or to be used for purchasing wealth management products from the banks, our service fees and other rights and obligations of such client and us, typically including scope of our services and confidentiality obligations;

 

  89  
   

 

Structuring the transaction

 

  Members of our key management narrow down the possible banks based on the client’s needs regarding amount and timing of payments to be made, interest rate for deposit, availability and annualized rate of return on wealth management products, costs and other considerations. Management will discuss the potential transaction with the banks and generally select two to three for further consideration;
     
  Members of our key management counsel the client on whether to either deposit the funds with the bank or purchase the bank’s wealth management products with a similar maturity as the acceptance bill;
     
  Members of our key management then work with the selected bank to structure the transaction for the issuance of acceptance bills to our client(including applying for lines of credit and opting to either deposit the funds and/or purchase wealth management products), and negotiate preliminary terms (including interest rate for cash deposits, availability and annualized rate of return of wealth management products and application and processing fees) with such bank;

 

Application

 

  A product and service advisor is then assigned to handle further communication with the bank regarding the application;
     
  When ready, the full set of application materials for the relevant line of credit based on the client’s needs is passed to the product and service advisor for submission to the bank;
     
  After submission of the application materials, our product and service advisor communicates with our contact at the bank on an on-going basis regarding the status of the application, and works with various departments of the bank to facilitate the transaction to closure;
     
  After the line of credit is given, the client is able to drawdown on it on an “when-needed” basis;
     
  The relevant client manager then further assists the client in making repayments to the bank either in the form of a cash deposit or the purchase of wealth management products.

 

Our clients have typically been able to realize interest rates exceeding 4% p.a. for wealth management products, which they can immediately use, along with the principal to fulfill their payment obligations when they mature.

 

We charge our clients a service fee which is calculated at a percentage (typically ranging from 0.5% to 2%) of the amount of cash deposited with the bank or the value of the wealth management products purchased from the bank.

 

International corporate financing advisory services

 

We help our clients that have overseas financing needs obtain financing to support their overseas business development. We work closely with overseas and domestic banks to identify appropriate facilities for our clients or their offshore affiliates. The overseas investments we help finance are typically made through offshore affiliates of our clients.

 

  90  
   

 

Below are the steps in a typical international corporate financing transaction:

 

  After we receive a client’s enquiry about our international corporate financing advisory services, our key management team determines the client’s financing needs to support its overseas investments (including the amount needed, term of the loan, location and currency of the loan, the amount of interest the client is able to bear and what security (if any) the client can provide);
     
  A client manager is assigned to help conduct a preliminary application examination;
     
  The client manager collects necessary materials, including basic corporate information of the offshore affiliate and supporting documents, including, but not limited to, business licenses or incorporation certificates, business registration certificates, audited financial reports, articles of association, tax returns and identification certificates of ultimate shareholders and legal representatives, and analyzes such materials to determine whether the client would meet the risk profile of the banks;
     
  Results of such analysis are given to members of our key management for their consideration. If members of our key management decide to accept the client and proceed to provide our international corporate financing advisory services, we then enter into a financial advisory service contract with such client. The agreement would specify the subject amount of facilities to be obtained from the overseas bank for the client’s offshore affiliate, our service fees, and the scope of our services;
     
  Members of our key management narrow down the banks and ultimately select one based on amount of funds needed, term of the loan sought, the amount of interest the borrowing party is able to bear and what security (if any) the client can provide. This would typically be an overseas bank or an affiliate branch of a PRC bank;
     
  Members of our key management communicate with the selected overseas bank to confirm interest rates, identify domestic banks with which it would prefer to work and the available transaction limits it has with such domestic banks;
     
  We negotiate terms on behalf of our client’s offshore affiliate, including loan interest rate, term of loan, and guarantee required;
     
  We facilitate the execution of a loan contract by the offshore affiliate of our client and the overseas bank;
     
  A product and service advisor is then appointed to handle further communication with the bank regarding application materials and other aspects of the application;
     
  The client manager continues to assist our client in preparing the full set of application materials according to the bank’s requirements. This may include obtaining it incorporation certificate, business registration certificate, articles of association and audited financial statements;
     
  When ready, the full set application materials is passed to the product and service advisor for submission to the bank. The client manager further assists our client in transferring the agreed amount of cash to the bank either in the form of a cash deposit or purchase of wealth management products;
     
  After submission of application materials to the banks, our product and service advisor communicates with our contacts at the banks on an on-going basis regarding the application review status, and works with various departments of the bank to facilitate the steps needed to close the financing, including the issuance of certificates of deposit or executing the wealth management purchase agreements with such client, acceptance of certificates of deposit or wealth management purchase agreement as security and issuance of letter of guarantee, acceptance of letter of guarantee, and ultimately, obtaining approval for the extending facilities to our client’s offshore affiliate.

 

  91  
   

 

We charge our clients a service fee which is calculated at a percentage (typically ranging from 0.2% to 0.4%) of the amount of facilities obtained by our client’s offshore affiliate.

 

For the period from September 16, 2014 through December 31 , 2016, we had helped 8 SMEs obtain facilities from overseas banks in the amount of US$ 550 million for their offshore affiliates located in France, Singapore and Taiwan. We plan to continue providing international corporate financing advisory services to our clients to support their overseas development in various areas of the world, including Europe, the United States, South Asia and the Middle East.

 

The following diagram illustrates the different parties and roles in the transaction process for our international corporate financing advisory services.

 

 

Intermediary bank loan advisory services

 

We help our clients (typically SMEs) obtain loan financing from PRC banks. We work closely with banks to help identify and negotiate loan financing packages for such clients.

 

For the period from October 1, 2014 through December 31 , 2016, we provided bank loan advisory services to 17 clients, comprising 13 SMEs and 4 individuals in 19 loan financings, with a total loan amount of RMB 2.5 billion (approximately US$ 379 million).

 

Going forward, we intend to focus solely on SMEs and do not intend to continue to provide such services to individuals.

 

Because we have extensive bank loan-related information of a variety of PRC banks, including their loan interest rates, requirement for security and collateral, discount rates, loan application procedures and application materials required, we are able to expeditiously and effectively locate the most suitable bank to meet our clients’ needs.

 

  92  
   

 

A typical transaction involves the following steps:

 

  We first communicate with our clients regarding their financing needs, including the loan amount needed, term of the loan they are seeking, amount of interest they are able to bear and what security(if any) they are able provide and what guarantors may be available;
     
  We collect required documents (including business licenses, organization code certificates, tax registration certificates, bank account opening permits, articles of association, capital verification reports, identification certificates of ultimate shareholders and legal representatives, and audited financial reports) to review their credit status based on our internal requirements;
     
  Upon their acceptance, we enter into a financial advisory service contract with our clients specifying the subject amount of the loan, our service fees and scope of our services;
     
  Next we engage in talks with various banks to identify the most appropriate banks for our clients in terms of collateral discount rates and interest rates;
     
  We further assist our clients in preparing application materials, coordinate with the banks in their due diligence, negotiate terms on behalf of our clients to help them obtain the best terms (typically including accelerated application processing, lower interest rates and higher discount rates) for their financings from banks; and
     
  We track the application approval process and keep our clients updated as to their status.

 

Through our bank loan advisory services, our clients are able to obtain loans on more favorable terms or in a more efficient manner. We charge our clients an introduction fee which is calculated at a percentage (typically ranging from 1% to 3%) of the loan amount when our clients successfully receive the facilities from the banks.

 

Entrusted loans/direct loans

 

During the period from our inception to December 31, 2016 , we entered into two lending contracts with one corporate client, under which, we agreed to lend RMB45 million (approximately US$6.77 million) and RMB105 million (approximately US$ 15.79 million), respectively, to this client for a term of 448 days and 237 days, respectively. These loans have since been repaid. On March 18, 2016, we entered into another loan contract with Xiamen Jingsu Trading Limited Company (“Jingsu”) to lend a total of RMB 20 million (approximately $2.88 million). This loan has been repaid on March 9, 2017. On September 25, 2016, we entered into a loan contract with an individual client, under which we agreed to lend a total of RMB 20 million (approximately US$2.88 million) for a term of 365 days.

 

Going forward, we plan to lend funds to our clients in the form of entrusted loans. Entrusted loans are commonly found in China, which restricts direct borrowing and lending between commercial enterprises. The loans offer companies with idle funds the chance to earn interest by allowing an agent bank to loan the funds out, while still letting the companies choose whom the agent bank lends the funds to. The People’s Bank of China, China’s central bank, has allowed entrusted loans since 2001. However, as revenue from these (entrusted) loans is limited and infrequent, we do not regard such loan business as a separate line of business.

 

According to a report by the Wall Street Journal, entrusted loans increased by a net RMB 2.55 trillion (approximately$407.38 billion) from 2013 to 2014, equivalent to 29% of all new RMB bank loans issued during the year compared to only 16% of bank loans the year before (Source: http://blogs.wsj.com/chinarealtime/2014/05/02/a-partial-primer-to-chinas-biggest-shadow-entrusted-loans/).

 

We plan to entrust our funds to commercial banks to be loaned in the form of short-term loans to select clients of ours upon repayment of these currently outstanding direct loans. We anticipate to receive interest income at an annual interest rate generally ranging from 15% to 20%. However, As we do not expect the balance of such loans to increase significantly in the future and the interest income from such loans would not become a significant portion of our net income, we may gradually cease the conduct of this form of investment when there are better investment options of our cash.

 

  93  
   

 

 

The process with regard to how entrusted loan applications will be reviewed, processed and approved is described below:

 

Before granting loans :

 

  ●  Client managers conduct initial assessment of clients’ credit status, review of application materials (including, but not limited to, corporate information, licenses and permits held for their operations, capital verification reports, credit reports, audited financial statements for the recent three years, identification of management and shareholders, list of fixed assets, list of receivables and payables, land use certificate, lease contract, list of intellectual properties, tax payment proofs, material contracts and documents relating to any guarantees and pledges provided by such clients);
     
  Client managers then submit the application materials together with the initial review results and assessment for further review by the client manager group leader to ensure completeness and compliance with internal policies;
     
  Loan applications are then submitted to our risk management personnel for review from a risk control perspective. Special attention is paid to whether the mortgages, guarantees provided and accounts receivables pledged are sufficient to fully secure the loans;
     
  Our product and service advisors assist in conducting thorough due diligence regarding clients’ and guarantor’s credit status, repayment capacity, production and operation conditions;
     
  Product and service advisors then complete a client and family information form and credit assessment form based on their due diligence results, including their own opinion as to whether such client satisfies our internal requirements. This information is uploaded onto our credit management system;
     
  The person in charge of our entrusted loan business, our deputy general manager, conducts a final review of the application, and if he approves, he sends the application to designated personnel of commercial banks for review and processing.

 

Granting of loans:

 

  Our product and service advisors track the bank’s due diligence and review processes and notify our clients and their guarantors (if applicable) to come to the bank to sign the entrusted loan contracts and complete required procedures when the bank has completed its review process and approves the loan;
     
  Product and service advisors then work with the bank to grant the loan to our client. Funds for the loans granted to our client will be transferred from us to the participating bank, and then transferred from such bank to the client’s account.

 

After granting loans :

 

  Our product and service advisors conduct on-going monitoring and inspections (including initial inspection after granting loans, regular inspections and special inspections after granting the loans) of our clients’ credit status and operations status;
     
  Our product and service advisors report any potential risks or red flags uncovered through such monitoring and inspections to the person in charge of entrusted loan business or our key management in a timely manner, and propose measures to address any of such risks or red flags;
     
  We send repayment alerts to clients through SMS messages and telephone calls when the loans are due;
     
  94  
   

 

If our clients do not repay the loans when they become due, we, together with the commercial bank, on the day following the due date, contact them to inquire about the reasons repayment has not been made, and take appropriate measures, including working with guarantors to ensure prompt repayment;
     
· If our client is still unable to repay a loan within ten days of the due date, our general policy is to, together with the bank, visit the errant client and formulate a collection and repayment plan;
     
· After 30 days of non-payment, our general policy is to exercise our rights over the collateral or submit such disputes to the People’s Court for adjudication and enforcement.

 

Prior to April14, 2016, we provided loans directly to selected clients. We entered into two loan contracts with Beijing Ailirui Trading Company Limited (“Ailirui”) on June 10, 2015 and June 15, 2015 to lend RMB 45 million (approximately $6.78 million) and RMB 105 million (approximately $15.81 million) respectively at the interest rates of 18% and 16%, respectively, per annum pro-rated to the actual term of the loan with a maturity date of December 31, 2015. However, these loans were not repaid on December 31, 2015 and on December 31, 2015 and February 28, 2016, we entered into two supplemental contracts to extend the term of these loans to February 29, 2016 and August 31, 2016, respectively. These loans have all since been repaid in full.

 

On March 18, 2016, we entered into another loan contract with Xiamen Jingsu Trading Limited Company (“Jingsu”) to lend a total of RMB 20 million (approximately $2.88 million) at an interest rate of 14% per annum pro-rated to the actual term of the loan. On each of March 24, 28 and 31, 2016 and April 14, 2016, Jingsu signed four notes to evidence the drawing down of loans on these dates of RMB 5 million (approximately $0.72 million), RMB 5 million (approximately $0.72 million), RMB 5 million (approximately $0.72 million) and RMB 3 million (approximately $0.43 million), respectively, from Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd amounting to an aggregate of RMB 18 million (approximately $2.59 million) instead of RMB20 million (approximately US$ 2.88 million) as originally contemplated by the aforementioned loan contract. These loans had an original maturity date of September 17, 2016 which was later extended to March 17, 2017. These loans have been repaid in full.

 

On September 25, 2016, we entered into a loan contract with an individual, Mr. Cai Longge, to lend a total of RMB 20 million (approximately $2.88 million) at an interest rate of 14% per annum pro-rated to the actual term of the loan. On September 27, 2016, October 8, 2016, October 14, 2016 and December 15, 2016, Mr. Cai signed four notes to evidence the drawing down of loans on these dates of RMB 4 million (approximately $576,600), RMB 3 million (approximately $432,500), RMB 4 million (approximately $576,600) and RMB 4.45 million (approximately $641,500), respectively, from Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd amounting to an aggregate of RMB 15.45 million (approximately $2.23 million) instead of RMB 20 million (approximately US$2.88 million) as originally contemplated by the aforementioned loan contract. The maturity date of these loans are September 24, 2017. These loans have not been repaid.

 

As advised by our PRC legal counsel, Han Kun Law Offices, such direct lending activities with corporate clients are not in compliance with certain provisions of the Lending General Provisions, under which, the PBOC could impose fines on us and the amount of the potential fine would be no less than one time but no more than five times the gains that we obtained from such direct lending activities. The gains from said lending activities were approximately $1.95 million and accordingly, the potential fine would be no less than $1.95 million and no more than US$9.75 million However, pursuant to Provisions of the Supreme People’s Court on Several Issues Concerning the Application of Law in the Trial of Private Lending Cases, private lending contracts relating to direct private lending activities between companies (such as ours) are effective if such lending activities are not part of the ordinary business of the lender. Therefore, according to our PRC legal advisors and based on past practices and recent interpretation of the Supreme People’s Court, it is unlikely PBOC will impose any fines or penalties on us. However, we cannot assure that no such fines or other punitive actions will be taken against us.

 

We do not foresee interest income from entrusted loans being a major source of revenue for us. As revenue from these (entrusted) loans is historically limited and infrequent, we do not regard such loan business as a separate line of business. We record the revenue from these loans under “Other Income” in our financial statements.

 

Our Clients

 

Our clients are mainly SMEs that need financing to either support or expand their businesses or those of their affiliates overseas. We plan to further expand our client base to large state-owned enterprises. Additionally, we plan to further expand our service portfolio by merging with or acquiring entities already holding other such financial service licenses, such as factoring, microcredit, financial leasing, pawn mortgage and rural banking licenses so that we may expand into providing such services.

 

From inception through December 31 , 2016, 75% of our revenue was originated from clients located in Fujian province because of the relationships our key management has with these clients.

 

  95  
   

 

Of the 51 clients we served in the period from October 1, 2014 through December 31 , 2016, 36 of them were based in Fujian province.

 

We plan to expand to serve more clients from economically fast-developing areas such as Tianjin, Shandong, Hubei, Yangtze River Delta area and the Pearl River Delta area.

 

There was no customer whose revenue accounts for more than 10% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016. Two customers have outstanding accounts receivable balances that accounts for 15.0% and 12.5% of the total accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2016, respectively.

 

Two customers accounted for 11.7% and 10.5% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively. Their outstanding accounts receivable balance for these customers was 3.2%, 17.1% of the total accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2015, respectively. Other three customers have accounts receivable balances that accounts for 15.2%, 15.2% and 10.4% of the total accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

Our Relationships with Partner Banks

 

By facilitating financial transactions, we help banks and their personnel to their business goals (such as monthly deposit, loan and wealth management products sales targets). We believe this incentivizes banks and their employees to continue their relationship with us and even offer preferential terms to the clients we bring them. Key members of our management have therefore been able to forge and maintain strong relationships with some domestic and overseas banks, including large PRC national banks.

 

Seasonality

 

Although we have been in business for only one calendar year since October 2014 and it difficult to determine the cyclical nature of our business with any certainty, the financial advisory services sector typically slows down towards the end of the calendar year through Chinese New Year where banks and lending institutions typically wind down their lending activities. The financial advisory services business is fairly constant the rest of the year.

 

IT Infrastructure

 

We received an ICP license for value-added Internet information services on December 18, 2015. We plan to develop an electronic online platform in stages to initially allow our clients to access to information regarding available financial products, then to track the status of their applications online. Please refer to “Our Strategies” for further information.

 

We are in the process of establishing an integrated online electronic platform to efficiently match our clients with financing needs with financing products offered by various financial sources online. We started to build this internet platform in December 2014, and currently expect the platform to be completed by 2017.

 

Marketing

 

As of present date, approximately 40% of our existing clients are clients that have previously accepted financial advisory services from Mr. Jianxin Lin and Mr. Jinchi Xu or who have been referred to us directly by such clients. We believe we are able to obtain new clients through referrals from our existing clients and banks with which we have an ongoing relationship. We intend to continue to focus on referrals as the primary method of new client development. We also intend to enhance our brand recognition and attract potential clients through a variety of marketing methods, including online publicity activities, such as posting information regarding our services and available financial products and services provided by banks on our website, and onsite promotion activities in branches of the banks with whom we work, such as placing promotional pamphlets about our services.

 

Competition

 

We operate in an increasingly competitive environment and compete for clients on the basis of service offerings and client services. According to Beijing Han Ding Century Consulting Co., Ltd, a third-party market research firm we commissioned to prepare a report about the financial advisory services in China and our market position therein. It is difficult to locate companies that are providing exactly the same services as we do. However, as a supplement to their primary businesses, many companies, including asset management companies, investment consulting services providers, commercial banks and international factoring companies also provide services similar some of our service segments.

 

  96  
   

 

Based on the report by Beijing Heading Century Consulting Co., Ltd, we believe the following companies are our competitors in the various service lines set forth below:

 

Generally

 

SanMei Financial Services Ltd (“SanMei”) –SanMei is a financial service platform that provides financial services such as financial product consulting, customer financial advisory, management consulting, financial information consulting and human resources services. Currently, its business model includes three main modules, namely agency service, financial institutions outsourcing and consulting services. The company mainly provides financial intermediation services to SMEs in Nanan City and small and medium banks in Quanzhou.

 

Guanqun Chi Cheng Investment Management (Beijing) Co., Ltd (“GCC”) – GCC operates a nationwide platform that provides internet financing, mergers and acquisitions and angel investments to SMEs. Because SMEs usually have limited resources and sales channels, GCC use a method called “combined debt and equity”, which is a combination of financing, equity investment and securitization.

 

Commercial Payment Advisory Service

 

Shanghai Lujiazui International Financial Assets Trading Market Inc. (“Lujin”) - Lujin is the only financial assets trading information service platform that runs its practice through the trading platform of the State Counsel of China. It provides investment and financing service to SMEs and individuals. As of January 2014, it had more than 5.7 million registered users. Lujin offers financial instruments beneficial rights transfer information services to financial and non-financial companies. Financial instruments beneficial rights transfer is a process in which the borrowers (usually companies) pledge their bank acceptance bills, and then transfer the beneficial interests to investors. Lujin’s role is an informational intermediary between the holders of bank acceptance bills and the investors.

 

Shanghai Pulan Financial Service Ltd (“Pulan”) - Pulan is the pilot entity of “financial instrument broker” appointed by the Pudong New Area government. It mainly provides financial instrument brokerage services to SMEs. It provides its clients with discount rates based on regions and banks.

 

Bida Holdings Group (“Bida”)–Bida is invested in various areas, including money brokerage, investment banking, inter-bank bonds, factoring, and pawn shops. Bida aims to build the most efficient capital chain service to connect companies directly with the capital market. Bida has developed many online and offline financial instruments.

 

International Corporate Financing Advisory Services

 

China Export & Credit Insurance Corporation (“SinoSure”) - SinoSure is the only contract policy credit insurance business financial institution. SinoRating is SinoSure’s professional consulting entity that provides domestic and overseas clients with financial products and services. Since its establishment in 2002, SinoRating has provided its clients with various high-quality professional credit investigation reports, industry analysis reports, credit rating and risk management consulting services, and overseas investment advisory services. SinoRating uses “Stepping Out” as its service motto to launch its international investment advisory services. Its services include providing information about potential overseas projects, advising on “Stepping Out” policy, estimating risks of overseas projects, providing financing consulting services regarding overseas projects and training services for its “Stepping Out” strategy.

 

JRF International Factoring Ltd (“JRF”) - JRF focuses its practice on providing services such as account receivable acquisitions, trade finance, receivables collection and management, buyer credit guarantees and other comprehensive international factoring services. JRF joined the International Factors Group in 2009, and in the same year, it became a member of Commercial Finance Associate. In 2012, JRF joined Factors Chain International (FCI), becoming one of the FCI members with other 22 Chinese banks and the first Chinese commercial factoring company that is a member of FCI.

 

  97  
   

 

Xinyin International Commercial Factoring Company (“Xinyin”) - Xinyin mainly provides factoring services that combines trade financing, sales ledger management, accounts receivable management and collection, customer credit investigation and assessment, and credit risk guarantees.

 

CubeTech Global Asset Information Technology Ltd (“CubeTech”) – CubeTech’s core practice is to provide Chinese institutional investors with a one-stop solution in cross-border investments. The company now has offices in Beijing, Shanghai, New York and London. CubeTech applies mature asset management information technology to cross-border investment management by using the big data method.

 

Intermediary loan advisory services

 

The major competitors in this industry include asset management companies and investment guarantees enterprises:

 

Beijing Liuxing Juntong Information Technology Co., Ltd (Juntong) - Juntong focuses its practice on asset management, investment management and investment consulting services. Juntong first created the real domestic “financial supermarket” model, relying on online loans, financing, investment and financing, insurance, internet banking, as well as offline stores, franchisees, direct sales team and other systems, creating a complete integration of online and offline O2O business model.

 

Beijing Jiaoguang Yidai Investment Management Ltd (Yidai) -Yidai is a professional investment guarantee company that provides its clients with services such as enterprise operating fund loan, credit loan, consumption loan secured by real properties and second-hand house loan etc.

 

Lianrong Weiye Investment Guarantee (Beijing) Ltd (Lianrong)-Lianrong specializing in economic contract loan (not including financing loan), investment consulting and investment management services.

 

Entrusted Loans

 

We have no data on entrusted loans and who our competitors are as these are largely private loans between commercial entities through banks. These company-to-company loans, known as entrusted lending, have emerged as the fastest-growing part of China’s shadow-banking system, which provides credit outside of formal banking channels. Banks make money by charging fees to both the lending company and the borrower, and they do not record the loans on their balance sheets. (Source: http://www.wsj.com/articles/SB10001424052702304163604579531383712290244)

 

Employees

 

As of December 31 , 2016, we have 32 employees, all located in Beijing, China. The following table sets forth the number of our employees by function as of the same date:

 

Functional Area   Number of Employees     % of Total  
Senior management     5       15.6 %
Product and service advisors     4       12.5 %
Client managers     9       28.1 %
Human resources and administrative personnel     8       25.0 %
IT staff     2       6.3 %
Risk management     1       3.1 %
Other     3       9.4 %
Total     32       100.0 %

 

  98  
   

 

As required by regulations in China, we participate in various employee social security plans that are organized by local governments, including pension, unemployment insurance, childbirth insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance and housing insurance. We are required under Chinese law to make contributions to employee benefit plans at specified percentages of the salaries, bonuses and certain allowances of our employees, up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time.

 

We believe that we maintain a good working relationship with our employees and we have not experienced any significant labor disputes.

 

Risk Control

 

We place great emphasis on risk management and are committed to enhancing our risk management capabilities.

 

Risk Management Procedures for Commercial Payment Advisory Services, International Corporate Financing Advisory Services and Intermediary Bank Loan Advisory Services

 

Although we do not bear any economic risk or credit risk for the loans and/or acceptance bills issued by the bank to our clients, we may be exposed to reputation risk if the borrowers default. The domestic and international banks implement their own risk management procedures in the underwriting of the loans and acceptance bill to the borrowers. The following diagram sets forth our risk management policies and procedures relating to various stages of our commercial payment advisory services, international corporate financing advisory services, and intermediary bank loan advisory services:

 

 

Our risk management procedures primarily include the following steps:

 

  99  
   

 

Multi-level credit review:

 

  ●  Examination of preliminary application s by a client manager: A client manager is appointed to collect client materials to verify whether a potential client is in good standing and further understand its credit and asset status. The manager will determine whether such client could meet the bank’s requirements for the financing products the potential client requires. Such materials include, but are not limited to business licenses, organization code certificates, tax registration certificates, bank account opening permits, articles of association, capital verification reports, financial reports and credit report on SAIC’s system;
     
  Review by review committee: Our review committee, led by , further reviews the materials collected by the client manager to assess the client’s repayment capability and determines whether to accept the client’s application;

 

Review and execution of service contract:

 

The client manager prepares our service contract and sends it to our risk management personnel for review from a legal compliance and risk management perspective. Special attention to made to certain provisions such as payment schedule and dispute resolution. The client manager, together with our finance department sign our service contract with the client upon approval by our deputy general manager in charge and general manager. The approval from our deputy general manager and general manager may be dispensed with if the review committee does not report any client deficiencies after two days.

 

Review of application materials to be submitted to banks to ensure completeness :

 

In order to facilitate banks’ review and approval process, a product and service advisor is appointed to assist our client in preparing and submitting application materials or any supplementary documents required by banks. The product and service advisor carefully reviews and checks such documents based on the bank’s requirements to ensure the completeness; and

 

Payment notification and resolution of any overdue payment :

 

The client manager tracks the repayment schedule, and sends repayment notices to the client before the due date. In case of any overdue payment, the client manager would contact the client to enquire about the reasons for overdue repayment, and will discuss with clients regarding possible solutions. If the client is still unable to pay our service fees and/or the principal as further agreed, we will, together with the bank, take action, including exercising our rights over collaterals or submitting the dispute to the relevant court for enforcement.

 

Risk Management Procedures for Entrusted Loan Services

 

We have adopted a set of more stringent risk management procedures for our entrusted loan services. In addition to the procedures described above which are also applicable to our entrusted loan services, the risk management procedures for entrusted loan services also includes:

 

Registration of collateral : To ensure we are able to exercise our rights over the collateral when a client defaults on repayment of loans, our risk management personnel prepares registers the collateral with the relevant authorities;

 

Compulsory enforcement notarization : We also arrange to have our entrusted loan agreement notarized so that we are entitled to immediate compulsory enforcement when client is unable to repay our loans;

 

On-going monitoring and inspections of client’s credit status : A client manager is appointed to conduct on-going monitoring and inspection of our client’s credit status and use of loan proceeds to ensure timely discovery of any potential credit risks; and

 

Risk early-warning : The client manager will sends risk alerts to our management when a client’s credit status deteriorates, or if loan proceeds are not used in the way that has been agreed in the contract or a client fails to collect any large amount of receivables.

 

To control our credit risk and have a better understanding of our client’s credit and operation status, we typically ask a client applying for entrusted loans to provide more supporting documentations to be examined and reviewed by our client manager and review committee. Please see “Our Services – Entrusted loans/direct loans” for further information.

 

  100  
   

 

Intellectual Property

 

Trademark

 

Our brand, trade names, trademarks, trade secrets, proprietary database and other intellectual property rights distinguish our products and services from those of our competitors and contribute to our competitive advantage in the financial advisory services industry. We rely on a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret laws as well as confidentiality agreements with our key employees. We are in the process of applying for three trademarks in China.

 

Set forth below is a detailed description of our trademarks under application.

 

Country   Trademark   Application Number   Classes   Our Ref   Status
                     
Mainland China     *   35**   *   In process
                     
Mainland China     20358381   35**   *   In process
                     
Mainland China     21639200  

35**

  *  

In process

                     
Mainland China     20358382   35**   *   In process

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

**Class 35 -- Advertising; business management; business administration; office functions.

 

Domain Name

 

We have one registered domain name, www.cifsp.com . We have registered our website with Beijing City Communications Control Bureau and received an ICP license (ICP Number: 151135).

 

Facilities

 

Our office is located on a leased premise in Beijing, China, where we lease approximately 545.28 square meters of office space. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current requirements and we will be able to enter into lease arrangements on commercially reasonable terms for future expansion.

 

  101  
   

 

In Beijing, we lease approximately 5,869.35 square feet of office space at Unit13-14 on the 15th Floor of the World Financial Center office building located atNo.1 East Third Ring Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing. The lease started on November 1, 2014 and expires on December 31, 2017. This lease provides for a rent-free period from November 1, 2014 to January31, 2015, during which the lessee only needs to be responsible for the monthly property management fees of RMB 16,903.68 (approximately US$ 2.541.91). After the rent-free period, the lessee shall pay a monthly rent of RMB 272,640.00 (approximately US$ 40,998.50). In addition, the lessee needs to pay a deposit fee of RMB 1,447,718.40 (approximately US$ 217,702.02) with five days after signing the lease agreement.

 

Insurance

 

We participate in government sponsored social security programs including pension, unemployment insurance, childbirth insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance and housing insurance. We do not maintain business interruption insurance, casualty insurance on our assets or key-man life insurance. We consider our insurance coverage to be in line with that of other financial advisory service companies of similar size in China.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are currently not a party to any legal, arbitration or administrative proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, and we are not aware of any threat of any of the above-mentioned proceedings. However, we may from time to time become a party to various legal, arbitration or administrative proceedings arising

 

  102  
   

 

REGULATION

 

We operate in an increasingly complex legal and regulatory environment. We are subject to a variety of PRC and foreign laws, rules and regulations across a number of aspects of our business. This section summarizes the principal PRC laws, rules and regulations relevant to our business and operations. Areas in which we are subject to laws, rules and regulations outside of the PRC include data protection and privacy, consumer protection, content regulation, intellectual property, competition, taxation, anti-money laundering and anti-corruption. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — the laws and regulations governing the financial advisory service industry in China are developing and evolving and subject to changes. If our practice is deemed to violate any PRC laws or regulations, our business, financial conditions and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.”

 

Our online commerce business is classified as value-added telecommunication businesses by the PRC government. Current PRC laws, rules and regulations restrict foreign ownership in value-added telecommunication services. As a result, we operate our online commerce business and other business in which foreign investment is restricted or prohibited through our variable interest entity, Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd, which is owned by PRC citizens and holds all licenses associated with these businesses.

 

The applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations governing value-added telecommunication services may change in the future. We may be required to obtain additional approvals, licenses and permits and to comply with any new regulatory requirements adopted from time to time. Moreover, substantial uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation and implementation of these PRC laws, rules and regulations. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China — There are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws, rules and regulations.”

 

Regulation on Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprises and Foreign Investment Restrictions

 

The Wholly Foreign owned Enterprise Law of the PRC promulgated by the Standing Committee of the Nation People’s Congress (“SCNPC”), effective in 1986 and as amended in 2000 and 2016, and the Implementation Rules of the Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprise Law of the PRC promulgated by the State Council, effective in 1990 and as amended in 2001 and 2014, regulate the establishment, approval, registered capital and day-to-day operational matters of wholly foreign owned enterprises, such as our PRC subsidiary, WFOE.

 

On September 3, 2016, SCNPC promulgated the Decision on Revising the Law of the PRC on Foreign-invested Enterprises and Other Three Laws, effective on October 1, 2016. Accordingly, on October 8, 2016, the MOFCOM promulgated the Interim Measures for Record-filing Administration of the Establishment and Change of Foreign-invested Enterprises. Pursuant to above decision and the interim measure, for establishment and change of foreign-invested enterprises (including wholly foreign owned enterprises) not involving special market entry management measures, the filing administration shall replace previous examination and approval administration.

 

The Guidance Catalogue of Industries for Foreign Investment, or the Catalogue, which is promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce and the National Development and Reform Commission and governs investment activities in the PRC by foreign investors. The Catalogue divides industries into three categories — “encouraged,” “restricted,” and “prohibited” for foreign investment. Industries not listed in the Catalogue are generally deemed as falling into a fourth category, “permitted.”

 

Our financial advisory services fall under the permitted category. Our variable interest entity, Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd holds all material approvals required for our financial advisory services operations.

 

However, industries such as value-added telecommunication services, including internet information services, are restricted from foreign investment. As such, our ICP license is held by our variable interest entity, Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd, which is owned by Mr. Jianxin Lin and Mr. Shaoyong Huang (collectively, the “SYX Shareholders”), both of whom are PRC nationals.

 

  103  
   

 

The Catalogue does not apply to our companies registered and domiciled in the British Virgin Islands and Hong Kong and operate outside China.

 

Regulation of Telecommunications and Internet Information Services

 

Regulation of Telecommunications Services

 

Under the Telecommunications Regulations of the PRC, or the Telecommunications Regulations, promulgated on September 25, 2000 by the State Council of the PRC, a telecommunication services provider in China must obtain an operating license from the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or the MIIT, or its provincial counterparts. The Telecommunications Regulations categorize all telecommunication services in China as either basic telecommunications services or value-added telecommunications services. Our online electronic platform commerce business is classified as value-added telecommunications services.

 

Foreign investment in telecommunications businesses is governed by the State Council’s Administrative Rules for Foreign Investments in Telecommunications Enterprises, issued by the State Council on December 11, 2001 and amended on September 10, 2008, under which a foreign investor’s beneficial equity ownership in an entity providing value-added telecommunications services in China is not permitted to exceed 50%. In addition, for a foreign investor to acquire any equity interest in a business providing value-added telecommunications services in China, it must demonstrate a positive track record and experience in providing such services. The MIIT’s Notice Regarding Strengthening Administration of Foreign Investment in Operating Value-Added Telecommunication Businesses, or the MIIT Notice, issued on July 13, 2006 prohibits holders of these services licenses from leasing, transferring or selling their licenses in any form, or providing any resource, sites or facilities, to any foreign investors intending to conduct such businesses in China.

 

In addition to restricting dealings with foreign investors, the MIIT Notice contains a number of detailed requirements applicable to holders of value-added telecommunications services licenses, including that license holders or their shareholders must directly own the domain names and trademarks used in their daily operations and each license holder must possess the necessary facilities for its approved business operations and maintain such facilities in the regions covered by its license, including maintaining its network and providing Internet security in accordance with the relevant regulatory standards. The MIIT or its provincial counterpart has the power to require corrective actions after it discovers any non-compliance of the license holders, and where such license holders fail to take such steps, the MIIT or its provincial counterpart has the power to revoke the value-added telecommunications services licenses.

 

Regulation of Internet Information Services

 

As a subsector of the telecommunications industry, Internet information services are regulated by the Administrative Measures on Internet Information Services, or the ICP Measures, promulgated on September 25, 2000 by the State Council and amended on January 8, 2011. “Internet information services” are defined as services that provide information to online users through the internet. Internet information services providers, also called Internet content providers, or ICPs, that provide commercial services are required to obtain an operating license from the MIIT or its provincial counterpart.

 

To the extent the internet information services provided relate to certain matters, including news, publication, education or medical and health care (including pharmaceutical products and medical equipment), approvals must also be obtained from the relevant industry regulators in accordance with the laws, rules and regulations governing those industries.

 

  104  
   

 

Regulation of Internet Content

 

The PRC government has promulgated measures relating to Internet content through various ministries and agencies, including the MIIT, the News Office of the State Council, the Ministry of Culture and the General Administration of Press and Publication. In addition to various approval and license requirements, these measures specifically prohibit internet activities that result in the dissemination of any content which is found to contain pornography, promote gambling or violence, instigate crimes, undermine public morality or the cultural traditions of the PRC or compromise State security or secrets. ICPs must monitor and control the information posted on their websites. If any prohibited content is found, they must remove such content immediately, keep a record of it and report to the relevant authorities. If an ICP violates these measures, the PRC government may impose fines and revoke any relevant business operation licenses.

 

Regulation of Internet Security

 

The Decision in Relation to Protection of the Internet Security enacted by the SCNPC on December 28, 2000 provides that the following activities conducted through the Internet are subject to criminal punishment:

 

  gaining improper entry into a computer or system of strategic importance;
     
  disseminating politically disruptive information or obscenities;
     
    leaking State secrets;
     
  spreading false commercial information; or
     
  infringing intellectual property rights.

 

The Administrative Measures on the Security Protection of Computer Information Network with International Connections, issued by the Ministry of Public Security on December 16, 1997 and amended on January 8, 2011, prohibit the use of the Internet in a manner that would result in the leakage of State secrets or the spread of socially destabilizing content. If a value-added telecommunications services license holder violates these measures, the Ministry of Public Security and the local security bureaus may revoke its operating license and shut down its websites.

 

Regulation Relating to Privacy Protection

 

Under the ICP Measures, ICPs are prohibited from producing, copying, publishing or distributing information that is humiliating or defamatory to others or that infringes upon the lawful rights and interests of others. Depending on the nature of the violation, ICPs may face criminal charges or sanctions by PRC security authorities for such acts, and may be ordered to suspend temporarily their services or have their licenses revoked.

 

Under the Several Provisions on Regulating the Market Order of Internet Information Services, issued by the MIIT on December 29, 2011, ICPs are also prohibited from collecting any user personal information or providing any such information to third parties without the consent of a user. ICPs must expressly inform the users of the method, content and purpose of the collection and processing of such user personal information and may only collect such information necessary for its services. ICPs are also required to properly maintain the user personal information, and in case of any leak or likely leak of the user personal information, ICPs must take remedial measures immediately and report any material leak to the telecommunications regulatory authority.

 

In addition, the Decision on Strengthening Network Information Protection promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress on December 28, 2012 emphasizes the need to protect electronic information that contains individual identification information and other private data. The decision requires ICPs to establish and publish policies regarding the collection and use of personal electronic information and to take necessary measures to ensure the security of the information and to prevent leakage, damage or loss. Furthermore, MIIT’s Rules on Protection of Personal Information of Telecommunications and Internet Users promulgated on July 16, 2013 contain detailed requirements on the use and collection of personal information as well as the security measures to be taken by ICPs.

 

The PRC government retains the power and authority to order ICPs to provide an Internet user’s personal information if such user posts any prohibited content or engages in any illegal activities through the Internet.

 

  105  
   

 

Regulations Relating to Intellectual Property Rights

 

Patent. Patents in the PRC are principally protected under the Patent Law of the PRC. The duration of a patent right is either 10 years or 20 years from the date of application, depending on the type of patent right.

 

Copyright. Copyright in the PRC, including copyrighted software, is principally protected under the Copyright Law of the PRC and related rules and regulations. Under the Copyright Law, the term of protection for copyrighted software is 50 years.

 

Trademark. Registered trademarks are protected under the Trademark Law of the PRC and related rules and regulations. Trademarks are registered with the Trademark Office of the SAIC. Where registration is sought for a trademark that is identical or similar to another trademark which has already been registered or given preliminary examination and approval for use in the same or similar category of commodities or services, the application for registration of such trademark may be rejected. Trademark registrations are effective for a renewable ten-year period, unless otherwise revoked.

 

Domain names. Domain name registrations are handled through domain name service agencies established under the relevant regulations, and applicants become domain name holders upon successful registration.

 

Anti-counterfeiting Regulations

 

According to the Trademark Law of the PRC, counterfeit or unauthorized production of the label of another person’s registered trademark, or sale of any label that is counterfeited or produced without authorization will be deemed as an infringement of the exclusive right to use a registered trademark. The infringing party may also be held liable for damages suffered by the owner of the intellectual property rights, which will be equal to the gains obtained by the infringing party or the losses suffered by such owner as a result of the infringement, including reasonable expenses incurred by such owner in connection with enforcing its rights.

 

In addition, under the Administrative Measures for Online Trading issued by the SAIC on January 26, 2014, as an operator of a commercial platform, we must adopt measures to ensure safe online transactions, protect consumers’ rights and prevent trademark infringement.

 

Regulations on Tax

 

PRC Enterprise Income Tax

 

The PRC enterprise income tax, or EIT, is calculated based on the taxable income determined under the applicable EIT Law and its implementation rules, which became effective on January 1, 2008. The EIT Law imposes a uniform enterprise income tax rate of 25% on all resident enterprises in China, including foreign-invested enterprises.

 

Uncertainties exist with respect to how the EIT Law applies to our tax residence status and our offshore subsidiaries. Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of China with a “de facto management body” within China is considered a “resident enterprise,” which means that it is treated in a manner similar to a Chinese enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes. Although the implementation rules of the EIT Law define “de facto management body” as a managing body that exercises substantive and overall management and control over the production and business, personnel, accounting books and assets of an enterprise, the only official guidance for this definition currently available is set forth in Circular 82 issued by the State Administration of Taxation, which provides guidance on the determination of the tax residence status of a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise, defined as an enterprise that is incorporated under the laws of a foreign country or territory and that has a PRC enterprise or enterprise group as its primary controlling shareholder.

 

  106  
   

 

According to Circular 82, a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having a “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its worldwide income only if all of the following criteria are met:

 

  the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in the PRC;
     
  decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC;
     
  the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholders meeting minutes are located or maintained in the PRC; and
     
  50% or more of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC.

 

We believe that we meet the conditions outlined in the immediately preceding paragraph and should be treated as a “resident enterprise” for PRC tax purposes if the criteria for “de facto management body” as set forth in Circular 82 were deemed applicable to us. However, as the tax residency status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body” as applicable to our offshore entities, we will continue to monitor our tax status. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China — We may be treated as a resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, and we may therefore be subject to PRC income tax on our global income.”

 

In the event that we or any of our offshore subsidiaries is considered to be a PRC resident enterprise: (1) we or our offshore subsidiaries, as the case may be, may be subject to the PRC enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on our worldwide taxable income; (2) dividend income that we or our offshore subsidiaries, as the case may be, receive from our PRC subsidiaries may be exempt from the PRC withholding tax; and (3) dividends paid to our overseas shareholders who are non-PRC resident enterprises as well as gains realized by such shareholders from the transfer of our shares may be regarded as PRC-sourced income and as a result be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%, and similarly, dividends paid to our overseas shareholders who are non-PRC resident individuals, as well as gains realized by such shareholders from the transfer of our shares, may be regarded as PRC-sourced income and as a result be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of 20%, subject to the provision of any applicable agreement for the avoidance of double taxation.

 

Under SAT Circular 698 and Bulletin 7, if a non-resident enterprise transfers “PRC taxable assets” of a PRC resident enterprise indirectly by disposition of the equity interests of an overseas non-public holding company without reasonable commercial purpose, the parties involved in the indirect transfer of the PRC taxable assets and the PRC resident enterprise whose equity is transferred indirectly, may report such equity transfer matter to the PRC competent tax authority of the PRC resident enterprise. The PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding, or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such disposition may be subject to a PRC withholding tax rate of up to 10%. Circular 698 also provides that, where a non-PRC resident enterprise transfers its equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise to its related parties at a price which is not on an arm’s length basis and results in reducing the taxable income, the relevant tax authority has the power to make a reasonable adjustment as to the taxable income of the transaction. Circular 698 was retroactively effective on January 1, 2008. On February3, 2015, the State Administration of Taxation released SAT Bulletin 7 to amend and clarify several issues related to Circular 698. According to SAT Bulletin7, the term “PRC taxable assets” includes assets attributed to an establishment in China, immoveable properties located in China, and equity investments in PRC resident enterprises; and when determining whether there is a “reasonable commercial purpose” of the transaction arrangement, factors to be taken into consideration include: whether the main value of the equity interest of the relevant offshore enterprise derives from PRC taxable assets; whether the assets of the relevant offshore enterprise mainly consists of direct or indirect investment in China or if its income mainly derives from China; whether the offshore enterprise and its subsidiaries directly or indirectly holding PRC taxable assets have real commercial nature which is evidenced by their actual function and risk exposure; the duration of existence of the business model and organizational structure; the replicability of the transaction by direct transfer of PRC taxable assets; and the tax situation of such indirect transfer and applicable tax treaties or similar arrangements. If Circular 698 and Bulletin 7 were determined by the tax authorities to be applicable to us, our offshore subsidiaries and our non-resident enterprise investors, we, our offshore subsidiaries and our non-resident enterprise investors might be required to expend valuable resources to comply with this circular, which may materially and adversely affect us or our non-resident enterprise investors. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China — We and our shareholders face uncertainties with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises or other assets attributed to a PRC establishment of a non-PRC company, or other assets attributable to a PRC establishment of a non-PRC company.”

 

  107  
   

 

Under applicable PRC laws, payers of PRC-sourced income to non-PRC residents are generally obligated to withhold PRC income taxes from the payment. In the event of a failure to withhold, the non-PRC residents are required to pay such taxes on their own. Failure to comply with the tax payment obligations by the non-PRC residents will result in penalties, including full payment of taxes owed, fines and default interest on those taxes.

 

PRC Value-added Tax

 

Pursuant to the Pilot Measure for Imposition of Value-Added Tax to Replace Business Tax for Transport and Shipping Industry and Some of the Modern Service Industries, promulgated by the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation on November 16, 2011 (the “PilotMeasure”),any entity or individual conducting business in some modern service industry, such as the service we are engaging in, is generally required to pay a value-added tax, or VAT, at the rate of 6% on the revenues generated from providing such services. A taxpayer is allowed to offset the qualified input VAT paid on taxable purchases against the output VAT chargeable on the modern services provided.

 

On March 30, 2016, the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation promulgated the Notice of the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation on Overall Implementation of the Pilot Program of Replacing Business Tax with Value-added Tax. Pursuant to this notice, from May 1, 2016, a value-added tax will generally be imposed to replace the business tax in the construction industry, real estate industry, finance industry, consumer service industry and other industries on a nationwide basis.

 

Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange and Dividend Distribution

 

Foreign Exchange Regulation

 

The principal regulations governing foreign currency exchange in China are the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations. Under the PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, may be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. By contrast, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of foreign currency-denominated loans or foreign currency is to be remitted into China under the capital account, such as a capital increase or foreign currency loans to our PRC subsidiaries.

 

In November 2012, SAFE promulgated the Circular of Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies on Foreign Direct Investment, which substantially amends and simplifies the current foreign exchange procedure. Pursuant to this circular, the opening of various special purpose foreign exchange accounts, such as pre-establishment expenses accounts, foreign exchange capital accounts and guarantee accounts, the reinvestment of RMB proceeds by foreign investors in the PRC, and remittance of foreign exchange profits and dividends by a foreign-invested enterprise to its foreign shareholders no longer require the approval or verification of SAFE, and multiple capital accounts for the same entity may be opened in different provinces, which was not possible previously. In addition, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Printing and Distributing the Provisions on Foreign Exchange Administration over Domestic Direct Investment by Foreign Investors and the Supporting Documents in May 2013, which specifies that the administration by SAFE or its local branches over direct investment by foreign investors in the PRC shall be conducted by way of registration and banks shall process foreign exchange business relating to the direct investment in the PRC based on the registration information provided by SAFE and its branches. The Circular on Further Simplifying and Improving the Administration of the Foreign Exchange Concerning Direct Investment promulgated by SAFE on February 28, 2015, or SAFE Circular 13, further abolished SAFE’s administrative examination and approval with respect to the verification and approval of foreign exchange registration under domestic direct investment and overseas direct investment. Instead, banks shall directly examine and process the said foreign exchange registration in accordance with relevant regulations issued by SAFE. Thereafter, SAFE and its branches shall indirectly administer the said foreign exchange registration via banks.

 

  108  
   

 

On March 30, 2015, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming the Administrative Approach Regarding the Settlement of the Foreign Exchange Capitals of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 19, regulating the conversion by a foreign-invested enterprise of foreign currency-registered capital into RMB by restricting following purposes that the converted RMB may not be used:(i)the converted RMB cannot be used for expenditure beyond business scope of the foreign-invested enterprise or expenditure prohibited by PRC laws and regulations; (ii) the converted RMB cannot be used for investment in securities, unless otherwise prescribed by PRC laws and regulations; (iii) the converted RMB cannot be used for disbursing RMB entrusted loans (unless permitted under its business scope), repaying inter-corporate borrowings (including third-party advances) and repaying RMB bank loans that have been sub-lent to third parties; or (iv) the converted RMB cannot be used for the expenses related to the purchase of real estate not for self-use, unless the foreign-invested enterprise is a foreign-invested real estate enterprise.

 

We typically do not need to use our offshore foreign currency to fund our PRC operations. In the event we need to do so, we will apply to conduct the relevant procedure of SAFE and other PRC government authorities as necessary.

 

SAFE Circular 37

 

SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, on July 4, 2014, which replaced the former circular commonly known as “SAFE Circular 75” promulgated by SAFE on October 21, 2005. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents to register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct establishment or indirect control of an offshore entity, for the purpose of overseas investment and financing, with such PRC residents’ legally owned assets or equity interests in domestic enterprises or offshore assets or interests, referred to in SAFE Circular 37 as a “special purpose vehicle.” SAFE Circular 37 further requires amendment to the registration in the event of any significant changes with respect to the special purpose vehicle, such as increase or decrease of capital contributed by PRC individuals, share transfer or exchange, merger, division or other material event. In the event that a PRC shareholder holding interests in a special purpose vehicle fails to fulfill the required SAFE registration, the PRC subsidiaries of that special purpose vehicle may be prohibited from making profit distributions to the offshore parent and from carrying out subsequent cross-border foreign exchange activities, and the special purpose vehicle may be restricted in its ability to contribute additional capital into its PRC subsidiary. Furthermore, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC law for evasion of foreign exchange controls.

 

We have notified substantial beneficial owners of ordinary shares who we know are PRC residents of their filing obligation. However, we may not be aware of the identities of all our beneficial owners who are PRC residents. In addition, we do not have control over our beneficial owners and cannot assure you that all of our PRC resident beneficial owners will comply with SAFE Circular 37. The failure of our beneficial owners who are PRC residents to register or amend their SAFE registrations in a timely manner pursuant to SAFE Circular 37 or the failure of future beneficial owners of our company who are PRC residents to comply with the registration procedures set forth in SAFE Circular 37 may subject such beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to fines and legal sanctions. Failure to register or amend the registration may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital to our PRC subsidiaries or receive dividends or other distributions from our PRC subsidiaries or other proceeds from disposal of our PRC subsidiaries, or we may be penalized by SAFE.

 

  109  
   

 

Share Option Rules

 

Under the Administration Measures on Individual Foreign Exchange Control issued by the PBOC on December 25, 2006, all foreign exchange matters involved in employee share ownership plans and share option plans in which PRC citizens participate require approval from SAFE or its authorized branch. Pursuant to SAFE Circular 37, PRC residents who participate in share incentive plans in overseas non-publicly-listed companies may submit applications to SAFE or its local branches for the foreign exchange registration with respect to offshore special purpose companies. In addition, under the Notices on Issues concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Share Incentive Plans of Overseas Publicly-Listed Companies, or the Share Option Rules, issued by SAFE on February 15, 2012, PRC residents who are granted shares or share options by companies listed on overseas stock exchanges under share incentive plans are required to (i) register with SAFE or its local branches, (ii) retain a qualified PRC agent, which may be a PRC subsidiary of the overseas listed company or another qualified institution selected by the PRC subsidiary, to conduct the SAFE registration and other procedures with respect to the share incentive plans on behalf of the participants, and (iii) retain an overseas institution to handle matters in connection with their exercise of share options, purchase and sale of shares or interests and funds transfers. We will make efforts to comply with these requirements upon completion of our initial public offering.

 

Regulation of Dividend Distribution

 

The principal laws, rules and regulations governing dividend distribution by foreign-invested enterprises in the PRC are the Company Law of the PRC, as amended, the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law and its implementation regulations and the Chinese-foreign Equity Joint Venture Law and its implementation regulations. Under these laws, rules and regulations, foreign-invested enterprises may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profit, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Both PRC domestic companies and wholly-foreign owned PRC enterprises are required to set aside as general reserves at least 10% of their after-tax profit, until the cumulative amount of such reserves reaches 50% of their registered capital. A PRC company is not permitted to distribute any profits until any losses from prior fiscal years have been offset. Profits retained from prior fiscal years may be distributed together with distributable profits from the current fiscal year.

 

M&A Rules and Overseas Listings

 

The Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, issued by six PRC governmental and regulatory agencies, including the MOFCOM and the CSRC, on August 8, 2006 and amended on June 22, 2009, require that a SPV formed for listing purposes and controlled directly or indirectly by PRC companies or individuals must obtain the approval of the CSRC in the event that the SPV acquires equity interests in the PRC companies in exchange for the shares of offshore companies.

 

The application of the M&A Rules remains unclear. Our PRC counsel, Han Kun Law Offices, has advised us that, under current PRC laws, rules and regulations and the M&A Rules, prior approval from the CSRC is not required under the M&A Rules for our initial public offering because (i) WFOE was established by means of direct investment, rather than by merger or acquisition of the equity interest or assets of any “Domestic Company” as defined under the M&A Rules, and (ii) no provision in the M&A Rules classifies the contractual arrangements between WFOE and Sheng Ying Xin as a type of transaction which is subject to the M&A Rules. However, as there has been no official interpretation or clarification of the M&A Rules, there is uncertainty as to how these rules will be implemented in practice. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China — Any requirement to obtain prior approval under the M&A Rules and/or any other regulations promulgated by relevant PRC regulatory agencies in the future could delay this offering and failure to obtain any such approvals, if required, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and reputation as well as the trading price of our ordinary shares, and could also create uncertainties for this offering.”

 

Labor Laws and Social Insurance

 

Pursuant to the PRC Labor Law and the PRC Labor Contract Law, employers must execute written labor contracts with full-time employees. All employers must comply with local minimum wage standards. Violations of the PRC Labor Contract Law and the PRC Labor Law may result in the imposition of fines and other administrative and criminal liability in the case of serious violations.

 

In addition, according to the PRC Social Insurance Law, employers in China must provide employees with welfare schemes covering pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance and housing funds.

 

  110  
   

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Directors and Executive Officers   Age   Position/Title
         
Jianxin Lin   33   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
         
Jinchi Xu   38   Director
         

Sheve Li Tay

  44   Independent Director
         

Hong Huang

  45   Independent Director
         

Kam Cheong Leong

  52   Independent Director
         
Lu Sun   34   Chief Financial Officer

 

Mr. Jianxin Lin is our founder and has served as Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer since our inception. In 2006, Mr. Lin expanded his business practice into the textile industry and founded Shishi City Sheng Qi Textile Trading Co., Ltd and has been its Chief Executive Officer and General Manager since then. In 2011, Mr. Lin founded Nanchang Hansheng Industry & Trade Co., Ltd in Jiangxi Province, serving as its Chief Executive Officer and General Manager. He then founded Sheng Qi (Fujian) Investment Co. Ltd, in 2012 and serves as its Chief Executive Officer and General Manager of a company. In 2014, Mr. Lin founded Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co., Ltd (later changed its name to Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd on February 17, 2016) and serves as its Chief Executive Officer and General Manager. Mr. Lin received his Bachelor degree in Business Management in 2015. Mr. Lin also serves as Vice President of the Shishi Cloth Industry Association, Honorary President of Shishi Cultural Exchange Association, Executive Director of the Chamber of Commerce in Quanzhou Nanchang, and Standing Director at Jiangxi Industrial and Commercial Association. He currently devotes 30 hours a week as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

 

Mr. Jinchi Xu is our founder and has served as our director since our inception. Mr. Xu is a senior investment manager with more than 10 years of progressive experience in finance management. He has been working as the Deputy General Manager at Hongkong Fucheng International Investment Co. Ltd since 2006. Mr. Xu graduated from Fujian Medical University in 2002 with a Bachelor Degree in Iconography.

 

Ms. Sheve Li Tay has over 17 years of experience in accounting and auditing. She has been working as a Senior Manager in Audit Assurance at Ernst & Young (HongKong) from November, 1997 to September, 2007 and as a Senior Manager in Finance from October, 2007 to September, 2010. During her time working at Ernst & Young (Hong Kong), she served as an auditor for several public companies that are listed on NASDAQ and New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). Ms. Tay worked as the President of Finance and Capital Management Department at Centron Telecom International Holding Limited from October, 2010 to June, 2011. Ms. Tay also served as an independent non-executive director of Grand Concord International Holding Limited from August, 2011 to November, 2016, and she was in the same position at Natural United Resources Holdings Limited from November, 2011 to January, 2014. Ms. Tay currently serves as an independent non-executive director of China 33 Media Group Limited. Ms. Tay has been a certified public accountant of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the fellow member of Association of Chartered Certified Accountants since 2002. She graduated from the University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom, in 1994 with a bachelor’s degree in Arts majoring in Accounting and Finance. In 2004, she obtained a Master’s degree in Applied Finance from University of Western Sydney.

 

Mr. Hong Huang is one of our three independent directors. He worked as an attorney at Beijing Zhanda Law Firm from April, 2005 to March, 2014. Mr. Huang then joined Dentons Beijing and has been serving as a Partner since April, 2014. Mr. Huang graduated from East China University of Political Science and Law in 1993 with a degree in Bachelor of Law. He also attended the University of Trier, Germany, in 2002 and graduated in 2003 with a Master Degree of Law.

 

Mr. Kam Cheong Leong is an entrepreneur and venture capitalist who has been developing and managing companies since 1996. In 1996, he founded the Chinese Financial Forum in Canada and has been managing this forum until 2001. Mr. Leong served as the Economic Advisor to the Government of Ontario from 1997 to 2000. In addition, Mr. Leong was the co-founder of the Chinese Economic Times Publication Inc. and served as its CEO from 1994 to 2001. He was also the President of Moneyfocus.com Inc. from 1998 to 2001. Mr. Leong has been serving as the President at Fortune Capital Management Ltd. since 1995. In 2015, he co-founded Asian Pacific Think Tank in Thailand and has been serving as a director since then. Mr. Leong graduated from University of Calgary in 1988 with a Bachelor degree in Business Administration.

 

Ms. Lu Sun has served as our Chief Financial Officer since our inception. She served as the Secretary of board of directors and Accounting Manager from 2006 to 2015 at Shineco, Inc. Ms. Sun joined our subsidiary, Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co. Ltd as its Chief Financial Officer in December 2015. Ms. Sun received her Bachelor degree in Finance from University of International Business and Economics in 2012. She currently devotes 40 hours a week as our Chief Financial Officer.

 

Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors consist s of five directors. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company to qualify to serve as a director. A director may vote with respect to any contract, proposed contract or arrangement in which he is interested, and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of our directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement is considered, provided (a) such director, if his interest in such contract or arrangement is material, has declared the nature of his interest at the earliest meeting of the board at which it is practicable for him to do so, either specifically or by way of a general notice and (b) if such contract or arrangement is a transaction with a related party, such transaction has been approved by the audit committee. The directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, and to issue debentures or other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the company or of any third party. None of our non-executive directors has a service contract with us that provides for benefits upon termination of service.

 

  111  
   

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

We establish ed three committees under the board of directors: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. We will adopt a charter for each of the three committees. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

 

Audit Committee . Our audit committee consists of Ms. Sheve Li Tay, Messrs. Hong Huang and Kam Cheong Leong. Ms. Sheve Li Tay is the chairman of our audit committee. We have determined that Ms. Sheve Li Tay, and Messrs. Hong Huang and Kam Cheong Leong satisfy the “independence” requirements of NASDAQ Rule 5605 and Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Tay qualifies as an audit committee financial expert and has the accounting or financial management expertise as required under Item 407(d)(5)(ii) and (iii) of Regulation S-K. The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

  ●  appointing the independent auditors and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent auditors;
     
  reviewing with the independent auditors any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;
     
  discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditors;
     
  reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures;
     
  reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions;
     
  meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent auditors; and
     
  monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance.

 

A copy of the audit committee’s current charter is available at our corporate website at: http://www.cifsp.com/zaixian/web/Audit%20Committee%20Charter.html

 

Compensation Committee . Our compensation committee consists of Mr. Hong Huang, Ms. Sheve Li Tay and Mr. Kam Cheong Leong . Mr. Hong Huang is the chairman of our compensation committee. We have determined that Mr. Hong Huang, Ms. Sheve Li Tay and Mr. Kam Cheong Leong satisfy the “independence” requirements under NASDAQ Rule 5605. The compensation committee will assist the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

  reviewing and approving, or recommending to the board for its approval, the compensation for our chief executive officer and other executive officers;
     
  reviewing and recommending to the board for determination with respect to the compensation of our non-employee directors;
     
  reviewing periodically and approving any incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements; and
     
  selecting compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser only after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management.

 

A copy of the compensation committee’s current charter is available at our corporate website at: http://www.cifsp.com/zaixian/web/Compensation%20Committee%20Charter.html

 

  112  
   

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee consist s of Messrs. Kam Cheong Leong, Hong Huang and Ms. Sheve Li Tay. Mr. Kam Cheong Leong is the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Messrs. Kam Cheong Leong, Hong Huang and Ms. Sheve Li Tay and satisfy the “independence” requirements under NASDAQ Rule 5605. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the board of directors in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

  selecting and recommending to the board nominees for election by the shareholders or appointment by the board;
     
  reviewing annually with the board the current composition of the board with regards to characteristics such as independence, knowledge, skills, experience and diversity;
     
  making recommendations on the frequency and structure of board meetings and monitoring the functioning of the committees of the board; and
     
  advising the board periodically with regards to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and making recommendations to the board on all matters of corporate governance and on any remedial action to be taken.

 

A copy of the nominating and corporate governance committee’s current charter is available at our corporate website at: http://www.cifsp.com/zaixian/web/Nominating%20and%20Corporate%20Governance%20Committee%20Charter.html

 

Duties of Directors

 

Under British Virgin Islands law, our directors owe fiduciary duties to our company, including a duty of loyalty, a duty to act honestly and a duty to act in what they consider in good faith to be in our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the skill they actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and the class rights vested thereunder in the holders of the shares. Our company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached. A shareholder may in certain limited exceptional circumstances have the right to seek damages in our name if a duty owed by the directors is breached.

 

Our board of directors has all the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, our business affairs. The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:

 

  convening shareholders’ meetings;
     
  declaring dividends and distributions;
     
  appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers;
     
  exercising the borrowing powers of our company and mortgaging the property of our company; and
     
  approving the transfer of shares in our company, including the registration of such shares in our share register.

 

Terms of Directors and Officers

 

Our directors may be elected by a resolution of our board of directors, or by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. Each of our directors will hold office until the expiration of his or her term as provided in the written agreement with our company, if any, and until his or her successor has been elected or appointed. A director will cease to be a director if, among other things, the director (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors; (ii) dies or is found by our company to be or becomes of unsound mind, (iii) resigns his office by notice in writing to the company, or (iv) without special leave of absence from our board, is absent from three consecutive board meetings and our directors resolve that his office be vacated. Our officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

 

  113  
   

 

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

 

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. Under these agreements, each of our executive officers is employed for a specified time period. We may terminate employment for cause, at any time, without advance notice or remuneration, for certain acts of the executive officer, such as conviction or plea of guilty to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, negligent or dishonest acts to our detriment, or misconduct or a failure to perform agreed duties. We may also terminate an executive officer’s employment without cause upon one-month advance written notice. In such case of termination by us, we will provide severance payments to the executive officer as expressly required by applicable law of the jurisdiction where the executive officer is based and in accordance with Section 7(a)(iii) of the form of Employment Agreement filed as exhibit 10.1 hereto, namely (1) a lump sum cash payment equal to 3 months of the executive officer’s base salary as of the date of such termination; (2) a lump sum cash payment equal to a pro-rated amount of his target annual bonus for the year immediately preceding the termination, if any; (3) payment of premiums for continued health benefits under the Company’s health plans for 3 months fo1lowing the termination, if any; and (4) immediate vesting of 100% of the then-unvested portion of any outstanding equity awards held by the executive officer. The executive officer may resign at any time with a three-month advance written notice.

 

Each executive officer has agreed to hold, both during and after the termination or expiry of his or her employment agreement, in strict confidence and not to use, except as required in the performance of his or her duties in connection with the employment or pursuant to applicable law, any of our confidential information or trade secrets, any confidential information or trade secrets of our clients or prospective clients, or the confidential or proprietary information of any third party received by us and for which we have confidential obligations. The executive officers have also agreed to disclose in confidence to us all inventions, designs and trade secrets which

 

they conceive, develop or reduce to practice during the executive officer’s employment with us and to assign all right, title and interest in them to us, and assist us in obtaining and enforcing patents, copyrights and other legal rights for these inventions, designs and trade secrets.

 

In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the term of his or her employment and typically for one year following the last date of employment. Specifically, each executive officer has agreed not to (i) approach our suppliers, clients, customers or contacts or other persons or entities introduced to the executive officer in his or her capacity as a representative of us for the purpose of doing business with such persons or entities that will harm our business relationships with these persons or entities; (ii) assume employment with or provide services to any of our competitors, or engage, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, any of our competitors, without our express consent; or (iii) seek directly or indirectly, to solicit the services of any of our employees who is employed by us on or after the date of the executive officer’s termination, or in the year preceding such termination, without our express consent.

 

We have entered into director agreements with each of our independent director appointees. These agreements set forth the services to be provided and compensation to be received by our independent directors, as well as the independent directors’ obligations in terms of confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation. Pursuant to these agreements, the directorship of our independent director appointees will last until the earlier of (i) the date on which the director ceases to be a member of our board of directors for any reason or (ii) the date of termination of these agreements. Each party to a director agreement may terminate the agreement through a 30-day prior written notice or such shorter period as the parties may agree upon.

 

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 , we paid an aggregate of approximately US$46,255 and US$59,617 respectively in cash to our executive officers, and we did not pay any compensation to our non-executive directors as they were only appointed on February 22, 2017 . We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our executive officers and directors. Our PRC subsidiaries and consolidated variable interest entity are required by law to make contributions equal to certain percentages of each employee’s salary for his or her pension insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance and other statutory benefits and a housing provident fund.

 

  114  
   

 

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

Except as specifically noted, the following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus by:

 

  each of our directors and executive officers; and
     
  each of our principal shareholders who beneficially own more than 5% of our total outstanding ordinary shares;

 

The calculations in the table below are based on 20,000,000 ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, and ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, including ordinary shares to be sold by us in this offering.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. These shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

   

Ordinary Shares

Beneficially

Owned Prior to This Offering

   

Ordinary Shares Beneficially

Owned Immediately

After This Offering

   

Ordinary Shares Beneficially

Owned Immediately

After This Offering

 
    Number     % (1)     Number     % (2)     Number     % (3)  
Directors and Executive Officers *                                                
Jianxin Lin (4)     16,340,000       81.7 %     16,340,000       75.6 %     16,340,000       68.1 %
Jinchu Xu     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Lu Sun     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Sheve Li Tay     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Hong Huang     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Kam Cheong Leong     -       -       -       -       -       -  
                                                 
All Directors and Executive Officers as Group     16,340,000       -       16,340,000       -       16,340,000       -  
                                                 
Principal Shareholder:                                                
Jianxin Management Limited (4)     16,340,000       81.7 %     16,340,000       75.6 %     16,340,000       68.1 %

 

Notes:

 

* The business address for our directors and officers is Dongsanhuan Middle Road, #1 Building, Unit 1, Room 1501, Unit 13-14, Chaoyang District, Beijing, People’s Republic of China 100020.

 

  115  
   

 

(1) For each person and group included in this table, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing the number of shares beneficially owned by such person or group by the sum of (i) 20,000,000, being the number of shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and (ii) the number of ordinary shares underlying share options held by such person or group that are exercisable within 60 days after the date of this prospectus.
   
(2)

For each person and group included in this table, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing the number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by such person or group by the sum of (i) 21,600,000, being the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of a minimum offering of 1,600,000 ordinary shares and (ii) the number of ordinary shares underlying share options held by such person or group that are exercisable within 60 days after the date of this prospectus.

   
(3) For each person and group included in this table, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing the number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by such person or group by the sum of (i) 24,000,000, being the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of a maximum offering of 4,000,000 ordinary shares and (ii) the number of ordinary shares underlying share options held by such person or group that are exercisable within 60 days after the date of this prospectus.
   
(4)

Represents 16,340,000 ordinary shares held by Jianxin Management Limited, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. The registered office address is P.O. Box 3321, Drake Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Jianxin Management Limited is wholly owned by Jianxin Lin.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, none of our outstanding ordinary shares are held by record holders in the United States. None of our existing shareholders has different voting rights from other shareholders after the completion of this offering. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Contractual Arrangements between WFOE and Sheng Ying Xin

 

On February 17, 2016, WFOE entered into certain contractual arrangements with Sheng Ying Xin and the SYX Shareholders, as amended and re-signed on April 26, 2016. Pursuant to these contractual arrangements, WFOE shall have the power, rights and obligations equivalent in all material respects to those it would possess if it were the sole equity holder of Sheng Ying Xin, including absolute control rights and the rights to the assets, property and revenue of Sheng Ying Xin and the receipt of, approximately 100% of the net income of Sheng Ying Xin as a service fee to WFOE. SYX Shareholders did not receive any consideration in exchange for their agreements to give up their control over Sheng Ying Xin.

 

Each of the VIE Agreements is described in detail below:

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

Pursuant to the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement between Sheng Ying Xin and WFOE, WFOE provides Sheng Ying Xin with technical support, consulting services and other management services relating to its day-to-day business operations and management, on an exclusive basis and to the extent permissible under the PRC laws, utilizing its advantages in technology, human resources, and information. For services rendered to Sheng Ying Xin by WFOE under this agreement, WFOE is entitled to collect a service fee on a monthly basis, which is approximately equal to the net income of Sheng Ying Xin.

 

The Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement shall remain in effect for ten years unless it is terminated by WFOE with 30-day prior notice. Sheng Ying Xin does not have the right to terminate the agreement unilaterally. WFOE may unilaterally extend the term of this agreement with prior written notice.

 

The sole director and president of WFOE, Mr. Jianxin Lin, is currently managing Sheng Ying Xin pursuant to the terms of the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement. WFOE has absolute authority relating to the management of Sheng Ying Xin, including but not limited to decisions with regard to expenses, salary raises and bonuses, hiring, firing and other operational functions.

 

  116  
   

 

Contracts that give us effective control of the variable interest entity

 

Share Pledge Agreement

 

Under the Share Pledge Agreement between the two SYX Shareholders and WFOE, the SYX Shareholders pledged all of their equity interests in Sheng Ying Xin to WFOE to guarantee the performance of Sheng Ying Xin’s obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement. Under the terms of the agreement, WFOE, as pledgee, will be entitled to certain rights, including, but not limited to, the right to collect dividends generated by the pledged equity interests. The SYX Shareholders also agreed that upon occurrence of any event of default, as set forth in the Share Pledge Agreement, WFOE is entitled to dispose of the pledged equity interest in accordance with applicable PRC laws. The SYX Shareholders further agreed not to dispose of the pledged equity interests or take any actions that would prejudice WFOE’s interest. All of the equity interest pledges with respect to the equity interests of Sheng Ying Xin according to the Share Pledge Agreement have been registered with relevant office of the Administration for Industry and Commerce in China.

 

The Share Pledge Agreement shall be effective until all payments due under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement have been paid by Sheng Ying Xin. WFOE shall cancel or terminate the Share Pledge Agreement upon Sheng Ying Xin’s full payment of fees payable under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement.

 

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

Under the Exclusive Option Agreement, the SYX Shareholders irrevocably granted WFOE (or its designee) an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC law, once or at multiple times, at any time, part or all of their equity interests in Sheng Ying Xin at the exercise price of RMB1.00. The agreement remains effective for a term of ten years and may be renewed at WFOE’s election. Once WFOE exercise such option, the parties shall enter into a separate equity interest transfer or similar agreement.

 

Power of Attorney

 

Under the Power of Attorney, the SYX Shareholders authorize WFOE to act on their behalf as their exclusive agent and attorney with respect to all rights as shareholders, including but not limited to: (a) attending shareholders’ meetings; (b) exercising all the shareholder’s rights, including voting, that shareholders are entitled to under the laws of China and the Articles of Association, including but not limited to the sale or transfer or pledge or disposition of shares in part or in whole; and (c) designating and appointing on behalf of shareholders the legal representative, the director, supervisor, the chief executive officer and other senior management members of Sheng Ying Xin.

 

Although it is not explicitly stipulated in the Power of Attorney, the term of the Power of Attorney shall be the same as the term of that of the Exclusive Option Agreement.

 

This Power of Attorney is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable and continuously valid from the date of execution of this Power of Attorney, so long as the SYX Shareholder is a shareholder of Company.

 

Related party transactions

 

1. As of December 31 , 2016

 

As of December 31 , 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company has related party payables of $0 and $163,361 , respectively, due to Mr. Jianxin Lin who lend funds for the Company’s operations. The payables are unsecured, non-interest bearing and due on demand.

 

  117  
   

 

    As of December 31 , 2016     As of December 31, 2015  
Mr. Jianxin Lin   $

163,361

    $ 228,978  

 

Transaction with and balances due from a related party:

 

For the year ended December 31 , 2016, the Company had no revenue to or purchases from related parties. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded revenue from related parties of $421,105. The trade balance due from a related party is $0 and $153,998 as of December 31 , 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. The Company provides consulting services to these related parties in its normal course of business on the same terms as those provided to its unrelated clients.

 

Name of Related party   Due from related
party as of
December 31 , 2016
    Due from related
party as of
December 31, 2015
 
Xiamen Luye Trading Co., Ltd   $ -     $ 153,998  

 

Related parties of the Company represented entities that are directly or indirectly owned by directors and officers of the Company or in which the directors of the Company has significant influence.

 

1. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the Company has related party payables of $163,361 and $228,978 , respectively, due to Mr. Jianxin Lin who lend funds for the Company’s operations. The payables are unsecured, non-interest bearing and due on demand.

 

Transaction and balances from related parties:

 

For the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , the Company recorded revenue to related parties of $0 and $421,105, respectively, and no purchases from related parties for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 . The trade balance due from a related party is $0 and $153,998 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. The Company provides consulting services to these related parties in its normal course of business on the same terms as those provided to its unrelated clients.

 

Company Name   Due from related party
as of December 31, 2015
 
Xiamen Luye Trading Co., Ltd   $ 153,998  

 

  118  
   

 

Company Name   Revenue Amount
Year ended
December 31, 2015
 
         
Xiamen Luye Trading Co., Ltd   $ 230,910  
Xiamen Beiruichen Trading Co., Ltd     190,195  
Total   $ 421,105  

 

Related parties of the Company represented entities that are directly or indirectly owned by directors and officers of the Company or in which the directors of the Company has significant influence.

 

Review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons.

 

Our Audit Committee , consisting of independent directors, is charged with reviewing and approving all agreements and transactions which had been entered into with related parties, as well as reviewing and approving all future related party transactions.

 

  119  
   

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

General

 

China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc. is a BVI business company incorporated on September 28, 2015and our affairs are governed by the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, the BVI Act, and the applicable laws of the British Virgin Islands, or the BVI (including applicable common law).

 

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of shares of a single class each with a par value of US$0.001.

 

The following description of our share capital and our constitutional rules under our memorandum and articles of association is qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, which have been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

The following discussion describes our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that (subject to any limitations, restrictions or modifications in our memorandum or articles of association; and subject to any rights or restrictions attaching to any shares) will be in effect upon the completion of this offering:

 

Objects and Purposes, Register, and Shareholders. Subject to the BVI Act and BVI law, our objects and purposes are unlimited. Our register of members will be maintained by our transfer agent, Island Stock Transfer. Under the BVI Act, a BVI company may treat the registered holder of a share as the only person entitled to (a) exercise any voting rights attaching to the share, (b) receive notices, (c) receive a distribution in respect of the share and (d) exercise other rights and powers attaching to the share. Consequently, as a matter of BVI law, where a shareholder’s shares are registered in the name of a nominee such as Cede & Co, the nominee is entitled to receive notices, receive distributions and exercise rights in respect of any such shares registered in its name. The beneficial owners of the shares registered in a nominee’s name will therefore be reliant on their contractual arrangements with the nominee in order to receive notices and dividends and ensure the nominee exercises voting and other rights in respect of the shares in accordance with their directions.

 

Directors’ Powers. Under the BVI Act, subject to any modifications or limitations in a company’s memorandum and articles of association, a company’s business and affairs are managed by, or under the direction or supervision of, its directors; and directors generally have all powers necessary to manage a company. A director must disclose any interest he has on any proposal, arrangement or contract not entered into in the ordinary course of business and on usual terms and conditions. An interested director may (subject to the memorandum and articles) vote on a transaction in which he has an interest. In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, the directors may by resolution of directors exercise all the powers of the Company to incur indebtedness, liabilities or obligations and to secure indebtedness, liabilities or obligations whether of the Company or of any third party.

 

Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Ordinary Shares. Subject to the restrictions described under the section titled “Dividend Policy” above, our directors may (subject to the memorandum and articles) authorize dividends at such time and in such amount as they determine. Each ordinary share is entitled to one vote on any resolution of shareholders . In the event of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, our shareholders are (subject to the memorandum and articles) entitled to share ratably in all surplus assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment and discharge of all claims, debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company and after provision is made for each class of shares (if any) having preference over the ordinary shares. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to our ordinary shares. Holders of our ordinary shares have no pre-emptive rights. Subject to the provisions of the BVI Act, we may, (subject to the memorandum and articles) the consent of the shareholder whose shares are to be purchased , repurchase our ordinary shares in certain circumstances provided that the Company will, immediately after the repurchase, satisfy the solvency test. The Company will satisfy the solvency test, if (i) the value of the Company’s assets exceeds its liabilities; and (ii) the Company is able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

  120  
   

 

In accordance with the BVI Act:

 

  (i) the Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own shares in accordance with either (a) Sections 60, 61 and 62 of the BVI Act (save to the extent that those Sections are negated, modified or inconsistent with provisions for the purchase, redemption or acquisition of its own shares specified in the Company’s memorandum and articles); or (b) such other provisions for the purchase, redemption or acquisition of its own shares as may be specified in the Company’s memorandum and articles. The Company’s memorandum and articles provide that such Sections 60, 61 and 62 do not apply to the Company; and
     
  (ii) where a company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own shares otherwise than in accordance with Sections 60, 61 and 62 of the BVI Act, it may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire the shares without the consent of the member whose shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired, unless the Company is permitted by the memorandum and articles to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire the shares without that consent; and
     
  (iii) unless the shares are held as treasury shares in accordance with Section 64 of the BVI Act, any shares acquired by the Company are deemed to be cancelled immediately on purchase, redemption or other acquisition.

 

Variation of the Rights of Shareholders. As permitted by the BVI Act and our memorandum and articles, the rights attached to shares of the Company may (subject to the memorandum and articles) only, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of more than fifty percent of the issued shares of that class, except where a different majority is required under our memorandum and articles or the BVI Act. A greater majority is required in relation to a scheme of arrangement and may be required in relation to a plan of arrangement, as described under “—Summary of Certain Significant Provisions of BVI Law—Mergers, Consolidations and Similar Arrangements” below.

 

Shareholder Meetings. In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, (a) any director of the Company may convene meetings of the shareholders at such times as the director considers necessary or desirable (and the director convening a meeting of shareholders may fix as the record date for determining those shareholders that are entitled to vote at the meeting the date notice is given of the meeting, or such other date as may be specified in the notice, being a date not earlier than the date of the notice); and (b) upon the written request of shareholders entitled to exercise 30% or more of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested, the directors shall convene a meeting of shareholders. Under BVI law, the memorandum and articles of association may be amended to decrease but not increase the required percentage to call a meeting above 30%. In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, (a) the director convening a meeting shall give not less than 7 days’ notice of a meeting of shareholders to those shareholders whose names on the date the notice is given appear as shareholders in the register of members of the Company and are entitled to vote at the meeting; and the other directors; (b) a meeting of shareholders held in contravention of the requirement to give notice is valid if shareholders holding at least 90% of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a shareholder at the meeting shall constitute waiver in relation to all of the ordinary shares that that shareholder holds; (c) a meeting of shareholders is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50%of the votes of the ordinary shares or class or series of ordinary shares entitled to vote on resolutions of shareholders to be considered at the meeting; and (d) if within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the request of the shareholders, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the ordinary shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

  121  
   

 

Dividends. Subject to the BVI Act and our memorandum and articles, our directors may, by resolution, declare dividends at a time and amount as they think fit if they are satisfied, based on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after distribution of the dividend, the value of our assets will exceed our liabilities and we will be able to pay our debts as they fall due. There is no further BVI law restriction on the amount of funds which may be distributed by us by dividend, including all amounts paid by way of the subscription price for ordinary shares regardless of whether such amounts may be wholly or partially treated as share capital or share premium under certain accounting principles. Shareholder approval is not (except as otherwise provided in our memorandum or articles) required to pay dividends under BVI law. In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, no dividend shall bear interest as against the Company (except as otherwise provided in our memorandum or articles).

 

Disclosure of the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Transfer of Shares . Subject to any applicable restrictions or limitations arising pursuant to (i) our memorandum and articles; or (ii) the BVI Act, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in any other form which our directors may approve (such instrument of transfer being signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee). Our memorandum and articles also (save as otherwise provided therein) provide that shares may be dealt with by means of a system utilized for the purposes of holding and transferring of shares in uncertificated form.

 

Summary of Certain Significant Provisions of BVI Law

 

The BVI Act differs from laws applicable to US corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain significant provisions of the BVI Act applicable to us (save to the extent that such provisions have been, to the extent permitted under the BVI Act, negated or modified in our memorandum and articles in accordance with the BVI Act).

 

Mergers, Consolidations and Similar Arrangements. The BVI Act provides for mergers as that expression is understood under US corporate law. Common law mergers are also permitted outside of the scope of the BVI Act. Under the BVI Act, two or more companies may either merge into one of such existing companies, or the surviving company, or consolidate with both existing companies ceasing to exist and forming a new company, or the consolidated company. The procedure for a merger or consolidation between the Company and another company (which need not be a BVI company, and which may be the Company’s parent, but need not be) is set out in the BVI Act. The directors of the BVI company or BVI companies which are to merge or consolidate must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation which must also be authorized by a resolution of members (and the outstanding shares of every class of shares that are entitled to vote on the merger or consolidation as a class if the memorandum or articles so provide or if the plan of merger or consolidation contains any provisions that, if contained in a proposed amendment to the memorandum or articles, would entitle the class to vote on the proposed amendment as a class) of the shareholders of the BVI company or BVI companies which are to merge. A foreign company which is able under the laws of its foreign jurisdiction to participate in the merger or consolidation is required by the BVI Act to comply with the laws of that foreign jurisdiction in relation to the merger or consolidation. The Company must then execute articles of merger or consolidation, containing certain prescribed details. The plan and articles of merger or consolidation are then filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the BVI, or the Registrar. If the surviving company or the consolidated company is to be incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside BVI, it shall file the additional instruments required under Section 174(2)(b) of the BVI Act. The Registrar then (if he is satisfied that the requirements of the BVI Act have been complied with) registers, in the case of a merger, the articles of merger or consolidation and any amendment to the memorandum and articles of the surviving company and, in the case of a consolidation, the memorandum and articles of association of the new consolidated company and issues a certificate of merger or consolidation (which is conclusive evidence of compliance with all requirements of the BVI Act in respect of the merger or consolidation). The merger or consolidation is effective on the date that the articles of merger or consolidation are registered by the Registrar or on such subsequent date, not exceeding thirty days, as is stated in the articles of merger or consolidation but if the surviving company or the consolidated company is a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the BVI, the merger or consolidation is effective as provided by the laws of that other jurisdiction.

 

  122  
   

 

As soon as a merger or consolidation becomes effective (inter alia), (a) the surviving company or consolidated company (so far as is consistent with its amended memorandum and articles, as amended or established by the articles of merger or consolidation) has all rights, privileges, immunities, powers, objects and purposes of each of the constituent companies; (b) the memorandum and articles of any surviving company are automatically amended to the extent, if any, that changes to its amended memorandum and articles are contained in the articles of merger; (c) assets of every description, including choses-in-action and the business of each of the constituent companies, immediately vest in the surviving company or consolidated company; (d) the surviving company or consolidated company is liable for all claims, debts, liabilities and obligations of each of the constituent companies; (e) no conviction, judgment, ruling, order, claim, debt, liability or obligation due or to become due, and no cause existing, against a constituent company or against any shareholder, director, officer or agent thereof, is released or impaired by the merger or consolidation; and (f) no proceedings, whether civil or criminal, pending at the time of a merger or consolidation by or against a constituent company, or against any shareholder, director, officer or agent thereof, are abated or discontinued by the merger or consolidation, but: (i) the proceedings may be enforced, prosecuted, settled or compromised by or against the surviving company or consolidated company or against the shareholder, director, officer or agent thereof, as the case may be or (ii) the surviving company or consolidated company may be substituted in the proceedings for a constituent company but if the surviving company or the consolidated company is incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the BVI, the effect of the merger or consolidation is the same as noted foregoing except in so far as the laws of the other jurisdiction otherwise provide.

 

The Registrar shall strike off the register of companies each constituent company that is not the surviving company in the case of a merger and all constituent companies in the case of a consolidation (save that this shall not apply to a foreign company).

 

If the directors determine it to be in the best interests of the Company, it is also possible for a merger to be approved as a court approved plan of arrangement or as a scheme of arrangement in accordance with (in each such case) the BVI Act. The convening of any necessary shareholders meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be authorized by the BVI court. A scheme of arrangement requires the approval of 75% of the votes of the shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be. If the effect of the scheme is different in relation to different shareholders, it may be necessary for them to vote separately in relation to the scheme, with it being required to secure the requisite approval level of each separate voting group. Under a plan of arrangement, a BVI court may determine what shareholder approvals are required and the manner of obtaining the approval.

 

  123  
   

 

Continuation into a Jurisdiction Outside the BVI. In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, the Company may by resolution of shareholders or by a resolution passed unanimously by all directors of the Company continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the BVI in the manner provided under those laws. The Company does not cease to be a BVI company unless the foreign law permits continuation and the BVI company has complied with the requirements of that foreign law. Where a company that wishes to continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the BVI has a charge registered in respect of the property of the company undersection 163 of the BVI Act which has not been released or satisfied, it shall, before continuing and provided that the charge does not contain a covenant prohibiting continuation of the company outside the BVI, provide a written declaration addressed to the Registrar specifying that: (a) a notice of satisfaction or release in respect of the charge has been filed and registered under section 165 of the BVI Act; (b) where paragraph (a) has not been complied with, the chargee to whom the registered charge relates has been notified in writing of the intention to continue the company as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the BVI and the chargee has given his or her consent or has not objected to the continuation; or (c) where paragraph (a) has not been satisfied and the chargee, after notification under paragraph (b), has not given his or her consent or objected to the continuation, the chargee’s interest secured by the registered charge shall not be diminished or in any way compromised by the continuation and the charge shall operate as a liability of the continued company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside of the BVI. Where a company is continued under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the BVI, (a) the company continues to be liable for all of its claims, debts, liabilities and obligations that existed prior to its continuation, (b) no conviction, judgment, ruling, order, claim, debt, liability or obligation due or to become due, and no cause existing, against the company or against any shareholder, director, officer or agent thereof, is released or impaired by its continuation as a company under the laws of the jurisdiction outside the BVI, (c) no proceedings, whether civil or criminal, pending by or against the company, or against any shareholder, director, officer or agent thereof, are abated or discontinued by its continuation as a company under the laws of the jurisdiction outside the BVI, but the proceedings may be enforced, prosecuted, settled or compromised by or against the Company or against the shareholder, director, officer or agent thereof, as the case may be; and (d) service of process may continue to be effected on the registered agent of the company in the BVI in respect of any claim, debt, liability or obligation of the Company during its existence as a company under the BVI Act.

 

Directors. In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles (including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any rights or restrictions attaching to any ordinary shares), (a) the directors are elected by resolution of shareholders or by resolution of directors for such term as the shareholders or directors determine; (b) each director holds office for the term, if any, fixed by the resolution of shareholders or resolution of directors appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If no term is fixed on the appointment of a director, the director serves indefinitely until his earlier death, resignation or removal: (c) a director may be removed from office (i) with or without cause, by a resolution of shareholders passed at a meeting of shareholders called for the purposes of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or by a written resolution passed by a least 75% of the shareholders of the Company entitled to vote or (ii) with cause, by a resolution of directors passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director; (d) a director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation has effect from the date the notice is received by the Company at the office of its registered agent or from such later date as may be specified in the notice and a director shall resign forthwith as a director if he is, or becomes, disqualified from acting as a director under the BVI Act; (e) the directors may at any time appoint any person to be a director either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors and where the directors appoint a person as director to fill a vacancy, the term shall not exceed the term that remained when the person who has ceased to be a director ceased to hold office; (f) a vacancy in relation to directors occurs if a director dies or otherwise ceases to hold office prior to the expiration of his term of office; and (g) a director is not required to hold ordinary shares as a qualification to office.

 

  124  
   

 

In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, (a) any one director of the Company may call a meeting of the directors by sending a written notice to each other director; (b) the directors of the Company or any committee thereof may meet at such times and in such manner as the directors may determine to be necessary or desirable; (c) a director shall be given not less than 3 days’ notice of meetings of directors, but a meeting of directors held without 3 days’ notice having been given to all directors shall be valid if all the directors entitled to vote at the meeting who do not attend waive notice of the meeting, and for this purpose the presence of a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver by that director and the inadvertent failure to give notice of a meeting to a director, or the fact that a director has not received the notice, does not invalidate the meeting; (d) a meeting of directors is duly constituted for all purposes if at the commencement of the meeting there are present in person or by alternate not less than one-half of the total number of directors, unless there are only 2 directors in which case the quorum is two; (e) a director may by a written instrument appoint an alternate who need not be a director and the alternate shall be entitled to attend meetings in the absence of the director who appointed him and to vote or consent in place of the director until the appointment lapses or is terminated; (f) a resolution of directors is passed if either (i) the resolution is approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of directors of the Company or of a committee of directors of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at the meeting who voted except that where a director is given more than one vote, he shall be counted by the number of votes he casts for the purpose of establishing a majority; or (ii) the resolution is consented to in writing by a majority of directors or by a majority of members of a committee of directors of the Company, as the case may be, unless (in either case) the BVI Act or our memorandum and articles require a different majority.

 

Indemnification of Directors. In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles (including the limitations detailed therein), the Company shall indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any person who (a) is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director of the Company; or (b) is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles (including the limitations detailed therein), (a) the indemnity referred to above only applies if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful; (b) the decision of the directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the articles, unless a question of law is involved; and (c) the termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, the Company may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any person who is or was a director, officer or liquidator of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in the articles.

 

  125  
   

 

Directors and Conflicts of Interest. As noted above, pursuant to the BVI Act and the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, a director of a company who has an interest in a transaction and who has declared such interest to the other directors, may:

 

  (a) vote on a matter relating to the transaction;
     
  (b) attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and
     
  (c) sign a document on behalf of the Company, or do any other thing in his capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction,

 

and, subject to compliance with the BVI Act shall not, by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from such transaction and no such transaction shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit.

 

In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, (a) a director of the Company shall, forthwith after becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company, disclose the interest to all other directors of the Company; and (b) for the purposes noted foregoing, a disclosure to all other directors to the effect that a director is a member, director or officer of another named entity or has a fiduciary relationship with respect to the entity or a named individual and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction which may, after the date of the entry or disclosure, be entered into with that entity or individual, is a sufficient disclosure of interest in relation to that transaction.

 

Shareholders’ Suits. The enforcement of the Company’s rights will ordinarily be a matter for its directors.

 

In certain circumstances, a shareholder has the right to seek various remedies against the Company in the event the directors are in breach of their duties under the BVI Act. Pursuant to Section 184B of the BVI Act, if a company or director of a company engages, proposes to engage in, or has engaged in conduct that contravenes the provisions of the BVI Act or the memorandum or articles of association of the Company, the BVI court may, on application of a shareholder or director of the Company, make an order directing the Company or director to comply with, or restraining the Company or director from engaging in conduct that contravenes, the BVI Act or the memorandum or articles.

 

Furthermore, pursuant to Section 184I(1) of the BVI Act a shareholder of a company who considers that the affairs of the Company have been, are being or are likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any acts of the Company have been, or are likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory, or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, may apply to the BVI court for an order which, inter alia, can require the Company or any other person to pay compensation to the shareholder.

 

The BVI Act provides for a series of remedies available to shareholders. Where a company incorporated under the BVI Act conducts some activity which contravenes the BVI Act or the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, the court can issue a restraining or compliance order. Under Section 184G of the BVI Act, a shareholder of a company may bring an action against the Company for breach of a duty owed by the Company to him as a shareholder. A shareholder also pursuant to Section 184C of the BVI Act may, with the leave of the BVI court, bring proceedings or intervene in proceedings in the name of the Company, in certain circumstances. Such actions are known as derivative actions. The BVI court may only grant leave to bring a derivative action where it is satisfied that:

 

  126  
   

 

  the Company does not intend to bring, diligently continue or defend or discontinue proceedings; and
     
  it is in the interests of the Company that the conduct of the proceedings not be left to the directors or to the determination of the shareholders as a whole.

 

When considering whether to grant leave, the BVI court is also required to have regard to the following matters:

 

  whether the shareholder is acting in good faith;
     
  whether a derivative action is in the Company’s interests, taking into account the directors’ views on commercial matters;
     
  whether the proceedings are likely to succeed;
     
  the costs of the proceedings in relation to the relief likely to be obtained; and
     
  whether an alternative remedy to the derivative claim is available.

 

Any shareholder of a company may apply to the BVI court under the Insolvency Act, 2003 of the BVI, or the Insolvency Act, for the appointment of a liquidator to liquidate the Company and the court may appoint a liquidator for the Company if it is of the opinion that it is just and equitable to do so.

 

Appraisal Rights. The BVI Act provides that any shareholder of a company is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares upon dissenting from any of the following: (a) a merger if the company is a constituent company, unless the company is the surviving company and the shareholder continues to hold the same or similar shares; (b) a consolidation, if the company is a constituent company; (c) any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition of more than 50% in value of the assets or business of the company if not made in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the company but not including: (i) a disposition pursuant to an order of the court having jurisdiction in the matter, (ii) a disposition for money on terms requiring all or substantially all net proceeds to be distributed to the shareholders in accordance with their respective interests within one year after the date of disposition, or (iii) a transfer pursuant to the power of the directors to transfer assets for the protection thereof; (d) a compulsory redemption of 10% or fewer of the issued shares of the company required by the holders of 90% or more of the votes of the outstanding shares of the company pursuant to the terms of Section 176 of the BVI Act; and (e) an arrangement, if permitted by the BVI court.

 

Generally any other claims against a company by its shareholders must be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the BVI or their individual rights as shareholders as established by the company’s memorandum and articles of association. There are common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely derived from English common law. For example, under the rule established in the English case known as Foss v. Harbottle, a court will generally refuse to interfere with the management of a company at the insistence of a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the conduct of the company’s affairs by the majority or the board of directors. However, every shareholder is entitled to seek to have the affairs of the company conducted properly according to law and the constituent documents of the Company. As such, if those who control the Company have persistently disregarded the requirements of company law or the provisions of the company’s memorandum and articles of association, then the courts may grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following:

 

  a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;
     
  the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could only be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained;
     
  the individual rights of the plaintiff shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed; or
     
  those who control the Company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

 

  127  
   

 

Share Repurchases and Redemptions. As permitted by the BVI Act and subject to our memorandum and articles of association, shares may be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by us by resolution of directors and with the consent of the shareholder whose shares are being purchased . Depending on the circumstances of the redemption or repurchase, our directors may need to determine that, immediately following the redemption or repurchase, we will be able to satisfy our debts as they fall due and the value of our assets exceeds our liabilities. Our directors may only exercise this power on our behalf, subject to the BVI Act, our memorandum and articles of association and to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by the SEC, the or any other stock exchange on which our securities are listed.

 

Inspection of Books and Records . Under the BVI Act, members of the general public, on payment of a nominal fee, can obtain copies of the public records of a company available at the office of the Registrar, including the Company’s certificate of incorporation, its memorandum and articles of association (with any amendments thereto), records of license fees paid to date, any articles of dissolution, any articles of merger, and a register of charges created by the Company (if the Company has elected to file such a register or an applicable chargee has caused the same to be filed).

 

A shareholder of a company is entitled, on giving written notice to the Company, to inspect:

 

  (a) the memorandum and articles of association;
     
  (b) the register of members;
     
  (c) the register of directors; and
     
  (d) the minutes of meetings and resolutions of shareholders and of those classes of shares of which he is a shareholder.

 

In addition, a shareholder may make copies of or take extracts from the documents and records referred to in (a) through (d) above. However, subject to the memorandum and articles of association of the Company, the directors may, if they are satisfied that it would be contrary to the Company’s interests to allow a shareholder to inspect any document, or part of any document, specified in (b), (c) or (d) above, refuse to permit the shareholder to inspect the document or limit the inspection of the document, including limiting the making of copies or the taking of extracts from the records. Where a company fails or refuses to permit a shareholder to inspect a document or permits a shareholder to inspect a document subject to limitations, that shareholder may apply to the BVI court for an order that he should be permitted to inspect the document or to inspect the document without limitation.

 

Our registered agent is Start Incorp Services Limited of Start Chambers, Wickham’s Cay II,P.O. Box 2221, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. A company is required to keep a copy of its register of members and register of directors at the offices of its registered agent in the BVI, and the Company is required to notify any changes to the originals of such registers (assuming the originals are held elsewhere) to the registered agent, in writing, within 15 days of any change; and to provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the original register of members or the original register of directors is kept.

 

Where the place at which the original register of members or the original register of directors of the Company is changed, the Company must provide the registered agent with the physical address of the new location of the records within 14 days of the change of location.

 

  128  
   

 

A company is also required to keep at the office of its registered agent or at such other place or places, within or outside the BVI, as the directors may determine the minutes of meetings and resolutions of shareholders and of classes of shareholders; and the minutes of meetings and resolutions of directors and committees of directors. If such records are kept at a place other than at the office of the Company’s registered agent, the Company is required to provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the records are kept and to notify the registered agent, within 14 days, of the physical address of any new location where such records may be kept.

 

Dissolution; Winding Up. As permitted by the BVI Act and subject to our memorandum and articles of association, we may be voluntarily liquidated and dissolved under Part XII of the BVI Act by resolution of directors and resolution of shareholders if we have no liabilities or we are able to pay our debts as they fall due and the value of our assets equals or exceeds our liabilities.

 

We also may be wound up and dissolved in circumstances where we are insolvent in accordance with the terms of the Insolvency Act.

 

Anti-Money Laundering Laws. In order to comply with legislation and regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we also may delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person. We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

 

If any person resident in the BVI knows or suspects that another person is engaged in money laundering or terrorist financing and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to his or her attention in the course of his or her business the person will be required to report his belief or suspicion to the Financial Investigation Agency of the BVI, pursuant to the Proceeds of Criminal Conduct Act 1997 (as amended). Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

 

Exchange controls. We know of no BVI laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation that limit the import or export of capital or the payment of dividends to shareholders holders who do not reside in the BVI.

 

Material Differences in BVI Law and our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association and Delaware Law

 

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the provisions of applicable BVI law, including the BVI Act and BVI common law. The BVI Act differs from laws applicable to US corporations and their shareholders. The following table provides a comparison between certain statutory provisions of the BVI Act (together with the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association) and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.

 

Shareholder Meetings
 
BVI   Delaware
●   In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, (a) any director of the company may convene meetings of the shareholders at such times and in such manner as the director considers necessary or desirable; and (b) upon the written request of shareholders entitled to exercise 30% or more of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested the directors shall convene a meeting of shareholders   ●   May be held at such time or place as designated in the charter or the by-laws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors

 

  129  
   

 

May be held inside or outside the BVI   ●   May be held inside or outside Delaware
   
●   In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, (a) the director convening a meeting shall give not less than 7 days’ notice of a meeting of shareholders to those shareholders whose names on the date the notice is given appear as shareholders in the register of members of the company and are entitled to vote at the meeting; and the other directors; and (b) the director convening a meeting of shareholders may fix as the record date for determining those shareholders that are entitled to vote at the meeting the date notice is given of the meeting, or such other date as may be specified in the notice, being a date not earlier than the date of the notice   ●   Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any
 
Shareholder’s Voting Rights
 
BVI   Delaware
     
●   In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles (including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any rights or restrictions attaching to any shares), (a) a shareholder may be represented at a meeting of shareholders by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the shareholder; and (b) the instrument appointing a proxy shall be produced at the place designated for the meeting before the time for holding the meeting at which the person named in such instrument proposes to vote. The notice of the meeting may specify an alternative or additional place or time at which the proxy shall be presented   ●   Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy
     
●   In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles (including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any rights or restrictions attaching to any shares), (a) a meeting of shareholders is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50% of the votes of the ordinary shares or class or series of ordinary shares entitled to vote on resolutions of shareholders to be considered at the meeting; and (b) if within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the request of shareholders, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the Shares or each class or series of ordinary shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved   ●   The charter or bylaws may specify the number to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares shall constitute a quorum
   
  130  
   

 

●   In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles (including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any rights or restrictions attaching to any shares), (a) at any meeting of the chairman appropriate whether any resolution proposed has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. If the chairman has any doubt as to the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution, he shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution. If the chairman fails to take a poll then any shareholder present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the chairman shall cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any meeting, the result shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting; and (b) a resolution of shareholders is passed if either (i) the resolution is approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the shareholders of the company by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of the ordinary shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted; or (ii) the resolution is consented to in writing by a majority of the votes of ordinary shares entitled to vote thereon; unless (in either case) the BVI Act or our memorandum and articles require a different majority    
   
●   In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, (a) the rights attached to ordinary shares as specified in the memorandum and articles may only, whether or not the company is being wound up, be varied with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of more than 50% of the issued ordinary shares of that class, except where some other majority is required under our memorandum and articles of association or the BVI Act   ●   Except as provided in the charter documents, changes in the rights of shareholders as set forth in the charter documents require approval of a majority of its shareholders
   
  131  
   

 

●   In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles (including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any rights or restrictions attaching to any shares), the company may amend its memorandum or articles by a resolution of shareholders or by a resolution of directors, save that no amendment may be made by a resolution of directors: (i) to restrict the rights or powers of the shareholders to amend the memorandum or articles; (ii) to change the percentage of shareholders required to pass a resolution of shareholders to amend the memorandum or articles; (iii) in circumstances where the memorandum or articles cannot be amended by the shareholders; or (iv) to certain specified clauses of the memorandum of association   ●    The memorandum and articles of association may provide for cumulative voting
     
Directors    
     
BVI   Delaware
     
●   In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, the minimum number of directors shall be one   ●   Board must consist of at least one member
     
●   In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles (including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any rights or restrictions attaching to any shares), (a) the directors are elected by resolution of shareholders or by resolution of directors for such term as the shareholders or directors determine; (b) each director holds office for the term, if any, fixed by the resolution of shareholders or resolution of directors appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If no term is fixed on the appointment of a director, the director serves indefinitely until his earlier death, resignation or removal: (c) a director may be removed from office (i) with or without cause, by a resolution of shareholders passed at a meeting of shareholders called for the purposes of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or by a written resolution passed by a least 75% of the shareholders of the company entitled to vote or (ii) with cause, by a resolution of directors passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director; (d) a director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the company and the resignation has effect from the date the notice is received by the company at the office of its registered agent or from such later date as may be specified in the notice and a director shall resign forthwith as a director if he is, or becomes, disqualified from acting as a director under the BVI Act; (e) the directors may at any time appoint any person to be a director either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors and where the directors appoint a person as director to fill a vacancy, the term shall not exceed the term that remained when the person who has ceased to be a director ceased to hold office; (f) a vacancy in relation to directors occurs if a director dies or otherwise ceases to hold office prior to the expiration of his term of office; and (g) a director is not required to hold ordinary shares as a qualification to office.   ●    Number of board members shall be fixed by the by laws, unless the charter fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the charter
     
●   Directors do not have to be independent   ●   Directors do not have to be independent

 

  132  
   

 

Fiduciary Duties
 
BVI   Delaware
     

●   Directors owe duties at both common law and under statute including as follows:

 

●   Duty to act honestly and in good faith and in what the director believes to be in the best interests of the company;

 

●   Duty to exercise care, diligence and skill that a reasonable director would exercise in the same circumstances; and

 

●   Duty to exercise powers for a proper purpose and directors shall not act, or agree to the company acting, in a manner that contravenes the BVI Act or the memorandum and articles of association;

 

●   Directors and officers must act in good faith, with the care of a prudent person, and in the best interest of the corporation

 

    ●   Directors and officers must refrain from self-dealing, usurping corporate opportunities and receiving improper personal benefits
     
●   The BVI Act provides that a director of a company shall, forthwith after becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into, or to be entered into, by the company, disclose the interest to the board of the company. However, the failure of a director to disclose that interest does not affect the validity of a transaction entered into by the director or the company, so long as the transaction was not required to be disclosed because the transaction is between the company and the director himself and is in the ordinary course of business and on usual terms and conditions. Additionally, the failure of a director to disclose an interest does not affect the validity of the transaction entered into by the company if (a) the material facts of the interest of the director in the transaction are known by the shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders and the transaction is approved or ratified by a resolution of shareholders or (b) the company received fair value for the transaction   ●    Directors may vote on a matter in which they have an interest so long as the director has disclosed any interests in the transaction
     

 

Shareholder Derivative Actions    
     
BVI   Delaware
     

●    Generally speaking, the company is the proper plaintiff in any action. A shareholder may, with the leave of the BVI court, bring proceedings or intervene in proceedings in the name of the company, in certain circumstances. Such actions are known as derivative actions. The BVI court may only grant leave to bring a derivative action where the following circumstances apply:

 

●    the company does not intend to bring, diligently continue or defend or discontinue the proceedings; and

 

●    it is in the interests of the company that the conduct of the proceedings not be left to the directors or to the determination of the shareholders as a whole when considering whether to grant leave, the BVI court is also required to have regard to the following matters: 

 

●    In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder of a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law

 

  i. whether the shareholder is acting in good faith;  

●    Complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to obtain the action by the board or the reasons for not making such effort

 

●    Such action shall not be dismissed or compromised without the approval of the Delaware Court of Chancery

       
  ii. whether a derivative action is in the interests of the company, taking into account the directors’ views on commercial matters;  
       
  iii. whether the action is likely to succeed;  
       
  iv. the costs of the proceedings in relation to the relief likely to be obtained; and  
       
  v. whether an alternative remedy to the derivative claim is available  

 

  133  
   

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALES

 

Upon comp letion of this offering, we will have between 21,600,000 and 24,000,000 ordinary shares outstanding, assuming a minimum and maximum offering respectively and not including shares underlying underwriter warrants (please see below “Underwriter Warrants”). All of the ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than by our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our ordinary shares. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. We intend to apply to list the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, but we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the ordinary shares. We do not expect that a trading market will develop for our ordinary shares.

 

Underwriter Warrants

 

In addition to cash compensation, we have agreed to issue to the underwriters and to register herein warrants to purchase up to a total of 260,000 ordinary shares (equal to 6.5% of the maximum number of ordinary shares sold in this offering) and to also register herein such underlying shares. The warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, commencing from the closing of the initial public offering and expiring two (2) years from the effective date of the registration statement. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price of $6.00 (equal to 120% of the public offering price per share in the offering). The warrants are also exercisable on a cashless basis. The warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The underwriters (or permitted assignees under FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1)) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate these warrants or the securities underlying these warrants, nor will it engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the offering, except as provided for in FINRA Conduct Rule 5110(g)(2). The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, subdivisions, combinations, reclassification, merger or consolidation.

Lock-up Agreements

 

We have agreed, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, lend or otherwise dispose of, except in this offering, any of our ordinary shares or securities that are substantially similar to our ordinary shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase our ordinary shares, or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, our ordinary shares or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date such lock-up agreement was executed), without the prior written consent of             on behalf of the underwriters.

 

Furthermore, each of our directors, executive officers, and existing shareholder             has also entered into a similar lock-up agreement for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, with respect to our ordinary shares and securities that are substantially similar to our ordinary shares. These restrictions also apply to any acquired by our directors and executive officers in the offering pursuant to the directed share program, if any. These parties collectively own all of our outstanding ordinary shares, without giving effect to this offering.

 

The restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs will be automatically extended under certain circumstances. See “Underwriting.”

 

Other than this offering, we are not aware of any plans by any significant shareholders to dispose of significant numbers of our ordinary shares. However, one or more existing shareholders or owners of securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for our ordinary shares may dispose of significant numbers of our ordinary shares in the future. We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our ordinary shares, or the availability of ordinary shares for future sale, will have on the trading price of our ordinary shares from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our ordinary shares.

 

Rule 144

 

All of our ordinary shares that will be outstanding upon the completion of this offering, other than those ordinary shares sold in this offering, are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirement such as those provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. In general, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who at the time of a sale is not, and has not been during the three months preceding the sale, an affiliate of ours and has beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six months will be entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act, subject only to the availability of current public information about us, and will be entitled to sell restricted securities beneficially owned for at least one year without restriction. Persons who are our affiliates and have beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six months may sell a number of restricted securities within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

  1% of the then outstanding ordinary shares of the same class, which immediately after this offering will equal             ordinary shares, which number of shares has been calculated based on an assumed initial offering price of US$5 per ordinary share; or
     
  the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares of the same classor otherwise, during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

 

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell those ordinary shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

 

  134  
   

 

TAXATION

 

The following is a summary of the material British Virgin Islands, the People’s Republic of China and United States federal income tax consequences and considerations relevant to an investment in our ordinary shares. The discussion is not intended to be, nor should it be construed as, legal or tax advice to any particular prospective purchaser. The discussion is based on laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change or different interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. The discussion does not address United States state or local tax laws, or tax laws of jurisdictions other than the British Virgin Islands, the People’s Republic of China and the United States. To the extent the discussion herein relates to matters of British Virgin Islands, the People’s Republic of China or United States tax law, it is the opinion of Harneys, our counsel as to matters of British Virgin Islands law, Han Kun Law Offices, our counsel as to matters of PRC law, and Sichenzia Ross Ference Kesner LLP, our counsel as to matters of United States federal law, respectively.

 

British Virgin Islands Taxation

 

Under British Virgin Islands law as currently in effect, a holder of ordinary shares who is not a resident of the British Virgin Islands is exempt from British Virgin Islands income tax on dividends paid with respect to the ordinary shares and all holders of ordinary shares are not liable to the British Virgin Islands for income tax on gains realized during that year on sale or disposal of such shares. The British Virgin Islands does not impose a withholding tax on dividends paid by a company incorporated or re-registered under the BVI Act.

 

There are no capital gains, gift or inheritance taxes levied by the British Virgin Islands on companies incorporated or re-registered under the BVI Act or persons not resident in the British Virgin Islands. In addition, shares of companies incorporated or re-registered under the BVI Act are not subject to transfer taxes, stamp duties or similar charges where the company and other companies within its group are not BVI land owning companies for the purposes of the BVI Act.

 

There is no income tax treaty currently in effect between the United States and the British Virgin Islands or between China and the British Virgin Islands.

 

People’s Republic of China Taxation

 

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with a “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a resident enterprise and will be subject to the enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on its global income. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control over and overall management of the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In April 2009, the State Administration of Taxation issued a circular, known as Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC.

 

  135  
   

 

We believe that none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. We do not believe that CIFS meets all of the conditions above. CIFS is a company incorporated outside the PRC. As a holding company, its key assets are its ownership interests in its subsidiaries, and its key assets are located, and its records (including the resolutions of its board of directors and the resolutions of its shareholders) are maintained, outside the PRC. For the same reasons, we believe our other entities outside of China are not PRC resident enterprises either. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” There can be no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with us.

 

However, if the PRC tax authorities determine that CIFS is a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders may be subject to a 10% PRC tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. It is unclear whether our non-PRC individual shareholders would be subject to any PRC tax on dividends or gains obtained by such non-PRC individual shareholders in the event we are determined to be a PRC resident enterprise. If any PRC tax were to apply to such dividends or gains, it would generally apply at a rate of 20% unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. However, it is also unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of CIFS would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that CIFS is treated as a PRC resident enterprise.

 

Provided that our British Virgin Islands holding company, CIFS, is not deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise, holders of our ordinary shares who are not PRC residents will not be subject to PRC income tax on dividends distributed by us or gains realized from the sale or other disposition of our shares. However, under SAT Circular 698 and Bulletin 7, where a non-resident enterprise conducts an “indirect transfer” by transferring taxable assets, including, in particular, equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise, indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, , the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, or the transferee or the PRC entity which directly owned such taxable assets may report to the relevant tax authority such indirect transfer. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise,. We and our non-PRC resident investors may be at risk of being required to file a return and being taxed under SAT Circular 698 and Bulletin 7, and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Circular 698 and Bulletin 7, or to establish that we should not be taxed under these circulars. See “Risks Related to Doing Business in China—Enhanced scrutiny over acquisition transactions by the PRC tax authorities may have a negative impact on potential acquisitions we may pursue in the future.”

 

Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following is a general summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares by U.S. Investors (as defined below) that purchase the ordinary shares pursuant to the public offering and hold such ordinary shares as capital assets as defined under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. This summary is based on the Code, the Treasury regulations issued pursuant to the Code, or the Treasury Regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or to different interpretation. Such change could materially and adversely affect the tax consequences described below. No assurance can be given that the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below. This summary is for general information only and does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to specific U.S. Investors in light of their particular circumstances or to U.S. Investors subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (such as banks or other financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, retirement plans, partnerships, regulated investment companies, dealers in stock, securities or currencies, brokers, real estate investment trusts, certain former citizens or residents of the United States, persons who acquire ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, persons that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar, persons that own directly, indirectly or constructively 10.0% or more of our company’s shares, persons that are resident in or hold ordinary shares in connection with a permanent establishment outside the United States or persons that generally mark their securities to market for U.S. federal income tax purposes). This summary does not address any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax considerations or any U.S. federal estate, gift or alternative minimum tax considerations.

 

  136  
   

 

As used in this summary, the term “U.S. Investor” means a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source or (iv) a trust, (a) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more “U.S. persons” (within the meaning of the Code) have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or (b) if a valid election is in effect for the trust to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the ordinary shares, the tax treatment of such partnership and each partner thereof will generally depend upon the status and activities of the partnership and such partner. A holder that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes should consult its own tax adviser regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to it and its partners of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares.

 

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers as to the particular tax considerations applicable to them relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares, including the applicability of U.S. federal, state and local tax laws and non-U.S. tax laws.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Subject to the PFIC discussion below, a U.S. Investor will be required to include in gross income the gross amount of any distribution paid on the ordinary shares (including any amount of taxes withheld by our company) out of our company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Distributions in excess of our company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Investor’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares and thereafter will be treated as a gain from the sale of the ordinary shares. Our company does not currently maintain, and does not intend to maintain, calculations of our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles. Consequently, a U.S. Investor should treat the entire amount of any distribution received as a dividend.

 

In case of a U.S. Investor that is a corporation, dividends paid on the ordinary shares will be subject to regular corporate rates and will not be eligible for the “dividends received” deduction generally allowed to corporate shareholders with respect to dividends received from U.S. corporations. Subject to the discussion below, dividends paid on the ordinary shares to individuals and certain other non-corporate persons will generally be subject to tax at ordinary income rates.

 

Certain dividends received by non-corporate U.S. Investors, including individuals, in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, generally will be subject to a maximum income tax rate of 15.0%. This reduced income tax rate is applicable to dividends paid by “qualified foreign corporations” and only if certain holding period requirements and other conditions are met. A non-U.S. corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) generally will be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (i) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the U.S. and which includes an exchange of information program or (ii) with respect to any dividend it pays on stock which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. Unless legislation is enacted extending the favorable tax treatment of dividends, dividends received by non-corporate U.S. investors in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012 will generally be subject to tax at ordinary income rates.

 

  137  
   

 

As described above in the discussion of “—People’s Republic of China Taxation,” in the event our company is treated as a PRC “resident enterprise” under PRC law, our company may be required to withhold PRC income tax on dividends paid on the ordinary shares under the new EIT Law. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. Investors will be treated as having received the amount of PRC taxes withheld by our company, and as then having paid over the withheld taxes to the PRC taxing authorities. As a result of this rule, the amount of dividend income included in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes by a U.S. Investor with respect to a payment of dividends may be greater than the amount of cash actually received (or receivable) by the U.S. Investor from our company with respect to the payment.

 

A U.S. Investor may be eligible, subject to a number of complex limitations, to claim a foreign tax credit in respect of any foreign withholding taxes imposed on dividends received on the ordinary shares. A U.S. Investor who does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign income tax withheld, may instead claim a deduction, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in respect of such withholding, but only for a year in which such investor elects to do so for all creditable foreign income taxes. For purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation, dividends paid by our company will, depending on the circumstances of the U.S. investor, be either general or passive income.

 

Our company expects to pay dividends, if any, in non-U.S. currency. A dividend paid in non-U.S. currency must be included in a U.S. Investor’s income as a U.S. dollar amount based on the exchange rate in effect on the date such dividend is actually or constructively received, regardless of whether the dividend is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. If the dividend is converted to U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Investor generally will not recognize a foreign currency gain or loss. If the non-U.S. currency is converted into U.S. dollars on a later date, however, the U.S. Investor must include in income any gain or loss resulting from any exchange rate fluctuations. Such gain or loss will generally be ordinary income or loss, and will be from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. U.S. Investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to them if our company pays dividends in non-U.S. currency.

 

Taxation of Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of ordinary shares

 

Subject to the PFIC discussion below, a U.S. Investor generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the amount realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Investor’s adjusted tax basis in such ordinary shares. This capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Investor’s holding period in the ordinary shares exceeds one year. Long-term capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. investor is generally taxed at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. U.S. Investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences if a foreign tax is imposed on the disposition of ordinary shares, including the availability of the foreign tax credit under an investor’s own particular circumstances.

 

A U.S. Investor that receives non-U.S. currency on the disposition of the ordinary shares will realize an amount equal to the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency received on the date of disposition (or in the case of cash basis and electing accrual basis taxpayers, the settlement date) whether or not converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Very generally, the U.S. Investor will recognize currency gain or loss if the U.S. dollar value of the currency received on the settlement date differs from the amount realized with respect to the ordinary shares. Any currency gain or loss on the settlement date or on any subsequent disposition of the foreign currency generally will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company

 

In general, a foreign corporation will be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which either (i) at least 75.0% of its gross income is “passive income” or (ii) at least 50.0% of the average value of its total assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, certain royalties, rents and gains from commodities and securities transactions and from the sale or exchange of property that gives rise to passive income. In determining whether a foreign corporation is a PFIC, a proportionate share of the income and assets of each corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, at least a 25.0% interest (by value) is taken into account.

 

  138  
   

 

We do not expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future year. The PFIC determination, however, depends upon the application of complex U.S. federal income tax rules concerning the classification of our assets and income for this purpose and the application of these rules is uncertain in some respects. Under the income and asset tests, whether our company is a PFIC will be determined annually based upon the composition and nature of our income and the composition, nature and valuation of our assets, all of which are subject to change. For purposes of the asset test, any cash, including proceeds from the public offering, will generally be treated as a passive asset and the amount of cash held by our company in any year will depend, in part, on when our company spends the cash raised from the public offering and generated in its operations. In addition, the determination of our company’s PFIC status will depend upon the nature of the assets acquired by our company. Moreover, the determination of the value of our company’s assets may depend on its market capitalization, and that market capitalization may fluctuate. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC in the current or any future year. In addition, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge any determination by our company that it does not constitute a PFIC.

 

If our company is classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Investor owns ordinary shares, the U.S. Investor, absent certain elections (including a mark-to-market election), will generally be subject to adverse rules (regardless of whether our company continues to be classified as a PFIC) with respect to (i) any “excess distributions” (generally, any distributions received by the U.S. Investor on the ordinary shares in a taxable year that are greater than 125 percent of the average annual distributions received by the U.S. Investor in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. Investor’s holding period for the ordinary shares) and (ii) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares.

 

Under these adverse rules (a) the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Investor’s holding period, (b) the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which our company is classified as a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income, and (c) the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years during which our company was classified as a PFIC will be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayers for that year and an interest charge will be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such taxable year.

 

If our company is a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Investor holds the ordinary shares, our company will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to that U.S. Investor for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Investor holds the ordinary shares. The U.S. Investor may terminate this deemed PFIC status by electing to recognize gain (which will be taxed under the special tax rules discussed above) as if the U.S. Investor’s ordinary shares had been sold on the last day of the last taxable year for which our company was a PFIC. If our company holds or acquires an interest in an entity which is itself a PFIC, such an interest may be treated as owned by a U.S. Investor. U.S. Investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding the consequences to them if our company holds or acquires an interest in an entity which is itself a PFIC.

 

Although the PFIC rules permit a U.S. holder of stock in a PFIC in certain circumstances to avoid some of the disadvantageous tax treatment described above by making a “qualified electing fund,” or QEF, election, a U.S. Investor will not be able to elect to treat our company as a QEF because our company does not intend to prepare the information that the U.S. Investor would need to make a QEF election.

 

If our company is a PFIC in any year with respect to a U.S. Investor, the disadvantageous tax treatment described above may in part be avoided with respect to our company if a U.S. Investor validly makes a mark-to-market election as of the beginning of such U.S. Investor’s holding period. If such election is made, such U.S. Investor generally will be required to take into account the difference, if any, between the fair market value of, and its adjusted tax basis in, the ordinary shares at the end of each taxable year as ordinary income or, to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains previously included in income, ordinary loss, and to make corresponding adjustments to the tax basis of such ordinary shares. In addition, any gain from a sale, exchange or other disposition of the ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income, and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss (to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains previously included in income). A mark-to-market election is available to a U.S. Investor only if the ordinary shares are considered “marketable stock.” Generally, shares will be considered marketable stock if the shares are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange” within the meaning of applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

  139  
   

 

If our company is a PFIC in any year with respect to a U.S. Investor, the U.S. Investor will be required to file an annual return on IRS Form 8621 regarding distributions received on the ordinary shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the ordinary shares. In addition, under recently enacted U.S. legislation and subject to future guidance, if we are a PFIC, U.S. Investors will be required to file, for taxable years beginning after March 18, 2010, an annual information return with the IRS relating to their ownership of the ordinary shares. Although expected, no guidance has yet been issued about such return, including on the information required to be reported on such return, the form of the return, or the due date for the return.

 

U.S. Investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of the PFIC regime, including eligibility for and the manner and advisability of making a mark-to-market election.

 

Certain Reporting Requirements

 

Certain U.S. Investors are required to file information returns with the IRS, including IRS Form 926, Return by U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation, reporting transfers of cash or other property to our company and information relating to the U.S. Investor and our company. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Investor that fails to comply.

 

Subject to specified exceptions and future guidance, recently enacted U.S. tax legislation generally requires a U.S. Investor (that is an individual or, to the extent provided in future guidance, a U.S entity) to report to the IRS such U.S. Investor’s interests in stock or securities issued by a non-U.S. person (such as the company) for taxable years beginning after March 18, 2010. Although expected, no guidance on this reporting requirement has yet been issued. U.S. Investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the information reporting obligations that may arise from their acquisition, ownership or disposition of ordinary shares.

 

Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements

 

Under certain circumstances, U.S. backup withholding tax and/or information reporting may apply to U.S. Investors with respect to dividend payments made on or the payment of proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the ordinary shares, unless an applicable exemption is satisfied. U.S. Investors that are corporations generally are excluded from these information reporting and backup withholding tax rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding tax rules will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Investor’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, or will be refunded, if such U.S. Investor timely furnishes required information to the IRS.

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION AND Underwriting

 

We have entered into an underwriting agreement with Boustead Securities, LLC, as representative of the underwriters (the “Representative”), and Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. (together with the Representative, the “Underwriters”) . The Underwriters are not purchasing or selling any securities offered by this prospectus, nor are they required to arrange the purchase or sale of any specific number or dollar amount of securities, but rather they have agreed to use their best efforts to arrange for the sale of all of the securities offered hereby. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to issue and sell to the public through the Underwriters, and the Underwriters have agreed to offer and sell, on a best efforts basis, at the public offering price less the underwriting fees and commissions set forth below a minimum of 1,600,000 ordinary shares and a maximum of 40,000,000 ordinary shares. The Underwriters may retain other brokers or dealers to act as a sub-agents or selected dealers on their behalf in connection with the Offering.

 

The Underwriters must sell the minimum number of securities offered (1,600,000 ordinary shares) if any shares are sold. The Underwriters are required to use only their best efforts to sell the securities offered. We expect to conduct the initial closing of this Offering once we have raised the minimum offering amount of $8,000,000. Therefore, we may conduct additional closings until the maximum offering amount of $20,000,000 is raised or we decide in our sole discretion to terminate the Offering. On the initial and any subsequent closing date, the following will occur:

 

  we will receive funds in the amount of the aggregate purchase price of the shares being sold by us on such closing date;
     
  we will cause to be delivered the ordinary shares being sold on such closing date in book-entry form; and
     
  we will pay the Underwriters their commissions.

 

  140  
   

 

Pursuant to an escrow agreement among us, the Underwriters and Signature Bank (the “Escrow Agent”), as escrow agent, until at least 1,600,000 ordinary shares are sold, all funds received in payment for securities sold in this offering will be required to be submitted by subscribers to a non-interest bearing escrow account with the Escrow Agent and will be held by the Escrow Agent for such account. The Underwriters and we shall require all investor checks for payment for the securities to be made payable to, Signature Bank, as the Escrow Agent and delivered to the Escrow Agent for deposit in the escrow account at 585 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10017 USA, Attention: Steve Fay, Vice President. All subscription agreements and checks should be delivered to Signature Bank, 585 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10017 USA, Attention: Steve Fay, Vice President. Failure to do so will result in checks being returned to the investor who submitted the check. The investors will have sole claim to the proceeds held in trust prior to the receipt of the minimum offering proceeds. The funds are held for the benefit of the investors until the minimum is reached. Prior to reaching the minimum claims may not be reached by creditors of the Company. If the Underwriters do not sell at least 1,600,000 ordinary shares by August 31, 2017, all funds will be returned within five (5) business days to subscribers without interest or deduction. If this Offering completes, then on the closing date, net proceeds will be delivered to us and we will issue the ordinary shares to purchasers. Investors may withdraw their subscriptions from the escrow account at any time prior to closing. Unless purchasers instruct us otherwise, we will deliver the ordinary shares electronically upon receipt of purchaser funds to the accounts of those purchasers who hold accounts at the Underwriters, or elsewhere, as specified by the purchaser, as soon as practical upon the closing of the Offering. Alternately, purchasers who do not carry an account at the Underwriters may request that the shares be held in book-entry at the Company’s transfer agent, or may be issued in book-entry at the Company’s transfer agent and subsequently delivered electronically to the purchasers’ respective brokerage account upon request of the purchasers.

 

Fees, Commissions and Expense Reimbursement

 

The Underwriters will collectively receive an underwriting commission equal to between $520,000 in the case of a minimum offering and $1,300,000 in the case of a maximum offering, representing six and one half percent (6.5%) of the gross proceeds to be raised in this Offering.

 

The following table shows, for each of the minimum and maximum offering amounts, the per share and maximum total public offering price, underwriting fees to be paid to the Underwriters by us, and proceeds to us, before expenses and assuming a $5.00 per share offering price.

 

    Per Share     Minimum Offering     Maximum Offering  
Public Offering Price   $ 5.00     $ 8,000,000     $ 20,000,000  
Underwriting fees and commissions   $ 0.375     $ 600,000     $ 1,500,000  
Proceeds to Us, Before Expenses   $ 4.625     $ 7,400,000     $ 18,500,000  

  

Because the actual amount to be raised in this Offering is uncertain, the actual total Offering commissions are not presently determinable and may be substantially less than the maximum amount set forth above.

 

Our obligation to issue and sell securities to the purchasers is subject to the conditions set forth in the subscription agreement, which may be waived by us at our discretion. A purchaser’s obligation to purchase securities is subject to the conditions set forth in the subscription agreement as well, which may also be waived.

 

Under the underwriting agreement, we have also agreed to reimburse the Representative non-accountable expenses payable in cash, equal to one percent (1%) of the gross proceeds of this Offering and an additional $75,000 of legal fees, $25,000 of travel expenses and $25,000 for a third party due diligence report incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering. Any expenses in excess of $5,000 in the aggregate shall be subject to our prior written approval. We have also agreed to pay the Representative a financial advisory fee of $100,000.

 

We estimate that the total expenses of the Offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding Underwriters’ fees and commissions, will be approximately $1,100,000 , all of which are payable by us.

 

  141  
   

 

The Underwriters intend to offer our ordinary shares to their retail customers only in states in which we are permitted to offer our ordinary shares. We have relied on an exemption to the blue sky registration requirements afforded to “covered securities.” Securities listed on the NASDAQ Global Market are “covered securities.” If we were unable to meet the NASDAQ Global Market’s listing standards, then we would be unable to rely on the covered securities exemption to blue sky registration requirements and we would need to register the Offering in each state in which we planned to sell shares. Consequently, we will not complete this Offering unless we meet the NASDAQ Global Market’s listing requirements.

 

The foregoing does not purport to be a complete statement of the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement and subscription agreement. The underwriting agreement and a form of subscription agreement are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Warrants

 

We have agreed to issue to the Underwriters and to register herein warrants to purchase up to a total of 260,000 ordinary shares (equal to 6.5% of the maximum number of ordinary shares sold in this Offering) and to also register herein such underlying shares. The warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, commencing from the closing of the initial public offering and expiring two (2) years from the effective date of the Registration Statement. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price of $6.00 (equal to 120% of the public offering price per share in the Offering). The warrants are also exercisable on a cashless basis. The warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The Underwriters (or permitted assignees under FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1)) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate these warrants or the securities underlying these warrants, nor will it engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the Offering, except as provided for in FINRA Conduct Rule 5110(g)(2). The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, subdivisions, combinations, reclassification, merger or consolidation.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We, on behalf of ourselves and any successor entity, have agreed that we will not, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the Registration Statement (the “Lock-Up Period”), (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of our company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of our company; (ii) file or caused to be filed any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of capital stock of our company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of our company or (iii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of capital stock of our company, whether any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of capital stock of our company or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The restrictions shall not apply to the securities to be sold hereunder.

 

The Underwriters may in their sole discretion and at any time without notice release some or all of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. When determining whether or not to release shares from the lock-up agreements, the Underwriters will consider, among other factors, the security holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

 

Price Stabilization

 

As underwriters, the Underwriters will be required to comply with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, including without limitation, Rule 10b-5 and Regulation M under the Exchange Act. These rules and regulations may limit the timing of purchases and sales of shares of capital stock by the Underwriters acting as principal. Under these rules and regulations, the Underwriters:

 

  may not engage in any stabilization activity in connection with our securities; and
     
  may not bid for or purchase any of our securities or attempt to induce any person to purchase any of our securities, other than as permitted under the Exchange Act, until it has completed its participation in the distribution.

 

  142  
   

 

Determination of Offering Price

 

The public offering price of the shares we are offering was determined by us in consultation with the Underwriters based on discussions with potential investors in light of the history and prospects of our company, the stage of development of our business, our business plans for the future and the extent to which they have been implemented, an assessment of our management, the public stock price for similar companies, general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the Offering and such other factors as were deemed relevant.

 

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be delivered to potential investors by the Underwriters. The prospectus in electronic format will be identical to the paper version of such prospectus. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Underwriters’ website and any information contained in any other website maintained by the Underwriters is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

 

Foreign Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of our Shares

 

We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of our shares outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. People outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to this Offering of our shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

Indemnification

 

We have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against liabilities relating to the Offering arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and to contribute to payments that the Underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities. The Underwriters and their affiliates may also provide from time to time in the future certain financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. From time to time, the Underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

 

Application for NASDAQ Market Listing

 

We intent to apply to have our ordinary shares (including any over-subscription shares sold, if any) approved for listing/quotation on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CIFS.” We will not consummate and close this offering without a listing approval letter from the NASDAQ Global Market. Our receipt of a listing approval letter is not the same as an actual listing on the NASDAQ Global Market. The listing approval letter will serve only to confirm that, if we sell a number of shares in this “best efforts, mini-max” offering sufficient to satisfy applicable listing criteria, our ordinary shares will in fact be listed.

 

If the application is approved, trading of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market will begin within five days following the closing of this offering. If our ordinary shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, we will be subject to continued listing requirements and corporate governance standards. We expect these new rules and regulations to significantly increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs.

 

In order to list, the NASDAQ Global Market requires that, among other criteria, at least 1,250,000 publicly-held shares of our ordinary shares be outstanding, the shares be held in the aggregate by at least 450 round lot holders, the market value of the publicly-held shares of our ordinary shares be at least $45.0 million, our stockholders’ equity after giving effect to the sale of our shares in this offering be at least $110 million, the bid price per share of our ordinary shares be $4.00 or more, and there be at least three registered and active market makers for our ordinary shares. If the application is approved, trading of our shares on the NASDAQ Global Market will begin within five days after the date of initial issuance of the ordinary shares.

 

  143  
   

 

Expenses Relating to this Offering

 

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting fee and commissions and underwriting expenses, that we expect to incur in connection with this offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ listing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 

U.S. Securities Exchange Commission registration fee   $ 2,499  
FINRA filing fee   $ 3,500  
NASDAQ listing fee   $ 125,000  
Legal fees and expenses for Chinese counsel   $ 160,000  
Legal fees and expenses for U.S. counsel - SRFKLLP   $ 265,000  
Legal fees and expenses for BVI counsel   $ 19,631  
Service fees and expenses for BVI registered agent   $ 15,000  
Accounting fees and expenses   $ 360,000  
Service fees and expenses for Transfer Agent   $ 10,000  
Printing fees   $ 25,000  
Miscellaneous   $ 114,370  
Total   $ 1,100,000  

 

Legal Matters

 

Sichenzia Ross Ference Kesner LLP is acting as counsel to our company regarding U.S. securities law matters. The validity of the ordinary shares offered hereby will be opined upon for us by Harneys . Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP is acting as counsel to the Underwriters. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by Han Kun Law Offices. Sichenzia Ross Ference Kesner LLP may rely upon Han Kun Law Offices with respect to matters governed by PRC law and Harneys with respect to matters governed by British Virgin Islands law.

 

Experts

 

The financial statements as of December 31, 201 6 and 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 included in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

  144  
   

 

The current address of Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP is Unit 2419-2422, Kerry Center South Tower #1 Guang Hua Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, China 100020.

 

Interests of Named Experts and Counsel

 

No expert or counsel named in this prospectus as having prepared or certified any part of this prospectus or having given an opinion upon the validity of the securities being registered or upon other legal matters in connection with the registration or offering of the ordinary shares was employed on a contingency basis, or had, or is to receive, in connection with the offering, a substantial interest, direct or indirect, in the registrant. Nor was any such person connected with the registrant as a promoter, managing or principal Underwriter, voting trustee, director, officer, or employee.

 

Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us, we have been advised that it is the SEC’s opinion that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in such act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

Where You Can Find More Information

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Ordinary Shares offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the Ordinary Shares offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon closing of our initial public offering, we will be required to file periodic reports (including an annual report on Form 20-F, which we will be required to file within 120 days from the end of each fiscal year), and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

 

  145  
   

 

CHINA INTERNET NATIONWIDE FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  Page
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-3
   
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-4
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-4
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity  for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 F-6
   
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements F-7

 

  F- 1  
 

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and Shareholders

of China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc. and Subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk llp

 

Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk llp

Beijing, China

April 14, 2017

 

 

  F- 2  
 

 

CHINA INTERNET NATIONWIDE FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

    As of December 31,  
    2016     2015  
ASSETS                
                 
Current assets                
Cash   $ 1,880,425     $ 455,201  
Accounts receivable (including $0 and $153,998 of receivable from related parties as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)     8,088,511       4,866,623  
Other receivables and prepayments     94,474       1,956,645  
Loans to third parties     19,237,422       23,099,666  
Deferred offering cost     312,202       -  
Total Current Assets     29,613,034       30,378,135  
Non-current assets                
Equipment, net     28,777       40,225  
Intangible assets, net     2,772       3,686  
Long-term office rental deposit     208,695       222,945  
Total Assets   $ 29,853,278     $ 30,644,991  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Current liabilities                
Accrued payroll   $ 490,875     $ 408,846  
Other payables and accruals     53,827       82,155  
Due to a related party     163,361       228,978  
Taxes payable     3,755,872       1,599,622  
Total Current Liabilities     4,463,935       2,319,601  
Commitments and contingencies                
Shareholders’ equity                
Common Stock ($0.001 par value, unlimited authorized shares, and 20,000,000 share issued and outstanding)     20,000       20,000  
Additional paid in capital     9,147,398       24,503,664  
Statutory reserve     1,657,084       545,013  
Retained earnings     17,679,458       4,902,762  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (3,114,597 )     (1,646,049 )
Total Shareholders’ Equity     25,389,343       28,325,390  
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity   $ 29,853,278     $ 30,644,991  

 

All of the VIE’s assets can be used to settle obligations of its primary beneficiary. Liabilities recognized as a result of consolidating the VIE do not represent additional claims on the Company’s general assets.

See notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

  F- 3  
 

 

CHINA INTERNET NATIONWIDE FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2016

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2015

 
             
Revenue                
- Third parties   $ 15,821,980     $ 7,360,581  
- Related parties     -       421,105  
Total revenue     15,821,980       7,781,686  
                 
Cost of revenues     380,072       235,152  
Gross profit     15,441,908       7,546,534  
                 
Operating expenses                
Selling and marketing expenses     245,246       151,489  
General and administrative expenses     1,348,862       1,573,262  
Total Operating expenses     1,594,108       1,724,751  
Income from operations     13,847,800       5,821,783  
                 
Other income (expenses)                
Interest income on bank deposit     1,273       292  
Gain on disposal of a non-operating department     -       454,836  
Other expenses     (301,618 )     (741,112 )
Interest income from loans to third parties     2,794,134       1,946,974  
Total other income, net     2,493,789       1,660,990  
                 
Income before income tax expenses     16,341,589       7,482,773  
Income tax expenses     2,452,822       1,870,748  
Net Income   $ 13,888,767     $ 5,612,025  
Other comprehensive loss                
Foreign currency translation loss     (1,468,548 )     (1,645,416 )
Comprehensive Income   $ 12,420,219     $ 3,966,609  
                 
Weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted     20,000,000       20,000,000  
Basic and diluted earnings per share   $ 0.694     $ 0.281  

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

  F- 4  
 

 

CHINA INTERNET NATIONWIDE FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2016

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2015

 
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net income   $ 13,888,767     $ 5,612,025  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     9,979       8,613  
Deferred taxes     -       53,748  
Gain on sale of a non-operating department     -       (454,836 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable     (3,689,700 )     (5,075,469 )
Other receivables and prepayments     1,814,225       (1,585,600 )
Accrued payroll     112,961       370,643  
Other payables and accruals     (24,101 )     207  
Tax payable     2,358,698       1,668,268  
Net cash provided by operating activities     14,470,829       597,599  
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Payment to purchase equipment     -       (42,315 )
Payment to purchase intangible assets     -       (4,118 )
Loans to third parties     (21,295,334 )     (24,090,967 )
Collection of loans to third parties     23,786,941       -  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     2,491,607       (24,137,400 )
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Borrowings from a related party     3,430       958,263  
Repayment to a related party     (67,434 )     (1,045,554 )
Capital contribution     -       24,523,664  
Return of capital     (15,356,266 )     -  
Deferred offering cost     (326,053 )     -  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (15,746,323 )     24,436,373  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash     209,111       (446,056 )
Net increase in cash     1,425,224       450,516  
Cash at beginning of year     455,201       4,685  
Cash at end of year   $ 1,880,425     $ 455,201  
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information                
Interest paid   $ -     $ -  
Income taxes paid   $ 1,012,765     $ 312,024  
Non- cash investing activities                
Note receivable from the sale of non-operating department   $ -     $ 454,836  

 

See notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

  F- 5  
 

 

CHINA INTERNET NATIONWIDE FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

                Additional                 Accumulated other     Total  
    Common stock     Paid-in     Statutory     Retained     Comprehensive     Shareholders’  
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Reserve     Earnings     Loss     Equity  
Balance at December 31,2014     -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ (164,250 )   $ (633 )   $ (164,883 )
Net income     -       -       -       -       5,612,025       -       5,612,025  
Share contribution     20,000,000       20,000       -       -       -       -       20,000  
Capital contribution     -       -       24,503,664       -       -       -       24,503,663  
Transfer to statutory reserves     -       -       -       545,013       (545,013 )     -       -  
Foreign currency translation loss     -       -       -       -       -       (1,645,416 )     (1,645,416 )
Balance at December 31, 2015     20,000,000     $ 20,000     $ 24,503,664     $ 545,013     $ 4,902,762     $ (1,646,049 )   $ 28,325,390  
Net income     -       -       -       -       13,888,767       -       13,888,767  
Return of capital     -       -       (15,356,266 )     -       -       -       (15,356,266 )
Transfer to statutory reserves     -       -       -       1,112,071       (1,112,071 )     -       -  
Foreign currency translation loss     -       -       -       -       -       (1,468,548 )     (1,468,548 )
Balance as of December 31, 2016     20,000,000     $ 20,000     $ 9,147,398     $ 1,657,084     $ 17,679,458     $ (3,114,597 )   $ 25,389,343  

 

See notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

  F- 6  
 

 

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

 

China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc. (“CIFS” or the “Company”), incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (the “BVI”) on September 28, 2015, is engaged in the business of providing financial advisory services to meet the financial and capital needs of its clients, which comprise largely of small-to-medium sized enterprises, through the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Company offers commercial payment advisory services, international corporate financing advisory services and intermediary bank loan advisory services. The Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries include: Hongkong Internet Financial Services Limited, (“HKFS’) which was established in Hongkong on October 7, 2015, and Beijing Yingxin Yijia Internet Technology Co., Ltd., (“Yingxin Yijia”) which was established on December 31, 2015 in Beijing, China by HKFS.

 

Beijing Sheng Ying Xin Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Sheng Ying Xin”) was incorporated in Beijing, China on September 16, 2014. On December 29, 2016, Sheng Ying Xin incorporated Kashgar Sheng Yingxin Enterprise Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Kashgar SYX”) in the People’s Republic of China with a registered capital of RMB 5,000,000 (approximately US$ 726,665), which capital has to be contributed in full by December 31, 2026. The legal representative of Kashi SYX is Mr. Shaoyong Huang, who is also a 1% equity shareholder of Sheng Ying Xin.

 

CIFS is 81.7% owned by Mr. Jianxin Lin (through an entirely owned and controlled British Virgin Islands company, Jianxin Management Limited) , who also owned 99% of Sheng Ying Xin directly and 1% of Sheng Ying Xin indirectly since its inception, September 16, 2014; Mr. Jianxin Lin is the chief executive officer of both CIFS and Sheng Ying Xin. So CIFS and Sheng Ying Xin were considered to be under common control since September 28, 2015.

 

On April 26, 2016, a series of agreements were entered into among Yingxin Yijia, Sheng Ying Xin and its shareholders (the “VIE Agreements”). As a result of the VIE Agreements, Yingxin Yijia become the primary beneficiary of Sheng Ying Xin. CIFS is able to exercise control over Sheng Ying Xin and was entitled to substantially all of the economic benefits of Sheng Ying Xin through Yingxin Yijia, and CIFS treats Sheng Ying Xin as its variable interest entity (“VIE”) under U.S. GAAP. As a result, the results of operations, assets and liabilities of Sheng Ying Xin and its subsidiary (collectively “VIEs”) have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Since CIFS and its subsidiaries were formed in 2015 and do not have significant operations since inception as well as CIFS and Sheng Ying Xin are under common control, the VIE Agreements dated April 26, 2016 shall be considered as capital transaction in substance. Accordingly, the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 included the accounts and balances of CIFS and its subsidiaries, Sheng Ying Xin and its subsidiary at their respectively carrying value. The consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were the historical operations of Sheng Ying Xin.

 

  F- 7  
 

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s corporate structure is set forth below:

 

The following is a summary of the VIE agreements:

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement dated April 26, 2016, between Sheng Ying Xin and Yingxin Yijia (the “Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement”), Yingxin Yijia is the exclusive technology services and consultancy service provider to Sheng Ying Xin. Sheng Ying Xin agreed to pay Yingxin Yijia all fees payable for technologies services and consultancy service, the amount of which equals to 100% net profit of Sheng Ying Xin. Any payment from Sheng Ying Xin to Yingxin Yijia must comply with applicable Chinese laws. Yingxin Yijia is also obligated to bears all losses of Sheng Ying Xin. Further, the parties agreed that Yingxin Yijia shall retain sole ownership of all intellectual property developed in connection with providing technology services to Sheng Ying Xin. The Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement has a ten-year term. The term of these agreements may be extended if confirmed in writing by Yingxin Yijia, prior to the expiration of the term. The extended term shall be determined by Yingxin Yijia, and Sheng Ying Xin shall accept such extended term unconditionally.

 

Power of Attorney

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain Power of Attorney dated April 26, 2016, among Yingxin Yijia and the shareholders of Sheng Ying Xin (the “Power of Attorney”), each of the shareholders of Sheng Ying Xin irrevocably appointed Yingxin Yijia as their proxy to exercise on each of such shareholder’s behalf all of their voting rights as shareholders pursuant to PRC law and the Articles of Association of Sheng Ying Xin, including the appointment and election of directors of Sheng Ying Xin. The term of the Power of Attorney is valid so long as such shareholder is a shareholder of Sheng Ying Xin.

 

  F- 8  
 

 

Exclusive Option Agreement

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain Exclusive Option Agreement dated April 26, 2016, among Yingxin Yijia, Sheng Ying Xin and the shareholders of Sheng Ying Xin (the “Exclusive Option Agreement”), the shareholders of Sheng Ying Xin granted Yingxin Yijia an irrevocable and exclusive purchase option (the “Option”) to acquire Sheng Ying Xin’s equity interests and/or remaining assets, but only to the extent that the acquisition does not violate limitations imposed by PRC law on such transactions. Accordingly, the Option is exercisable at any time at Yingxin Yijia’s discretion so long as such exercise and subsequent acquisition of Sheng Ying Xin does not violate PRC law. The consideration for the exercise of the Option is RMB 1 in total. To the extent Sheng Ying Xin shareholders receive any of such consideration, the Option requires Sheng Ying Xin shareholders to transfer (and not retain) the same to Sheng Ying Xin or Yingxin Yijia. The Exclusive Option Agreement has a ten-year term. The term of these agreements may be extended if confirmed in writing by Yingxin Yijia, and if no written confirmation was obtained from Yingxin Yijia, the Exclusive Option Agreement will be automatically renewed, the term of the renewed agreement will be determined till Yingxin Yijia’s written confirmation.

 

Share Pledge Agreement

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain Share Pledge Agreement dated April 26, 2016 among Yingxin Yijia and the shareholders of Sheng Ying Xin (the “Share Pledge Agreement”), the shareholders of Sheng Ying Xin pledged all of their equity interests in Sheng Ying Xin, including the proceeds thereof, to guarantee all of Yingxin Yijia’s rights and benefits under the Exclusive Business Cooperation agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Exclusive Option Agreement. Prior to termination of the Share Pledge Agreement, the pledged equity interests cannot be transferred without Yingxin Yijia’s prior written consent. All of the equity interest pledges with respect to the equity interests of Sheng Ying Xin according to the Share Pledge Agreement have been registered with relevant office of the Administration for Industry and Commerce in China. The Share Pledge Agreement will be valid until all the payments related to the services provided by Yingxin Yijia to Sheng Ying Xin due under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreements have been fulfilled. Therefore, the Share Pledge Agreement shall only be terminated when the payments related to the ten-year Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement are paid in full and Yingxin Yijia does not intend to extend the term of the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement.

 

Summarized below is the information related to the combined VIEs’ assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively:

 

   

As of

December 31, 2016

   

As of

December 31,2015

 
             
Current assets   $ 29,489,009     $ 30,218,278  
Plant and equipment, net     28,777       40,225  
Other noncurrent assets     211,467       226,631  
Total assets     29,729,253       30,485,134  
Total liabilities     (4,300,574 )     (2,159, 601)  
Net assets   $ 25,428,679     $ 28,325,533  

 

  F- 9  
 

 

Summarized below is the information related to the financial performance of the VIEs reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively:

 

   

Year ended

December 31, 2016

   

Year ended

December 31, 2015

 
             
Revenues   $ 15,821,980     $ 7,781,686  
Cost of revenues     380,072       235,152  
Total operating expenses     1,555,571       1,724,607  
Net income     13,920,490       5,612,168  

 

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

(a) Basis of presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

 

(b) Principle of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of all the subsidiaries and VIEs of the Company. All transactions and balances between the Company and its subsidiaries and VIEs have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

(c) Foreign currency translation and transactions

 

The functional currency of CIFS and HKFS is United States dollars (“US$”).The functional currency of Yingxin Yijia, Sheng Ying Xin and Kashgar Sheng Ying Xin, is Renminbi (“RMB”), and PRC is the primary economic environment in which the Company operates.

 

Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. The resulting exchange differences are included in the determination of net income for the respective periods.

 

For financial reporting purposes, the financial statements of the Company’s PRC subsidiary and the financial statements of VIEs are prepared using RMB are translated into Company’s reporting currency, the US$. Assets and liabilities are translated using the exchange rate at each balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated using average rates prevailing during each reporting period, and Shareholders’ equity is translated at historical exchange rates except for the change in retained earnings during the year which is the result of the income. The cumulative translation adjustments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the accompanying consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity.

 

  F- 10  
 

 

The exchange rates applied are as follows:

 

    December 31, 2016     December 31, 2015  
RMB exchange rate at balance sheets dates,     6.9370       6.4936  

 

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2016

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2015

 
Average exchange rate for each period     6.6423       6.2264  

 

No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars at the rates used in translation. The source of the exchange rates is generated from People's Bank of China.

 

(d) Use of estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Management makes these estimates using the best information available at the time the estimates are made. However, actual results could differ materially from those results.

 

(e) Cash

 

Cash represents cash on hand and deposits held with banks.

 

(f) Accounts receivable and loans to third parties

 

Accounts receivable and loans to third parties are recorded at net realizable value consisting of the carrying amount less an allowance for uncollectible accounts as needed. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company’s existing accounts receivable and loans receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on aging data, historical collection experience, customer specific facts and economic conditions. Based on management’s assessment of the collectability of the accounts receivable and loans to third party, no allowance was deemed necessary as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The value-added tax receivable from customers included in the accounts receivable in the balance sheet were $457,840 and $275,469 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

  F- 11  
 

 

(g) Equipment

 

The Company states equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation. The Company computes depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets with 5% residual value.

 

Estimated useful lives of equipment:

 

      Useful Life  
Furniture     10 years  
Electronic equipment     3 years  

 

The Company eliminates the cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or otherwise retired from the accounts and includes any gain or loss in the statement of income. The Company charges maintenance, repairs and minor renewals directly to expenses as incurred.

 

(h) Impairment of Long-lived Assets

 

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not recognize any impairment of its long-lived assets.

 

(i) Statuary Reserve

 

The Company is required to make appropriations to reserve funds, comprising the statutory surplus reserve and discretionary surplus reserve, based on after-tax net income determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of the PRC (“PRC GAAP”).

 

Appropriations to the statutory surplus reserve is required to be at least 10% of the after tax net income determined in accordance with PRC GAAP until the reserve is equal to 50% of the entities’ registered capital. Appropriations to the discretionary surplus reserve are made at the discretion of Board of Directors.

 

(j) Revenue recognition

 

Revenue principally consists of consulting service revenue. Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the provision of services in the ordinary course of the Company’s activities and is recorded net of value added tax (“VAT”). Consistent with the criteria of ASC 605 “Revenue Recognition” (“ASC 605”), the Company recognizes revenue when the following four revenue recognition criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been provided, (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

 

  F- 12  
 

 

The Company’s services include commercial payment advisory services, intermediary bank loan advisory services, and international corporate financing advisory services.

 

For commercial payment advisory after signing contracts with the client, the Company starts to identify and select banks and financial products, coordinate with banks to structure financing solutions for the client. Then the client prepares application materials and sends them to the bank. When approved by the bank, the client will deposit cash with the bank or purchases wealth management products sold by the bank. After this step, the bank will issue a letter of guarantee, which the client will pledge as security for the acceptance bills. The letter of guarantee is a document that the bank provides certifying itself as guarantor. The Company’s service fee is a percentage of the amount of cash deposited with or wealth management products purchased from the bank by the client. The Company recognizes revenue after the client receives a bank credit contract from the bank and when the Company receives a contract completion confirmation from the client.

 

For intermediary bank loan advisory services, the Company matches small-to-medium sized enterprises (“SMEs”) with financing sources. The Company charges borrowers an introduction fee which is calculated at a percentage of the loan. The Company recognizes revenue after the client receives a bank credit contract from the bank and when the Company receives a contract completion confirmation from the client. The Company typically receives the contract completion confirmation when the client receives the bank financing and signs off on the contract completion confirmation.

 

For international corporate financing advisory services, the Company works with overseas banks to structure and provide clients with financing solutions to obtain facilities from overseas banks for the clients’ offshore affiliates. After signing contracts with the client, the Company starts to identify overseas banks and domestic banks, structure financing solutions and facilitate application processes. After the client provides security to the domestic bank, the domestic bank will issue a letter of guarantee to the overseas bank. The overseas bank will provide credit to the affiliate designated by client. The Company’s service fee is a percentage of credit granted by the overseas bank to the offshore affiliate. The Company recognizes revenue after the offshore affiliate receives credit approval notice from the offshore bank and when the Company receives a contract completion confirmation from the client. The Company typically receives the contract completion confirmation when the affiliate receives the bank financing and the client signs off on the contract completion confirmation.

 

There is no claw back provisions or other guarantees. Full service fee are due upon the contract completion confirmation from the client.

 

(k) Taxation

 

a) Corporate Income Taxes

 

CIFS is incorporated in the BVI. Under the current law of the BVI, CIFS is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. Additionally, if dividends are paid by CIFS to its shareholders, no BVI withholding tax will be imposed.

 

  F- 13  
 

 

HKFS was incorporated in Hongkong and does not conduct any substantial operations of its own. No provision for Hongkong profits tax has been made in the financial statements as HKFS has no assessable profits for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

The CIFS’s PRC subsidiary, Yingxin Yijia and its variable interest entities, Sheng Ying Xin and Kashgar Sheng Ying Xin, being incorporated in the PRC, are governed by the income tax law of the PRC and are subject to PRC enterprise income tax (“EIT”). Effective from January 1, 2008, the EIT rate of PRC is 25%, and applies to both domestic and foreign invested enterprises. Kashgar Sheng Ying Xin, which was incorporated in Kashgar City, Xinjiang Autonomous Region in People's Republic of China, is exempted from income tax from its inception to December 31, 2020 and is subject to a tax rate of 25% after December 31, 2020.

 

The components of the income tax expense are as follows:

 

   

Year ended

December 31, 2016

   

Year ended

December 31, 2015

 
                 
Current   $ 2,452,822     $ 1,817,000  
Deferred     -       53,748  
Total   $ 2,452,822     $ 1,870,748  

 

  F- 14  
 

 

Reconciliation of the income tax expenses at the PRC statutory EIT rate of 25% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the Company’s effective income tax expenses is as follows:

 

     

Year ended

December 31, 2016

      Year ended December 31, 2015  
Profit before income taxes     16,341,589       7,482,773  
Statutory EIT rate     25 %     25 %
Income tax expenses computed at statutory EIT rate     4,085,397       1,870,693  
Reconciling items:                
Valuation Allowance     7,904       -  
Effect of tax holidays     (1,640,885 )     -  
Others     406       55  
Income tax expense     2,452,822       1,870,748  

 

  b) Value-added Tax

 

PRC Value-added Tax

 

Sheng Ying Xin and Kashgar Sheng Ying Xin are operating entities who provided services in China and therefore are subject to Chinese value-added tax (“VAT”). Sales revenue represents the invoiced value of services, net of a VAT. Before August 1, 2015, Sheng Ying Xin was classified as a small-scale taxpayer, and the VAT is at a rate of 3%. Since August 1, 2015, Sheng Ying Xin was classified as a general taxpayer at a rate of 6%. Kashgar Sheng Ying Xin is subject to a 6% VAT rate. Furthermore, VAT payables of both companies are subject to a 12% surtax, which includes urban maintenance and construction taxes and additional education fees.

 

  c) Deferred Tax

 

The Company follows the guidance of ASC Topic 740 “Income taxes” and uses liability method to account for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that will be in effect in the period in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company records a valuation allowance to offset deferred tax assets, if based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in statement of income and comprehensive income in the period that includes the enactment date. There were no deferred tax asset balance as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. There were no net operating losses carried forward incurred by the Company as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

  F- 15  
 

 

The tax authority of the PRC government conducts periodic and ad hoc tax filing reviews on business enterprises operating in the PRC after those enterprises had completed their relevant tax filings, hence the Company’s tax filings may not be finalized. It is therefore uncertain as to whether the PRC tax authority may take different views about the Company’s tax filings which may lead to additional tax liabilities. The tax returns of the Company’s PRC subsidiaries and VIEs are subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities. According to the PRC Tax Administration Law on the Levying and Collection of Taxes, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or the withholding agent. The statute of limitations is extended to five years under special circumstances, where the underpayment of taxes is more than RMB100,000. In the case of transfer pricing issues, the statute of limitation is ten years. There is no statute of limitation in the case of tax evasion. The Company did not have any material interest or penalties associated with tax positions for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company does not expect that the position of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within 12 months of December 31, 2016.

 

d) Taxes Payable

 

Taxes payable consisted of the following:

 

   

As of

December 31, 2016

   

As of

December 31, 2015

 
                 
Corporate income tax payable   $ 2,729,691     $ 1,433,048  
Value added tax payable     916,606       136,126  
Other surtaxes payable     109,575       20,448  
Total   $ 3,755,872     $ 1,599,622  

 

(l) Comprehensive income

 

The Company presents comprehensive income in accordance with ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income” , which establishes standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components in the consolidated financial statements. Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a company during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments from owners and distributions to owners. Accumulated other comprehensive loss, as presented in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets are the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

(m) Earnings per Share

 

Earnings per share (“EPS”) are calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share”. Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common shares were exercised or converted into common stock. Common shares issuable upon the conversion of the convertible preferred shares are included in the computation of diluted earnings per share on an “if-converted” basis when the impact is dilutive. The dilutive effect of outstanding common share warrants and options are reflected in the diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method when the impact is dilutive. Potential common shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS. There is no dilutive effect for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

  F- 16  
 

 

(n) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and short term loans approximate their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

(o) Deferred offering cost

 

The Company capitalized all direct and incremental professional fees incurred relating to the Company’s offering, which will be offset against the gross proceeds of the offering. Total deferred offering costs as of December 31, 2016 amounted to $312,202.

 

(p) Recently issued accounting standards

 

FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which was subsequently modified in August 2015 by ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Deferral of the Effective Date, which defers the effective date of the new revenue recognition standard by one year. As a result, the ASU No. 2014-09 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017. The core principle of ASU No. 2014-09 is that companies should recognize revenue when the transfer of promised goods or services to customers occurs in an amount that reflects what the company expects to receive. It requires additional disclosures to describe the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows from contracts with customers. In 2016, the FASB issued additional ASUs that clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations (ASU 2016-08), on identifying performance obligations and licensing (ASU 2016-10), and on narrow-scope improvements and practical expedients (ASU 2016-12) as well as on the revenue recognition criteria and other technical corrections (ASU 2016-20).”Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach to adopt this ASU. Management is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this new guidance on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company has not yet selected a transition approach.

 

FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASU 2016-02”). The amendments in this update create Topic 842, Leases, and supersede the leases requirements in Topic 840, Leases. Topic 842 specifies the accounting for leases. The objective of Topic 842 is to establish the principles that lessees and lessors shall apply to report useful information to users of financial statements about the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from a lease. The main difference between Topic 842 and Topic 840 is the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities for those leases classified as operating leases under Topic 840. Topic 842 retains a distinction between finance leases and operating leases. The classification criteria for distinguishing between finance leases and operating leases are substantially similar to the classification criteria for distinguishing between capital leases and operating leases in the previous leases guidance. The result of retaining a distinction between finance leases and operating leases is that under the lessee accounting model in Topic 842, the effect of leases in the statement of operations and the statement of cash flows is largely unchanged from previous GAAP. The amendments in ASU 2016-02 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years for public business entities. Early application of the amendments in ASU 2016-02 is permitted. Management is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-02 on The Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

  F- 17  
 

 

FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-15

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments” The amendments in this Update provide guidance on eight specific cash flow issues including: 1) Debt Prepayment or Debt Extinguishment Costs, 2) Settlement of Zero-Coupon Debt Instruments or Other Debt Instruments with Coupon Interest Rates That Are Insignificant in Relation to the Effective Interest Rate of the Borrowing, 3) Contingent Consideration Payments Made after a Business, 4) Proceeds from the Settlement of Insurance Claims Combination, 5) Proceeds from the Settlement of Corporate-Owned Life Insurance Policies, including Bank-Owned Life Insurance Policies, 6) Distributions Received from Equity Method Investees, 7) Beneficial Interests in Securitization Transactions and 8) Separately Identifiable Cash Flows and Application of the Predominance Principle. The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

 

FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-01

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The standard should be applied prospectively on or after the effective date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard prospectively upon any transactions of acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses.

 

Other accounting pronouncements that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

 

  F- 18  
 

 

NOTE 3. CASH

 

Cash consisted of the following:

 

   

As of

December 31, 2016

   

As of

December 31, 2015

 
                 
Cash on hand   $ 3,038     $ 972  
Cash in banks     1,877,387       454,229  
Total cash   $ 1,880,425     $ 455,201  

 

NOTE 4. OTHER RECEIVABLES AND PREPAYMENTS

 

Other receivables and prepayments consisted of the following:

 

     

As of

December 31, 2016

     

As of

December 31, 2015

 
Interest receivable   $ 60,497     $ 1,483,461  
Due from third parties     -       461,993  
Others     33,977       11,191  
Total   $ 94,474     $ 1,956,645  

 

Interest receivable represents interest income earned on loans to third parties (See Note 5). Due from third parties mainly represents receivable related to the sale of the non-operating department, other expenses of year ended December 31, 2015 were the payroll costs related to that department.

 

NOTE 5. LOANS TO THIRD PARTIES

 

The Company lends their own funds to the eligible clients occasionally and receives interest income to better utilize the Company’s cash.

 

Loans to third parties consisted of direct loans and entrusted loan as follows:

 

   

As of

December 31, 2016

   

As of

December 31, 2015

 
                 
Direct loans to third parties   $ 16,354,331     $ 23,099,666  
Entrusted loans to third parties     2,883,091       -  
Total loans to third parties   $ 19,237,422     $ 23,099,666  

 

  F- 19  
 

 

Direct loans

 

The Company lends their own funds directly to third party companies and an individual . The detailed direct loan information as of December 31, 2016 is as follows:

 

Borrower   Amount     Annual Interest rate     Due date
A   $ 7,207,725       16 %   From 6/6/2017 to 9/13/2017
B     2,594,784       14 %   3/17/2017
C     2,227,188       14 %   9/24/2017
D     4,324,634       16 %   From 9/5/2017 to 9/12/2017
Total   $ 16,354,331              

 

The loans to above customers are made in several batches with varying due dates.

 

Direct loan balance as of December 31, 2015 of $23,099,666 was to one borrower and was fully collected in 2016. The interest income from such direct loans was $2,369,943 and $1,946,974 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

Entrusted loan

 

The Company also deposit (“entrust”) its funds in trust accounts with certain bank lenders, who will, in turn, make loans to borrowers. The balance of entrusted loan as of December 31, 2016 was $2,883,091 to one borrower and was fully collected in 2017.

 

NOTE 6. EQUIPMENT, NET

 

Equipment consisted of the following:

 

   

As of

December 31, 2016

   

As of

December 31, 2015

 
                 
Furniture   $ 24,338     $ 25,999  
Electronic equipment     20,801       22,222  
Total equipment     45,139       48,221  
Less: accumulated depreciation     (16,362 )     (7,996 )
Equipment, net   $ 28,777     $ 40,225  

 

Depreciation expense was $9,271 and $ 7,996, respectively for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

  F- 20  
 

 

NOTE 7. INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

 

The intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

   

As of

December 31, 2016

   

As of

December 31, 2015

 
                 
Accounting software   $ 3,696     $ 3,949  
Less: accumulated amortization     (924 )     (263 )
Intangible assets, net   $ 2,772     $ 3,686  

 

Amortization expense was $708 and $263, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

NOTE 8. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Due to a related party:

 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company has related party payables of $163,361 and $228,978, respectively, due to Mr. Jianxin Lin who lend funds for the Company’s operations. The payables are unsecured, non-interest bearing and due on demand.

 

   

As of

December 31, 2016

   

As of

December 31, 2015

 
Mr. Jianxin Lin   $ 163,361     $ 228,978  

 

Transaction and balances from related parties:

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded revenue from related parties of $421,105. The trade balance due from a related party is $153,998 as of December 31, 2015. The Company provides consulting services to these related parties in its normal course of business on the same terms as those provided to its unrelated clients.

 

Company Name   Due from related party as of
December 31, 2015
 
Xiamen Luye Trading Co., Ltd   $ 153,998  

 

    Revenue Amount  
    Year ended  
Company Name   December 31, 2015  
         
Xiamen Luye Trading Co., Ltd   $ 230,910  
Xiamen Beiruichen Trading Co., Ltd     190,195  
Total   $ 421,105  

 

Related parties of the Company represented entities that are directly or indirectly owned by directors and officers of the Company or in which the directors and officers of the Company has significant influence.

 

  F- 21  
 

 

NOTE 9. EMPLOYEE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

 

Full time employees of the Company in the PRC participate in a government mandated defined contribution plan, pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to employees. Chinese labor regulations require that the PRC subsidiaries of the Company make contributions to the government for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries. The employee benefits were expensed as contribution was made. The Company has no legal obligation for the benefits beyond the contributions made. The total amounts for such contributions were approximately $146,429 and $208,220 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

NOTE 10. CONCENTRATION OF RISK

 

Credit risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, substantially all of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were held by major financial institutions located in Mainland China, which management believes are of high credit quality.

 

Currency convertibility risk

 

Significant part of the Company’s businesses is transacted in RMB, which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions take place either through the People’s Bank of China or other banks authorized to buy and sell foreign currencies at the exchange rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China. Approval of foreign currency payments by the People’s Bank of China or other regulatory institutions requires submitting a payment application form together with suppliers’ invoices and signed contracts. These exchange control measures imposed by the PRC government authorities may restrict the ability of the Company’s PRC subsidiary and VIEs to transfer its net assets, which to the Company through loans, advances or cash dividends.

 

Concentration of customers

 

There was no customer whose revenue accounts for more than 10% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016. Two customers have outstanding accounts receivable balances that accounts for 15.0% and 12.5% of the total accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2016, respectively.

 

Two customers accounted for 11.7% and 10.5% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015, respectively. Their outstanding accounts receivable balance for these customers was 3.2%, 17.1% of the total accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2015, respectively. Other three customers have accounts receivable balances that accounts for 15.2%, 15.2% and 10.4% of the total accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

  F- 22  
 

 

NOTE 11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

The following table sets forth the Company’s operating lease commitment and donation as of December 31, 2016:

 

    Donation     Office Rental     Total  
                         
Year ending December 31,                        
2017   $ 576,618     $ 471,628     $ 1,048,246  
2018     576,618       -       576,618  
2019     576,618       -       576,618  
2020     864,927       -       864,927  
Total   $ 2,594,781     $ 471,628     $ 3,066,409  

 

For the years ended December 31, 2016, donation expenses were $301,101. The donation was made to China Warmth Project Foundation to set up an International Vocational Education Fund. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, rental expenses under operating leases were approximately US$453,667 and US$483,970, respectively.

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may be subject to legal proceedings regarding contractual and employment relationships and a variety of other matters. The Company records contingent liabilities resulting from such claims, when a loss is assessed to be probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable.

 

NOTE 12 RESTRICTED NET ASSETS

 

Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by the Company’s PRC subsidiary and VIEs only from their retained earnings, if any, determined in accordance with PRC GAAP. In addition, the Company’s subsidiary and VIEs in China are required to make annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax profit to general reserve fund or statutory reserve fund until such reserve has reached 50% of its registered capital based on the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts. Paid in capital of the PRC subsidiary and VIEs included in the Company’s consolidated net assets are also non-distributable for dividend purposes. As a result of these PRC laws and regulations, the Company’s PRC subsidiary and VIEs are restricted in their abilities to transfer net assets to the Company in the form of dividends, loans or advances. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, net assets restricted in the aggregate, which include paid-in capital and statutory reserve funds of the Company’s PRC subsidiary and VIEs that are included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, were $10,977,359 and $25,068,676, respectively. Even though the Company currently does not require any such dividends, loans or advances from the PRC subsidiary and VIEs for working capital and other funding purposes, the Company may in the future require additional cash resources from its PRC subsidiary and VIEs due to changes in business conditions, to fund future acquisitions and developments, or merely declare and pay dividends to or distributions to the Company’s shareholders.

 

  F- 23  
 

 

On March 1, 2016 the board of directors made a resolution to decrease the paid-in capital of Sheng Ying Xin from RMB 150 million (approximately $24,523,663) to RMB 50 million (approximately $9,167,398). This change of paid-in capital was filed and approved with local State Administration of Industry and Commerce on April 25, 2016 and the cash was returned to the investor.

 

NOTE 13. SHARE SPLIT

 

Pursuant to the resolution of the owner adopted on August 16, 2016, the Company is authorized to issue a maximum of 80,000,000 shares of a single class each with a par value of $0.001. On October 9, 2016, the Company effected a split of the Company’s common stock, pursuant to which every one (1) shares of common stock outstanding before the split were converted into twenty million (20,000,000) share of common stock after the split. All share and per share amounts for all periods presented herein have been adjusted to reflect the split as if it had occurred at the beginning of the first period presented.

 

NOTE 14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Pursuant to the resolution of the shareholders adopted on March 14, 2017, the Company authorized maximum shares that the Company may issue be increased from 80,000,000 shares of a single class with a par value of US$0.001 each to an unlimited number of shares of a single class with a par value of US$0.001 each. Share amounts for all periods presented herein have been adjusted to reflect the change as if it had occurred at the beginning of the first period presented.

 

  F- 24  
 

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that we shall indemnify any of our directors, officers or anyone serving at our request as a director of another entity against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings or suits. If such person provides an undertaking to repay expense advances under certain circumstances, we shall pay any expenses, including legal fees, incurred by any such person in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings in advance of the final disposition of the proceedings. If a person to be indemnified has been successful in defense of any proceedings referred to above, such person is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments and fines reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the proceedings. We are required to indemnify a director or officer only if he or she acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. The decision of our board of directors as to whether the director or officer acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and as to whether the director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful, is in the absence of fraud sufficient for the purposes of indemnification, unless a question of law is involved. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entry of no plea does not, by itself, create a presumption that a director or officer did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to our best interests or that the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

We may enter into Letter of Appointments with our directors pursuant to which we agreed to indemnify them against a number of liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director.

 

We may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any of our directors or officers against any liability asserted against the directors or officers and incurred by the directors or officers in that capacity.

 

Item 7.Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

During the past three years, we have issued the following securities. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation D under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering or in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions. No underwriters were involved in these issuances of securities.

 

Purchaser   Date of Sale or
Issuance
  Number of Securities   Consideration
Jianxin Management Limited   September30, 2016   16,340,000 shares   US$ 16,340
Yukkwan Investment Limited   September 30, 2016    920,000 shares   US$ 920
Xingrong Investment Limited   September 30, 2016    840,000 shares   US$ 840
Kafung Management Limited   September 30, 2016     980,000 shares   US$ 980
Alain Investment Holdings Limited   September 30, 2016    920,000 shares   US$ 920

 

ITEM 8. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) Exhibits

 

See Exhibit Index beginning on page II -151 of this registration statement.

 

  146  
   

 

The agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosure that was made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (iii) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

 

We acknowledge that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, we are responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosure of material information regarding material contractual provisions is required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

Schedules, expect for Schedule 1, have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

 

ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
     
  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
     
  (3) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
     
  147  
   

 

  (4) For the purpose of determining any liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
     
  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
     
  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
     
  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
     
  148  
   

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Beijing, China, on November 4, 2016.

 

  China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.
   
  By: /s/ Jianxin Lin
  Name: Jianxin Lin
  Title: Director and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Capacity   Date
         

/s/ Jianxin Lin

  Director and Chief Executive Officer  

April 14 , 2017

Jianxin Lin        
         

/s/ Jinchi Xu 

  Director   April 14 , 2017
 Jinchi Xu        
         

/s/ Sheve Li Tay

 

Director

 

April 14, 2017

Sheve Li Tay

       
         

/s/ Hong Huang

 

Director

 

April 14, 2017

Hong Huang

       
         

/s/ Kam Cheong Leong

 

Director

 

April 14, 2017

Kam Cheong Leong

       
         

/s/ Lu Sun

  Chief Financial Officer  

April 14 , 2017

Lu Sun        

 

  149  
   

 

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

 

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc. has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in on                  , 2017 .

 

  Authorized U.S. Representative
     
  By:  
  Name:                     , on behalf of
  Title:  

 

  150  
   

 

China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  Description
     
1.1   Underwriting Agreement
     
3.1†   Articles of Associations of China Internet Nationwide Financial Service Inc.
     
3.2†   Amendment to the Memorandum of Association of China Internet Nationwide Financial Service Inc.
     
3.3†   Memorandum of Association of China Internet Nationwide Financial Service Inc.
     
3.4†   Articles of Associations of Jianxin Management Limited
     
3.5†   Memorandum of Association of Jianxin Management Limited
     
3.6†    Business License of Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd
     
3.7†   Articles of Association of Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd
     
3.8†   Business License of Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd dated February 17, 2016
     
3.9†   New Business License of Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd dated April 25, 2016
     
3.10†   Articles of Association of Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd
     
3.11†   Business License of Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co. Ltd dated February 6, 2015
     
3.12†   Business License of Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co. Ltd dated June 30, 2015
     
3.13†   Internet Content Provider License of People’s Republic of China
     

3.14

 

Certificate of Incorporation of Hongkong Internet Financial Services Limited

     

3.15

 

Incorporation Form of Hongkong Internet Financial Services Limited

     
3.16†   Articles of Association of Hongkong Internet Financial Services Limited
     
3.17   Business License of Kashgar Sheng Ying xin Enterprise Consulting Co., Ltd.
     
3.18   Articles of Association of Kashgar Sheng Yingxin Enterprise Consulting Co., Ltd.
     
3.19   Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association of China Internet Nationwide Financial Service Inc. dated March 20, 2017.
     
4.1   Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for Ordinary Shares
     
5.1   Opinion of Harneys regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered
     
8.1   Opinion of Harneys regarding certain British Virgin Islands tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)
     
8.2  

Opinion of Han Kun Offices regarding certain PRC tax matters (included in Exhibit 99.2)

     
10.1†  

Employment Agreement between the Company and its executive officers.

     
10.2†   English translation of Lease Agreement dated October 8, 2014

 

  151  
   

 

10.3†   English translation of Form of Financial Advisory Agreement for Commercial Payment Advisory Services (2016 version)
     
10.4†   English translation of Form of Financial Advisory Agreement for International Corporate Financing Advisory Services (2016 version)
     
10.5†   English translation of Form of Financial Advisory Agreement for Intermediary Bank Loan Advisory Services (2016 version)
     
10.6†   English translation of Form of Financial Advisory Agreement (2015 version)
     
10.7†   English translation of RMB Entrusted loan Contract (Agency Contract) entered into by and between Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co., Ltd and China Guangfa Bank Co., Ltd dated December 24, 2015
     
10.8†   English translation of Loan Contract entered into by and between Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd and Xiamen Jingsu Trading Limited Company dated March 18, 2016
     
10.9†   English translation of Loan Extension Contract entered into by and between Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd and Xiamen Jingsu Trading Limited Company dated September 17, 2016.
     
10.10†   Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement entered into by and between Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd and Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd dated April 26, 2016.
     
10.11†   Exclusive Option Agreement among Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd, Jianxin Lin, Shaoyong Huang and Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd dated April 26, 2016.
     
10.12†   Power of Attorney granted by shareholders of Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd (Jianxin Lin and Shaoyong Huang) dated April 26, 2016.
     
10.13†   Share Pledge Agreement among Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd, Jianxin Lin, Shaoyong Huang and Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd dated April 26, 2016.
     

10.14 †

 

Loan Agreement between the Company and Jianxin Lin dated March 17, 2016.

     

10.15 †

 

Employment Agreement between the Company and Jianxin Lin dated September 30, 2014.

     

10.16 †

 

Employment Agreement between the Company and Jinchi Xu dated September 30, 2014.

     

10.17 †

 

Employment Agreement between the Company and Lu Sun dated December 1, 2015.

     
10.18   Letter of Appointment between the Company and Sheve Li Tay dated February 22, 2017 .
     
10.19   Letter of Appointment between the Company and Hong Huang dated February 22, 2017 .
     
10.20   Letter of Appointment between the Company and Kam Cheong Leong dated February 22, 2017 .
     
10.21   Form of Lock-Up Agreement between the Company and Boustead Securities LLC
     
10.22   Form of Warrant Agreement between the Company and Boustead Securities LLC
     
10.23   English translation of Loan Contract entered into by and between Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd and Cai Longge dated September 25, 2016
     
21.1†   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
     
23.1  

Consent of Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm

     
23.2   Consent of Harneys (included in Exhibit 5.1)
     
23.3  

Consent of Han Kun Law Offices (included in Exhibit 99.2)

     
23.4 †  

Consent of Beijing Han Ding Century Consulting Company

     
24.1†   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
     
99.1   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant
     
99.2  

Opinion of Han Kun Law Offices as to certain matters under Chinese law

     
99.3 †   Translation of the report titled “2012-2018 China’s Financial Advisory Services Industry Market Overview Analysis” prepared by Beijing Han Ding Century Consulting Co. Ltd .
     
*   To be filed by amendment.
 

Previously filed.

 

  152  
   

 

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

between

 

CHINA INTERNET NATIONWIDE FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. (the “Company”)

 

and

 

BOUSTEAD SECURITIES, LLC

 

As Representative of the Underwriters

 

(the “Representative”)

 

 
 

 

CHINA INTERNET NATIONWIDE FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

Boustead Securities, LLC April 10, 2017
898 North Sepulveda  
Suite 475  
El Segundo, CA 90245  

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc., a British Virgin Islands corporation (collectively with its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, all entities disclosed or described in the Registration Statement (as hereinafter defined) as being subsidiaries of the Company, the “ Company ”), hereby confirms its agreement with BOUSTEAD SECURITIES, LLC. (hereinafter referred to as “you” (including its correlatives) or the “ Representative ”) and NETWORK 1 FINANCIAL SECURITIES, INC., as co-underwriter (the Representative and Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. being together called the “ Underwriters ” and each, an “ Underwriter ”) with respect to the sale by the Company, through the Representative, on a best efforts basis, of a minimum of one million six hundred thousand (1,600,000) ordinary shares of the Company and a maximum of four million (4,000,000) ordinary shares of the Company (the “ Placement Shares ”), par value US$0.001 per share (the “ Shares ”).

 

The Company understands that the Representative proposes to make, on a best efforts basis, a public offering of Shares as soon as the Representative deems advisable after this Underwriting Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) has been executed and delivered. The Company understands that Representative may engage one or more underwriters or selected dealers for purposes of selling the Placement Shares subject to the terms hereof. The Underwriters’ obligations herein are several and not joint.

 

The Company and the Representative agree as follows:

 

1. Purchase and Sale of Shares .

 

1.1 Placement Shares .

 

1.1.1. Nature and Purchase of Placement Shares .

 

(i) On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell, through the Underwriter the Placement Shares an aggregate of a minimum of US$8,000,000 and a maximum of US$20,000,000 of ordinary shares (the “ Offering Amount ”) to the investors therein (collectively the “ Investors ”).

 

(ii) The Underwriters agree to exercise their best efforts to arrange for the purchase, on a “minimum/maximum” basis, by the investors from the Company the number of Placement Shares equivalent to the Offering Amount at a purchase price of $5.00 per share (the “ Purchase Price ”). The Placement Shares are to be offered initially to the public at the Purchase Price.

 

 
 

 

1.1.2. Placement Share Payment and Delivery .

 

(i) Delivery and payment for the Placement Shares shall be made at 10:00 a.m., Eastern time, on the third (3 rd ) Business Day following the effective date (the “ Effective Date ”) of the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 2.1.1 below) (or the fourth (4 th ) Business Day following the Effective Date if the Registration Statement is declared effective after 4:01 p.m., Eastern time) or at such earlier time as shall be agreed upon by the Underwriter and the Company, at the offices of Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP, 501 Madison Avenue, 14th Floor, New York, NY 10022 (the “ Underwriter Counsel ”), or at such other place (or remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company. The hour and date of delivery and payment for the Placement Shares is called the “ Closing Date .”

 

(ii) Payment for the Placement Shares shall be made on the Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable to the order of the Company upon delivery of the certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative) representing the Placement Shares (or through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”)) for the account of the Underwriters and/or the Investors. The Placement Shares shall be registered in such name or names of the Investors and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Placement Shares except upon tender of payment by the Underwriters for all of the Placement Shares.

 

1.1.3. Exclusive Agency . The Company hereby appoints Underwriters as its only Underwriters, who are represented by the Representative, along with any dealers approved by the Underwriters, as the Company’s exclusive agent to arrange for the sale of, and hereby agrees to sell during the Offering Period (as defined in Section 1.1.5), Placement Shares and on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, you accept such appointment and agree to use your best efforts as agent to arrange for the offer of the Placement Shares for sale for the account of the Company, on a cash basis only at the Purchase Price per Placement Share. During the Offering Period, the Company will not sell or agree to sell any debt or equity securities otherwise than through you. Subject to your commitment to arrange for the sale of the Placement Shares on a best-efforts basis as provided herein, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent you from entering into an agency agreement, underwriting or placement agreement, or other similar agreement governing the offer and sale of securities with any other issuer of securities, and nothing contained herein shall be construed in any way as precluding or restricting your right to sell or offer for sale securities issued by any other person, including securities similar to, or competing with, the Placement Shares. It is understood between the parties that there is no firm commitment by any Underwriter or the Underwriters to arrange for the purchase of any or all of the Placement Shares.

 

1.1.4. Obligation to Offer Shares . The Underwriters’ obligation to arrange for the offer of the Placement Shares is subject to receipt by you of written advice from the Commission that the Registration Statement is effective, is subject to the Placement Shares being qualified for offering under applicable laws in the states as may be reasonably designated by you, is subject to the absence of any prohibitory action by any governmental body, agency, or official, and is subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement.

 

1.1.5. Offering Termination Date . The “ Offering Period ” shall commence on the day that the Prospectus is first made available to prospective investors in connection with the Offering and shall continue until the “ Offering Termination Date ,” which shall be the earliest of (i) a date mutually acceptable to the Company and you after which at least 1,600,000 shares of Placement Shares are sold at the Purchase Price per Placement Share (the minimum offering); (ii) such time as 4,000,000 shares of Placement Shares are sold at the Purchase Price per Placement Share (the maximum offering) or (iii) the close of business on August 31, 2017 unless extended at the sole discretion of the Company and you to November 31, 2017. The Company and you agree that unless at least 1,600,000 Placement Shares offered are sold on or before the Offering Termination Date, all funds that have been sent to the Escrow Account (as hereinafter defined) for the Placement Shares will be returned to the investors.

 

 
 

 

1.1.6. Escrow Agent . Prior to the sale of any of the Placement Shares, all funds received from purchasers of the Placement Shares shall be placed in an escrow account (the “ Escrow Account ”) with the Escrow Agent by noon of the next business day following receipt thereof, pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, the form of which is attached as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and all payments of, from or on account of such funds shall be made pursuant to the Escrow Agreement. In the event that fewer than 1,600,000 Placement Shares are subscribed for on the Offering Termination Date, all funds then held in the Escrow Account shall be returned promptly to the respective investors as provided in the Escrow Agreement.

 

The Escrow Agent may not utilize sweep arrangements. All participating broker dealers (members of FINRA, or the “ Members ”) shall confirm, via the selected dealer agreement or similar agreement that it will comply with rule 15c2-4. As per rule 15c2-4 and notice to members 84-7 (the “ Rule ”), all checks that are accompanied by a subscription agreement will be promptly sent along with the subscription agreements to the escrow account by noon the next business day. In regards to monies being wired from an investor’s bank account, the Members shall request the investors send their wires by the next business day, however, we cannot insure the investors will forward their respective monies as per the Rule. Absent unusual circumstances, funds in customer accounts will be transmitted by noon of the next business day.

 

1.2 Compensation .

 

1.2.1. Underwriters’ Commissions . The Company hereby agrees to pay a placement fee in aggregate, by wire transfer of immediately available funds on the Closing Date, if any, a selling commission computed at the rate of six and a half percent (6.5%) of the gross proceeds of the Placement Shares sold in the offering. The foregoing fee shall be paid to the Representative and split among selected dealers and the Underwriters in such amounts as agreed to among them pursuant to a selected dealers’ agreement. The foregoing fee in no way limits or impairs the indemnification and contribution provisions of this Agreement. The Representative shall furnish the Company with wire instructions and amounts to payable to each participating broker-dealer.

 

1.2.2. Underwriters’ Warrants . The Company hereby agrees to issue to the Representative (and/or its designees) on the Closing Date warrants to purchase such number of ordinary shares of the Company equal to 6.5% of the gross payment amount to be disbursed to the Company on Closing Date for the Placement Shares divided by the Purchase Price (“ Underwriters’ Warrant ”). The Underwriters’ Warrant agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Underwriters’ Warrant Agreement ”), shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing from the effective date of the Registration Statement and expiring on the two-year anniversary thereof at an initial exercise price per ordinary share of $6.00, which is equal to 120% of the Purchase Price of the Placement Shares. The Underwriters’ Warrant shall include a “cashless” exercise feature, and shall contain provisions for unlimited “piggyback” registration rights until expiration. The Underwriters’ Warrant Agreement and ordinary shares issuable upon exercise thereof are hereinafter referred to together as the “ Underwriters’ Securities .” The Representative understands and agrees that there are significant restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110 against transferring the Underwriters’ Warrant Agreement and the underlying ordinary shares during the one hundred eighty (180) days after the Effective Date and by its acceptance thereof shall agree that it will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the Underwriters’ Warrant Agreement, or any portion thereof, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Effective Date to anyone other than (i) an underwriter or a selected dealer in connection with the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of the Representative or of any such underwriter or selected dealer; and only if any such transferee agrees to the foregoing lock-up restrictions.

 

 
 

 

Delivery of the Underwriters’ Warrant Agreement shall be made on the Closing Date and shall be issued in the name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as of the Applicable Time (as defined below), as of the Closing Date, as follows:

 

2.1 Filing of Registration Statement .

 

2.1.1. Pursuant to the Securities Act . The Company has filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, and an amendment or amendments thereto, on Form F-1 (File No. 333-[•]), including any related prospectus or prospectuses, for the registration of the Placement Shares and the Underwriters’ Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in all material respects in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act (the “ Securities Act Regulations ”) and will contain all material statements that are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement became effective (including the Preliminary Prospectus included in the registration statement, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of the Effective Date pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A of the Securities Act Regulations (the “ Rule 430A Information ”)), is referred to herein as the “ Registration Statement .” If the Company files any registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act Regulations, then after such filing, the term “ Registration Statement ” shall include such registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b). The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.

 

Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “ Preliminary Prospectus .” The Preliminary Prospectus, subject to completion, dated [•], 2017, that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time is hereinafter called the “ Pricing Prospectus .” The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in the Offering is hereinafter called the “ Prospectus .” Any reference to the “most recent Preliminary Prospectus” shall be deemed to refer to the latest Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

 

Applicable Time ” means [TIME] [a.m./p.m.], Eastern time, on the date of this Agreement.

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus “ means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act Regulations (“ Rule 433 ”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations) relating to the Placement Shares that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Placement Shares or of the Offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

 
 

 

Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus “ means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “ bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (the “ Bona Fide Electronic Road Show ”), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule 1-B hereto.

 

Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus ” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

 

Pricing Disclosure Package ” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the Pricing Prospectus and the information included on Schedule 1-A hereto, all considered together.

 

2.1.2. Pursuant to the Exchange Act . The Company has filed with the Commission a Form 8-A (File Number 000-[•]) providing for the registration pursuant to Section 12(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), of the ordinary shares. The registration of the ordinary shares under the Exchange Act has been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date hereof. The Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the ordinary shares under the Exchange Act, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission is contemplating terminating such registration.

 

2.2 Stock Exchange Listing . Company’s ordinary share have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market (the “ Exchange ”), and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, delisting the ordinary shares from the Exchange, nor has the Company received any notification that the Exchange is contemplating terminating such listing except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

2.3 No Stop Orders, etc . Neither the Commission nor any state regulatory authority has issued any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or has instituted or threatened to institute, any proceedings with respect to such an order. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

 

2.4 Disclosures in Registration Statement .

 

2.4.1. Compliance with Securities Act and 10b-5 Representation .

 

(i) Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Each Preliminary Prospectus, including the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment or supplement thereto, and the Prospectus, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations. Each Preliminary Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this Offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(ii) Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, as of the Applicable Time or at the Closing Date, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

 
 

 

(iii) The Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time or at the Closing Date, did not, does not and will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and each such Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Prospectus as of the Applicable Time, did not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by the Underwriters expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto (“ Underwriters’ Information ”); and

 

(iv) Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Date included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to the Underwriters’ Information.

 

2.4.2. Disclosure of Agreements . The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained therein and there are no agreements or other documents required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed. Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which the Company is a party or by which it is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or (ii) is material to the Company’s business, has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Company, is in full force and effect in all material respects and is enforceable against the Company and the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. None of such agreements or instruments has been assigned by the Company, and neither the Company nor any other party is in default thereunder and, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default thereunder. Performance by the Company of the material provisions of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or businesses (each, a “ Governmental Entity ”), including, without limitation, those relating to environmental laws and regulations.

 

2.4.3. Prior Securities Transactions . No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

 
 

 

2.4.4. Regulations . The disclosures in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus concerning the effects of federal, state, local and all foreign regulation on the Offering and the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and no other such regulations are required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus which are not so disclosed.

 

2.5 Changes After Dates in Registration Statement .

 

2.5.1. No Material Adverse Change . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein: (i) there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or results of operations of the Company, nor any change or development that, singularly or in the aggregate, would involve a material adverse change or a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, assets or prospects of the Company (a “ Material Adverse Change ”); (ii) there have been no material transactions entered into by the Company, other than as contemplated pursuant to this Agreement; and (iii) no officer or director of the Company has resigned from any position with the Company.

 

2.5.2. Recent Securities Transactions, etc . Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not: (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its capital stock.

 

2.6 Independent Accountants . To the knowledge of the Company, Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP (the “ Auditor ”), whose report is filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is a registered independent public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The Auditor has not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

 
 

 

2.7 Financial Statements, etc . The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, fairly present the financial position and the results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved (provided that unaudited interim financial statements are subject to year-end audit adjustments that are not expected to be material in the aggregate and do not contain all footnotes required by GAAP); and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations. The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted financial information and the related notes, if any, included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus have been properly compiled and prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and present fairly the information shown therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission), if any, comply with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act, to the extent applicable. Each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus discloses all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) neither the Company nor any of its direct and indirect subsidiaries (including, for this purpose, any variable interest entities), including each entity disclosed or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as being a subsidiary of the Company (each, a “ Subsidiary ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiaries ”), has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions other than in the ordinary course of business, (b) the Company has not declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock, (c) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, other than in the course of business, any grants under any stock compensation plan, and (d) there has not been any material adverse change in the Company’s long-term or short-term debt.

 

2.8 Authorized Capital; Options, etc . The Company had, at the date or dates indicated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the duly authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth therein. Based on the assumptions stated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company will have on the Closing Date the adjusted stock capitalization set forth therein. Except as set forth in, or contemplated by, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, on the Effective Date, as of the Applicable Time and on the Closing Date, there will be no stock options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized, but unissued shares of ordinary share of the Company or any security convertible or exercisable into shares of ordinary share of the Company, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell shares of ordinary share or any such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities.

 

2.9 Valid Issuance of Securities, etc.

 

2.9.1. Outstanding Securities . All issued and outstanding securities of the Company issued prior to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof have no rights of rescission with respect thereto, and are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company. The authorized shares of ordinary share conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The offers and sales of the outstanding shares of ordinary share were at all relevant times either registered under the Securities Act and the applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws or, based in part on the representations and warranties of the purchasers of such shares, exempt from such registration requirements.

 

 
 

 

2.9.2. Securities Sold Pursuant to this Agreement . The Placement Shares and Underwriters’ Securities have been duly authorized for issuance and sale and, when issued and paid for, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Placement Shares and Underwriters’ Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Placement Shares and Underwriters’ Securities has been duly and validly taken. The Placement Shares and Underwriters’ Securities conform in all material respects to all statements with respect thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. All corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Underwriters’ Warrant Agreement has been duly and validly taken; the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriters’ Warrant have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and when paid for and issued in accordance with the Underwriters’ Warrant and the Underwriters’ Warrant Agreement, such shares of ordinary share will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and such ordinary shares are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company.

 

2.10 Registration Rights of Third Parties . Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, this Agreement and the Underwriter’s Warrant Agreement, no holders of any securities of the Company or any rights exercisable for or convertible into or exchangeable with securities of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any such securities of the Company under the Securities Act or to include any such securities in a registration statement to be filed by the Company.

 

2.11 Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements . This Agreement and the Underwriters’ Warrant Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by the Company, and, when executed and delivered, will constitute, the valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

2.12 No Conflicts, etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the Underwriters’ Warrant Agreement and all ancillary documents, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in a material breach of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a material default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association (as the same may be amended or restated from time to time, the “ Charter ”) or the by-laws of the Company; or (iii) violate any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any Governmental Entity as of the date hereof.

 

2.13 No Defaults; Violations . No default exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any material license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject. The Company is not in violation of any term or provision of its Charter or by-laws, or in violation of any franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any Governmental Entity.

 

 
 

 

2.14 Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents .

 

2.14.1. Conduct of Business . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business purpose as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

2.14.2. Transactions Contemplated Herein . The Company has all corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof, and all consents, authorizations, approvals and orders required in connection therewith have been obtained. No other consent, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court, government agency or other body is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery of the Placement Shares and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement and the Underwriters’ Warrant Agreement and as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”).

 

2.15 D&O Questionnaires . All information contained in the questionnaires (the “ Questionnaires ”) completed by each of the Company’s directors and officers immediately prior to the Offering (the “ Insiders ”) as supplemented by all information concerning the Company’s directors, officers and principal shareholders as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as well as in the Lock-Up Agreement (as defined in Section 2.25 below), provided to the Underwriter, is true and correct in all material respects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the Questionnaires to become materially inaccurate and incorrect.

 

2.16 Litigation; Governmental Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending or threatened against, or involving the Company or any executive officer or director which has not been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or in connection with the Company’s listing application for the listing of the Placement Shares on the Exchange.

 

2.17 Good Standing . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands as of the date hereof, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification (including but without limitation to the People’s Republic of China and Hong Kong Special Administrative Region).

 

2.18 Insurance . The Company carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks which the Company believes are adequate in view of balancing of the costs of insurance, the risks of loss and its benefits to the Company, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (i) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

 
 

 

2.19 Transactions Affecting Disclosure to FINRA .

 

2.19.1. Finder’s Fees . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Insider with respect to the sale of the Placement Shares hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or any of its shareholders that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA.

 

2.19.2. Payments Within Twelve (12) Months . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (ii) any FINRA member; or (iii) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the twelve (12) months prior to the Effective Date, other than the payment to the Underwriter as provided hereunder in connection with the Offering.

 

2.19.3. Use of Proceeds . None of the net proceeds of the Offering will be paid by the Company to any participating FINRA member or its affiliates, except as specifically authorized herein.

 

2.19.4. FINRA Affiliation . There is no (i) officer or director of the Company, (ii) beneficial owner of 5% or more of any class of the Company’s securities or (iii) beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities which were acquired during the 180-day period immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement that is an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).

 

2.19.5. Information . All information provided by the Company in its FINRA questionnaire to Underwriter Counsel specifically for use by Underwriter Counsel in connection with its Public Offering System filings (and related disclosure) with FINRA is true, correct and complete in all material respects.

 

2.20 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . None of the Company and its Subsidiaries or any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company and its Subsidiaries or any other person acting on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries, has, directly or indirectly, given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any governmental agency or instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that (i) might subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding, (ii) if not given in the past, might have had a Material Adverse Change or (iii) if not continued in the future, might adversely affect the assets, business, operations or prospects of the Company. The Company has taken reasonable steps to ensure that its accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the Company to comply in all material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

2.21 Compliance with OFAC . None of the Company and its Subsidiaries or any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company and its Subsidiaries or any other person acting on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries, is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”), and the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Offering hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

 
 

 

2.22 Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or threatened.

 

2.23 Intentionally omitted.

 

2.24 Officers’ Certificate . Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company and delivered to you or to Underwriter Counsel shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

 

2.25 Lock-Up Agreements. Schedule 3 hereto contains a complete and accurate list of the Company’s officers, directors and each owner of the Company’s outstanding ordinary shares immediately prior to the Underwriting (or securities convertible or exercisable into shares of ordinary share), as well as other holders of shares of ordinary share that have agreed to execute a Lock-Up Agreement with you and the Company (collectively, the “ Lock-Up Parties ”). The Company has caused each of the Lock-Up Parties to deliver to the Underwriter an executed Lock-Up Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B ( the “ Lock-Up Agreement ”), prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

2.26 Subsidiaries . All direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the Company are duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the place of organization or incorporation, and each Subsidiary is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the assets, business or operations of the Company taken as a whole. The Company’s ownership and control of each Subsidiary is as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

2.27 Related Party Transactions . There are no business relationships or related party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

 

2.28 Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company is comprised of the persons set forth under the heading of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus captioned “Management.” The qualifications of the persons serving as board members and the overall composition of the board comply with the Exchange Act, the Exchange Act Regulations, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) applicable to the Company and the listing rules of the Exchange. At least one member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined under Regulation S-K and the listing rules of the Exchange. In addition, at least a majority of the persons serving on the Board of Directors qualify as “independent,” as defined under the listing rules of the Exchange.

 

 
 

 

2.29 Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance .

 

2.29.1. Disclosure Controls . The Company has developed and currently maintains disclosure controls and procedures that will comply with Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 under the Exchange Act Regulations, and such controls and procedures are effective to ensure that all material information concerning the Company will be made known on a timely basis to the individuals responsible for the preparation of the Company’s Exchange Act filings and other public disclosure documents.

 

2.29.2. Compliance . The Company is, or at the Applicable Time and on the Closing Date will be, in material compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act applicable to it, and has implemented or will implement such programs and taken reasonable steps to ensure the Company’s future compliance (not later than the relevant statutory and regulatory deadlines therefor) with all of the material provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

2.30 Accounting Controls . The Company and its Subsidiaries maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined under Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act Regulations) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal controls. The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are known to the Company’s management and that have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’ ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud known to the Company’s management, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

2.31 No Investment Company Status . The Company is not and, after giving effect to the Offering and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be, required to register as an “investment company,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

2.32 No Labor Disputes . No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries exists or is imminent.

 

 
 

 

2.33 Intellectual Property Rights . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries own or possess or have valid rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and similar rights (“ Intellectual Property Rights ”) necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. To the knowledge of the Company, no action or use by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries necessary for the conduct of its business as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will involve or give rise to any infringement of, or license or similar fees for, any Intellectual Property Rights of others. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice alleging any such infringement, fee or conflict with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change (A) there is no infringement, misappropriation or violation by third parties of any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company; (B) there is no pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the rights of the Company in or to any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim, that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.33, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (C) the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company and the Intellectual Property Rights licensed to the Company have not been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and there is no pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any such Intellectual Property Rights, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.33, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (D) there is no pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property Rights or other proprietary rights of others, the Company has not received any written notice of such claim and the Company is unaware of any other facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim that would, individually or in the aggregate, together with any other claims in this Section 2.33, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; and (E) to the knowledge of the Company, no employee of the Company is in or has ever been in violation in any material respect of any term of any employment contract, patent disclosure agreement, invention assignment agreement, non-competition agreement, non-solicitation agreement, nondisclosure agreement or any restrictive covenant to or with a former employer where the basis of such violation relates to such employee’s employment with the Company, or actions undertaken by the employee while employed with the Company and could reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Change. All material technical information developed by and belonging to the Company which has not been patented has been kept confidential. The Company is not a party to or bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property Rights of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are not described therein. The Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus contain in all material respects the same description of the matters set forth in the preceding sentence. None of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of its officers, directors or employees, or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons.

 

2.34 Taxes . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has filed all returns (as hereinafter defined) required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has paid all taxes (as hereinafter defined) shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on or assessed against the Company or such respective Subsidiary. The provisions for taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial statements filed with or as part of the Registration Statement are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, and for all periods to and including the dates of such consolidated financial statements. Except as disclosed in writing to the Underwriters, (i) no issues have been raised (and are currently pending) by any taxing authority in connection with any of the returns or taxes asserted as due from the Company or its Subsidiaries, and (ii) no waivers of statutes of limitation with respect to the returns or collection of taxes have been given by or requested from the Company or its Subsidiaries. The term “ taxes ” mean all federal, state, local, foreign and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term “ returns ” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements and other documents required to be filed in respect to taxes.

 

 
 

 

2.35 Intentionally omitted.

 

2.36 Compliance with Laws . The Company: (A) is and at all times has been in compliance with all statutes, rules, or regulations applicable to Company’s business (“ Applicable Laws ”); (B) has not received any notice of adverse finding, warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or notice from any other governmental authority alleging or asserting noncompliance with any Applicable Laws or any licenses, certificates, approvals, clearances, authorizations, permits and supplements or amendments thereto required by any such Applicable Laws (“ Authorizations ”); (C) possesses all material Authorizations and such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and are not in material violation of any term of any such Authorizations; (D) has not received notice of any claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from any governmental authority or third party alleging that any business operation or activity is in violation of any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such governmental authority or third party is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding; (E) has not received notice that any governmental authority has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any Authorizations and has no knowledge that any such governmental authority is considering such action; and (F) has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all material reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments as required by any Applicable Laws or Authorizations and that all such reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments were complete and correct on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission).

 

2.37 Ineligible Issuer . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the Securities Act Regulations) of the Placement Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

 

2.38 Industry Data . The statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate or represent the Company’s good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources.

 

2.39 Emerging Growth Company . From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly in or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”). “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

 
 

 

2.40 Testing-the-Waters Communications . The Company has not (i) alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the written consent of the Underwriters and with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) authorized anyone other than the Underwriters to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company confirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule 1-C hereto. “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

2.41 Electronic Road Show . The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) of the Securities Act Regulations such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h) of the Securities Act Regulations) is required in connection with the Offering.

 

2.42 Margin Securities . The Company owns no “margin securities” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “ Federal Reserve Board ”), and none of the proceeds of Offering will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the ordinary shares to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meanings of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

2.43 No prohibition on Dividends . None of the Subsidiaries is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such Subsidiary’s share capital, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such Subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such Subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary, except as described in the Registration Statement and in or contemplated by the Pricing Disclosure Package; except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Registration Statement, any dividends and other distributions declared with respect to after-tax retained earnings on the equity interests of the Subsidiaries may under PRC laws and regulations be paid to the Company; and all such dividends and distributions will not be subject to withholding or other taxes under PRC laws and regulations and are otherwise free and clear of any other tax, withholding or deduction in the PRC, and without the necessity of obtaining any governmental authorization in the PRC except as described in the Registration Statement.

 

2.44 PRC Regulations. Except as described in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Disclosure Package, each of the Company and Subsidiaries has taken or is in the process of taking all reasonable steps (to the extent required of the Company and each such Subsidiary under PRC laws and regulations) to comply with, and to ensure compliance by each of (i) its principal stockholders as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Disclosure Package, and (ii) any other persons known to the Company that are required to comply (in connection with their interests in the Company) with applicable rules and regulations of the relevant PRC governmental agencies (including, without limitation, the Ministry of Commerce, National Development and Reform Commission and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange) relating to overseas investment by PRC residents and citizens or overseas listing by offshore special purpose vehicles controlled directly or indirectly by PRC companies and individuals, such as the Company (the “ PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations “), including, without limitation, requesting such persons to complete any registration and other procedures required under applicable PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations.

 

 
 

 

2.45 No PRC Filing Requirements . It is not necessary that this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any other document be filed or recorded with any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental authority in the PRC.

 

2.46 PRC Statutes . Each of the Company and each of the Company’s directors that signed the Registration Statement is aware of and has been advised as to, the content of the Rules on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce (the “ MOFCOM ”), the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Tax Administration, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “ CSRC ”) and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC on August 8, 2006 (the “ M&A Rules ”), in particular the relevant provisions thereof which purport to require offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, formed for listing purposes and controlled directly or indirectly by PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of their securities on an overseas stock exchange, and the relevant provisions thereof which purport to require foreign companies acquiring PRC companies to obtain the approval of MOFCOM prior to the acquisition by the foreign company of such PRC company in case the foreign company and the PRC company are affiliated to each other; the Company has received legal advice specifically with respect to the M&A Rules from its PRC counsel and the Company understands such legal advice; and the Company has fully communicated such legal advice from its PRC counsel to each of its directors that signed the Registration Statement and each director has confirmed that he or she understands such legal advice; and as of the date of the Prospectus and as of the date of this Agreement, the M&A Rules did not and do not apply to the issuance and sale of the Placement Shares, the listing and trading of the Placement Shares on NASDAQ Global Market, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, nor is the CSRC, MOFCOM or other PRC governmental approval required in connection with the above. The Company and the Subsidiaries have received all proper and necessary approvals, permits and authorizations from government bodies for its business transactions. Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that would lead it to believe that the CSRC is taking any action to require the Company to seek its approval for the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or that would otherwise cause a material adverse change.

 

2.47 No Immunity . None of the Company, Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets has any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) under the laws of the PRC, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the British Virgin Islands, the State of New York, or United States federal law; and, to the extent that the Company, any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to any such right of immunity in any such court in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, each of the Company and the Subsidiaries waives and will waive such right to the extent permitted by law.

 

3. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

3.1 Amendments to Registration Statement . The Company shall deliver to the Underwriters, prior to filing, any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus proposed to be filed after the Effective Date and not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Underwriters shall reasonably object in writing.

 

 
 

 

3.2 Federal Securities Laws .

 

3.2.1. Compliance . The Company, subject to Section 3.2.2, shall comply with the requirements of Rule 430A of the Securities Act Regulations, and will notify the Underwriters promptly, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed; (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission; (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information; (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Placement Shares and Underwriters’ Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Securities Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act in connection with the Offering of the Placement Shares and Underwriters’ Securities. The Company shall effect all filings required under Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act Regulations, in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and shall take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company shall prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

 

3.2.2. Continued Compliance . The Company shall comply with the Securities Act, the Securities Act Regulations, the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Placement Shares as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Placement Shares is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the Securities Act Regulations (“ Rule 172 ”), would be) required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Placement Shares, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Underwriters notice of such event; (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Underwriters with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company has given the Underwriters notice of any filings made pursuant to the Exchange Act or the Exchange Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time. The Company shall give the Underwriters notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time until the later of the Closing Date and will furnish the Underwriters with copies of the related document(s) a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

 

 
 

 

3.2.3. Exchange Act Registration . For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall maintain the registration of the ordinary shares under the Exchange Act. The Company shall not deregister the ordinary shares under the Exchange Act without the prior written consent of the Underwriter.

 

3.2.4. Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Underwriters, it shall not make any offer relating to the Placement Shares that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Underwriters shall be deemed to have consented to each Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus hereto and any “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed by the Underwriters. The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Underwriter as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

 

3.2.5. Testing-the-Waters Communications . If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company shall promptly notify the Underwriters and shall promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

3.3 Delivery to the Underwriter of Registration Statements . The Company has delivered or made available or shall deliver or make available to the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representative, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

3.4 Delivery to the Underwriter of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered or made available or will deliver or make available to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each Preliminary Prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the Securities Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Placement Shares is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the Securities Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriter will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

 
 

 

3.5 Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the Underwriter . The Company shall cause the Registration Statement to remain effective with a current prospectus for at least nine (9) months after the Applicable Time, and shall notify the Underwriter immediately and confirm the notice in writing: (i) of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto; (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iii) of the issuance by any state securities commission of any proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Placement Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iv) of the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus; (v) of the receipt of any comments or request for any additional information from the Commission; and (vi) of the happening of any event during the period described in this Section 3.5 that, in the judgment of the Company, makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making of any changes in (a) the Registration Statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (b) in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Commission or any state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company shall make every reasonable effort to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

 

3.6 Review of Financial Statements. For a period of five (5) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent registered public accounting firm to review (but not audit) the Company’s financial statements for each of the three fiscal quarters immediately preceding the announcement of any quarterly financial information.

 

3.7 Listing . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the ordinary shares (including the Placement Shares) on the Exchange for at least five years from the date of this Agreement.

 

3.8 [Intentionally Omitted]

 

3.9 Reports to the Underwriter .

 

3.9.1. Periodic Reports, etc . For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall furnish to the Representative copies of such financial statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities and also promptly furnish to the Underwriter: (i) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to file with the Commission under the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Regulations; (ii) a copy of every press release and every news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs which was released by the Company; (iii) a copy of each Form 8-K prepared and filed by the Company; (iv) a copy of each registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; and (v) such additional documents and information with respect to the Company and the affairs of any future subsidiaries of the Company as the Representative may from time to time reasonably request; provided the Representative shall sign, if requested by the Company, a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the Representative and Underwriter Counsel in connection with the Representative’s receipt of such information. Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Representative pursuant to this Section 3.9.1.

 

 
 

 

3.9.2. Transfer Agent; Transfer Sheets . For a period of three (3) years after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall retain a transfer agent and registrar acceptable to the Underwriters (the “ Transfer Agent ”) and shall furnish to the Representative at the Company’s sole cost and expense such transfer sheets of the Company’s securities as the Representative may reasonably request, including the daily and monthly consolidated transfer sheets of the Transfer Agent and DTC. Island Stock Transfer, LLC is acceptable to the Underwriters to act as Transfer Agent for the ordinary shares.

 

3.9.3. Trading Reports . During such time as the Placement Shares are listed on the Exchange, the Company shall cooperate to make available to the Underwriters, such reports published by Exchange relating to price trading of the Placement Shares, as the Representative shall reasonably request. The parties acknowledge that the Exchange makes such material available without charge on the Exchange’s Internet website.

 

3.10 Payment of Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and relevant transaction documents are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company hereby agrees to pay all costs and expenses incident to the Offering, including the following:

 

3.10.1 all expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, formatting for EDGAR and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any and all amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers;

 

3.10.2 all fees and expenses in connection with filings with FINRA’s Public Offering System;

 

3.10.3 all fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Securities under the Securities Act and the Offering;

 

3.10.4 all reasonable expenses in connection with the qualifications of the Placement Shares and Underwriters’ Securities for offering and sale under state or foreign securities or blue sky laws;

 

3.10.5 all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Placement Shares on the NASDAQ Global Market;

 

3.10.6 all reasonable travel expenses of the Company’s officers, directors and employees and any other expense of the Company or the Underwriters incurred in connection with attending or hosting meetings with prospective purchasers of the Securities (“Road Show Expenses”); provide, however, that all travel and lodging expenses of the representative in excess of $5,000 shall be subject to prior written approval by the Company;

 

3.10.7 any stock transfer taxes incurred in connection with this Agreement or the Offering;

 

3.10.8 the costs associated with book building, prospectus tracking and compliance software and the cost of preparing certificates representing the Placement Shares;

 

 
 

 

3.10.9 the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar for the Placement Shares;

 

3.10.10 any reasonable costs and expenses incurred in conducting background checks of the Company’s officers and directors by a background search firm acceptable to the Representative; and

 

3.10.11 all other reasonable, non-accounted costs, fees and expenses incident to the Offering that are not otherwise specifically provided herein equal to one percent (1%) of the Offering Amount, in addition to Underwriters’ estimated travel expenses of $25,000, Underwriter Counsel’s fees of $75,000 and third-party due diligence expenses of $25,000.

 

3.11 Application of Net Proceeds . The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the Offering received by it in a manner consistent with the application thereof described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

3.12 Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders . The Company shall make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than the first day of the fifteenth (15 th ) full calendar month following the date of this Agreement, an earnings statement (which need not be certified by independent registered public accounting firm unless required by the Securities Act or the Securities Act Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) covering a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months beginning after the date of this Agreement.

 

3.13 Stabilization . Neither the Company nor any of its employees, directors or shareholders (without the consent of the Underwriters) has taken or shall take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under Regulation M of the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Placement Shares.

 

3.14 Internal Controls . The Company shall maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

3.15 Accountants . As of the date of this Agreement, the Company shall retain an independent registered public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Underwriters, and the Company shall continue to retain a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm for a period of at least three (3) years after the date of this Agreement. The Underwriters acknowledge that the current Auditor is acceptable to the Underwriter.

 

3.16 FINRA . The Company shall advise the Underwriter (who shall make an appropriate filing with FINRA) if it is or becomes aware that (i) any officer or director of the Company, (ii) any beneficial owner of 5% or more of any class of the Company’s securities or (iii) any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities which were acquired during the 180 days immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).

 

 
 

 

3.17 No Fiduciary Duties . The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters’ responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and that none of the Underwriters or their affiliates or any selling agent shall be deemed to be acting in a fiduciary capacity, or otherwise owes any fiduciary duty to the Company or any of its affiliates in connection with the Offering and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

3.18 Company Lock-Up Agreements .

 

3.18.1. Restriction on Sales of Capital Stock . The Company, on behalf of itself and any successor entity, agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, it will not, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Agreement (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; (ii) file or cause to be filed any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; or (iii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of capital stock of the Company, whether any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of capital stock of the Company or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (ii) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the restrictions imposed by this Section 3.18.1 shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of such material news or material event, as applicable, unless the Underwriters waive, in writing, such extension; provided, however, that this extension of the Lock-Up Period shall not apply to the extent that FINRA has amended or repealed NASD Rule 2711(f)(4), or has otherwise provided written interpretive guidance regarding such rule, in each case, so as to eliminate the prohibition of any broker, dealer, or member of a national securities association from publishing or distributing any research report, with respect to the securities of an Emerging Growth Company prior to or after the expiration of any agreement between the broker, dealer, or member of a national securities association and the Emerging Growth Company or its shareholders that restricts or prohibits the sale of securities held by the Emerging Growth Company or its shareholders after the initial public offering date.

 

3.18.2. Restriction on Continuous Offerings . Notwithstanding the restrictions contained in Section 3.18.1, the Company, on behalf of itself and any successor entity, agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, it will not, for a period of 12 months after the date of this Agreement, directly or indirectly in any “at-the-market” or continuous equity transaction, offer to sell, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to sell or otherwise dispose of shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company.

 

3.19 Intentionally omitted.

 

 
 

 

3.20 Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company shall qualify the Placement Shares for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Underwriters may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Placement Shares; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject. The parties acknowledge and agree that, to the extent the Placement Shares are listed on the Exchange, no such blue sky filings will be required.

 

3.21 Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Placement Shares is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the Securities Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act within the time periods required by the Exchange Act and Exchange Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Placement Shares as may be required under Rule 463 under the Securities Act Regulations.

 

3.22 Emerging Growth Company Status . The Company shall promptly notify the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Placement Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) fifteen (15) days following the completion of the Lock-Up Period.

 

4. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Underwriters to arrange for the purchase and payment for the Placement Shares, as provided herein, shall be subject to (i) the continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date; (ii) the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof; (iii) the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and (iv) the following conditions:

 

4.1 Regulatory Matters .

 

4.1.1. Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information . The Registration Statement has become effective not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by you, and, at the Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the Securities Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or contemplated by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. The Prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

 

4.1.2. FINRA Clearance . On or before the date of this Agreement, the Underwriters shall have received clearance from FINRA as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriters as described in the Registration Statement. In addition, the Company shall, if requested by the Representative, make or authorize the Underwriter’s Counsel to make on the Company’s behalf an Issuer Filing with the FINRA Corporate Financing Department pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110 with respect to the Registration Statement and pay all filing fees required in connection therewith.

 

 
 

 

4.1.3. Exchange Stock Market Clearance . On the Closing Date, the Company’s ordinary shares, including the Placement Shares, shall have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance. The Company shall have taken no action designed to terminate, or likely to have the effect of terminating, the registration of the ordinary shares under the Exchange Act or delisting or suspending the ordinary shares from trading on the NASDAQ Global Market, nor will the Company have received any information suggesting that the Commission or the NASDAQ Global Market is contemplating terminating such registration or listing. The securities shall be DTC eligible.

 

4.2 Company Counsel Matters .

 

4.2.1. Closing Date Opinion of Counsel . On the Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received the favorable written opinion of Sichenzia Ross Ference Kesner LLP, the securities counsel to the Company in form satisfactory to the Representative and Underwriter Counsel (and in any case including negative assurance language) dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters.

 

4.2.2. Intentionally omitted.

 

4.2.3. Opinion of PRC Counsel . On the Closing Date, the Underwriter shall have received the favorable written opinion of Han Kun Law Offices, PRC counsel to the Company, acceptable to the Underwriters, related to, among other things, the legality of Company’s PRC business operations, the organization of the Company’s PRC affiliates and ownership structure, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters.

 

4.2.4. Reliance . In rendering such opinions, such counsel may rely: (i) as to matters involving the application of laws other than the laws of the United States and jurisdictions in which they are admitted, to the extent such counsel deems proper and to the extent specified in such opinion, if at all, upon an opinion or opinions (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters) of other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Underwriters, familiar with the applicable laws; and (ii) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates or other written statements of officers of the Company and officers of departments of various jurisdictions having custody of documents respecting the corporate existence or good standing of the Company, provided that copies of any such statements or certificates shall be delivered to Underwriter Counsel if requested.

 

4.3 Comfort Letters .

 

4.3.1. Cold Comfort Letter . At the time this Agreement is executed you shall have received a cold comfort letter containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ comfort letters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, addressed to the Underwriters and in form and substance satisfactory in all respects to you and to the Auditor, dated as of the date of this Agreement. All costs associated with providing this letter, including auditor’s consents, shall be borne by the Company

 

4.3.2. Bring-down Comfort Letter . On the Closing Date, the Underwriter shall have received from the Auditor a letter, dated as of the Closing, to the effect that the Auditor reaffirms the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to Section 4.3.1, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three (3) business days prior to the Closing. All costs associated with providing this letter, including auditor’s consents, shall be borne by the Company

   

 
 

 

4.4 Officers’ Certificates .

 

4.4.1. Officers’ Certificate . The Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters a certificate, dated the Closing Date, of its Executive Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, and its Chief Financial Officer stating that (i) such officers have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and, in their opinion, the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as of its date and as of the Closing Date, the Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto, as of the respective date thereof and as of the Closing Date, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, (ii) since the effective date of the Registration Statement, no event has occurred which should have been set forth in a supplement or amendment to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (iii) as of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date, and (iv) there has not been, subsequent to the date of the most recent audited financial statements included or incorporated by reference in the Pricing Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the financial position or results of operations of the Company, or any change or development that, singularly or in the aggregate, would involve a material adverse change or a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, assets or prospects of the Company, except as set forth in the Prospectus.

 

4.4.2. Secretary’s Certificate . On the Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary of the Company, dated the Closing Date, certifying: (i) that each of the Charter and Bylaws is true and complete, has not been modified and is in full force and effect; (ii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the Offering are in full force and effect and have not been modified; (iii) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission; and (iv) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

 

4.5 No Material Changes . Prior to and on the Closing Date: (i) there shall have been no material adverse change or development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition or prospects or the business activities, financial or otherwise, of the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (ii) no action, suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending or threatened against the Company or any Insider before or by any court or federal or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may materially adversely affect the business, operations, prospects or financial condition or income of the Company, except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (iii) no stop order shall have been issued under the Securities Act and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and (iv) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all material statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and shall conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations, and neither the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

 
 

 

4.6 Delivery of Agreements .

 

4.6.1. Lock-Up Agreements . On or before the date of this Agreement, the Company shall have delivered to the Underwriter executed copies of the Lock-Up Agreements from each of the persons listed in Schedule 3 hereto.

 

4.6.2. Underwriters’ Warrant Agreement . On the Closing Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Underwriter executed copies of the Underwriters’ Warrant Agreement.

 

4.7 Additional Documents . At the Closing Date, Underwriter Counsel shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling Underwriter Counsel to deliver an opinion to the Underwriters, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Placement Shares and the Underwriters’ Securities as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriter and Underwriter Counsel.

 

5. Indemnification .

 

5.1 Indemnification of the Underwriters .

 

5.1.1. General . Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates and each of its and their respective directors, officers, members, employees, representatives and agents and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively the “ Underwriter Indemnified Parties, ” and each an “ Underwriter Indemnified Party ”), against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including but not limited to any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever between any of the Underwriter Indemnified Parties and any third party to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other statute or at common law or otherwise or under the laws of foreign countries, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (i) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, in any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication (as from time to time each may be amended and supplemented); (ii) any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the Offering, including any “road show” or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically); or (iii) any application or other document or written communication (in this Section 5, collectively called “ application ”) executed by the Company or based upon written information furnished by the Company in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Placement Shares and Underwriters’ Securities under the securities laws thereof or filed with the Commission, any state securities commission or agency, the Exchange or any other national securities exchange; or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, unless such statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, the Underwriters’ Information. With respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Pricing Disclosure Package, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 5.1.1 shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter Indemnified Party to the extent that any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense of such Underwriter Indemnified Party results from the fact that a copy of the Prospectus was not given or sent to the person asserting any such loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the written confirmation of sale of the Placement Shares to such person as required by the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations, and if the untrue statement or omission has been corrected in the Prospectus, unless such failure to deliver the Prospectus was a result of non-compliance by the Company with its obligations under Section 3.3 hereof.

 

 
 

 

5.1.2. Procedure . If any action is brought against an Underwriter Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Company pursuant to Section 5.1.1, such Underwriter Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the institution of such action and the Company shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment and fees of counsel (subject to the reasonable approval of such Underwriter Indemnified Party) and payment of actual expenses. Such Underwriter Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter Indemnified Party unless (i) the employment of such counsel at the expense of the Company shall have been authorized in writing by the Company in connection with the defense of such action, or (ii) the Company shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action, or (iii) such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to the Company (in which case the Company shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one additional firm of attorneys selected by the Underwriter Indemnified Party (in addition to local counsel) shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Underwriter Indemnified Party shall assume the defense of such action as provided above, the Company shall have the right to approve the terms of any settlement of such action, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

5.2 Contribution .

 

5.2.1. Contribution Rights . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 shall for any reason be unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an Underwriter Indemnified Party under Section 5.1 in respect of any loss, claim, damage or liability, or any action in respect thereof, referred to therein, then the Company party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such Underwriter Indemnified Party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, from the arrangement of the Offering of the Placement Shares, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to such Offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the Offering of the Placement Shares purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriter with respect to the ordinary shares arranged to be purchased under this Agreement, as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus, on the other hand. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 5.2.1 were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an Underwriter Indemnified Party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 5.2.1 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 5.2.1, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.2.1 in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the arrangement of the Offering of the Placement Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

 
 

 

5.2.2. Contribution Procedure . Within fifteen (15) days after receipt by any party to this Agreement (or its representative) of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, such party will, if a claim for contribution in respect thereof is to be made against another party (“contributing party”), notify the contributing party of the commencement thereof, but the failure to so notify the contributing party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any other party other than for contribution hereunder. In case any such action, suit or proceeding is brought against any party, and such party notifies a contributing party or its representative of the commencement thereof within the aforesaid 15 days, the contributing party will be entitled to participate therein with the notifying party and any other contributing party similarly notified. Any such contributing party shall not be liable to any party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding affected by such party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding affected by such party seeking contribution without the written consent of such contributing party. The contribution provisions contained in this Section 5.2.2 are intended to supersede, to the extent permitted by law, any right to contribution under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise available. Each Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5.2 are several and not joint.

 

6. Intentionally Omitted .

 

7. Additional Covenants .

 

7.1 Board Composition and Board Designations . The Company shall ensure that: (i) the qualifications of the persons serving as members of the Board of Directors and the overall composition of the Board comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, with the Exchange Act and with the listing rules of the Exchange or any other national securities exchange, as the case may be, in the event the Company seeks to have its Placement Shares listed on another exchange or quoted on an automated quotation system, and (ii) if applicable, at least one member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined under Regulation S-K and the listing rules of the Exchange.

 

7.2 Prohibition on Press Releases and Public Announcements . The Company shall not issue press releases or engage in any other publicity, without the Underwriters’ prior written consent, for a period ending at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the first (1 st ) Business Day following the forty-fifth (45 th ) day after the Closing Date, other than normal and customary releases issued in the ordinary course of the Company’s business or as may be required to comply with applicable law or the requirements of the Exchange.

 

 
 

 

7.3 Intentionally omitted.

 

8. Effective Date of this Agreement and Termination Thereof .

 

8.1 Effective Date . This Agreement shall become effective when both the Company and the Underwriter have executed the same and delivered counterparts of such signatures to the other party.

 

8.2 Termination . The Underwriters shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to any Closing Date, (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in your opinion will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets in the United States; or (ii) if trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC shall have been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required by FINRA or by order of the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction; or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a new war or an increase in major hostilities; or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New York State or federal authority; or (v) if a moratorium on foreign exchange trading has been declared which materially adversely impacts the United States securities markets; or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in your opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Placement Shares; or (vii) if the Company is in material breach of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder; or (viii) if the Underwriters shall have become aware after the date hereof of such a material adverse change in the conditions or prospects of the Company, or such adverse material change in general market conditions as in the Underwriters’ judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Placement Shares or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriters for the sale of the Placement Shares.

 

8.3 Expenses . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, within the time specified herein or any extensions thereof pursuant to the terms herein, the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Underwriters their actual and accountable out-of-pocket expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein then due and upon demand the Company shall pay the full amount thereof to the Underwriters on behalf of the Underwriters; provided, however, that such expense cap in no way limits or impairs the indemnification and contribution provisions of this Agreement . Notwithstanding the foregoing, any advance received by the Underwriters will be reimbursed to the Company to the extent not actually incurred in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).

 

8.4 Indemnification . Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the provisions of Section 5 shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be in any way affected by, such election or termination or failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.

 

8.5 Representations, Warranties, Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company or (ii) delivery of and payment for the Placement Shares.

 

 
 

 

9. Miscellaneous .

 

9.1 Notices . All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed (registered or certified mail, return receipt requested), personally delivered or sent by facsimile transmission and confirmed and shall be deemed given when so delivered or faxed and confirmed or if mailed, two (2) days after such mailing.

 

If to the Representative, then to:

 

Boustead Securities, LLC

898 N Sepulveda Blvd., Suite 475

El Segundo, CA 90245

Attn: Keith Moore

Attn: Daniel J. McClory

 

With a copy to:

 

Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP

501 Madison Avenue, 14 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: William S. Rosenstadt, Esq.

Attn: Mengyi “Jason” Ye, Esq.

Fax No.: (212) 826-9307

 

If to the Company:

 

China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.

Dongsanhuan Middle Road

#1 Building Unit 1 Room 1501 Unit 13-14

Chaoyang District, Beijing

People’s Republic of China 100020

Attn: Jianxin Lin

 

With a copy to:

 

Sichenzia Ross Ference Kesner LLP

61 Broadway, 32 nd Floor

New York, NY 10006

Attn: Benjamin Tan, Esq.

Fax No.: (212) 930-9725

 

9.2 Headings . The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.3 Amendment . This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

 

9.4 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, it is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that all other terms and conditions of that certain engagement letter, and any subsequent amendment, between the Company and Boustead Securities, LLC., dated December 22, 2016, shall remain in full force and effect.

 

 
 

 

9.5 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Underwriter, the Underwriter, the Company and the controlling persons, directors and officers referred to in Section 5 hereof, and their respective successors, legal representatives, heirs and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” shall not include a purchaser, in its capacity as such, of securities from any of the Underwriter.

 

9.6 Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Trial by Jury . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.1 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company agrees that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriter hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

9.7 Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or email/pdf transmission shall constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.

 

9.8 Waiver, etc . The failure of any of the parties hereto to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way effect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of any of the parties hereto to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

 
 

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the Underwriter and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.
     
  By: /s/ Jianxin Lin
  Name: Jianxin Lin
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

 

Boustead Securities, LLC

(As Representative of the Underwriters)

 

By: /S/ Keith Moore  
Name: Keith Moore  
Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 

[Signature Page]

China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc. – Underwriting Agreement

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE 1-A

Pricing Information

 

Number of Placement Shares: [●]

 

Public Offering Price per Share: $[●]

 

Underwriting Discount per Share: $[●]

 

Underwriting Non-accountable expense allowance per Share: $[●]

 

Proceeds to Company per Share (before expenses): $[●]

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE 1-B

 

Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses

 

[None.]

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE 1-C

 

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

 

[None.]

 

 
 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

List of Lock-Up Parties

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

  3

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

Business License

 

(Duplicate) (2-1)

 

Unified Social Credit Identifier: 91110116MA002UQ48L

 

Enterprise Name: Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Type of Enterprise: Limited Liability Company (Sole Investment by Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macao Legal Person)

 

Address: No. 308 Huaibei Road, Huaibei Town, Huairou District, Beijing

 

Legal Representative: Lin Jianxin

 

Registered Capital: RMB 1,000,000 yuan

 

Date of Establishment: December 31st, 2015

 

Validity Term: From December 31st, 2015 to December 30th, 2045

 

Scope of operation: The development of computer software, network technology and communication technology; the transferring, consulting, promoting, service providing and training of technology (technical training enrollment shall not be nationwide); data processing; computer system services; Application software services; animation model design, computer animation design, product design; business services; business planning; enterprise management consulting; economic consultation; translation service; import and export of technology; import and export agency; import and export of goods. (Enterprises shall choose the operation activities according to relative laws. Business requiring government approval can only be carried out when such approval from relevant department is obtained.

 

Register Institution: Beijing Administration for Industry and Commerce (seal)  

December 31st, 2015

 

 
 

 

Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd  

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

CHAPTER 1

General

 

Article 1 In accordance with the PRC Foreign Investment Law and its Implementation Rules and other laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China, Hongkong Internet Financial Services Limited, is a company established under the laws of Hong Kong and legally existing. Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd(Hereinafter referred to as “the Company”), is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise established in Beijing, the People’s Republic of China, these articles of association are hereby formulated.

 

Article 2 The name of the Company is Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd.

 

The domicile of the Company is No. 308 in Central North Road Huai Bei Town Huairou District of Beijing

 

Article 3 Shareholders

Name: Hongkong Internet Financial Services Limited

Registered Address: Unit 806, 8th Floor, Block 2, Cheung Sha Wan Mansion, 833 Cheung Sha Wan Road, Kowloon, Hong Kong

Legal Representative: Lin Jianxin

Position: Executive Director Nationality: China

 

Article 4 The Company is a limited liability company, and the shareholders shall bear the responsibility to the Company for the amount of capital contribution subscribed by it.

 

Article 5 The Company is a Chinese legal person, subject to the laws of China and protected by the laws of China. All activities must comply with China’s laws, decrees and relevant regulations.

 

CHAPTER 2

Mission and Business Scope of the Company

 

Article 6 Mission: the introduction of international advanced management experience and technology, relying on the domestic market and talent, in order to create good economic and social benefits.

 

Article 7 The business scope of the Company is computer software, network technology, communication technology development, technical consulting, technical services, technical training, technology promotion; data processing, computer system services, application software services, animation model design, computer animation design, product design, Business services, Business planning; business management consulting, economic information consultation; translation services, import and export of goods; technology import and export, import and export agent. (Business scope subjects to be approved by the Trade and Industry Bureau)

 

 
 

 

CHAPTER 3 The Total investment and Registered Capital of the Company

 

Article 8 The total investment and registered capital of the Company isRMB1 million Yuan.

 

Article 9 Contribution: Shareholders invest RMB 1million Yuan investment, accounting for 100% of registered capital,

 

Article 10 Shareholders should take the actually paid capital contribution amount and handle all the formalities before the company’s business license issued by the date of December 31, 2017.

 

Article 11 Make capital verification by the certified public accountant registered in China and issue a capital verification report after the company injects funds. The main contents of the verification report are the name of the investor, the content of the capital contribution, the date of the capital contribution and the date of issuance of the verification report.

 

Article 12 Resolutions on the increase or transfer of the Company’s registered capital shall be made by the shareholders and approved by the original examination authority. It shall apply to the original registration authority for a change in its registered capital.

 

CHAPTER 4 Shareholders

 

Article 13 Shareholders are the highest authority of the company, and decide all the major issues. The shareholders of the Company shall enjoy the following rights:

 

(1) To decide on the business policies and investment plans of the Company;

(2) To appoint the director and the supervisor, and to decide on matters concerning the remuneration of the director and the supervisor;

(3) To review and approve reports of the executive director;

(4) To review and approve reports of the supervisor;

(5) To review and approve the Company’s proposed annual financial budgets and final accounts;

(6) To review and approve the Company’s profit distribution plans and plans for making up losses;

(7) To pass resolutions on the increase or reduction of the Company’s registered capital;

(8) To pass resolutions on the issuance of corporate bonds;

(9) To pass resolutions on matters such as the merger, division, dissolution, liquidation or change of the corporate form of the Company;

(10) To amend the Articles of Association of the Company;

 

Article 14 All decides on the business policies and investment plans of the Company that made by the shareholders should be issued in writing and signed by the shareholders and served as a record in the Company.

 

 
 

 

CHAPTER 5 Executive Directors

 

Article 15 The company does not set up a board of directors but an executive director, which is appointed by the shareholders; The tenure of the executive director is three years. An executive director may serve consecutive terms upon expiration of his term if re-appointed.

 

Article 16 The executive director is the legal representative of the Company.

 

Article 17 The executive director is accountable to the shareholders and enjoys the following rights:

 

(1) To execute the decisions of the shareholders;

(2) To make the business plans and investment plans of the Company;

(3) To prepare annual financial budget plans and final accounting plans in relation to the Company;

(4) To prepare profit distribution plans for the Company and plans for making up any losses suffered by the Company;

(5) To prepare plans for increasing or reducing the Company’s registered capital;

(6) To formulate plans for mergers, divisions, changes of corporate form or dissolution in relation to the Company;

(7) To determine the Company’s internal management structure;

(8) To determine and approve the important reports submitted by the general manager, such as the annual business report, budget, loans and so on.

(9) To determine the appointment or removal of the Company’s general manager as well as the remuneration of the general manager, and upon the general manager’s recommendation, determine the appointment or removal of deputy general manager(s), the officer in charge of finance of the Company and their remuneration;

(10) To formulate the Company’s basic management systems;

 

Article 18 The Executive Director shall be appointed by the Shareholders and the Shareholders shall have the right to appoint and remove the Executive Director at any time. If the Executive Director resigns due to removal, retirement, incapacity, death or any other reasons, the Shareholder may appoint another successor to the Executive Director during the term of office.

 

Article 19 The decision of the executive director must be documented in detail, and signed by the executive director in Chinese, and recorded in the company.

 

CHAPTER 6 Operation and Management Organization

 

Article 20 The general manager shall be responsible for the day-to-day management of the company, and other positions of the operation and management organization shall be proposed by the general manager to the executive director in accordance with the provisions of these Articles of Association and approved by the executive director.

 

Article 21 The tenure of the general manager shall be three years, and appointed by the Executive Director. The general manager may serve consecutive terms upon expiration of his term if re-appointed.

 

 
 

 

Article 22 The general manager is directly responsible for the executive director of the company, and implements its provisions, organize and lead the company’s daily operation and management.

 

Article 23 The general manager has the right to decide on the day-to-day business activities, and shall exercise the following functions and powers:

 

(1) To be in charge of the management of the Company’s operational activities, and organize the implementation of the board’s resolutions;

(2) To organize the implementation of the annual business plan and the characteristics plan;

(3) To prepare of the setting plans of the internal management of the company;

(4) To prepare the basic management system;

(5) To formulate specific rules and regulations for the Company;

(6) To appoint or dismiss the deputy manager and the person in charge of finance of the company;

(7) Appointment or dismissal shall be in addition to the responsible management personnel who are appointed or dismiss by the executive director.

 

Article 24 The general manager and other senior staff members shall submit written reports to the executive directors 30 days in advance upon their resignation. The above personnel may commit malpractice or serious dereliction of duty and may be dismissed at any time upon the decision of the executive director.

 

CHAPTER 7 Supervisors

 

Article 25 The Company has one supervisor and is appointed by the shareholders. The tenure of supervisor is three years. The supervisor may serve consecutive terms upon expiration of his term if re-appointed.

 

Article 26 The supervisor shall exercise the following functions and powers:

 

(1) To examine the Company’s financial affairs;

(2) To supervise the execution of the duties of the executive directors and senior executives, and propose the dismissal of the executive directors and senior management personnel who violate the laws, administrative regulations or the articles of association;

(3) The executive directors and the managers shall be required to rectify when the acts of them are detrimental to the interests of the company;

(4) To propose a resolution to the shareholders;

(5) To institute litigation against the executive directors and senior management in accordance with the Article 152in “Company Law”;

 

Article 27 The supervisors may ask questions or make recommendations on the resolutions of the executive directors.

 

Article 28 The necessary expenses for the supervisors to exercise their functions shall be borne by the Company.

 

 
 

 

Article 29 The executive directors and senior executives of the Company shall not concurrently serve as directors.

 

CHAPTER 8 Financial Affairs, Tax and Foreign Exchange Management

 

Article 30 The Company’s financial and accounting systems shall be handled in accordance with the provisions of the Accounting Standards and the Accounting System for Business Enterprises promulgated by the Ministry of Finance of the People’s Republic of China and international accounting principles.

 

Article 31 The accounting system and procedures shall be approved by the executive director. The accounting system and procedures shall be reported to the relevant local financial and tax authorities for the record.

 

Article 32 The Company shall use RMB as its reporting currency. The exchange rate of RMB and other currencies shall be calculated according to the “central parity” of the exchange rate quoted by the People’s Republic of China on the day of the transaction or the first day of the month.

 

Article 33 The Company adopts the internationally accrual basis and debit and credit bookkeeping method.

 

Article 34 The fiscal year of the Company adopts the Gregorian calendar system. It is an accounting year from January 1 to December 31.

 

Article 35 All accounting vouchers, books and reports of the company are written in Chinese.

 

Article 36 The financial accounting books of the Company shall record the following contents:

 

(1) Cash income and expenses of the Company;

(2) All materials purchased and sold;

(3) The registered capital and liabilities of the Company;

(4) The payment, increase and transfer of the registered capital of the Company.

 

Article 37 The Company shall employ an accounting firm registered in the People’s Republic of China who is authorized to issue reports and opinions in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China, and shall audit all financial reports, financial statements and profit distribution plans. The audit report shall be submitted to the general manager and forwarded to the shareholders through the executive director. To the shareholders, the company shall facilitate the audit.

 

Article 38 The company shall pay taxes in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China.

 

Article 39 The Company performed the personal income tax withholding and remitting according to the Individual Income Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China.

 

 
 

 

Article 40 The Company shall deal with all matters related to foreign exchange in accordance with the Foreign Exchange Regulations of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations.

 

Article 41 The Company shall open a RMB and foreign currency account with a Chinese bank. Before opening these accounts, the Executive Director shall approve special provisions concerning the right to sign bank checks and other documents, a copy of which shall be filed with the bank in which the account is opened.

 

CHAPTER 9 Profit Distributions

 

Article 42 The Company shall file a statutory common reserve fund in accordance with the profit after payment of income tax in accordance with the provisions of the PRC Tax Law. The proportion of the statutory public reserve fund shall not be less than 10% of the after-tax profit. It may not be withdrawn when the accumulative withdrawal amount reaches 50% of the registered capital. The proportion of the Company’s statutory common reserve fund shall be determined by the shareholders.

 

Article 43 The residual profits after deducting the enterprise income tax according to law and drawing the statutory common reserve fund as stipulated in Article 42 shall be distributed according to the decision of the shareholders.

 

Article 44 The profits of the Company shall be distributed once a year. The profits of the previous years shall not be distributed before the loss has been made. In the past fiscal year, the profits distributed may be distributed together with the distributable profits of the current fiscal year.

 

CHAPTER 10 Employees

 

Article 45 The employment, dismissal, resignation, salary, welfare, labor insurance, labor protection and labor discipline of the employees of the Company shall be handled in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and filed with the local labor and personnel department.

 

Article 46 The wages and benefits of employees of the Company shall be determined in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Chinese Government and the operating conditions of the Company and shall be specified in the contract.

 

Article 47 The employees shall be punished by warnings, demotions, salary reductions and expulsions, etc., if they of the company are engaged in malpractice, serious dereliction of duty, or are unable to do the designated work, and shall be reported to the local labor department for archival purposes.

 

 
 

 

CHAPTER 11 Labor Unions

 

Article 48 Company employees have the right to establish trade unions in accordance with the “Trade Union Law of the People’s Republic of China”, and carry out activities to safeguard their legitimate rights and interests.

 

Article 49 The company shall provide the necessary conditions for the trade union once the union is established. The company shall allocate 2% of the actual wages of the employees to the trade union in accordance with the relevant rules on the management of trade union funds formulated by the All-China Federation of Trade Unions.

 

Article 50 The company’s trade union is the representative of the interests of workers, its task is to safeguard the democratic interests and material interests of workers, and assist the company to arrange and use the welfare, discipline, and strive to complete the company’s economic tasks. The company’s trade unions on behalf of workers and companies signed labor contracts, and supervise the implementation of the contract.

 

CHAPTER 12 Terms, Termination and Liquidation

 

Article 51 The operating period of the Company is 30 years, which is calculated from the date when the Company’s business license is issued.

 

Article 52 If the expiration of the company’s expiration date is 180 days, a written application shall be submitted to the original examining and approving organ. After approval, the operation period may be extended and the change of registration formalities shall be handled with the industrial and commercial administrative department.

 

Article 53 The Company shall be dissolved and liquidated according to law in each of the following cases:

 

(1) The term of operation of the Company expires

(2) A resolution of dissolution is adopted by the shareholders’ general meeting because of the mismanagement and serious losses;

(3) The company fails to continue to operate due to natural disasters, war or other force majeure or cause serious losses;

(4) Bankruptcy;

(5) Violation of the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China, and damaging the interests of socialism shall be revoked according to law;

(6) Other reasons stipulated herein emerges.

 

Article 54 The executive director shall submit the liquidation procedure, principle and the person in charge of the liquidation group to the shareholders for approval when the company expires or terminates its operation early. The liquidation group of the shareholders shall liquidate the property of the company.

 

 
 

 

Article 55 The liquidation group represents or sues on behalf of the company during the liquidation of the company.

 

Article 56 The liquidation expenses of the Company and the remuneration of the members of the liquidation group shall be paid first and foremost from the Company’s existing assets.

 

Article 57 The shareholders shall not remit or carry out the funds of the Company out of China, and shall not handle the Company’s property on its own before the liquidation of the Company is completed.

 

Article 58 The operating period may be terminated in advance upon approval of the original examination and approval authority, if the company terminates its term of operation ahead of schedule. Terminate or expire shall in accordance with the law, and issue a public announcement, and cancel the registration formalities with the original registration authority.

 

CHAPTER 13 Rules and Regulations

 

Article 59 The company developed the following system:

 

(1) Management and formulation;

(2) Staff Code:

(3) Labor wage-setting:

(4) Rewards and penalties for staff and workers;

(5) Other necessary development.

 

CHAPTER 14 Insurance

 

Article 60 The Company will insure any of its insurers in the People’s Republic of China for its risks. The Executive Director shall determine the scope and duration of the insurance in accordance with the provisions of the insurance company.

 

CHAPTER 15 Adapted Laws

 

Article 61 The conclusion, validity, interpretation and settlement of the dispute are under the jurisdiction of the People’s Republic of China.

 

CHAPTER 16 Supplementary Provisions

 

Article 62 This charter is written in Chinese.

 

Article 63 The Articles of Association of the Company shall be effective upon the approval of the examination and approval authorities of the Chinese Government. The Articles of Association shall be subject to change and modification by the shareholders, and shall be submitted to the examination and approval authority for approval.

 

Hongkong Internet Financial Services Limited

 

Signature:

Name: Lin Jianxin

Position: Legal Representative:

Date: December 17, 2015

 

 
 

License No. 101855598

Business License

(Duplicate) (1-1)

 

Unified Social Credit Identifier: 911101053182983370

 

Enterprise Name: Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Type of Enterprise: Limited Liability Company (Natural Person Investment or Holding)

 

Address: Unit 13-14, 1501, Unit 1, Building 1, No. 1, Middle Road of East Third Ring Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing City

 

Legal Representative: Lin Jianxin

 

Registered Capital: RMB 150,000,000 yuan

 

Date of Establishment: September 16th, 2014

 

Validity Term: From September 16th 2014 to September 15th, 2034  

 

Scope of operation: Enterprise management consulting; business planning; economic and trade consultation; hosting exhibition display; education consultation (not including overseas study advisory and intermediary services); financial advisory (not including audit, verification, evaluation, accounting consultation, accounting agent services which need special approval, issuing of financial statement and audit report, capital verification report, appraisal report and other written materials); Translation service; import and export of technology; import and export agency; import and export of goods. (Enterprises shall choose the operation activities according to relative laws. Business requiring government approval can only be carried out when such approval from relevant department is obtained, and shall not be engaged in the activities which are prohibited and restricted by relative industrial policy.)

 

Register Institution: Chaoyang Branch of Beijing Administration for Industry and Commerce

(seal)

 

February 17 th , 2016

 

   
 

 

 

 

Licence No. 102129432

 

Business License

 

(Duplicate) (1-1)

 

Unified Social Credit Identifier: 911101053182983370

 

Enterprise Name: Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Type of Enterprise: Limited Liability Company (Natural Person Investment or Holding)

 

Address: Unit 13-14, 1501, Unit 1, Building 1, No. 1, Middle Road of East Third Ring Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing City

 

Legal Representative: Lin Jianxin

 

Registered Capital: RMB 50,000,000 yuan

 

Date of Establishment: September 16th, 2014

 

Validity Term: From September 16th 2014 to September 15th, 2034

 

Scope of operation: Enterprise management consulting; business planning; economic and trade consultation; hosting exhibition display; education consultation (not including overseas study advisory and intermediary services); financial advisory (not including audit, verification, evaluation, accounting consultation, accounting agent services which need special approval, issuing of financial statement and audit report, capital verification report, appraisal report and other written materials); Translation service; import and export of technology; import and export agency; import and export of goods. (Enterprises shall choose the operation activities according to relative laws. Business requiring government approval can only be carried out when such approval from relevant department is obtained, and shall not be engaged in the activities which are prohibited and restricted by relative industrial policy.)

 

Register Institution: Chaoyang Branch of Beijing Administration for Industry and Commerce (seal)

 

April 25, 2016

  

     
 

 

Articles of Association of Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Chapter I General Principle

 

Article I In accordance with the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the Company Law ) and other relevant laws and regulations, Lin Jianxin and Huang Shaoyong jointly make capital contributions to establish Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the Company), and these articles of association are hereby formulated.

 

Article II In the event that the terms and conditions of these articles of association conflict with any laws, regulations or rules, the laws, regulations and rules shall prevail.

 

Chapter II The Name and Address of the Company

 

Article III Company name: Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Article IV Address: Unit 13-14, 1501, Unit 1, Building 1, No. 1, Middle Road of East Third Ring Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing City

 

Chapter III Business Scope of the Company

 

Article V Business scope of the Company: business consulting management; corporate planning; economic and trade consulting; undertaking exhibition and display activities; educational consulting (not including oversea study consulting and intermediary service);financial consulting (Do not carry on audit, capital verification, account check, assessment, accounting consultation, agency account and other business subject to special approval, and do not issue corresponding audit report, capital verification report, account check report, assessment report and other written materials); translation service; technology, agency and goods of import & export. (Enterprises select business projects and carry out business activities independently according to the law; carry out business activities according to approved contents after approved by relevant department for projects subject to approval; do not engage in business activities in the project that is banned and restricted in industrial policy of the city.)

 

Chapter IV The Registered Capital of the Company, Names of the Shareholders, the Type, and Amount of Capital Contribution

 

Article VI The registered capital of the Company shall be RMB 50 million only.

 

Article VII The Names of the Shareholders, the Amount, Period and Form of Capital Contribution are as follows:

 

Name of Shareholders   Amount of Subscribed Capital Contribution (10000 Yuan)     Period of Capital Contribution     Form of Capital Contribution
Lin Jianxin     4950       March 10, 2016     Currency
Huang Shaoyong     50       March 10, 2016     Currency
In total     5000              

 

     
 

 

Chapter V The Company’s Organizational Structure, its Establishment, Power and Procedures

 

Article VIII Shareholders’ meeting is composed of all its shareholders, which is the power organ of the Company, and exercises the following functions and powers:

 

(I) To decide on the business policies and investment plans of the Company;

 

(II) To elect and replace the executive director and the supervisor that is not taken up by staff representative, and to decide on matters concerning the remuneration of the executive director and the supervisor;

 

(III) To review and approve reports of the executive director;

 

(IV) To review and approve reports of the supervisor;

 

(V) To review and approve the Company’s proposed annual financial budgets and final accounts;

 

(VI) To review and approve the Company’s profit distribution plans and plans for making up losses;

 

(VII) To pass resolutions on the increase or reduction of the Company’s registered capital;

 

(VIII) To pass resolutions on the issuance of corporate bonds;

 

(IX) To pass resolutions on matters such as the merger, division, dissolution, liquidation or change of the corporate form of the Company; and

 

(X) To amend the articles of association of the Company.

 

Article IX The first shareholders’ meeting shall be convened by and presided over by the shareholder who made the largest capital contribution.

 

Article X Shareholders shall exercise their voting rights at shareholders’ meeting in proportion to their respective shares of capital contribution.

 

Article XI Shareholders’ meeting may either be regular meetings or extraordinary meetings.

 

If a shareholders’ meeting is to be convened, all shareholders shall be notified in writing 15 calendar days before the meeting is held.

 

Regular meeting shall be convened every year. An extraordinary meeting shall be convened if it is proposed by shareholders representing one-tenth or more of the voting rights, or by the executive directors or the supervisor.

 

Article XII Shareholders’ meeting shall be convened and presided over by the executive director.

 

When the executive director is unable to perform or fails to perform his or her duties to convene a shareholders’ meeting, the shareholders’ meeting shall be convened and presided over by the supervisor. Where the shareholders fails to convene and preside over such shareholders’ meeting, shareholders representing one-tenth or more of the voting rights are entitled to independently convene and preside over a shareholders’ meeting.

 

     
 

 

Article XIII Any resolution of any type of shareholders’ meeting relating to the amendment of the articles of association, an increase or reduction of the registered capital of the Company, or any merger, division, dissolution or change of corporate form in relation to the Company requires the affirmative votes by shareholders representing two-thirds of the voting rights.

 

Article XIV The Company shall not have a board of directors, but shall have an executive director to be appointed by the shareholders’ meeting. The term of the executive director shall be no more than 3 years. An executive director may serve consecutive terms upon expiration of his term if re-appointed.

 

Article XV An executive director shall exercise the following functions and powers:

 

(I) To be responsible for convening shareholders’ meeting and presenting reports to the shareholders’ meeting;

 

(II) To implement resolutions issued by the shareholders’ meeting;

 

(III) To consider and determine the Company’s business plans and investment plans;

 

(IV) To prepare annual financial budget plans and final accounting plans in relation to the Company;

 

(V) To prepare profit distribution plans for the Company and plans for making up any losses suffered by the Company;

 

(VI) To prepare plans for increasing or reducing the Company’s registered capital and for issuance of corporate bonds;

 

(VII) To formulate plans for mergers, divisions, changes of corporate form or dissolution in relation to the Company;

 

(VIII) To determine the Company’s internal management structure;

 

(IX) To determine the appointment or removal of the Company’s manager and its remuneration, and upon the general manager’s recommendation, determine the appointment or removal of deputy general manager(s), the officer in charge of finance of the Company and their remuneration;

 

(X) To formulate the Company’s basic management systems;

 

Article XVI The Company shall have manager, and manager shall be appointed and removed by executive director. The manager shall be responsible to the executive director and shall exercise the following functions and powers:

 

(I) Be in charge of the management of the Company’s operational activities, and organize the implementation of the shareholders’ resolutions;

 

(II) Organize the implementation of annual business plans and investment plans in relation to the company;

 

(III) Prepare the plan for the Company’s internal management structure;

 

(IV) Prepare the basic management system for the Company;

 

(V) Formulate specific internal rules and regulations for the Company;

 

(VI) Propose the appointment or removal of the deputy general manager(s) and the officer in charge of finance of the Company;

 

(VII) Determine the appointment and removal of Company’s management personnel other than those whose appointment or removal shall be determined by the executive director; and

 

     
 

 

(VIII) Other powers delegated by the executive director.

 

Article XVII The Company shall not have supervision committee, but have one supervisor. The supervisor shall be recommended by the shareholders, the tenure of supervisor is three years. The supervisor may serve consecutive terms upon expiration of his term if re-appointed.

 

Article XVIII The supervisor of the Company shall exercise the following functions and powers:

 

(I) Examine the Company’s financial affairs;

 

(II) Monitor the acts of the executive director and senior management personnel when carrying out their duties in relations to the Company, and make proposals to remove from their positions the executive director or senior management personnel who violate laws, administrative regulations, the articles of association of the Company or resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting;

 

(III) Require the executive director or senior management personnel to rectify their conduct when any of their actions damage the interests of the Company;

 

(IV) Propose the extraordinary shareholders’ meeting, convening and presiding over shareholders’ meetings when the executive director fails to perform his duty to convene and preside over shareholders’ meeting as prescribed in these articles of association;

 

(V) Put forward proposals to shareholders’ meetings; and

 

(VI) File a lawsuit against executive director or senior management personnel according to the provision of Article 152 of the Company Law .

 

Chapter VI The Legal Representative of the Company

 

Article XIX The executive director shall serve as the legal representative of the Company.

 

Chapter VII Other matters required by shareholders

 

Article XX Shareholders may transfer all or part of its capital contribution to each other.

 

Article XXI Shareholders transfer of capital contribution shall be discussed and approved by the shareholders’ committee. In case that shareholders transfer its capital contribution to other non shareholders, it shall be agreed by most of shareholders; shareholders shall inform other shareholders in written form for agreement on the issue of transfer of capital contributions, other shareholders failed to reply within 30 days after the day of receiving the notice shall be deemed as agreement of transfer. More than half of the other shareholders that do not agree to the transfer shall purchase such capital contribution to be transferred, if they don’t purchase such capital contribution, it shall be deemed as agreement of transfer.

 

With the approval of the shareholders of the transfer of equity, under the same condition, other shareholders shall have the priority to purchase. Two or more shareholders that exercise the right of first refusal shall negotiate their respective proportion for purchase; in case of failure to do so, exercise the right of first refusal according to the contribution proportion on transferring.

 

     
 

 

Article XXII The term of operation of the Company is 20 years, counting from the issuance date of Business License for an Enterprise as a Legal Person.

 

Article XXIII The Company liquidation group shall apply to the original company registration authority for cancellation of registration within 30 days from the date of the end of the liquidation if one of the following cases happened:

 

(I) The Company is declared bankrupt according to law;

 

(II) The term of operation of the Company expires, or other reasons stipulated herein emerge, except for the Company to survive by amending its articles of Association;

 

(III) A resolution of dissolution is adopted by the shareholders’ general meeting;

 

(IV) Business License is revoked, ordered to close down or be cancelled;

 

(V) The people’s court dissolves the Company in accordance with the law; and

 

(VI) Other dissolution under the provisions of laws and administrative rules and regulations.

 

Chapter VIII Supplemental Provisions

 

Article XXIV The Company registration matters shall be verified and approved by the Company registration authority.

 

Article XXV These articles of association shall be made in 2 originals, and one original shall be submitted to the Company registration authority.

 

Legal representative signature and official seal of the Company:

 

(If the legal representative is changed, the new legal representative shall sign on this)

 

Lin Jianxin (signature)

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (seal)

March 10, 2016

 

     
 

 

 

License No. 100857015

 

Business License

 

(Duplicate) (1-1)

 

Registration Number: 110105017897740

 

Enterprise Name: Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co. Ltd.

 

Type of Enterprise: Limited Liability Company (Natural Person Investment or Holding)

 

Address: Unit 13-14, 1501, Unit 1, Building 1, No. 1, Middle Road of East Third Ring Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing City

 

Legal Representative: Lin Jianxin

 

Registered Capital: RMB 45,000,000 yuan

 

Date of Establishment: September 16th, 2014

 

Validity Term: From September 16th 2014 to September 15th, 2034

 

Scope of operation: Investment management, investment consulting, enterprise management consulting; business planning; economic and trade consultation; hosting exhibition display; education consultation (not including overseas study advisory and intermediary services); financial advisory (not including audit, verification, evaluation, accounting consultation, accounting agent services which need special approval, issuing of financial statement and audit report, capital verification report, appraisal report and other written materials); Translation service; import and export of technology; import and export agency; import and export of goods. (Enterprises shall choose the operation activities according to relative laws. Business requiring government approval can only be carried out when such approval from relevant department is obtained.)

 

Register Institution: Chaoyang Branch of Beijing Administration for Industry and Commerce

(seal)

 

February 6 th , 2015

 

   
 

 

 

License No. 101285577

 

Business License

 

(Duplicate) (1-1)

 

Registration Number: 110105017897740

 

Enterprise Name: Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co. Ltd.

 

Type of Enterprise: Limited Liability Company (Natural Person Investment or Holding)

 

Address: Unit 13-14, 1501, Unit 1, Building 1, No. 1, Middle Road of East Third Ring Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing City

 

Legal Representative: Lin Jianxin

 

Registered Capital: RMB 150,000,000 yuan

 

Date of Establishment: September 16th, 2014

 

     
 

 

Validity Term: From September 16th 2014 to September 15th, 2034  

 

Scope of operation: Investment management, investment consulting, enterprise management consulting; business planning; economic and trade consultation; hosting exhibition display; education consultation (not including overseas study advisory and intermediary services); financial advisory (not including audit, verification, evaluation, accounting consultation, accounting agent services which need special approval, issuing of financial statement and audit report, capital verification report, appraisal report and other written materials); Translation service; import and export of technology; import and export agency; import and export of goods. (i, shall not raise funds publicly; ii, shall not publicly trade security products and financial derivative products; iii, shall not grant loans; iv, shall not provide guarantees to enterprises other than the ones invested by the company; v, shall not make promise to investors indicating that the principal capital invested is free from any loss, or that the investment made could achieve certain minimum profit. Enterprises shall choose the operation activities according to relative laws. Business requiring government approval can only be carried out when such approval from relevant department is obtained.)

 

Register Institution: Chaoyang Branch of Beijing Administration for Industry and Commerce
(seal)

 

June 30 th , 2015

 

     
 

 

 

Internet Content Provider License of People’s Republic of China

 

Business License No. Jing ICP 151135

 

After inspection, according to the relevant national provisions, the company herein is allowed to run the operation of telecommunications services specified in this license. Thus, this license is so issued to certify the above fact.

 

Company Name: Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Legal Representative: Lin Jianxin

 

Registered Residence: Unit 13-14, 1501, Unit 1, Building 1, No. 1, Middle Road of East Third Ring Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing City

 

Business Type: The second type of value-added telecommunication business: information service business (limited to Internet information services)

 

Service Items: Internet information services, excluding: news, publishing, education, healthcare, medicine and medical equipment, electronic bulletin board service.

 

Website Name: internet financial platform

 

     
 

 

Website Address: cifsp.com

 

May 30, 2016

 

This license is valid from May 30, 2016 to December 18 , 2020

 

(This license will be valid only after annual inspection)

 

     
 

 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

     
 

 

 

 

Business License

 

(Duplicate) (1-1)

 

Unified Social Credit Identifier: 91653101MA7784U529

 

Enterprise Name: Kashgar Sheng Yingxin Enterprise Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Type of Enterprise: Limited Liability Company (Corporate-Owned with Natural Person Investment or Holding)

 

Address: 6022, 6th Floor, ChuanYu Mansion, Head Quarter Economic Zone, Shenka Road, Kashgar Economic Development Zone, Kashgar, Xinjiang

 

Legal Representative: Huang Shaoyong

 

Registered Capital: RMB 5,000,000 yuan

 

Date of Establishment: December 29th 2016

 

Validity Term: From December 29th 2016 to long term

 

Scope of operation: Enterprise management consulting; business planning; economic and trade consultation; hosting exhibition display; taxation advisory; Translation service; import and export of technology and goods. (Business requiring government approval can only be carried out when such approval from relevant department is obtained.)

 

Register Institution: Kashgar Municipal Market Supervision and Administration Bureau (seal)

December 29th 2016

 

   

 

 

Articles of Association of Kashgar Sheng Yinxin Enterprise Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Chapter I General Principle

 

Article 1 In accordance with the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the Company Law ) and other relevant laws and regulations, Sheng Yinxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. makes capital contributions to establish Kashgar Sheng Yinxin Enterprise Consulting Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the Company), and these articles of association are hereby formulated.

 

Article 2 In the event that the terms and conditions of these articles of association conflict with any laws, regulations or rules, the laws, regulations and rules shall prevail.

 

Chapter II The Name and Address of the Company

 

Article 3 Company name: Kashgar Sheng Yinxin Enterprise Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Article 4 Address: 6022, 6th Floor, ChuanYu Mansion, Head Quarter Economic Zone, Shenka Road, Kashgar Economic Development Zone, Kashgar, Xinjiang

 

Chapter III Business Scope of the Company

 

Article 5 Business scope of the Company: business consulting management; corporate planning; economic and trade consulting; undertaking exhibition and display activities; educational consulting (not including oversea study consulting and intermediary service);financial consulting (Do not carry on audit, capital verification, account check, assessment, accounting consultation, agency account and other business subject to special approval, and do not issue corresponding audit report, capital verification report, account check report, assessment report and other written materials); translation service; technology, agency and goods of import & export. (The above business scope shall be subject to the business license issued by the registration authority. The business scope and term which required approval shall be subject to the examination and approval of the licensing authority.)

 

     
     

 

Article 6 Should there be any change of the scope of business, company shall amend the articles of association file amendments with the registration authority.

 

Business requiring government approval can only be carried out when such approval from relevant department is obtained.

 

Chapter IV The Registered Capital of the Company

 

Article 7 The registered capital of the Company shall be RMB five million only, which is the amount of capital subscribed by all the shareholders registered in the company registration. The shareholders of the company bear the responsibility to the company in accordance with the amount of investment subscribed.

 

Article 8 Should there be any change of its registered capital, the company shall apply to the commerce registration authority for alteration registration within 30 days from the date when the decision of such change is made.

 

The company shall not make alteration to the registered items without authorization.

 

Chapter V Names of the Shareholders, the Amount, Type, and Time of Capital Contribution

 

Article 9 The Name of the Shareholders

 

Name of Shareholders ID number
   
Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. 911101053182983370

 

     
     

 

Article 10 The Amount, Type, and Time of Capital Contribution are as follows:

 

Shareholder Sheng Yinxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd: The amount of capital contributed is RMB 5 million, accounting for 100% of the registered capital. The form of contribution is currency, and the payment shall be completed before December 31, 2026.

 

Article 11 Shareholders shall make the capital contribution in accordance with the provisions in the Articles of Association, and shall make neither false capital contribution nor withdraw funds.

 

After establishment, the Company shall issue a capital capital contribution certificate to the shareholders. The Company shall set up shareholder record, and the recorded shareholders may exercise their rights accordingly.

 

Article 12 Where a shareholder fails in proving the company property be separable from his or her own,he or she shall be jointly and severally liable for the debts of the company.

 

At the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall prepare financial reports and make it audited by an accounting firm.

 

Chapter VI The Company’s Organizational Structure, its Establishment, Power and Procedures

 

Article 13 There will be no shareholder meetings. Shareholders will exercise their following rights in accordance with the Company Law :

 

(1) To decide on the business policies and investment plans of the Company;

 

(2) To appoint the director and the supervisor, and to decide on matters concerning the remuneration of the director and the supervisor;

 

(3) To review and approve reports of the executive director;

 

     
     

 

(4) To review and approve reports of the supervisor;

 

(5) To review and approve the Company’s proposed annual financial budgets and final accounts;

 

(6) To review and approve the Company’s profit distribution plans and plans for making up losses;

 

(7) To pass resolutions on the increase or reduction of the Company’s registered capital;

 

(8) To pass resolutions on the issuance of corporate bonds;

 

(9) To pass resolutions on matters such as the merger, division, dissolution, liquidation or change of the corporate form of the Company;

 

(10) To amend the Articles of Association of the Company;

 

(11) To appoint or dismiss managers of the Company.

 

All decisions on the business policies and investment plans of the Company that made by the shareholders should be issued in writing and signed by the shareholders and served as a record in the Company.

 

Article 14 The company does not set up a board of directors but an executive director, which is appointed by the shareholders; The tenure of the executive director is three years.Anexecutive director may serve consecutive terms upon expiration of his term if re-appointed.

 

Article 15 The executive directors accountable to the shareholders and enjoys the following rights:

 

(1) To execute the decisions of the shareholders;

 

(2) To make the business plans and investment plans of the Company;

 

(3) To prepare annual financial budget plans and final accounting plans in relation to the Company;

 

(4) To prepare profit distribution plans for the Company and plans for making up any losses suffered by the Company;

 

(5) To prepare plans for increasing or reducing the Company’s registered capital;

 

     
     

 

(6) To formulate plans for mergers, divisions, changes of corporate form or dissolution in relation to the Company;

 

(7) To determine the Company’s internal management structure;

 

(8) To determine the appointment or removal of the Company’s general manager as well as the remuneration of the general manager, and upon the general manager’s recommendation, determine the appointment or removal of deputy general manager(s), the officer in charge of finance of the Company and their remuneration;

 

(9) To formulate the Company’s basic management systems;

 

Article 16 The Company shall have manager, and manager shall be appointed and removed by executive director.

 

Article 17 The manager shall be responsible to the shareholders and shall exercise the following functions and powers:

 

(1) Be in charge of the management of the Company’s operational activities;

 

(2) Organize the implementation of annual business plans and investment plans in relation to the company;

 

(3) Prepare the plan for the Company’s internal management structure;

 

(4) Prepare the basic management system for the Company;

 

(5) Formulate specific internal rules and regulations for the Company;

 

(6) Propose the appointment or removal of the deputy general manager(s) and the officer in charge of finance of the Company;

 

(7) Determine the appointment and removal of Company’s management personnel other than those whose appointment or removal shall be determined by the executive director.

 

Article 18 The company does not set up a board of supervisors but an supervisor, which is appointed by the shareholders.

 

The executive directors and senior executives of the Company shall not concurrently serve as supervisor.

 

     
     

 

The tenure of supervisor is three years. The supervisor may serve consecutive terms upon expiration of his term if re-appointed.

 

Article 19 The supervisor shall exercise the following functions and powers in accordance with the Company Law :

 

(1) To examine the Company’s financial affairs;

 

(2) To supervise the execution of the duties of the executive directors and senior executives, and propose the dismissal of the executive directors and senior management personnel who violate the laws, administrative regulations or the articles of association;

 

(3) The executive directors and the managers shall be required to rectify when the acts of them are detrimental to the interests of the company;

 

(4) To propose a resolutionto the shareholders;

 

(5) To institute litigation against the executive directors and senior management in accordance with the Article 152in “Company Law”;

 

Article 20 The necessary expenses for the supervisors to exercise their functions shall be borne by the Company.

 

Chapter VII The Legal Representative of the Company

 

Article 21 The role of legal representative of the company shall be taken by the executive director and shall be registered accordingly. The legal representative shall perform the duty of signing the relevant documents on behalf of the company. The term of office of the legal representative shall be three years. If re-elected upon expiration of his term of office, a supervisor may serve consecutive terms.

 

Article 22 Any changes with respect to the legal representative, the company shall file the alteration of registration within 30 days from the date when the resolution is made.

 

     
     

 

Chapter VIII Other matters required by shareholders

 

Article 23 Shareholders may transfer all or part of its shareholdings in accordance with the law.

 

The company shall, within 30 days from the date of transferring of shares, file for alteration of the registration.

 

If the alteration of shareholdings causes changes to the type of the company, the company shall duly apply to the relevant registration authority for alteration of type of company in accordance with the terms required.

 

Article 24 After the shareholders have made the share transfer in accordance with the legal requirements, the Company shall make amendments to the capital contribution recorded in its articles of association and shareholders records.

 

Article 25 The term of operation of the Company shall be long term, counting from the issuance date of Business.

 

The company may survive by amending its articles of Association when the term of operation as stipulated in the Articles of Association expires;

 

In the case of extending its operation term, the company must apply for amendment of its registration.

 

Article 26 The company shall be dissolved due to the following reasons:

 

(1) The term of operation as stipulated in the Articles of Association of the Company expires;

 

(2) As decided by the shareholders;

 

(3) if dissolution is necessary as a result of the merger or division of the company;

 

(4) If the Business License is revoked, ordered to close down or be canceled;

 

(5) it is ordered to be dissolved by the people’s court according to Article 183 hereof.

 

Where the company is dissolved under Item (1), (2), (4), or (5) of Article 26, a liquidation group shall be formed to commence the liquidation within 10 days after a cause of dissolution occurs. The members of the liquidation group shall be determined by the shareholders.

 

     
     

 

Article 27 Where the company is dissolved and should go through liquidation in accordance with the law, the list of the members of the liquidation group and the head of the liquidation group shall be filed with the registration authority within 10 days of the establishment of such group.

 

Article 28 The liquidation group shall notify the creditors within a period of 10 days commencing from the date of its establishment and, within 60 days, make newspaper announcement of the liquidation.

During the period of declaration of claims, the liquidation group may not repay the debts to the creditors.

 

Article 29 During liquidation, the company shall continue to exist, but it may not engage in new business activities unrelated to liquidation. Company property may not be distributed among its shareholders prior to full repayment in accordance with the stipulations of the Company Law.

 

Following the completion of liquidation, the liquidation group shall compile a liquidation report and submit the same to shareholders (or the people’s court) for confirmation. In addition, the liquidation group shall apply for cancellation of the company’s registration to the original registration authority and announce the company’s termination.

 

Chapter IX Supplementary Provisions.

 

Article 30 The decision of the Company to invest in other enterprises or provide guarantees to other entities shall be made by the shareholders.

 

The guarantee provided by the Company to its shareholders or actual controllers shall be determined by the shareholders in writing.

 

     
     

 

Article 31 The Company registration matters shall be verified and approved by the Company registration authority.

 

Article 32 For matters not specified in the Articles of Association, it shall be governed by the relevant provisions of the Company Law.

 

Article 33 The Articles of Association shall be formulated by the shareholders and shall take effect as of the establishment date of the company.

 

Article 34 The Articles of Association shall be made in triplicate, with one original retained by the shareholders, one retained by the company, and one submitted to the Company registration authority.

 

Shareholders signature and seal.

 

Kashgar Sheng Yinxin Enterprise Consulting Co., Ltd.

December 18, 2016

 

     
     

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

1
 

 

 

2
 

 

 

3
 

 

 

4
 

 

 

5
 

 

 

1
 

 

 

2
 

 

 

3
 

 

 

4
 

 

 

5
 

 

 

6
 

 

 

7
 

 

 

8
 

 

 

9
 

 

 

10
 

 

 

11
 

 

 

12
 

 

 

13
 

 

 

14
 

 

 

15
 

 

 

16
 

 

 

17
 

 

 

18
 

 

 

19
 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement” ), is entered into as of,      2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc., incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands(the “ Company ”) and     , an individual (the “ Executive” ). Except with respect to the direct employment of the Executive by the Company, the term “Company” as used herein with respect to all obligations of the Executive hereunder shall be deemed to include the Company and all of its subsidiaries and affiliated entities (collectively, the “ Group ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Company desires to employ the Executive as its      and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below).

 

B. The Executive desires to be employed by the Company as its       during the term of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. POSITION

 

The Executive hereby accepts a position of       (the “ Employment ”) of the Company.

 

2. TERM

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be       years commencing on the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Employment will be renewed automatically for additional       -year terms if neither the Company nor the Executive provides a notice of termination of the Employment to the other party or otherwise proposes to re-negotiate the terms of the Employment with the other party within one month prior to the expiration of the applicable term.

 

3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

  (a) The Executive’s duties at the Company will include all jobs assigned by the Company’s Board of the Directors (the “ Board ”), as the case may be.
     
   (b) The Executive shall devote all of his working time, attention and skills to the performance of his duties at the Company and shall faithfully and diligently serve the Company in accordance with this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, as amended and restated from time to time (the “ Charter of Documents ”), and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board.
     
   (c) The Executive shall use his best efforts to perform his duties hereunder. The Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, become an employee of any entity other than the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, and shall not be concerned or interested in any business or entity that engages in the same business in which the Company engages (any such business or entity, a “ Competitor ”), provided that nothing in this clause shall preclude the Executive from holding any shares or other securities of any Competitor that is listed on any securities exchange or recognized securities market anywhere. The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of his interest in such shares or securities in a timely manner and with such details and particulars as the Company may reasonably require.

 

     
 

 

4. NO BREACH OF CONTRACT

 

The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or otherwise bound except for agreements entered into by and between the Executive and any member of the Group pursuant to applicable law, if any; (ii) that the Executive has no information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) relating to any other person or entity which would prevent, or be violated by, the Executive entering into this Agreement or carrying out his duties hereunder; (iii) that the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement (other than this) with any other person or entity except for other member(s) of the Group, as the case may be.

 

5. LOCATION

 

The Executive will be based in      , China. The Company reserves the right to transfer or second the Executive to any location in China or elsewhere in accordance with its operational requirements.

 

6. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

  (a) Base Salary. The Executive’s initial base salary shall be       U.S. Dollars ($      ) per year, paid in periodic installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices, and such compensation is subject to annual review and adjustment by the Board.
     
  (b) Bonus. The Executive shall be eligible for Bonuses determined by the Board.
     
  (c) Equity Incentives. To the extent the Company adopts and maintains a share incentive plan, the Executive will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to the terms thereof as determined by the Board.
     
  (d) Benefits. The Executive is eligible for participation in any standard employee benefit plan of the Company that currently exists or may be adopted by the Company in the future, including, but not limited to, any retirement plan, life insurance plan, health insurance plan and travel/holiday plan.
     
  (e) Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for all reasonable ordinary and necessary travel and other expenses incurred by the Executive in the performance of his duties under this Agreement; provided that he properly accounts for such expenses in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures.

 

7. TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

 

  (a) By the Company.

 

(i) For Cause . The Company may terminate the Employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration (unless notice or remuneration is specifically required by applicable law, in which case notice or remuneration will be provided in accordance with applicable law), if:

 

(1) the Executive is convicted or pleads guilty to a felony or to an act of fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement,

 

(2) the Executive has been grossly negligent or acted dishonestly to the detriment of the Company,

 

     
 

 

(3) the Executive has engaged in actions amounting to willful misconduct or failed to perform his duties hereunder and such failure continues after the Executive is afforded a reasonable opportunity to cure such failure; or

 

(4) the Executive violates Section 8 or 10 of this Agreement.

 

Upon termination for cause, the Executive shall be entitled to the amount of base salary earned and not paid prior to termination. However, the Executive will not be entitled to receive payment of any severance benefits or other amounts by reason of the termination, and the Executive’s right to all other benefits will terminate, except as required by any applicable law.

 

(ii) For death and disability . The Company may also terminate the Employment, at any time, without notice or remuneration (unless notice or remuneration is specifically required by applicable law, in which case notice or remuneration will be provided in accordance with applicable law), if:

 

(1) the Executive has died, or

 

(2) the Executive has a disability which shall mean a physical or mental impairment which, as reasonably determined by the Board, renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of his employment with the Company, with or without reasonable accommodation, for more than 120 days in any 12-month period, unless a longer period is required by applicable law, in which case that longer period would apply.

 

Upon termination for death or disability, the Executive shall be entitled to the amount of base salary earned and not paid prior to termination. However, the Executive will not be entitled to receive payment of any severance benefits or other amounts by reason of the termination, and the Executive’s right to all other benefits will terminate, except as required by any applicable law.

 

(iii) Without Cause . The Company may terminate the Employment without cause, at any time, upon one-month prior written notice. Upon termination without cause, the Company shall provide the following severance payments and benefits to the Executive: (1) a lump sum cash payment equal to 3 months of the Executive’s base salary as of the date of such termination; (2) a lump sum cash payment equal to a pro-rated amount of his target annual bonus for the year immediately preceding the termination, if any; (3) payment of premiums for continued health benefits under the Company’s health plans for 3 months fo1lowing the termination, if any; and (4) immediate vesting of 100% of the then-unvested portion of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive.

 

Upon termination without, the Executive shall be entitled to the amount of base salary earned and not paid prior to termination.

 

(iv) Change of Control Transaction . If the Company or its successor terminates the Employment upon a merger, consolidation, or transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company with or to any other individual(s) or entity (the “ Change of Control Transaction ”), the Executive shall be entitled to the following severance payments and benefits upon such termination: (1) a lump sum cash payment equal to 3 months of the Executive’s base salary at a rate equal to the greater of his/her annual salary in effect immediate1y prior to the termination, or his/her then current annua1 salary as of the date of such termination; (2) a lump sum cash payment equal to a pro-rated amount of his/her target annual bonus for the year immediately preceding the termination; (3) payment of premiums for continued health benefits under the Company’s health plans for 3 months fo1lowing the termination; and (4) immediate vesting of 100% of the then-unvested portion of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive.

 

  (b) By the Executive . The Executive may terminate the Employment at any time with a one-month prior written notice to the Company, if (1) there is a material reduction in the Executive’s authority, duties and responsibilities, or (2) there is a material reduction in the Executive’s annual salary. Upon the Executive’s termination of the Employment due to either of the above reasons, the Company shall provide compensation to the Executive equivalent to 3 months of the Executive’s base salary that he is entitled to immediately prior to such termination. In addition, the Executive may resign prior to the expiration of the Agreement if such resignation is approved by the Board or an alternative arrangement with respect to the Employment is agreed to by the Board.

 

     
 

 

  (c) Notice of Termination . Any termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination.

 

8. CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE

 

  (a) Confidentiality and Non-disclosure . The Executive hereby agrees at all times during the term of the Employment and after its termination, to hold in the strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Company, or to disclose to any person, corporation or other entity without written consent of the Company, any Confidential Information. The Executive understands that “ Confidential Information ” means any proprietary or confidential information of the Company, its affiliates, or their respective clients, customers or partners, including, without limitation, technical data, trade secrets, research and development information, product plans, services, customer lists and customers, supplier lists and suppliers, software developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, hardware configuration information, personnel information, marketing, finances, information about the suppliers, joint ventures, franchisees, distributors and other persons with whom the Company does business, information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company or other business information disclosed to the Executive by or obtained by the Executive from the Company, its affiliates, or their respective clients, customers or partners either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or otherwise, if specifically indicated to be confidential or reasonably expected to be confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information that is generally available and known to the public through no fault of the Executive.
     
   (b) Company Property . The Executive understands that all documents (including computer records, facsimile and e-mail) and materials created, received or transmitted in connection with his work or using the facilities of the Company are property of the Company and subject to inspection by the Company, at any time. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company (or at any other time when requested by the Company), the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all documents and materials of any nature pertaining to his work with the Company and will provide written certification of his compliance with this Agreement. Under no circumstances will the Executive have, following his termination, in his possession any property of the Company, or any documents or materials or copies thereof containing any Confidential Information.
     
  (c) Former Employer Information . The Executive agrees that he or she has not and will not, during the term of his employment, (i) improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired by Executive, if any, or (ii) bring into the premises of the Company any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such former employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such former employer, person or entity. The Executive will indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.
     
  (d) Third Party Information . The Executive recognizes that the Company may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Company and such third parties, during the Executive’s employment by the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person or firm and to use it in a manner consistent with, and for the limited purposes permitted by, the Company’s agreement with such third party.

 

     
 

 

This Section 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 8, the Company shall have right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

9. CONFLICTING EMPLOYMENT.

 

The Executive hereby agrees that, during the term of his employment with the Company, he or she will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of the Executive’s employment, nor will the Executive engage in any other activities that conflict with his obligations to the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

10. NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION

 

In consideration of the salary paid to the Executive by the Company and subject to applicable law, the Executive agrees that during the term of the Employment and for a period of one (1) year following the termination of the Employment for whatever reason:

 

  (a) The Executive will not approach clients, customers or contacts of the Company or other persons or entities introduced to the Executive in the Executive’s capacity as a representative of the Company for the purposes of doing business with such persons or entities which will harm the business relationship between the Company and such persons and/or entities;
     
  (b) unless expressly consented to by the Company, the Executive will not assume employment with or provide services as a director or otherwise for any Competitor, or engage, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, in any Competitor; and
     
   (c) unless expressly consented to by the Company, the Executive will not seek, directly or indirectly, by the offer of alternative employment or other inducement whatsoever, to solicit the services of any employee of the Company employed as at or after the date of such termination, or in the year preceding such termination.

 

The provisions contained in Section 11 are considered reasonable by the Executive and the Company. In the event that any such provisions should be found to be void under applicable laws but would be valid if some part thereof was deleted or the period or area of application reduced, such provisions shall apply with such modification as may be necessary to make them valid and effective.

 

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 11, the Executive acknowledges that there will be no adequate remedy at law, and the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other relief as may be proper (including monetary damages if appropriate). In any event, the Company shall have right to seek all remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

11. WITHHOLDING TAXES

 

Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the Company may withhold (or cause there to be withheld, as the case may be) from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or pursuant to this Agreement such national, provincial, local or any other income, employment, or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

     
 

 

12. ASSIGNMENT

 

This Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that (i) the Company may assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent, and (ii) in the event of a Change of Control Transaction, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder.

 

13. SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to be severable.

 

14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and the Company regarding the terms of the Employment and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter. The Executive acknowledges that he or she has not entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set forth in this Agreement. Any amendment to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Executive and the Company

 

15. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York .

 

16. AMENDMENT

 

This Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to this Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.

 

17. WAIVER

 

Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 

18. NOTICES

 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) delivered by hand, (ii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor, or (iii) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the other party.

 

19. COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories.

 

Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

 

20. NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER

 

Each party recognizes that this Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that it, he or she has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of this Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms.

 

[Remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

     
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

  China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  Executive
     
  Signature:  
  Name:  

 

     
 

 

 

 

 

(2014) Lease No. 015

 

  WFC

  

Beijing

World Financial Center

 

Lease Contract

 

     
 

 

Preface of Lease Contract

 

1. The terms under the Lease Contract shall be confirmed by concerned both parties. Both parties shall amend, supplement or delete the contract terms on the basis of equivalence and voluntariness. After the Contract takes effect, the un-amended contents shall be deemed as the contents that both parties agree on.

 

2. Before signing the Lease Contract, the Lessee shall read the contents herein carefully, and consult with the Lessor in case of inconsistent understanding of contract terms and professional terms.

 

3. Both parties can decide the copies of the original Lease Contract according to actual conditions, and verify such copies before signing the contract, to ensure the contents in all copies are the same.

 

4. Both parties can determine the optional contents, filling in blank space and other supplementary contents of the Contract. Both parties shall select the optional contents in the blank space by writing the specific serial numbers; they shall write “none” or “x” for deletion in the blank space in case of non-occurred conditions or no agreement.

 

5. Both parties shall provide the copies of business licenses (with annual inspection mark of that year as well as official seal) and other qualification documents when signing the Contract.

 

     
 

 

Content

 

Concerned Parties of Contract 1
Article 1 Lease Scope and Purposes 1
Article 2 Lease Duration 1
Article 3 Deposit 1
Article 4 Property Management 2
Article 5 Rent 3
Article 6 Delivery of this Unit 3
Article 7 Decoration and Reconstruction 4
Article 8 Repair and Maintenance 5
Article 9 Rights and Obligations of Lessee 6
Article 10 Rights and Obligations of Lessor 10
Article 11 Excluded Liabilities and Restriction of Liabilities 11
Article 13 Termination of Contract 13
Article 14 Return of this Unit 14
Article 15 Complete Agreement 15
Article 16 Notices 15
Article 17 Governing Laws and Disputes Settlement 16
Article 18 Words, Validity and Others 16
Appendix I Sketch map of this unit 18
Appendix II Area, Lease Duration, Decoration Period and No-rent Period 19
Appendix III Rent and Deposit 20
Appendix IV Facilities and Equipment Provided by Lessor 21
Appendix V Special Agreements 22

 

     
 

 

Concerned Parties of Contract

 

Lessor: Beijing Gaoyi Real Estate Development Co., Ltd.
Register No.: 110000410085383
Address: No. 1, East Third Ring Road Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing

 

Legal representative: Zhang Fangming Post: president
Tel: 8610-85878899 Fax: 8610-65308517

 

Lessee: Hong Kong Shengqi Group Co., Ltd.
Register No.: 61422152-000-05-14-0
Address: FLAT/RM B07 23/F HOVER INDUSTRIAL BUILDING
  NO.26-38 KWAI CHEONG ROAD NT

 

Legal representative: LIN JIAN XIN Post: CEO
Tel: 1595050605 Fax: 0595-83666111

 

Both parties reach the following agreements after friendly consultation based on equivalence and mutual win:

 

Article 1 Lease Scope and Purposes

 

1.1 As per the terms and conditions under the Contract, Lessor agrees to let and Lessee agrees to lease the house property of Unit 13-14, Floor 15, East Building, Office Building (hereinafter referred to as the unit) of World Financial Center (hereinafter referred to as WFC) of No.1, East Third Ring Road Middle Road (intersection of East Third Ring/Chaoyang Road), Chaoyang District, Beijing.

 

The sketch map of the unit can be seen in Appendix I of the Contract (the unit position is marked with yellow shadow).

 

The area of this unit can be seen in Appendix II of the Contract.

 

1.2 The unit shall be used only for the purpose of offices.

 

Article 2 Lease Duration

 

2.1 The lease duration of this unit can be seen in Appendix II of the Contract.

 

Article 3 Deposit

 

3.1 Lessee shall pay Lessor the deposit (the deposit amount is listed in Appendix III) within 5 working days after both parties enter into the Lease Contract, as the guarantee of Lessee to perform all terms under the Contract faithfully (hereinafter referred to as deposit).

 

3.2 The deposit amount shall be three times of the sum of monthly rent plus property management fee within the lease duration. In case of different deposit standards within the lease duration, the standard with least amount shall prevail. Within the lease duration, Lessor shall have right to ask Lessee to make up the deposit (i.e. three times of the sum of higher monthly rent plus monthly property management fee) as per the higher rent standard. Lessee shall make up the balance of deposit immediately upon receiving the written notice from Lessor. The deposit amount listed in Appendix III shall be deemed to be adjusted correspondingly.

 

1    
 

 

3.3 Lessor shall have right but no obligation to deduct all or part of the deposit for offsetting the due deposit and property management fee, and compensating the loss of Lessor or the third party. After Lessor offset the payables of Lessee with the deposit as agreed under the Contract, when the rest deposit is under the agreed amount, Lessee shall make up the deposit within ten days after receiving written notice from Lessor.

 

3.4 On the precondition that Lessee performs all terms under the Contract, Lessor shall return the deposit (the actual amount if the deposit amount held by Lessor is below the standard stated in Appendix III of the Contract due to non-full-amount payment or making-up of Lessee)to Lessee without interests within thirty days after expiration of the lease duration and Lessee return the renovated unit as agreed and fulfills the obligation of changing industrial and commercial registered address as per Section 14.5 under the Contract, or within thirty days after Lessee pays off all compensations to Lessor or the third party due to breach of related terms under the Contract (the later data shall prevail).

 

3.5 Lessee shall not transfer or mortgage the deposit, nor use the deposit to offset the payable rent or other amount, unless otherwise agreed by Lessor in written form.

 

Article 4 Property Management

 

4.1 Lessor has informed Lessee of the property company providing WFC with property management services (hereinafter referred to as property company). While signing the Contract, Lessee shall enter into Agreement on Property Management Services of Beijing World Financial Center with the property company, and accept the management services provided by the property company and pay the property company the property management fee and other property management services fees (including water, electricity and other incidentals) as agreed. Lessee shall irrevocably agree that all rights and obligations of the property company under Agreement on Property Management Services of Beijing World Financial Center are transferred to Lessor or property company otherwise entrusted by Lessor when the entrustment of Lessor for the property company terminates. The detailed arrangement shall be subject to the written notice given by Lessor to Lessee before termination of entrustment.

 

4.2 Lessee knows and agrees that Lessor has entrusted the property company to perform part of the rights and obligations under the Contract (stated with (or the property company) in subsequent related terms) on behalf of Lessor, and doesn’t have to inform Lessee of such entrustment otherwise.

 

2    
 

 

4.3 In order to ensure WFC is Class A building and executes related laws, regulations and stipulation of governmental departments, Lessor (or the property company) shall have right to present, introduce, modify, adopt or abolish the usage and decoration of WFC building, park and other parts as well as Beijing World Financial Center Users’ Manual , Beijing World Financial Center Decoration Rules and other related stipulations related to access, operation, management and maintenance of WFC (hereinafter refer to as management rules) in written from at any time if necessary.

 

Article 5 Rent

 

5.1 Lessee shall pay Lessor rent since the first day of the lease duration under the Contract. Refer to Appendix III for details.

 

5.2 The monthly rent of this unit shall be based on 30.5 days. In terms of a certain calendar month within the lease duration, if the actual lease days of Lessee are less than the calendar days of this month, the rent of this month shall be outcome of the standard amount agreed in Appendix III being divided by 30.5 multiplies by the actual lease days of Lessee.

 

5.3 The rent shall exclude property management fee, promotion and publicity fee, parking fee, telephone bill, electricity bill, water bill, gas bill, heating bill, cleaning fee in this unit and other payments. The rent shall exclude any taxation and other payment and expenditure paid by Lessee for related governmental departments.

 

5.4 Lessee shall pay related governmental departments any taxation and other payment incurred from lease of this unit on time, except those payments shall be borne by Lessor as stated clearly by laws and regulations.

 

5.5 The decoration period and no-rent period (refer to Appendix II of the Contract) refer to the period exempted from rent; such period is granted to Lessee by Lessor and shall not be postponed for any cause, unless otherwise stated under the Contract. Within the decoration period and no-rent period, Lessee shall pay the property company the property management fee, water bill, electricity bill, gas bill and heating bill and other incidentals.

 

5.6 Specifically, if the rent or other payables paid by Lessee is less than the amount stated under the Contract, or Lessor accepts insufficient rent or other payables, such conditions shall not mean Lessor agrees Lessee to pay less amount and will not influence the rights of Lessor to recover the underpaid rent and other payables nor the rights of Lessor to take other measures according to Chinese laws and regulations and stipulations under the Contract.

 

Article 6 Delivery of this Unit

 

6.1 Lessor and Lessee shall confirm that Lessee has inspected the site of this unit and has no objection for practicability, available space, position, interior capacity, practical performance, shared parts and shared facilities etc before signing the Contract.

 

Lessee agrees to accept this unit as it is currently (subjecting to Appendix IV and Acceptance Handover Letter issued in delivery of this unit and other acceptance and handover formalities).

 

6.2 Lessee himself shall arrive at WFC on the first day of the lease duration (it can be the day before the first day if both parties agree), handle the handover with Lessor (or the property company), and sign the delivery and acceptance formalities of this unit.

 

3    
 

 

6.3 No matter whether Lessee handle the formalities to accept the unit on the first day of the lease duration, the decoration period and/or the lease duration and corresponding rent and other payments shall begin being counted from the first day of the lease duration, unless Lessor postpones the delievery.

 

The postponed delivery of Lessor refers to Lessor delivers the unit to Lesses on the day after the first day of the lease duration agreed under the Contract due to the reason of Lessor. If Lessor postpones the delivery, the lease duration, decoration period and no-rent period under the contract shall be postponed for the corresponding days postponed by Lessor; Lessor shall not undertake any other responsibilities for this.

 

Article 7 Decoration and Reconstruction

 

7.1 In term of the civil engineering, electromechanical, hygiene and water supply equipment and facilities provided by Lessor dedicated for Lessee or its employees, agents and visits, Lessee can use such civil engineering, electromechanical, hygiene and water supply equipment and facilities or dismantle, rebuild or set up them with written consent from Lessor (or the property company). If Lessee dismantles, rebuilds or sets up them without written consent from Lessor (or the property company), Lessor (or the property company) shall have right to restore them; the expenses needed shall be borne by Lessee. Lessor can also ask Lessee to restore them within a specific period.

 

7.2 Lessor shall conduct decoration and reconstruction in this unit according to the decoration design drawings and specifications submitted to and approved by Lessor (or the property company) and firefighting departments in written form (Lessor (or the property company) shall not reject such application for no reason), and shall undertake the decoration and reconstruction expenses by itself. Lessee shall decorate and reconstruct this unit with the style and form fit for Class A building in various aspects in the appropriate and skillful way, and maintain the same status (excluding natural loss) within the lease duration to satisfy Lessor. At the same time, the decoration and reconstruction of Lessee shall not violate national laws and regulations, related stipulations of Beijing City, and related regulations of the property company.

 

7.3 Lessee himself shall not or shall not let other people mount any equipment or accessory on the electric lines, pipelines and facilities, or mount any equipment, device or machinery that may result in excess of design load of the floor or additional electric lines or pipeline, or mount any equipment, device or machinery whose electricity used is not measured with the meter of Lessor. If Lessor plans to install electric appliances and/or lines in this unit, he must employ the contractor approved by Lessor (or the property company) in written form. Lessee shall allow Lessor or its agents to check the lines or pipelines installed by Lessee in this unit; Lessor can check such devices at any reasonable time with written request in advance. Lessee shall ensure Lessor will not suffer loss induced by claim, expense, damage or legal prosecution due to fault and poor maintenance of electric equipment, devices, pipelines and lines installed by Lessee in this unit.

 

4    
 

 

7.4 In decoration, Lessee shall use environment-friendly materials, and take measures to prevent noise, light and air pollution and other environmental pollution caused to other units in this building. If other units are influenced due to this, Lessee shall undertake treatment and compensations.

 

7.5 Lessee shall not or shall not let other people alter the approved decoration drawings, specification, interior design and layout of this unit without advance written approval from Lessor (or the property company) and firefighting department (Lessor (or the property company) shall not reject to approve such applications). If Lessee asks Lessor (or the property company) to approve the decoration design drawings or the changes by Lessee, Lessee shall pay Lessor (or the property company) the reasonable fees and related expenses to obtain opinions from architects or expert advisors of Lessee; this shall be the precondition for Lessor (or the property company) to give approval.

 

7.6 The following statements are made to avoid doubt:

 

(1) The approval from Lessor (or the property company) for above-mentioned decoration design drawings and specifications of Lessee shall not exempt Lessee from the responsibilities to apply for revivification of all related government responsible departments for the decoration design drawings and specifications by itself and at its own cost before decoration or reconstruction works, and shall not mean related government responsible departments will approve Lessee’s applications;

 

(2) Lessor shall not undertake any responsibilities for any consequence resulted in by disobedience of Lessee with any stipulation enacted by related government responsible departments;

 

(3) Lessee shall guarantee Lessor will not suffer any loss induced by disobedience of Lessee with this article, including but not limited to prosecution fees.

 

Article 8 Repair and Maintenance

 

8.1 Lessee shall repair any damage (except for natural wear and quality problem of the building) occurred after delivery and acceptance of this unit and bear the repair fees. Lessee shall bear all direct or indirect personal injury or assets loss of Lessor or any third party due to such damage.

 

8.2 After receiving the notice from Lessor (or the property company) requiring Lessee to conduct the maintenance Lessee is responsible for, Lessee shall conduct maintenance immediately. If Lessee postpone such maintenance, Lessor, its employees or agents shall have right to conduct forcible maintenance in this unit; all expenses incurred thereby shall be borne by Lessee.

 

8.3 Lessee shall entrust the property company with repair and maintenance of public installations and facilities in this unit, and shall bear related fees.

 

5    
 

 

Article 9 Rights and Obligations of Lessee

 

9.1 When carrying out business activities, Lessee shall abide by practical Chinese laws, regulation, policies and orders strictly; Lessee shall bear related expenses by itself.

 

9.2 Lessee shall be entitled with the rights to share the public entries and exits, stairs, corridors, platforms, passages and other places of WFC designated by Lessor for public purposes untimely with Lessor and other people enjoying the same rights, and the rights to share lifts, elevators, central air conditioners and other equipment and facilities designated by Lessor for public purposes untimely serving the building, except for places or facilities designated by Lessor for special purposes untimely. However, Lessor (or the property company) can restrict the above usage rights appropriately at any time in case repair of above facilities and equipment or emergency.

 

9.3 Lessee shall hold responsible for maintain security, hygiene in the public areas and this unit and good condition of equipment and facilities provided by Lessor (or the property company) (except for natural wear and Force Majeure).

 

9.4 Lessee shall ensure that decoration and interval in this unit meet the requirements of laws and regulations on fire prevention, buildings and others, and shall bear all related expenses.

 

9.5 All workers of Lessee shall handle the register formalities for accessing WFC building according to the stipulations of the property company on non-normal days, holidays or at time beyond normal working time.

 

9.6 Lessee shall purchase and maintain appropriate same-term insurances from an insurance company with good reputation for the self-owned assets and liabilities of the third party at its own costs before the commencement of the lease duration, including but not limited to property all risks and public liability insurance, shall submit the copies of insurance slips to Lessor (or the property company) for filing.

 

9.7 If there are more than one lessee (individuals or organizations) under the Contract terms, every lessee shall undertake unlimited joint liabilities for obligations or responsibilities of Lessee under the Contract terms.

 

9.8 If Lessee takes up business activities in WFC, it must handle corresponding business licenses, tax registration certificates, hygiene licenses and others in advance, and submit related information to Lessor (or the property company) for filing. If Lessee fails to handle corresponding formalities and is punished by industrial and commercial department or other governmental department, the responsibilities shall be undertaken by Lessee itself.

 

9.9 Lessee shall provide Lessor (or the property company) with name list of workers in this unit and changes.

 

9.10 If Lessee requires signboard on the exterior wall of WFC, it shall obtain consent from Lessor, the property company and related governmental responsible departments in advance and pay Lessor the usage fees. Lessee shall install and maintain such signboard and purchase insurance at its own cost. The construction personnel to install the signboard and design and materials of this signboard shall have advance written approval from Lessor (or the property company).

 

6    
 

 

9.11 Lessee must obtain written consent from Lessor for conducting the following actions:

 

(1) Transfer other people part of or all rights granted to Lessee under the Contract or mortgage them;

 

(2) Install the signboards in others names;

 

(3) Transfer the ownership of decoration and fixed equipment in this unit to the third party or mortgage them.

 

9.12 Lessee shall inform Lessor of the following actions or events within five days after occurrence:

 

(1) Partner changes in case of partnership of Lessee;

 

(2) Death, mental disorder or disability of one individual lessee, or loss of contract party qualification or capacity for action of one unit lessee in case of two or more joint lessees;

 

(3) Acquirement, reorganization, merge, voluntary settlement, or changes of most shareholders with voting rights or other people with valid control rights of the company in case of Lessee being a company;

 

(4) Change of company name of Lessee.

 

9.13 On the precondition of obtaining written approval from Lessor (or the property company), Lessee shall have right to show the name of Lessee or firm on signboards in building hall or lift hall of the floor of this unit with the uniform font specified by Lessor. Manufacture and placing of such uniform characters shall be arranged by Lessor for Lessee with full authority. The fees of first-time manufacture and placing shall be borne by Lessor. The related fees or any subsequent change or re-placing of the signboards shall be at the cost of Lessee. Lessor (or the property company) reserved the right to move the above signboards to other places of WFC in any case.

 

9.14 Lessee shall not put the articles exceeding the design load on the floor of this unit (400kg/sq.m load for standard floor and 500kg/sq.m for trade floor in WFC building). Lessor shall be entitled with the right to specify weight and places of all safes or other heavy equipment or articles, for the sake of balance of load distribution. The office supplies, devices and mechanical equipment that may cause strong vibration, much noise and over heat and whose access has been approved by Lessor must be put on the pallets Lessor think necessary, to avoid disturbing other lessees. The fees for pallets shall be borne by Lessee.

 

9.15 If Lessee wants to more the large articles for its own purposes in and out of WFC, it shall give advance written notice to Lessor (or the property company). After Lessor (or the property company) issues written approval, Lessee shall conduct according to the time and path appointed by the property company.

 

9.16 Lessee shall take any reasonable preventive measure to prevent this unit from storm, heavy rain, heavy snow or alike severe climate. In above-said severe climate, Lessee shall ensure all doors and windows are closed, to prevent the interior of this unit against damage.

 

9.17 Any action of any personnel permitted by Lessee to use or enter the unit shall be deemed as the action of Lessee itself. Lessee shall hold fully responsible for such action, including fees for changing the broken or damaged windows, glass or glass screen walls due to action or negligence of Lessee, its employees, agents, contractors, guests, customers or visitors, and the fees incurred by blockage or failure of drains, hygiene facilities or pipe devices.

 

7    
 

 

9.18 Lessee shall try to avoid insect damage. In case of insect damage, Lessee shall notify Lessor (or the property company) timely. Lessor can arrange the deinsectization. The fees incurred shall be borne by Lessee. Lessor (or the property company) can also arrange deinsectization uniformly.

 

9.19 In case of fire or other accidents, Lessee shall call the police and take necessary measures immediately, as well as notify Lessor (or the property company).

 

9.20 Lessee must abide by the management rules. Lessee shall undertake and pay the property management fee and other property management service fees of the unit to the property company.

 

9.21 Lessee shall maintain the good reputation and image of WFC, and shall not cause any damage of reputation and image of WFC.

 

9.22 Lessee shall not stack, leave or shall not allow other people to place or stack goods and household garbage in the door hall, stairs, passages and other public areas in WFC. Lessee shall not block the above areas and firefighting evacuation passages, or influence the access to firefighting devices, or install or rebuild the gateway, lock and bolt that violate the stipulations of firefighting department or other related stipulations of government. Lessee shall not occupy the public areas to have exhibitions, distribute publicity materials or conduct other business activities. Lessee shall not conduct auctions in the above area or in this unit.

 

9.23 Lessee shall not store weapons, ammos, saltpeter, powder, gasoline or other combustible and inflammable dangerous substances, restricted substances and other substance with strong odor in this unit. Lessee shall not manufacture or let out any gas with strong odor or polluting the environment in the unit.

 

9.24 Lessee shall not or let other people conduct any illegal or immoral activities or activities that may cause damage or interference to Lessor or other lessees in WFC.

 

9.25 Lessee shall not or let other people generate noise, vibration or interference to the third people in this unit, including but not limited to noise from televisions, radios and other objects.

 

9.26 Lessee shall not raise poultry or animals in this unit or bring any poultry or animal in WFC.

 

9.27 Lessee shall not allow any of its employees or agents to conduct soliciting activities or distribute any flier, notice or publicity material out of the unit or in WFC or at any periphery place.

 

9.28 Lessee shall not conduct or allow or tolerate any kind of exhibition, auction of articles or assets or other similar sales activities in this unit.

 

9.29 Lessee shall not lay, mount, install or add any line, cable or other pipeline in any entry and exit, corridor, stair case, platform, passage, hall or other public part in WFC.

 

9.30 Lessee shall not use the unit or its any part as dormitory or tolerate any other people to use it as dormitory.

 

9.31 Lessee shall not park the vehicles in a blocking way or other ways to block the parking place, lanes, entries and exits of vehicles or designated load and unload area in WFC, nor allow its any employee, agent, subcontractor, guest, customer or visitor to conduct such actions.

 

8    
 

 

9.32 Lessee shall not use or allow other people to use the name/sign of Lessor or WFC or any part for any purpose or use whole or part of the name/sign or WFC or this unit in any picture, icon or similar signs when the businesses or operation of Lessee or other purposes is concerned before obtaining written consent from Lessor; however, the purpose of stating the address and commercial address of Lessee is not among the restriction.

 

9.33 Lessee shall not or allow or tolerate to carve, damage, destroy, mark on or drill nails or screws into any door, window, wall, beam, structure or pipeline system without advance written consent from Lessor. Lessee shall not damage or pierce through the existed ground or floor.

 

9.34 Lessee shall not damage or destroy any part of the public areas in WFC, including but not limited to decoration, stairs, lifts, elevators, and surrounding trees, plants or bushes etc.

 

9.35 Lessee shall not use or let other people use the washing equipment in this unit or public areas of WFC provided by Lessor for any un-intended purpose, or throw or allow or tolerate other people to throw articles or objects inconsistent with the intended purposes into the washing equipment; otherwise, Lessee must pay all expenses for any damage, blockage or destroy due to violation of this article to Lessor at request.

 

9.36 Lessee shall not or allow or tolerate any people to cook or prepare any food in this unit, or induce or allow any unfavorable odor in this unit.

 

9.37 Lessee shall not erect any antenna on the roof or walls of WFC or ceiling or walls of this unit, or disturb, remove, pull down or change the public antenna (if any) provided by Lessor.

 

9.38 Lessee shall not pour any material that may cause blockage, damage or pollution of pipes in the service pipes.

 

9.39 Lessee shall not use this unit as storage for a large amount of articles, except for appropriate samples or exhibits related to business demands of Lessee.

 

9.40 Lessee shall not sublease this unit or allow other people to use any part of this unit (regardless of any charge of fees) without clear advance written consent from Lessor. As to this term, sublease refers to Lessee’s leasing of part or all of the unit it leases to the third party (hereinafter referred to as sublessee) within the validity of the Contract. Lessor shall decide whether to agree the sublease to the sublessee at its own discretion and shall have right to state the conditions that any Sublessee must abide by. Lessor doesn’t have to give Lessee any reason. Lessee shall not have right to present any objection.

 

If sublease is agreed by Lessor in written form:

 

(1) The Contract shall be valid. The sublessee shall continue to perform this Contract during the sublease duration;

 

(2) The expiration date of sublease duration of this unit agreed under the sublease contract shall not be later than the expiration date of lease duration agreed under the Contract;

 

(3) Lessee shall not allow sublessee to sublease the unit to other party;

 

(4) Lessee shall make compensation for any loss induced in or related to this unit by the sublessee; and

 

(5) If the Contract is terminated in advance within the sublease duration of this unit, Lessee shall guarantee the sublease contract is terminated as well, and ensure to return this unit to Lessor on the termination date of the Contract.

 

9    
 

 

9.41 Lessee shall not conduct or allow or tolerate any people to conduct any behavior, action, matter or thing that causes or may cause invalidity of current fire insurance and/or insurances of other coverable matters and/or the third party liability insurance held by WFC and/or this unit, and shall not conduct or allow or tolerate any people to conduct any behavior, action, matter or thing that increase the premiums. If the premiums are increased due to behaviors, actions, matters or things conducted by or allowed or tolerated by Lessee, Lessor shall have right to recover the increased amount of premiums. The above rights of Lessor shall not influence any other right or compensation under the Contract enjoyed by Lessor. At the same time, Lessee shall provide related evidential documents or other necessary assistance at request of the insurance company.

 

9.42 Lessee shall not install air conditioning equipment otherwise with existed air conditioning equipment provided by Lessor.

 

9.43 Lessee shall not use the unit for any other purpose other than offices without written consent from Lessor.

 

9.44 Lessee shall not add lock on the door of the unit or replace the original locks (excluding the locks for finance and secrets in this unit) without written consent from Lessor (or the property company).

 

Article 10 Rights and Obligations of Lessor

 

10.1 Lessor shall not interfere the normal usage of Lessee of this unit in normal situations, on the preconditions that Lessee pays rent, property management fee and other payables according to the time and method stated under the Contract and that Lessee abides by the performs the terms, conditions, agreements and stipulations under the Contract.

 

10.2 Lessor (or the property company) shall purchase valid insurance for the public areas and facilities of WFC.

 

10.3 Lessor can enter this unit for maintenance and repair with appropriate advance notice given to Lessee and consent from Lessee (Lessee shall not reject this for no reason). In case of emergencies, Lessor can enter this unit without advance notice given to Lessee and take necessary measures. However, Lessor shall notify Lessee as soon as possible and give explanations to Lessee later. Lessor shall not hold responsible for any loss induced thereby.

 

10.4 Lessor can accompany any potential lessees or users to visit and inspect the unit and post the lease advertisements in the appropriate positions of the unit at any appropriate time within ninety days before expiration or cancellation of the Contract.

 

10.5 Lessee hereby makes the statement of and promise waiving the preemption right. Lessor can sell or transfer this unit to any third party and doesn’t need consent of Lessee.

 

10    
 

 

10.6 During the lease duration, Lessor shall have right to change the name of WFC or names of some parts without advance consent from Lessee. Lessor shall not hold responsible for risks and expenses that may be generated out of name change. However, Lessor shall notify Lessee in the way of posting announcement one month before the name change.

 

10.7 Lessee knows and agrees that Lessor, all personnel authorized by Lessor or people enjoying such rights due to other reason have the following rights:

 

(1) The owners of public facilities shall have right to ensure uninterrupted passing through the unit of all service pipelines related to supply or able to supply WFC and periphery buildings. Such owners of public facilities or their employees shall have right to enter the unit for inspection, repair, replacement and building new service pipelines for connecting WFC or providing public facilities for buildings at periphery of WFC with advance consent from Lessee.

 

(2) The owners of public facilities shall have right to install or fix the equipment, machines and other facilities, signs and ads racks Lessor believes appropriate on any part of WFC, and have right to dismantle and replace such equipment and facilities. Lessor shall try to disturb Lessee as little as possible, and hold responsible for damage to this unit due to maintenance.

 

(3) The owners of public facilities shall have right to conduct or allow any other people to conduct reconstruction, dismantling, changing buildings in any part of WFC or on periphery land, or renovation, changing passages or improving works in WFC. Lessor shall try to reduce the interference and comfort caused to Lessee, including influence on light sources and air flow. Lessee shall support the above works.

 

(4) The owners of public facilities shall have right to decide the usage of exterior wall and public area of WFC, and transfer or entrust such right to other people. Lessee shall support the above works.

 

(5) The owners of public facilities shall have right to disclose any information related to Lessee under the Contract when they believe necessary.

 

10.8 If Lessee violates any term under the Contract and fails to correct the violation behaviors within the period specified by Lessor after Lessor point them out, Lessor shall have right to cut off or entrust the property company to cut off the water and electricity supply and take other measures Lessor believe appropriate with advance notice given to Lessee, till Lessee correct above violation behaviors and pay or compensate full-amount expenses (including overdue fine, and expenses for reconnecting water and electricity supply etc.) incurred thereby.

 

Article 11 Excluded Liabilities and Restriction of Liabilities

 

11.1 Lessor shall not hold any responsibility for Lessee, users or any other people in terms of the following situations, unless the cause is severe negligence of Lessor or its employees:

 

(1) Personal injury, casualties or assets loss or damage caused to Lessee, user or other people due to inappropriateness or fault of lifts, auto elevators, fireproofing and security guard devices, air condition devices, telecommunication service or other equipment in WFC or this unit;

 

11    
 

 

(2) Personal injury, casualties or assets loss or damage caused to Lessee, user or other people due to error, fault, explosion and pause of electricity supply or water supply in WFC or this unit;

 

(3) Personal injury, casualties or assets loss or damage caused to Lessee, user or other people due to spread of fire, overflow and leakage of water from any part of WFC or rain in WFC or this unit, or existence of rats and other vermins;

 

(4) As to security or custody of this unit and of any person or article in this unit, on the precondition of not interfering the above contents, the guard and management or mechanical or electrical alarm system of any nature provided by Lessor (or the property company) shall not constitute the responsibilities of Lessor (or the property company) for safety of this unit or any article in this unit. Lessee shall hold full responsibility for the safety of this unit and articles in this unit.

 

(5) Loss, damage or casualties caused by nonconformance with regulations or disobedience with management rules of Lessee or the third party.

 

11.2 Besides the agreements in Section 11.1, Lessor shall not hold any responsibility for assets loss and personal injury of Lensee and related personnel due to justifiable defense, emergency action, self-help action, consent of Lessee, Force Majeure, accidents, fault of Lessee and third-party action.

 

11.3 Although Lessor has informed Lessee of the possible damage in advance, Lessor shall not hold responsible for indirect, special, punishing or incidental loss or damage suffered by Lessee, including but not limited to loss of income, profits and credit among customers or any service interruption, no matter whether such damage or loss is caused by violation of clear or implied guarantee, breach of contract, error statements, mistake, severe infringing responsibilities or others.

 

Article 12 Responsibilities for Breach

 

12.1 If Lessee fails to pay Lessor rent according to the method and time agreed under the Contract, Lessee shall pay Lessor five out of ten thousand of overdue payable daily as the penal sum. The term shall not be deemed as allowing for grace period of Lessee to pay rent. Lessor shall not be deemed to have obligation to accept the payable rent from Lessee at overdue time or agree Lessee to postpone the rent payment as Lessor asks for or accept the penal sum. The term and the terms related to penal sum in Article 13 shall apply at the same time.

 

12.2 Lessee shall pay Lessor one-month rent of that month as the penal sum (the penal sum shall be added up if Lessee violates more than one obligation) in case of any one of the following situations, unless otherwise stated in the term. Lessor shall have right to deduct such penal sum from the deposit paid by Lessee. If the loss of Lessor exceeds such penal sum, Less shall make compensation according to actual situation.

 

(1) Lessee fails to pay rent as agreed under the Contract;

 

(2) Lessee fails to sign Agreement on Property Management Services of Beijing World Financial Center between Lessee and the property company as agreed under the Contract;

 

(3) Lessee doesn’t use the unit for the purposes agreed under the Contract;

 

(4) Lessee subleases the unit to other people or allows other people to possess, occupy or use the unit or any part of the unit without advance written consent from Lessor;

 

12    
 

 

(5) Lessee uses or allows other people to use this unit to conduct activities breaking Chinese laws and regulations or damaging public rights and interests or other people’s legal rights and interests;

 

(6) Lessee doesn’t sign and accept the bills, notices and other files issued by Lessor to Lessee;

 

(7) Lessee doesn’t perform the obligations of Article 5, 7, 8, 9 and appendixes under the Contract, unless otherwise stated.

 

12.3 Lessor’s tolerance, forgiveness or pardon of one time or multiple times of non-performance, violation, nonconformance or non-execution of the agreement under the Contract of Lessee don’t mean Lessor waives its rights in case of continuous or another-time non-performance, violation, nonconformance or non-execution of the agreement under the Contract of Lessee, nor cancel or influence the rights and compensation enjoyed be Lessor due to continuous or subsequent non-performance, violation, nonconformance or non-execution of the agreement under the Contract of Lessee according to the Contract. Unless Lessor makes a written statement of waiving rights, any action or inaction of Lessor shall not imply for waiving of rights, and shall not be deduced to be waiving of rights.

 

12.4 Any consent given by Lessor shall only be dedicated for the specified purposes. Such consent shall not be deemed that Lessor waives or lets Lessee exempted from the force of any term, unless Lessor gives clear instruction. Such consent shall not be deemed that Lessee is exempted from obtaining special written consent from Lessor in the future.

 

Article 13 Termination of Contract

 

13.1 The Contract shall terminate upon expiration of the lease duration.

 

13.2 Lessor shall have right to terminate the Contract in advance in case of any one of the following situations. The Contract shall be terminated upon the arrival of notice of termination of Contract issued by Lensor. Lessee shall pay Lessor the penal sum equivalent to three-month rent or the rent of unperformed part of lease duration (the higher one shall prevail) according to the rent standard agreed in Appendix III. If the actual loss of Lessor exceeds the penal sum agreed, Lessee shall make compensation according to the actual amount:

 

(1) Lessee fails to pay the deposit as agreed under the contract with thirty days overdue;

 

(2) Lessee fails to sign Agreement on Property Management Services of Beijing World Financial Center between Lessee and the property company as agreed under the Contract with thirty days overdue or Lessee fails to pay the property company the property management fee and other fees as agreed and fails to pay off within ten days after receiving the notice from the property company;

 

(3) Lessee fails to pay the rent as agreed under the contract with ten days overdue;

 

(4) Lessee doesn’t use the unit for the purposes agreed under the Contract and fails to correct within ten days after receiving the notice from the property company;

 

13    
 

 

(5) Lessee subleases the unit to other people or allows other people to possess, occupy or use the unit or any part of the unit without advance written consent from Lessor and fails to correct immediately upon receiving notice from Lessor;

 

(6) Lessee conducts operating activities without business licenses and other permits, or Lessee uses or allows other people to use this unit to conduct activities breaking Chinese laws and regulations or damaging public rights and interests or other people’s legal rights and interests and causes loss to Lessor or fails to correct immediately upon receiving notice from Lessor;

 

(7) There are more than three times of failure of Lessee to pay the rent as agreed under the Contract.

 

(8) Lessee doesn’t sign and accept the bills, notices and other files issued by Lessor or the property company to Lessee and fails to correct within seven days after receiving the written notice from Lessor;

 

(9) Lessee doesn’t perform any obligation under the Contract and its appendixes and fails to correct within seven days after receiving the written notice from Lessor, unless otherwise stated in this article.

 

13.3 If Lessee terminates the Contract in advance without consent from Lessor, Lessee shall pay Lessor the penal sum equivalent to three-month rent or the rent of unperformed part of lease duration (the higher one shall prevail) according to the rent standard agreed in Appendix III. If the actual loss of Lessor exceeds the penal sum agreed, Lessee shall make compensation according to the actual amount.

 

13.4 If the Contract has registered for filing, Lessee shall go to related housing management departments to cancel registration of the Contract with the representative of Lessor and cooperate with Lessor positively on other related matters within five days since the expiration or advance termination (regardless of the reason) of the Contract. If Lessee doesn’t contact the representative of Lessor to handle related formalities, Lessor shall have right to cancel the registration of the Contract unilaterally by showing the written notice of contract termination to related housing management departments; Lessee shall not present any objection.

 

Article 14 Return of this Unit

 

14.1 When the lease duration expires or the Contract is terminated in advance, Lessee shall return this unit emptied and at the original state in delivery and all keys to Lessor (or the property company) and conduct acceptance together with Lessor (or the property company) on the lease duration date or advance termination date of the Contract or within the period specified by Lessor (if any). Lessor shall make compesenation for damage (excluding natural wear). Lessee shall bear all expenses incurred from direct or indirect damage to other places beyond this unit or the third party in the process of returning this unit and other sites, facilities and equipment dedicated for Lessee to the original state in delivery.

 

14.2 Both parties agree that any decoration, furniture device, material, equipment or any other article of Lessee left in this unit ten days after termination date of the Contract shall be deemed as waste of Lessee and disposed. Lessee agrees to waive all rights for such articles permanently.

 

14    
 

 

Lessor shall have right to dispose the above-mentioned articles in any way. Lessee shall not present objections or ask Lessor to hold the responsibilities including claim for compensation from Lessor. At the same time, Lessor shall have right to recover all expenses incurred in removing, clearing and disposing the above-mentioned articles from Lessee.

 

If the third party other than Lessor and Lessee makes a claim on the articles left in the unit, Lessee shall be responsible for the undertake the compensation liabilities. Lessor has nothing to do with this.

 

14.3 If Lessee fails to return this unit as agreed under the Contract after the Contract is terminated, Lessee shall pay Lessor the fees for occupation, counted from the second day after termination of the Contract to the day of returning this unit or the day Lessor (or the property company) recovers the unit (this shall apply even the water and electricity in this unit are cut off). The amount of occupation fees shall be the sum of three times of the rent as agreed in Appendix III under the Contract and other payments. If the loss of Lessor suffered thereby (including but not limited to liabilities for breach and compensation as well as commission for the new lessee of this unit) exceeds such occupation fees, Lessee shall make compensation for Lessor according to the actual amount.

 

14.5 If Lessee asks for all or part of this unit being the industrial and commercial register address of Lessee or the third party, Lessee shall be responsible for change the industrial and commercial register address into the address of other place within ten working days since the termination date of the Contract. Otherwise, Lessee shall pay Lessor compensation of 100 yuan per sq.m per day according to the area of this unit stated under the Contract. If the loss of Lessor suffered thereby exceeds the compensation amount, Lessee shall make compensation for Lessor according to the actual amount.

 

Article 15 Complete Agreement

 

The Contract is the complete agreement on the subject matters under the Contract agreed by both parties. The Contract shall substitute the written or oral agreements, negotiations, statements (including incidental and fault ones) and suggestions related to the subject agreed on previously. Any party shall not accept any statement, commitment or inductive behavior constraint not clearly stated under the Contract and made by representative, agent or employee of the counterparty, and shall not under responsibilities for such behaviors.

 

Article 16 Notices

 

16.1 Lessee shall give written notice to Lessor immediately upon receiving a notice about this unit or any public affair from any department-in-charge.

 

15    
 

 

16.2 Any notice and other letters sent by any party to the counterparty of the Contract shall be Chinese, and shall be sent to the legitimate address of the counterparty or the latest liaison address provided by the counterparty in registered way, special express, man-to-man handover, fax, announcement or other ways allowed by laws. Specifically, both parties agree that the above-mentioned notices and other letters shall be deemed to be sent effectively on the following date:

 

(1) The date stated on the receipt released in case of registered letter and special express;

 

(2) The date of handover in case of man-to-man handover;

 

(3) The date of sending fax in case of fax (the fax sender shall keep the record with the date of sending fax printed by the fax apparatus);

 

(4) The date of posting the announcement on the visible place near the store of Lessee and publishing the announcement on the newspaper in case of announcement.

 

16.3 Lessee shall guarantee the correctness and legal validity of the residence, address, contact address, household register, ID card and other register documents under the Contract. Lessee shall inform Lessor of changes immediately; otherwise, Lessee shall undertake the risks and liabilities of failure of delivery of Lessor’s notice due to inaccurate information. If the notice of Lessor fails to be delivered because Lessee can’t be contacted or because of inaccurate information, as long as Lessor can prove it has take any one of the above methods to fulfill the notifying obligation, the notice shall be deemed to be received without response of Lessee within five days since the delivery date.

 

Article 17 Governing Laws and Disputes Settlement

 

17.1 The Contract, including its signing, explanations, performance and disputes settlement, shall be governed by Chinese laws and explained according to Chinese laws.

 

17.2 In case of disputes on the Contract, both parties shall try their best to settle the disputes via friendly consultation. If the disputes can’t be settled ten days after the friendly consultation between both parties, any party shall lodge a prosecution in the local People’s Court in the jurisdiction area of WFC.

 

17.3 If any party violates any term under the Contract, even if the delinquent party has successfully lodged any prosecution against any term under the Contract, the observant party shall have right to ask the counterparty to bear the prosecution fees and appropriate lawyer’s feed, unless otherwise instructed by the court.

 

Article 18 Words, Validity and Others

 

18.1 The Contract and any appendix shall be written and signed in Chinese. If both parties sign the versions in foreign languages of the Contract as well, the Contract in Chinese shall prevail.

 

18.2 All appendixes of the Contract are indispensable components of the Contract. They shall have the equivalent legal force as the Contract text. If there is inconsistency between the Contract text and any appendix, the appendix of the Contract shall prevail.

 

16    
 

 

18.3 Any amendment, supplementation, deletion or change of the Contract (including any appendix) shall be stated in written form and shall take effect after both parties sign or seal.

 

18.4 The rights of any party under the Contract shall be accumulative, unless otherwise clearly stated in laws. Such rights shall be deemed to be parallel and shall not cancel each other.

 

18.5 All expenses including register fee incurred in handling register and filing in housing management department shall be borne as stipulated. If there is clear stipulation under laws and regulations, Lessor and Lessee shall bear half of the fees respectively.

 

18.6 If People’s Court or arbitral agency believes that any term under the Contract is invalid or can’t be performed forcibly due to any reason, they shall be deemed to be have deleted from the Contract. The validity of other terms under the Contract shall not be influenced and shall be performed by both parties, unless the above-said deletion will result in major changes of economic benefits of both parties and continuous performance of above-said other terms under the Contract will become unreasonable.

 

18.7 The Contract shall take effect upon the date when Lessor and Lessee sign or seal.

 

18.8 The Contract (including appendixes) is in quintuplicate. Lessor shall hold four while Lessee shall hold one. The five copies are of the same legal force.

 

(No text below this page)

 

All contents under the Contract (including any appendix) have been carefully read, totally understood and agreed by both parties.

 

Lessor: Beijing Gaoyi Real Estate Development Co., Ltd.
Signature or seal: Special stamp for contract of Beijing Gaoyi Real Estate Development Co., Ltd. (Seal)
   
Lessee: Hong Kong Shengqi Group Co., Ltd.
Signature or seal: Hong Kong Shengqi Group Co., Ltd. (Seal)
   
Signed on: October 8, 2014

 

17    
 

 

Appendix I Sketch map of this unit

 

 

 

15 th Floor, Eat Building; the parts with shadows

The above floor layout is not in actual ratio; it is only for reference.

 

18    
 

 

Appendix II Area, Lease Duration, Decoration Period and No-rent Period

 

Part 1: Construction area

The construction area of this unit is 545.28 sq.m.

 

Part 2: Lease duration: the lease duration is 38 months.
  It begins from November 1, 2014 and ends on December 31, 2017.

 

Part 3: Decoration period: 2 months, from November 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014.
   
  Lessee is exempted from the rent during the decoration period. However, Lessee shall pay the property management fee and other incidentals.

 

  No-rent period: 1 month, the duration is as follows:
     
    From January 1, 2015 to January 31, 2015
    Lessee is exempted from the rent during the no-rent period. However, Lessee shall pay the property management fee and other incidentals.

 

19    
 

 

Appendix III Rent and Deposit

 

Part 1: Rent standard and payment time

 

1. The monthly rent is RMB 272.640.00 Yuan. (RMB two hundred and seventy two thousand six hundred and sixty four yuan zero jiao and zero fen) The monthly rent excludes the property management fee and other related fees. The above-mentioned amount payable shall be paid by Lessee before the [first] day of that month, unless otherwise agreed. The one-month rent to be paid by Lessee for the first time after the lease duration begins shall be paid while signing the Contract. When receiving the rent paid by Lessee, Lessor shall issue the rent invoice (including taxation).

 

Part 2: Deposit

 

1. The deposit is RMB 1,477,718.40 Yuan (RMB one million four hundred and seventy seven thousand seven hundred and eighteen yuan four jiao and zero fen), i.e. five-month rent plus property management fee. When receiving the deposit paid by Lessee, Lessor shall issue the deposit invoice

 

Part 3: Payment methods of rent and deposit

 

All payments under the Contract shall be in RMB.

 

If the payment that is supposed to be valued in RMB by Lessee is actually in one of main foreign currencies (US dollars or HKD), the mid-point rate of exchanging such foreign currency with RMB released by the People’s Bank of China on the first date of the last calendar month shall be adopted.

 

If the payment that is supposed to be valued in one of main foreign currencies by Lessee is actually in RMB, the mid-point rate of exchanging RMB with such foreign currency released by the People’s Bank of China on the first date of the last calendar month shall be adopted.

 

The rent and deposit shall be paid in cash, check, remittance or the way specified by Lessor.

 

Opening bank of Lessor:

Account name: Beijing Gaoyi Real Estate Development Co., Ltd.

RMB account No.: 345456036550

Opening bank: Beijing Yabao Rd. Branch of Bank of China Limited

(Stating purposes in remittance)

 

20    
 

 

Appendix IV Facilities and Equipment Provided by Lessor

 

(1) Metal ceiling board;

 

(2) Lamp panel;

 

(3) VAV air conditioning system;

 

(4) Firefighting spraying system;

 

(5) Firefighting smoke sensing system;

 

(6) Net floor;

 

(7) Wood door;

 

(8) Smoke screen hang wall.

 

21    
 

 

Appendix V Special Agreements

 

1. Disclosure of property management fee:

 

The disclosure of property management fee of this unit: the property management fee of every calendar month is RMB 16, 903.68 Yuan . (RMB sixty thousand nine hundred and three yuan six jiao and eight fen (the unit price of the property management fee is RMB 31.00 yuan per construction sq.m per month)).

 

Lessee shall pay Lessor or the property management company designated by Lessor the property management fee on the first day of every calendar month, unless otherwise agreed. Lessor or the property management company designated by Lessor shall have right to adjust the property management fee untimely.

 

2. Agreement on area:

 

Both parties agree that both parties will not adjust the rent and property management fee of the unit or other payment calculated based on the construction area of the unit, even though the construction area stated in Appendix II under the Contract is inconsistent with the construction area, dedicated area, rent area or other area calculated with other methods of this unit surveyed by any other person, unit or agency.

 

3. Delivery condition: Lessor delivers the unit at its current state to Lessee. Lessee shall apply review to related governmental administrative departments and check and accept all inner partitions, doors, decoration works and other facilities rebuilding works etc. of the unit, to meet the usage conditions of this unit. Lessor shall not undertake any related responsibility and expense.

 

4. Confidentiality terms:

 

Lessee shall not disclose the contents in the Lease Contract to the third party (excluding associated companies of Lessee) without written consent from Lessor. The associated companies under the Lease Contract refer to parent company, subsidiaries and branches of Lessee unless otherwise agreed; otherwise Lessee shall have right to cancel the Lease Contract and/or require Lessee to compensate the loss of Lessor induced thereby.

 

5. Signboards:

 

Lessor shall provide free standard manufacture and installation of signboards of two companies to be displayed in the WFC building hall and the lift hall of the floor of the unit only for one time.

 

6. Sublease and transfer:

 

Lessee can transfer all rights and obligations under the Lease Contract to the subsidiary or branch of Lessee without influence on the rights of Lessor clearly stated under the Lease Contract and with sufficient evidentiary data provided by Lessee and written consent of Lessor; Lessor shall not reject the application for such transfer for no reason. Lessee shall undertake the joint and several guarantees for the obligations and responsibilities under the contract after transfer to be performed by the subsidiary or branch. All parties shall sign the related supplementary agreement (agreement on transfer of rights and obligations). Such agreement shall contain the following points at least:

 

a. All expenses incurred in transfer (including but not limited to: lawyer’s fees and register and filing fees of the Contract of Lessor and Lessee) shall be borne by Lessee.

 

b. Lessee shall guarantee that above-said subsidiary and branch will perform the obligations under the Contract, and shall not sublease and transfer the area again.

 

22    
 

 

Letter of Commitment

 

The payment of our company is postponed because the responsible person of the company has been abroad to handle some affairs and couldn’t contact the finance timely. In addition, the related financial formalities couldn’t be handled because the related persons are taking days off during APEC meeting period. Our company makes the commitment as follows:

 

Our company will have transferred two-month rent RMB 545280.00 yuan (RMB five hundred and forty five thousand two hundred and eighty two yuan only), one-month rent RMB 272640.00 yuan (RMB two hundred and seventy two thousand six hundred and twenty four yuan only), and property management fee RMB 16903.68 yuan (RMB sixteen thousand nine hundred and three yuan six jiao and eight fen) to the accounts of Beijing Gaoyi Real Estate Development Co., Ltd and the property management company by November 14, 2014, 15:00 p.m. The transfer totals RMB 834823.68 yuan (RMB eight hundred thirty four thousand eight hundred and twenty three yuan six jiao and eight fen).

 

If our company fails to pay on time before this deadline, we will undertake the corresponding responsibilities for breach as agreed under the Contract. The lease commencement date under the Lease Contract entered into by your company and our company shall be November 1, 2014 as agreed.

 

 

Hong Kong Shengqi Group Co., Ltd. (Seal)

November 7, 2014

 

23    
 

 

Supplementary Agreement

 

Party A: Beijing Gaoyi Real Estate Development Co., Ltd.
Legitimate address: No. 1, East Third Ring Road Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing

 

Legal representative: Zhang Fangming Post: president
Tel: 8610-65186688 Fax: 8610-65308517

 

Party B: Hong Kong Shengqi Group Co., Ltd.
Legitimate address: FLAT/RM B07 23/F HOVER INDUSTRIAL BUILDING
  NO.26-38 KWAI CHEONG ROAD NT

 

Legal representative: Lin Jianxin   Post: CEO
Tel: 1595050605    

 

Party C: Toprule Investment Management (Beijing) Co., Ltd.
Legitimate address: Unit 13-14, Floor 15, East Building, WFC Office Building, No. 1, East Third Ring Road Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing

 

Legal representative: Lin Jianxin Post: CEO

 

As to (2014) Lease No. 015 Lease Contract of Beijing World Financial Center on Unit 13-14 , Floor 15 , East Building, WFC Office Building, No. 1, East Third Ring Road Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing between Party A and Party B (hereinafter referred to as original Lease Contract), Party A, Party B and Party C agree to add Party C as the joint Lessee under the original Lease Contract after consultation.

 

The Agreement shall take effect after Party A, Party B and Party C sign or seal.

 

The Agreement is in triplicate. Party A, Party B and Party C shall hold one respectively.

 

Party A: Special stamp for contract of Beijing Gaoyi Real Estate Development Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

Representative:

 

November 25, 2014

 

Party B: Hong Kong Shengqi Group Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Representative:

November 18, 2014

 

Party C: Toprule Investment Management (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Representative: Lin Jianxin (Signature)

November 18, 2014

  

24    
 

 

Financial Advisory Agreement

 

Party A: ___________________________________

 

Party B: Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co. Ltd.

 

WHEREAS:

 

1, Party A has the need of applying for wealth management products and bank acceptance bills from bank for its domestic commercial payments based on its business demands, and also fulfill the purpose of value adding and effective use of its funds.

 

2, Party B is an institution specialized in providing investment banking services for businesses, including but not limited to investing, financing and capital operating services. Party B agrees to the entrustment by Party A, to provide services in relating to Party A’s bank loan application.

 

This Agreement is entered into through amicable negotiations, based on equality, voluntary, and honesty, and both parties are bond by the terms and conditions set forth below regarding the matters of financial advisory services:

 

I. Scope of Services

 

Party B agrees to the entrustment by Party A, to provide the following services within the terms of this agreement in relating to Party A’s bank loan application:

 

1, assisting Party A to find and select suitable banks, including the introduction of potential banks to Party A.

 

2, coordinating in the due diligence made by the bank, and establishing an unhindered communication channels between banks and the Party A.

 

3, negotiating with the bank on behalf of Party A, discussing the costs and the rate of return on wealth management products, as well as the signing of the relevant agreements.

 

4, guiding Party A in preparing the materials required by the chosen wealth management products, and assisting Party A in preparing the application documents required.

 

5, responsible for pushing the bank to fulfill its obligations in the relevant agreements, and to ensure the completion of the financing smoothly.

 

 
 

 

II. The responsibilities of Party A

 

1, fully and timely provide the company documents in accordance with the requirements of Party B and the bank, and guarantee the validity, accuracy and legitimacy of the materials provided.

 

2, Party A shall be responsible for the fees and expense of the banks and financial consultants from Party B while their conducting the services, which may include accommodation, traffic, as well as the expenses made by conducting work, etc.

 

3, make the payment to Party B for the financial advisory fees in accordance with this agreement.

 

III. Compensation

 

1, financial advisory fees

 

Based on the services provided, Party A agrees to pay Party B the financing advisory fees, which is calculated at ____% of the total amount of the wealth management products or bank deposit receipts totally purchased, and the total purchase is estimated to be RMB ______ yuan. The specific amount shall be determined by the actual amount of the wealth management products or deposit receipts purchased by Party A.

 

2, time of payment

 

Party A shall make payment of the financial advisory fees to Party B’s designated bank account within ____ working days upon the confirmation of issuing acceptance bill and Party B’s completion of assisting Party A with the procedures in relating to the banks.

 

Account Name: Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co. Ltd.

 

Account Number: 11-032201040007599

 

Bank of Deposit: Agricultural Bank of China, Beijing ShiJingShan Sub-branch

 

IV. Confidentiality Obligations

 

1, “confidential information” refers to the written or oral information or material related to technology, finance and business secrets exchanged between the two parties for the purpose of performing under this agreement that the receiving end has not been obtained beforehand, not able to obtain through general channels, and not open to the general public.

 

 
 

 

2, neither Party A nor Party B shall disclose or make public or otherwise make use of the confidential information obtained while undertaking the investment to a third party (entity or individual) other than the parties stipulated in the agreement, unless:

 

i, with written consent of the other party in advance;

 

ii, the confidential information is disclosed and open for the public not due to the fault of either of the parties;

 

iii, for the purpose of executing the court ruling, judgment or arbitral awards that is in effect;

 

iv, required by the relative judicial, administrative, and supervising regulatory authorities within judicial power or stock exchange;

 

v, the disclosure made to the accountant, attorney, appraiser, and professional consultant of this financing activity.

 

vi, in order to fulfill the legal obligations or to comply with the disclosing requirements.

 

3, neither Party A nor Party B shall disclose or make public of the confidential information of this agreement, unless the disclosure is required by law.

 

4, Party B promises that after the completion of this advisory service, it shall return or destroy the materials regarding the Party A’s company introduction, business and other materials related to this service.

 

V. Remedies

 

1, both parties shall faithfully fulfill the obligations specified in this agreement. If a Party (“breaching party”) fails to perform all or part of its obligations under this agreement which leads to the agreement unable or unnecessary to perform, the aggrieved party shall be entitled to claim any damages arising from the breach.

 

2, should there be the circumstance that Party A does not go through Party B, but contacts the bank and signs the contract with the bank directly, it will be deemed as Party B has completed its services stated in this agreement, and Party A shall make payment to Party B in accordance with this agreement.

 

3, if Party A breaches the agreement and refuses or postpones to make the payment to Party B of the financial consultancy fees, then in addition to fully compensate Party B for the consulting fees, Party A shall pay the additional penalty at the rate of 0.08% of the total consultant fee per day to Party B until the due amount is fully compensated.

 

 
 

 

VI. Dispute Resolution

 

Any dispute arising from or in connection with this agreement shall be settled through consultation, if such consultation fails, any party could submit to the Local People’s Courts at the place where Party B is located for dispute resolution.

 

VII. Miscellaneous

 

1, This agreement shall enter into force after stamped and signed by two parties.

 

2, As for matters not covered in this agreement, the two parties shall negotiate separately and sign written supplementary agreement, which has equal effect with this agreement.

 

3, This agreement is in duplicate, each party holds one copy, which has equal effect.

 

(REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

 

No text on this page, only for signature of the Financing Advisory Agreement.

 

 
 

 

Party A (Stamp):

 

Authorized representative (Signature):

 

Party B (Stamp):

 

Authorized representative (Signature):

 

Date:

 

Location:

 

 
 

 

Service Confirmation Letter

 

To: Sheng Ying Xin Management Consulting (Beijing) Co. Ltd.

 

Your company has provided us with the financing advisory service since _____, 2016. Now the following information is confirmed:

 

Service contract number: ____________

Date of contract: _________, 2016

Service category: Domestic commercial payments

Service progress: __________.

Service fee: RMB _________.

Payment method: In accordance with contract payment agreement.

 

Above information is true and correct.

 

_________________________________(Signature)

 

Confirmation date:

 

 
 

 

 

Financial Advisory Agreement

 

Party A: ___________________________________

 

Party B: Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co. Ltd.

 

WHEREAS:

 

1, Party A has the need of applying loans from foreign bank for its overseas investment based on its international business demands.

 

2, Party B is an institution specialized in providing investment banking services for businesses, including but not limited to investing, financing and capital operating services. Party B agrees to the entrustment by Party A, to provide services in relating to Party A’s bank loan application.

 

This Agreement is entered into through amicable negotiations, based on equality, voluntary, and honesty, and both parties are bond by the terms and conditions set forth below regarding the matters of financial advisory services:

 

I. Scope of Services

 

Party B agrees to the entrustment by Party A, to provide the following services within the terms of this agreement in relating to Party A’s bank loan application:

 

1, assisting Party A to find and select suitable banks, including the introduction of potential banks to Party A.

 

2, coordinating in the due diligence made by the bank, and establishing an unhindered communication channels between banks and the Party A.

 

3, negotiating with the bank on behalf of Party A, discussing the costs and the rate of return on wealth management products, as well as the signing of the relevant agreements.

 

4, guiding Party A in preparing the materials required by the chosen wealth management products, and assisting Party A in preparing the application documents required.

 

5, responsible for pushing the bank to fulfill its obligations in the relevant agreements, and to ensure the completion of the financing smoothly.

 

 
 

 

II. The responsibilities of Party A

 

1, fully and timely provide the company documents in accordance with the requirements of Party B and the bank, and guarantee the validity, accuracy and legitimacy of the materials provided.

 

2, Party A shall be responsible for the fees and expense of the banks and financial consultants from Party B while their conducting the services, which may include accommodation, traffic, as well as the expenses made by conducting work, etc.

 

3, make the payment to Party B for the financial advisory fees in accordance with this agreement.

 

III. Compensation

 

1, financial advisory fees

 

Based on the services provided, Party A agrees to compensate Party B the financing advisory fees, which is calculated at _____% of the total amount of bank loans, and the loan amount for this transaction is estimated to be US$_______. The specific amount shall be determined by the actual loan amount received by Party A. The exchange rate is ____ if the advisory fees are settled in RMB.

 

2, time of payment

 

Party A shall make payment of the financial advisory fees to Party B’s designated bank account within ____ days upon Party A receiving the bank loans and Party B’s completion of assisting Party A with the procedures in relating to the banks.

 

Account Title: Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co. Ltd.

 

Account Number: 11-032201040007599

 

Bank of Deposit: Agricultural Bank of China, Beijing ShiJingShan Sub-branch

 

 
 

 

IV. Confidentiality Obligations

 

1, “confidential information” refers to the written or oral information or material related to technology, finance and business secrets exchanged between the two parties for the purpose of performing under this agreement that the receiving end has not been obtained beforehand, not able to obtain through general channels, and not open to the general public.

 

2, neither Party A nor Party B shall disclose or make public or otherwise make use of the confidential information obtained while undertaking the investment to a third party (entity or individual) other than the parties stipulated in the agreement, unless:

 

i, with written consent of the other party in advance;

 

ii, the confidential information is disclosed and open for the public not due to the fault of either of the parties;

 

iii, for the purpose of executing the court ruling, judgment or arbitral awards that is in effect;

 

iv, required by the relative judicial, administrative, and supervising regulatory authorities within judicial power or stock exchange;

 

v, the disclosure made to the accountant, attorney, appraiser, and professional consultant of this financing activity.

 

vi, in order to fulfill the legal obligations or to comply with the disclosing requirements.

 

3, neither Party A nor Party B shall disclose or make public of the confidential information of this agreement, unless the disclosure is required by law.

 

4, Party B promises that after the completion of this advisory service, it shall return or destroy the materials regarding the Party A’s company introduction, business and other materials related to this service.

 

V. Remedies

 

1, both parties shall faithfully fulfill the obligations specified in this agreement. If a Party (“breaching party”) fails to perform all or part of its obligations under this agreement which leads to the agreement unable or unnecessary to perform, the aggrieved party shall be entitled to claim any damages arising from the breach.

 

2, should there be the circumstance that Party A does not go through Party B, but contacts the bank and signs the contract with the bank directly, it will be deemed as Party B has completed its services stated in this agreement, and Party A shall make payment to Party B in accordance with this agreement.

 

3, if Party A breaches the agreement and refuses or postpones to make the payment to Party B of the financial consultancy fees, then in addition to fully compensate Party B for the consulting fees, Party A shall pay the additional penalty at the rate of 0.08% of the total consultant fee per day to Party B until the due amount is fully compensated.

 

 
 

 

VI. Dispute Resolution

 

Any dispute arising from or in connection with this agreement shall be settled through consultation, if such consultation fails, any party could submit to the Local People’s Courts at the place where Party B is located for dispute resolution.

 

VII. Miscellaneous

 

1, This agreement shall enter into force after stamped and signed by two parties.

 

2, As for matters not covered in this agreement, two parties shall negotiate separately and sign written supplementary agreement, which has equal effect with this agreement.

 

3, This agreement is in duplicate, each party holds one copy, which has equal effect.

 

(REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

  

 
 

 

No text on this page, only for signature of the Financing Advisory Agreement.

 

Party A (Stamp):

 

Authorized representative (Signature):

 

Party B (Stamp):

 

Authorized representative (Signature):

 

Date: ___________

 

Location: ____________

 

 
 

 

Service Confirmation Letter

 

To: Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co. Ltd.

 

Your company has provided us with the financial advisory service since February 15, 2016. Now the following information is confirmed:

 

Service contract number: _________________

Date of contract: ____________________

Service category: International investment and financing services

Service progress: ____________________.

Service fee: _______________.

Payment method: In accordance with contract payment agreement.

 

Above information is true and correct.

 

__________________________________signature)

 

Confirmation date: _________________

 

 
 

 

Financial Advisory Agreement

 

Party A: ________________________________

 

Party B: Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co. Ltd.

 

WHEREAS:

 

1, Party A has the need of applying loans from bank based on its business demands.

 

2, Party B is an institution specialized in providing investment banking services for businesses, including but not limited to investing, financing and capital operating services. Party B agrees to the entrustment by Party A, to provide services in relating to Party A’s bank loan application.

 

This Agreement is entered into through amicable negotiations, based on equality, voluntary, and honesty, and both parties are bond by the terms and conditions set forth below regarding the matters of financial advisory services:

 

I. Scope of Services

 

Party B agrees to the entrustment by Party A, to provide the following services within the terms of this agreement: in relating to Party A’s bank loan application.

 

1, assisting Party A in finding and selecting suitable banks, including the potential banks introduced by Party B to Party A.

 

2, responsible for coordinating the arrangements for the due diligence made by the bank, and establishing an unhindered communication channels between banks and the Party A.

 

3, responsible for negotiating with banks, discussing the costs and the rate of return on wealth management products, as well as the signing of the relevant agreements.

 

4, guiding Party A in preparing the materials required by the chosen wealth management products, and assisting Party A in preparing the application documents required.

 

5, responsible for pushing the bank to fulfill its obligations in the relevant agreements, and to ensure the completion of the financing smoothly.

 

 
 

 

II. The responsibilities of Party A

 

1, fully and timely provide the company documents in accordance with the requirements of Party B and the bank, and guarantee the validity, accuracy and legitimacy of the materials provided.

 

2, Party A shall be responsible for the fees and expense of the banks and financial consultants from Party B while their conducting the services, which may include accommodation, traffic, as well as the expenses made by conducting work, etc.

 

3, make the payment to Party B for the financial advisory fees in accordance with this agreement.

 

III. Compensation

 

1, financial advisory fees

 

Based on the services provided, Party A agrees to compensate Party B the financing advisory fees, which is calculated at ____% of the total amount of bank loans, and the loan amount for this transaction is estimated to be RMB ______ yuan. The specific amount shall be determined by the actual loan amount received by Party A.

 

2, time of payment

 

Party A shall make payment of the financial advisory fees to Party B’s designated bank account within _____ working days upon Party A receiving the bank loans and Party B’s completion of assisting Party A with the procedures in relating to the banks.

 

Account Title: Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co. Ltd.

 

Account Number: 11-032201040007599

 

Bank of Deposit: Agricultural Bank of China, Beijing ShiJingShan Sub-branch

 

IV. Confidentiality Obligations

 

1, “confidential information” refers to the written or oral information or material related to technology, finance and business secrets exchanged between the two parties for the purpose of performing under this agreement that the receiving end has not been obtained beforehand, not able to obtain through general channels, and not open to the general public.

 

 
 

 

2, neither Party A nor Party B shall disclose or make public or otherwise make use of the confidential information obtained while undertaking the investment to a third party (entity or individual) other than the parties stipulated in the agreement, unless:

 

i, with written consent of the other party in advance;

 

ii, the confidential information is disclosed and open for the public not due to the fault of either of the parties;

 

iii, for the purpose of executing the court ruling, judgment or arbitral awards that is in effect;

 

iv, required by the relative judicial, administrative, and supervising regulatory authorities within judicial power or stock exchange;

 

v, the disclosure made to the accountant, attorney, appraiser, and professional consultant of this financing activity.

 

vi, in order to fulfill the legal obligations or to comply with the disclosing requirements.

 

3, neither Party A nor Party B shall disclose or make public of the confidential information of this agreement, unless the disclosure is required by law.

 

4, Party B promises that after the completion of this advisory service, it shall return or destroy the materials regarding the Party A’s company introduction, business and other materials related to this service.

 

V. Remedies

 

1, both parties shall faithfully fulfill the obligations specified in this agreement. If a Party (“breaching party”) fails to perform all or part of its obligations under this agreement which leads to the agreement unable or unnecessary to perform, the aggrieved party shall be entitled to claim any damages arising from the breach.

 

2, should there be the circumstance that Party A does not go through Party B, but contacts the bank and signs the contract with the bank directly, it will be deemed as Party B has completed its services stated in this agreement, and Party A shall make payment to Party B in accordance with this agreement.

 

3, if Party A breaches the agreement and refuses or postpones to make the payment to Party B of the financial consultancy fees, then in addition to fully compensate Party B for the consulting fees, Party A shall pay the additional penalty at the rate of 0.08% of the total consultant fee per day to Party B until the due amount is fully compensated.

 

 
 

 

VI. Dispute Resolution

 

Any dispute arising from or in connection with this agreement shall be settled through consultation, if such consultation fails, any party could submit to the Local People’s Courts at the place where Party B is located for dispute resolution.

 

VII. Miscellaneous

 

1, This agreement shall enter into force after stamped and signed by two parties.

 

2, As for matters not covered in this agreement, the two parties shall negotiate separately and sign written supplementary agreement, which has equal effect with this agreement.

 

3, This agreement is in duplicate, each party holds one copy, which has equal effect.

 

(REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

 

No text on this page, only for signature of the Financing Advisory Agreement.

 

 
 

 

Party A (Stamp):

 

Authorized representative (Signature):

 

Party B (Stamp):

 

Authorized representative (Signature):

 

Date: _______________

 

Location: _______________________

 

 
 

 

Service Confirmation Letter

 

To: Sheng Ying Xin Management Consulting (Beijing) Co. Ltd.

 

Your company has provided us with the financial advisory service since March 2, 2016. Now the following information is confirmed:

 

Service contract number: ____________________

Date of contract: ____________________

Service Category: Matching service

Service Progress: __________________

Service fee: RMB _______________________

Payment method: In accordance with contract payment agreement.t.

 

Above information is true and correct!

 

_____________________________ (Signature):

 

Confirmation Date: _______________________

 

 
 

 

Financial Advisory Agreement

 

Party A:

 

Party B: Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co. Ltd.

 

WHEREAS:

 

1, Party A has the need of applying loans from bank based on its business situations.

 

2, Party B is an institution specialized in providing investment banking services for businesses, including but not limited to investing, financing and capital operating services. Party B agrees to the entrustment by Party A, to provide services in relating to Party A’s bank loan application.

 

This Agreement is entered into through amicable negotiations, based on equality, voluntary, and honesty, and both parties are bond by the terms and conditions set forth below regarding the matters of financial advisory services:

 

I. Scope of Services

 

Party B agrees to the entrustment by Party A, to provide the following services within the terms of this agreement in relating to Party A’s bank loan application:

 

1, assisting Party A to find and select suitable banks, including the introduction of potential banks to Party A.

 

2, coordinating in the due diligence made by the bank, and establishing an unhindered communication channels between banks and the Party A.

 

3, negotiating with the bank on behalf of Party A, discussing the costs and the rate of return on wealth management products, as well as the signing of the relevant agreements.

 

4, guiding Party A in preparing the materials required by the chosen wealth management products, and assisting Party A in preparing the application documents required.

 

5, responsible for pushing the bank to fulfill its obligations in the relevant agreements, and to ensure the completion of the financing smoothly.

 

 
 

 

II. The responsibilities of Party A

 

1, fully and timely provide the company documents in accordance with the requirements of Party B and the bank, and guarantee the validity, accuracy and legitimacy of the materials provided.

 

2, Party A shall be responsible for the fees and expense of the banks and financial consultants from Party B while their conducting the services, which may include accommodation, traffic, as well as the expenses made by conducting work, etc.

 

3, make the payment to Party B for the financial advisory fees in accordance with this agreement.

 

III. Compensation

 

1, financial advisory fees

 

Based on the services provided, Party A agrees to compensate Party B the financing advisory fees, which is calculated at ___% of the total amount of bank loans, and the loan amount for this transaction is estimated to be RMB ______ yuan. The specific amount shall be determined by the actual loan amount received by Party A.

 

2, time of payment

 

Party A shall make payment of the financial advisory fees to Party B’s designated bank account within ____ working days upon Party A receiving the bank loans and Party B’s completion of assisting Party A with the procedures in relating to the banks.

 

Account Title: Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co. Ltd.

 

Account Number: 11-032201040007599

 

Bank of Deposit: Agricultural Bank of China, Beijing ShiJingShan Sub-branch

 

 
 

 

IV. Confidentiality Obligations

 

1, “confidential information” refers to the written or oral information or material related to technology, finance and business secrets exchanged between the two parties for the purpose of performing under this agreement that the receiving end has not been obtained beforehand, not able to obtain through general channels, and not open to the general public.

 

2, neither Party A nor Party B shall disclose or make public or otherwise make use of the confidential information obtained while undertaking the investment to a third party (entity or individual) other than the parties stipulated in the agreement, unless:

 

i, with written consent of the other party in advance;

 

ii, the confidential information is disclosed and open for the public not due to the fault of either of the parties;

 

iii, for the purpose of executing the court ruling, judgment or arbitral awards that is in effect;

 

iv, required by the relative judicial, administrative, and supervising regulatory authorities within judicial power or stock exchange;

 

v, the disclosure made to the accountant, attorney, appraiser, and professional consultant of this financing activity.

 

vi, in order to fulfill the legal obligations or to comply with the disclosing requirements.

 

3, neither Party A nor Party B shall disclose or make public of the confidential information of this agreement, unless the disclosure is required by law.

 

4, Party B promises that after the completion of this advisory service, it shall return or destroy the materials regarding the Party A’s company introduction, business and other materials related to this service.

 

V. Remedies

 

1, both parties shall faithfully fulfill the obligations specified in this agreement. If a Party (“breaching party”) fails to perform all or part of its obligations under this agreement which leads to the agreement unable or unnecessary to perform, the aggrieved party shall be entitled to claim any damages arising from the breach.

 

2, should there be the circumstance that Party A does not go through Party B, but contacts the bank and signs the contract with the bank directly, it will be deemed as Party B has completed its services stated in this agreement, and Party A shall make payment to Party B in accordance with this agreement.

 

3, if Party A breaches the agreement and refuses or postpones to make the payment to Party B of the financial consultancy fees, then in addition to fully compensate Party B for the consulting fees, Party A shall pay the additional penalty at the rate of _____% of the total consultant fee per day to Party B until the due amount is fully compensated.

 

 
 

 

VI. Dispute Resolution

 

Any dispute arising from or in connection with this agreement shall be settled through consultation, if such consultation fails, any party could submit to the Local People’s Courts at the place where Party B is located for dispute resolution.

 

VII. Miscellaneous

 

1, This agreement shall enter into force after stamped and signed by two parties.

 

2, As for matters not covered in this agreement, the two parties shall negotiated separately and sign written supplementary agreement, which has equal effect with this agreement.

 

3, This agreement is in duplicate, each party holds one copy, which has equal effect.

 

(REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

 

 
 

 

No text on this page, only for signature of the Financing Advisory Agreement.

 

Party A (Stamp):

 

Authorized representative (Signature):

 

Party B (Stamp):

 

Authorized representative (Signature):

 

Date: _______________

 

Location: _______________

 

 
 

 

 

RMB entrusted loan contract (Agency Contract)

 

Number: (2015) China Guangfa Bank, Fujian Province, entrusted loan No. Q002

 

All parties to the contract:

 

Agent (Party A): China Guangfa Bank Co., Ltd., Quanzhou Municipal Branch

 

Address: Floor 1-2 & 15-16, Gas Building tower A, No. 25 JinHuai street, Fengze District, Quanzhou City, Fujian province

 

The legal representative / person in charge: Lian Ajun , position: President

 

Tel: 0595-68589022 , Fax: 0595-68589022 , Zip code: 362000

 

Client (Party B): Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

 

Address: Units 13-14, 1501, No. 1-1-1 East Third Ring Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing

 

Legal representative / person in charge: Lin Jianxin , position: legal representative

 

Business license or organization code certificate number: 1101405017897740

 

Identity card number (if the Client is a natural person):_______________

 

Tel: 15905050605, fax _____________ , zip code: 100000

 

Bank of deposit: basic account / settlement account: ______________, account number:______________

 

General account / settlement account : (1) _________________ , account number: _______________ __
  (2) _________________ , account number: _______________ __
  (3) _________________ , account number: _______________ __

 

 

    1  
 

 

Signing Place: Shishi

 

Party A and Party B, through negotiation, enter into this entrusted loan contract on the basis of voluntary, equality, mutual benefit and integrity, and both parties shall abide by the terms and conditions.

 

Article I Definition

 

The entrusted loan in this contract refers to the following: the Client (i.e. Party B) provides funds, and the Agent (i.e. Party A), based on the conditions set out by the client regarding the purpose, amount, term, and interest rates, is entrusted of the granting of the loans to the borrower chosen by the client, supervising the use of and assisting in the recover of the money. The risk of the entrusted loan is borne by the client, and the agent charges certain service fees accordingly.

 

Article II Matters Entrusted

 

i. The borrower of the entrusted loan is Fujian Jin Xin Import and Export Trading Co., Ltd. (herein after referred to as the borrower), and is guaranteed by , by means of (guarantee / mortgage / pledge).

 

ii. The amount of the entrusted loan is RMB 50 million yuan, i.e. ¥50,000,000 yuan.

 

iii. Entrusted loan type: (√) short-term loans, or (       ) long-term loans, for a period of one ( (     ) day / (      ) month / (√) year), from       to        .

 

In the event that the actual borrowing date is different from the first date of the entrusted period, the entrusted period is then deemed to be start from the actual borrowing date. The actual entrusted period and the actual borrowing date are subject to the period and date under the loan documents recorded in the entrusted loan lending agreement.

 

iv. The purpose of the entrusted loan is for the daily operation of the enterprise.

 

v. Interest rate and interest settlement of the entrusted loan.

 

1. The interest rate of the entrusted loan shall be decided to subject to the third method listed below:

 

A. Fixed rate. The interest rate shall be___ % higher / lower than the corresponding benchmark interest rate of loan issued by the People’s Bank of China applicable for the date of actual releasing. The interest rate shall remain unchanged through out the validity period of the contract.

 

    2  
 

 

B. Floating rate. In the first floating period, the interest rate shall be ___% higher / lower than the corresponding benchmark interest rate of loan issued by the People’s Bank of China applicable for the date of actual releasing. The method of interest floating is as follows:

 

a. The floating period shall be ___ months: The interest rate shall be readjusted every ____months from the value date. Upon expiration of each floating period, the interest rate for next floating period shall be ___% higher than the corresponding benchmark interest rate of loan issued by the People’s Bank of China applicable for the date of readjustment. The readjusting date shall be the corresponding date of the value date in the month of the readjustment. Should there be no such corresponding date, the readjusting date shall fall on the last day of that month.

 

b. During the term of this contract, in the event that the benchmark interest rate of loan is adjusted by the people’s Bank of China, the RMB loan interest rate under this contract shall be       % higher / lower than the corresponding benchmark interest rate of loan issued by the People’s Bank of China applicable for the date of the adjustment.

 

During the loan period, in the event that the benchmark interest rate of loan is adjusted by the people’s Bank of China, Party A is entitled to adjust and implement the interest rate according to the terms stipulated in this contract without further notice to Party B.

 

C. Other. Fixed rate 16% per year.

 

2. Interest calculation

 

Interest shall be calculated start from the value date of the loan, and subject to the actual amount and the actual number of days of the loan.

 

Interest calculation formula: interest = principal * the actual number of days * daily interest rate.

 

The daily interest rate calculation is annualized according to a 360-day basis, and the formula is: daily interest rate = annual interest rate/360.

 

3. Interest Settlement method

A. The interest of the entrusted loan shall be settled in accordance with the second method:

 

(1) The interest and principal of the loan shall be repaid on a one-time basis on the due date.

 

    3  
 

 

(2) The interest shall be settled monthly, the interest settlement date shall be set at the 20th each month, and the interest payment date be the 21th of the same month.

 

(3) The interest shall be settled quarterly of the year, the interest settlement date shall be set at the 20th of the last month each quarter, and the interest payment date be the 21 st of the same month.

 

(4) other method:

 

B. In the event that the payment date falls on the holidays or public holidays, the repayment of principal and interest of the loan can be postponed to the first bank business day after the public holiday. And in the event that the repayment of the interest of the current period is not made on the first bank business day after the public holiday, it shall then be deemed as overdue interest and be calculated in accordance with the compound interest stipulated in this agreement.

 

C. In the event that the repayment date of the last installment of the principal does not fall on the interest payment date, then the repayment date of the last installment of the principal shall be deemed as the interest payment date, and the borrower shall pay off the interest owned in full, that is the interest shall be paid off together with the principal. If the maturity date of the loan falls on the holidays or public holidays, and is paid off on the last bank business day before the public holiday, then the interest shall be calculated in accordance with the rate stipulated in the agreement, and the interest of the days between the actual pay-off date and the maturity date shall be deducted based on the calculation in accordance with the interest rate stipulated in the agreement. If, however, the loan is paid off on the first bank business day after the public holiday, then the interest of the days between the actual pay-off date and the maturity date shall be added based on the calculation in accordance with the interest rate stipulated in the agreement. Whereas the loan is not paid off on the first bank business day after the public holiday, it shall then be deemed as overdue interest and calculated from the first bank business day after the public holiday.

 

4. Penalty Interest, compound interest

(1) If the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed time limit, the interests on the overdue loan shall be charged daily at the penalty interest rate, from the overdue day until the overdue loan plus interests thereof are paid off. The penalty interest rate for overdue loan shall be the loan interest rate as agreed in this contract plus 50 % thereof.

(2) If the Borrower misappropriates the loan for any purpose other than that as agreed, the interests on the misappropriated loan shall be charged at the penalty interest rate, from the misappropriation date until the day when the misappropriated loan principal and its interests thereof are paid off. The penalty interest rate for misappropriated loan shall be the loan interest rate as agreed in this Contract plus 100 % thereof.

    4  
 


 

(3) For any loan that becomes overdue and is also misappropriated, the interests thereon shall be charged at the penalty interest rate for misappropriated loan.

(4) For any interest that is not paid on time by the borrower, in accordance with the item 3 of this article it shall be charged at the compounded penalty interest rate stipulated in the , calculated from the date of the overdue.until the day when the misappropriated loan principal and its interests thereof are paid off.

 

(5) If, when calculating the penalty Interest and compound interest, it encounters the adjustment of the interest rate agreed by the contract, then the penalty Interest and compound interest shall be calculated as separate part from the date of the adjustment.

 

5. other

 

During the term of this contract, in the event that the loan interest rate, the benchmark interest rate determination method and the interest rate calculation and settlement method, as well as the floating rate of the interest rate is controlled or intervened by the government, which leads to the indispensable adjustment of the interest rate or interest settlement method stipulated in this contract, Party A is entitled to adjust and implement the interest rate in accordance with the latest requirements of the government without further notice to Party B.

 

vi. The time and method of the borrower drawing down the money

 

borrower shall draw down the money in accordance with the second method:

 

1. A one-time withdraw on the date ____________ .

 

2. Beginning withdrawing the money since the date ____________ , and completing the withdrawing within ____________ .

 

3. Draw on installment as the following plan:

 

Date of withdrawal Withdrawal Amount
   
   
   

 

    5  
 

 

vii. Repayment

 

1. The borrower shall pay off the loan following the second method listed below:

 

(1) A one-time pay-off of the principal and interest at maturity date;

 

(2) Regularly pay the interest as scheduled, and make repayment of the principal at maturity date;

 

(3) Regularly pay the interest as scheduled, and make repayment of the principal in planned installments. And the borrower shall make the repayment of the principal according to the plan listed below:

 

Serial Number Date of repayment Amount of repayment
     
     
     

 

If the borrower needs to make changes to the repayment plan, it must submit a written application to Party B 10 business days before the corresponding due date, and the alteration of the repayment plan must be confirmed in writing by party B.

 

(4) Other method: _________________ .

 

2. Should the borrower make the prepayment ahead of the due time, it shall submit a written application to Party B in advance, and it is subject to Party B’s decision as to whether to accept such application. If accepted, Party B should notify Party A in writing.

 

Article III Delivery of entrusted loans

 

i. Party B shall, within 3 business days from the date of signing this contract, open a special account via Party A, as the entrusted account for Party A’s issuance of the entrusted loans on Party B’s behalf.

 

ii. Party B shall take the first method listed below to deliver the entrusted funds to Party A:

 

1. Deposit the amount stipulated in the second article in full to the special account mentioned in item i of this article within 10 business days from the date of signing this contract;

 

2. In accordance with the withdrawal plan agreed in this contract, deposit the respective entrusted amount _________________ business days in advance to the special account.

 

    6  
 

 

Article IV Commission of entrusted loans

 

i. Party A’s entrust loan commission is calculated at the rate of 0.1% for the actual released principal amount of RMB 50,000,000 / or the principal plus interest receivable. The commission of entrusted loans totals at RMB 50,000 .

 

ii. The payment of the entrusted loan commission is to be made by the first method listed below:

 

1. Party B shall, within 5 business days from the date of signing this contract, make a one-time payment to Party A;

 

2. Within business days from the date of signing the loan agreement by Party A and the certain borrower designated by Party B, the borrower shall make a one-time payment to Party A;

 

3. Party A shall deduct regularly from the interest, penalty interest, compound interest and compensation for breach of contract paid by the borrower:

 

If the first or second method of the entrusted loan commission payment is selected, then the payment shall be made directly to the following account of Party A:

 

Account: ________________________

Bank of deposit: ___________________

Account number: _________________

 

Article V Delivery of the entrusted loan interest

 

Party A shall, within one business day after receiving the interest, penalty interest, compound interest and compensation for breach of contract paid by the borrower, transfer the money to the following designated account of Party B:

 

Account: Ding Zhi Tai Da Investment Management (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

Bank of deposit: China Guangfa Bank Co., Ltd., Quanzhou Municipal Branch

Account number: 148202516010000123

 

Article VI The statement and guarantee of Party A

 

i. Party A is the financial institution established under the law of People’s Republic of China, and is certified to conduct the entrusted loan business.

 

    7  
 

 

ii. Party A guarantees to release the entrusted loan on the instruction of Party B, supervising the use of the fund and assisting in the repayment of the principal and interest.

 

iii. Party A guarantees that, when managing the issue of the entrusted loan, it shall comply with the rules and regulations required, and in a way of no less discreet than dealing with the loans for its own account.

 

Article VII The statement and guarantee of Party B

 

i. Party B guarantees that the monetary fund provided of the entrusted loan is legally obtained and is disposable at its own will.

 

ii. Party B guarantees that the internal authorization for signing the contract has been duly obtained, and there is no violations with the laws, regulations, policies and corporate by-laws applicable to Party B.

 

iii. Party B guarantees to deposit the self owned monetary funds to the entrusted special account in accordance to the contract, and shall ensure that the account balance be no less than the amount stipulated in the loan contract for the borrower to withdraw.

 

iv. Party B shall not demand withdrawing the entrusted deposit before the maturity or recollection of the principal of the entrusted loan.

 

Article VIII The rights and obligations of Party A

 

i. Party A shall enjoy the right of collecting the entrusted loan commission from Party A in accordance with this contract, such right should not be affected by the condition regarding whether the borrower has repaid or duly repaid the loan principal and interest. In the event that the entrusted loan commission is specified by the contract to be paid by the borrower, and that the borrower fails to repay or duly repay the loan interest, Party A shall have the right to demand the entrusted loan commission from Party B directly.

 

ii. If, for any reason, the entrusted loan contract were found invalid or could not be executed, Party A shall bear no liability.

 

    8  
 

 

iii. Party B enjoy the right to suspend or postpone the releasing of loans if the amount remained in Party B’s entrusted deposit account is insufficient for the entrusted loan, or the entrusted deposit has been frozen by the relevant government authorities thus unable to pay for the entrusted loans.

 

iv. Party A shall have the right to refuse the request of Party B for advancing the loan.

 

v. Party A is obliged to release the loan in accordance with the time and plan of withdraw stipulated in the contract. However, Party A remain the right to refuse executing the entrusted loan in violation with the rules, regulations and policies of the relevant state authorities and banks.

 

vi. Party A shall assist Party B in the issues include: verification of the credit and collateral provided by the borrower; reviewing, supervising of the use of funds, progress of project, condition of production and operation; handling the relevant the accounting procedure, and assisting Party B in collecting the entrusted loan. However, Party A bears no risk of the loan.

 

Article IX The rights and obligations of Party B

 

i. Party B has the right to examine and determine target, amount, types, usage, term, interest rate, withdrawal, repayment plan, term extension and guarantee of the loan contemplated in the contract.

 

ii. Party B has the right to demand Party A for the transferring of the principal and interest of the entrusted loan repaid by the borrower to Party B in accordance with the contract.

 

iii. In the event that the entrusted loan commission is specified by the contract to be paid by the borrower, and that the borrower refuses or fails to pay, Party B shall advance the payment promptly upon receiving the notice from Party A.

 

iv. If Party B agrees to accept the prepayment of loan by the borrower, it shall notify Party A in writing without delay after receiving the application request from the borrower.

 

    9  
 

 

v. Any risk resulted from the entrusted loans shall be borne by Party B, including but not limited to the borrower’s refusing or failing to repay the loan principal and interest, changing the use of fund without authorization, and other event that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay the loan. In such event, Party B guarantees not to demand Party A for assuming compensation liability for the losses caused by the loan.

 

vi. All taxes include the business tax, additional tax and other income taxes in related to the entrusted loan shall be paid by Party B to the tax authorities.

 

Article X Liability for breach of contract

 

Both parties shall comply with the obligations specified in this contract after its entering into force, any non-fulfillment or incomplete fulfillment of the obligations will be deemed liable of breach of contract.

 

i. Responsibility of Party A

 

1. If Party A releases the the entrusted loan without authorization from Party B or exceeded in the amount released, it shall be liable for its act in excess of authority.

 

2. If, without due cause, Party A refuses to execute the fund releasing notification from Party B, then Party B has the right to demand Party A to correct its conduct within a prescribed limit of time or terminate the entrusting matter.

 

ii. Responsibilities of Party B

 

In the following circumstances, Party A has the right to demand Party B to correct its conduct within a prescribed limit of time or terminate the entrusting service, and claim Party B as liable for breach of contract and assuming all the compensation liability for the losses caused to Party A, (including the interest delayed and the expected profit of the entrusted loan service provided by Party A).

 

1. Party B fails to deposit or duly deposit the sufficient amount for the entrusted loans into the special account for the loan releasing as contemplated by the contract.

 

2. Party B, without due cause, refuses to approve the borrower’s application for withdrawal.

 

3. The statement made by Party B is proved to be inauthentic, inaccurate, incomplete or misleading;

 

4. Party B fails to pay or delays in payment of the entrusted loan commission;

 

5. Party B violates other obligations as stipulated in this contract.

 

    10  
 

 

Article XI The commencement, alteration, and dissolution of the contract

 

i. This contract shall come into force as of the date when signed and sealed by both parties.

 

ii. After coming into force, the alteration and dissolution of this contract shall only be made with duly agreed written authorization by both parties.

 

Article XII Supplementary Provisions

 

i. This contract is made in triplicate with Party A holding two copies and Party B holding one, each of the same legal effect.

 

ii. Party B confirms the following as the receiving address and recipient that the relevant notice and document shall be send to by Party A while its executing the right in accordance with this contract:

 

Address: Units 13-14, 1501, No. 1-1-1 East Third Ring Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing

 

Zip code: 100000, recipient: Lin Jianxin, Tel: 15905050605

 

Party B confirms that should any changes occur in the receiving address, it shall notify Party A in writing within 5 days after the change; otherwise, all notices, letters and other documents send by Party A to the above address will be deemed as messages delivered. All notices, requests, or other communication, including, but not limited to, telex, telegraph, fax, etc. From Party A to Party B, once send out then deemed as having been delivered to Party B.

 

iii. Party B approves that If, due to needs of business operations, that Party A has to entrust other institutions within China Guangfa Bank Co., Ltd. to conduct the duties under this contract, or has to transfer loan business as contemplated by this contract to other institutions within China Guangfa Bank Co.. Such other institutions within China Guangfa Bank Co., Ltd. as authorized by Party A, or such other institutions that has taken over the loan business, shall have the entire fight as stipulated in this contract, and enjoy the right of submitting any dispute resulted from this contract on its own behalf to the court, arbitration organization or apply for compulsory execution.

 

    11  
 

 

iv. During the term of loan, Party B hereby authorize Party A to submit the credit information to the financial credit information database of People’s Bank of China; and authorize Party A to query and use of the above information for the sake of executing in the application, examination, and post loan management under this contract. All consequences and liabilities resulted from overuse of the information beyond authorization will be borne by Party A. Party B acknowledges and understands this authorization statement.

 

v. Responsible person for Party A under this contract: Xie Haiping, Tel: 15880707079

 

Responsible person for Party B under this contract: Lin Jianxin, Tel: 15905050605

 

Article XIII Other provisions (additional pages can be attached to this blank space):

 

    12  
 

 

Signed and sealed by both parties:

 

Party A (Seal)

 

Legal representative (person in charge)

Or agent:

December 24, 2015

 

Party B (Seal)

 

Legal representative (person in charge)

Or agent:

December 24, 2015

 

    13  
 

 

 

Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

Loan Contract

 

Contract No.: DZJK20160318-001

Signing Date: March 18, 2016

 

     
     

 

Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

Contents

 

Article 1 Definition and Explanation

Article 2 Loan

Article 3 Preconditions of Drawing

Article 4 Drawing

Article 5 Interest Rate, Interest and Expenses

Article 6 Repayment

Article 7 Prepayment

Article 8 Statement and Guarantee

Article 9 Commitment

Article 10 Breach and Remedy for Breach

Article 11 Execution, Change and Dissolution

Article 12 Dispute Resolution

Article 13 Miscellaneous

 

     
     

 

Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

Lender: Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”)

Office Site: Unit 13-14, Room 1-1501, 1# Building, No. 1 East Third Ring Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing

Legal Representative (or Person in Charge): Lin Jianxin

 

Borrower: Xiamen Jingsu Trade Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”)

Office Site: P49, 5F, No. 22 Dongpu Road, Siming District, Xiamen

Legal Representative (or Person in Charge): Xu Qingcong

 

For the purpose stated in Article 2.1 of this contract, Party B proposes application for loan to Party A. Both parties, based on equality and consensus, hereby conclude and agree to subject to this contract. Party A agrees to provide fixed-term loan, totally RMB 20,000,000 Yuan (In Words: RMB Twenty Million Yuan Only), to Party B under clauses listed in this contract.

 

Article 1 Definition and Explanation

 

1.1 In this contract, the connotations of the following terms are as below:

 

A. Interest payment date: Party B pays interests in corresponding interest period to Party A within the interest period.

 

B. Interest period: the period from the drawing date to any time within the maturity date when Party B repays account receivable at lump sum or by installment, and pays interests of account receivable. Where the interest repayment date is not banking day, it will be postponed to the next banking day.

 

C. Execution date of contract: March 18, 2016

 

D. Drawing day: the date when the borrower actually draws loan under this contract.

 

E. Expiry date of contract: Sep. 17, 2016

 

F. Banking day: the business day of banks in the People’s Republic of China (excluding Saturday or Sunday).

 

1.2 Explanations

 

A. The contents and titles in this contract are only for the convenience of reference, and do not affect explanation of any clause in this contract.

 

B. “Change” contains modification, supplementation, replacement and updating.

 

C. Where the drawing, repaying and interest payment day is not on banking days, it will be postponed to the next banking day.

 

D. Any contracting party of this contract contains its inheritor and transferee.

 

Article 2 Loan

 

2.1 The loan amount under this contract shall be RMB 20,000,000 Yuan (In Words: RMB Twenty Million Yuan Only). The loan is a fixed-term loan, and will be used by Party B for its daily operation and market expansion.

 

2.2 The loan term under this Contract shall be 184 days from the actual drawing date.

 

     
     

 

Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

Article 3 Preconditions of Drawing

 

3.1 The following preconditions must be satisfied before Party B draws the loan. Otherwise, Party A has no obligation to issue any sum to Party B.

 

A. This contract has been signed officially;

 

B. Party B commits no default agreed in or with regard to this contract;

 

C. Other preconditions for drawing proposed by Party A have been satisfied; and

 

D. This sum of loan has finally passed internal review procedure through various investigations and reviews carried out by Party A.

 

Article 4 Drawing

 

4.1 Party B will draw the full amount of loan under this contract at lump sum or by several times after this contract takes effect.

 

4.2 After drawing procedures are handled by Party B, Party A shall transfer the loan sum to designated account of Party B in accordance with the drawing date confirmed in this contract and corresponding application. The specific information is as follows:

 

Opening Bank: Bank of Communications Xiamen Branch

Account Name: Xiamen Jingsu Trade Co., Ltd.

Account No.: 3520 0066 1011 5111 20159

 

Article 5 Interest Rate, Interest and Expenses

 

5.1 The interest rate of loan under this contract shall be confirmed according to the following A method:

 

A. Fixed loan interest rate with annual rate of 14%;

 

B. Fixed loan interest rate with annual rate of 16%;

 

C. Fixed loan interest rate with annual rate of 18%;

 

5.2 The interest of loan under this contract shall be settled according to interest period. Party B must guarantee to transfer the interests of corresponding interest period to and arrive the designated account of Party A on interest date. The specific information is as follows:

 

Opening Bank: Agricultural Bank of China Beijing Shijingshan Sub-branch

Account Name: Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

Account No.: 11-032201040007599

 

The calculation method of interests shall be: principal × loan interest rate × days of every interest period / 360 .

 

5.3 Party B shall pay interests of the interest period to Party A on every interest payment day. At maturity, the principal and interests of the loan shall be fully paid.

 

5.4 Expenses with regard to this contract generated by requirements of laws and regulations shall be undertaken by Party B.

 

     
     

 

Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

Article 6 Repayment

 

6.1 Party B selects to repay the principal of loan under this contract according to the following B method:

 

A. Repay at lump sum on the expiry date of the contract;

 

B. Repay at lump sum or by several times in any time within the expiry date of the contract;

 

6.2 Party B shall transfer full amount of interests payable and principal in current perm to the account designated by Party A, and guarantee the amount arrives on the repayment day and interest payment day.

 

6.3 Where the amount transferred by Party B to designated account of Party A is insufficient to pay the due account payable under this contract, Party A has the right to claim for unpaid amount from Party B.

 

Article 7 Prepayment

 

7.1 After the loan is issued, Party B can repay full amount or part of principal and interests of loan in advance. The prepaid principal shall be no smaller than RMB 5 Million, and Party B shall notify Party A ten (10) banking days prior to the date of prepayment.

 

7.2 For prepayment, Party B shall pay off the due interests of account payable simultaneously as of the prepayment date.

 

Article 8 Statement and Guarantee

 

8.1 Party B shall make the following statements and guarantee to Party A:

 

A. Party A is registered and incorporated in accordance with laws of the People’s Republic of China, and legally carries out operating activities within the scope of business license;

 

B. Party B is capable to perform rights and obligations under this contract;

 

C. The signing and implementation of this Contract will not violate or collide with laws and administrative provisions that Party B must comply with; the implementation of this contract will not make Party B violate other contract, incorporation files and bylaws it should abide by;

 

D. All materials provided by Party B to Party A should be authentic, accurate, and complete without any disguise;

 

E. Party B should guarantee no repeated loan for the same project under this contract;

 

F. Party B shall submit one report to Party A every half a year to introduce operating situations, project progress and fund use of the Company; where Party B fails to open a bank account in local branch where Party A locates, Party B shall provide the fund withdrawal account opened in other banks, and regularly provide information of fund transactions and relevant certificates;

 

G. Xiamen Jingsu Trade Co., Ltd. will provide 100% equity guarantee.

 

Article 9 Commitment

 

9.1 Party B shall make the following commitments to Party A before obligations under this contract are completely performed:

 

A. Party B will pay full amount of principal and interests and other account payable agreed in this Contract in time;

 

     
     

 

Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

B. The debts under this Contract are equal with other debts of Party B with the same level, unless otherwise regulated by any applicable laws;

 

C. Party B shall provide financial statements and other materials showing solvency of Party B including all bank accounts, account No., and balance in time as required by Party A, and actively cooperate with supervision and inspection no loan use carried out by Party A;

 

D. In case of financial status deterioration or other circumstances endangering loan safety, Party B shall notify Party A immediately, and adopt effective measures to guarantee timely repayment of loan principal and interests;

 

E. In case of any behavior which greatly affects solvency or changes operating mode of Party B (including but not limited shareholding reform, contracting, lease, combination, separation, joint operation and foreign joint venture or cooperation), or changes in scope of business and registered capital or equity, Party B shall notify Party A at least 30 days in advance and gain approval of Party A. Where aforesaid behaviors may generate adverse impact on creditor’s rights of Party A, Party B shall adopt effective remedy measures so that the loan under this contract can be repaid as scheduled;

 

F. Party B shall immediately return principal and interests of loan in case of shutdown, dissolution, business suspension or business license cancellation;

 

G. Party B shall notify Party A in case of change in bylaws, legal representative, scope of business, communication address and other significant matters;

 

H. Party B shall notify Party A in time when involving or possibly involving serious economic disputes or litigation, arbitration or other litigation or arbitration which may harm substantially or possibly rights under this contract.

 

9.2 Party A shall make the following commitments to Party B:

 

A. Party A shall issue loan in time pursuant to this contract;

 

B. Party B shall notify Party B about amount of due interest or principal and calculation basis five banking days prior to every repayment day and interest payment day;

 

C. Party B shall keep confidential the unclosed information in relevant documents, financial statements and other relevant data submitted by Party B when performing obligations under this Contract, unless otherwise regulated by laws and regulations.

 

Article 10 Breach and Remedy for Breach

 

10.1 In case of the following circumstances, where Party A believes it is possible to remedy, Party B must adopt remedy measures satisfied by Party A within regulated period of Party A. Otherwise, Party A has the right to stop issuing any unissued loan, announce acceleration of maturity, and recover the issued full or part of loan in advance; and has the right to claim from the guarantor till the contract is terminated:

 

A. Party B fails to perform obligations under this contract or violates statements, guarantee and commitments made under this contract;

 

B. Party B fails to repay any matured debts (including those announced acceleration of maturity), or Party B fails to perform or violates any obligations or documents with regard to debts, guarantee or other obligations, or which may affect performance of obligations under this contract;

 

     
     

 

Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

C. Party B suffers from any serious adverse changes, which may affect the ability to perform various obligations under this contract.

 

10.2 Where Party B fails to repay as scheduled upon maturity of loan (including those announced acceleration of maturity), additional 20% interests based on original interest rate from the overdue day shall be charged.

 

10.3 For interests that Party B fails to pay as scheduled during the loan term, the compound interest shall be charged according to the interest rate agreed in this contract; for overdue debt, the compound interest shall be calculated according to the interest rate confirmed in Article 11.2.

 

10.4 In case of one of the following cases, Party B shall undertake the additional expenses and losses caused hereby to Party A, provide remedy measures in time according to requirements of Party A, and provide authentic and true data separately;

 

A. Party B fails to provide financial statements and other data according to requirements of Party A, or fails to cooperate with supervision and inspection on loan use carried out by Party A;

 

B. The contents of documents, financial statements and other data provided to Party A are unauthentic;

 

C. Party B fails to issue relevant notice according to agreements of this Contract, or the content of notice is inconsistent with the fact.

 

Article 11 Execution, Change and Dissolution

 

11.1 This contract takes effect from the signing date of both contracting parties and terminates when all accounts payable are paid off.

 

11.2 Any change of this Contract shall be made by both parties in writing through consensus. The agreement on change is one part of this contract and of equal legal validity with this Contract. Before the agreement on change takes effect, this Contract is still valid.

 

11.3 Invalidity or unenforceability of any clause of this contract will neither affect validity and enforceability of other clauses nor affect validity of the entire contract.

 

11.4 The change and termination of this contract will not affect the rights of each contracting party to claim for losses. The termination of this contract will not affect validity of clauses regarding dispute resolution in this contract.

 

Article 12 Dispute Resolution

 

12.1 The laws of the People’s Republic of China are applicable to conclusion, validity, explanation, performance and dispute resolution. During contract performance, all controversies and disputes caused by or with regard to this contract shall be solved by relevant parties through consultation. If consultation fails, the dispute can be submitted to the arbitration center, and solved by arbitration where Party A locates (arbitration place). The arbitration award is final, and binding upon both parties.

 

     
     

 

Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

Article 13 Miscellaneous

 

13.1 Party A’s failing to or partly exerting, or delaying to exert any right under this contract should neither be deemed as waiver or change of the right or any other rights, nor affect further performance of the right or any other rights.

 

13.2 Without written agreements of Party A, Party B shall not transfer full or part of rights and obligations under this Contract. Where Party A transfers the creditor’s rights under this Contract to a third party, it shall notify Party B in time.

 

13.3 All notices made based on this contract shall be delivered to the other party in writing.

 

13.4 The original of this Contract shall be prepared in Chinese and made in duplicate. Party A and Party B shall hold one copy each with equal legal validity.

 

     
     

 

Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

(This page is intentionally left blank for signature)

 

Party A: Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (Official Seal)

 

Legal Representative (Authorized Agent): (Signature or Seal)

 

Signing Date: March 18, 2016

 

Party B: Xiamen Jingsu Trade Co., Ltd. (Official Seal)

 

Legal Representative (Authorized Agent): (Signature or Seal)

 

Signing Date: March 18, 2016

 

Signing Place: Xiamen

 

     
     

 

Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

Appendix 1 Contract No. DZJK20160318-001

 

Loan Receipt (IOU)

 

The borrower hereby borrowed RMB five million yuan (RMB 5,000,000 yuan) from Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. for the period from March 18, 2016 to September 17, 2016.

 

The borrower (seal): Xiamen Jingsu Trade Co., Ltd.

 

The legal representative (seal):

March 24th, 2016

 

     
     

 

Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

Appendix 2 Contract No. DZJK20160318-001

 

Loan Receipt (IOU)

 

The borrower hereby borrowed RMB five million yuan (RMB 5,000,000 yuan) from Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. for the period from March 18 , 2016 to September 17 , 2016.

 

The borrower (seal): Xiamen Jingsu Trade Co., Ltd.

 

The legal representative (seal):

March 28th, 2016

 

     
     

 

Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

Appendix 3 Contract No. DZJK20160318-001

 

Loan Receipt (IOU)

 

The borrower hereby borrowed RMB five million yuan (RMB 5,000,000 yuan) from Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. for the period from March 18, 2016 to September 17, 2016.

 

The borrower (seal): Xiamen Jingsu Trade Co., Ltd.

 

The legal representative (seal):

March 31st, 2016

 

     
     

 

Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

Appendix 4 Contract No. DZJK20160318-001

 

Loan Receipt (IOU)

 

The borrower hereby borrowed RMB three million yuan (RMB 3,000,000 yuan) from Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. for the period from March 18 , 2016 to September 17 , 2016.

 

The borrower (seal): Xiamen Jingsu Trade Co., Ltd.

 

The legal representative (seal):

April 14th, 2016

 

     
     

 

 

 

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.  

 

 

Appendix 5

 

Agreement on Loan Term Extension

 

Lender: Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”)

Office Site: Unit 13-14, Room 1-1501, 1# Building, No. 1 East Third Ring Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing

Legal Representative (or Person in Charge): Lin Jianxin

 

Borrower: Xiamen Jingsu Trade Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”)

Office Site: P49, 5F, No. 22 Dongpu Road, Siming District, Xiamen

Legal Representative (or Person in Charge): Xu Qingcong

 

Whereas Party B signed a contract (Contract No.: DZJK2Q160318-001) on March 18, 2016 to borrow RMB 20,000,000.00 Yuan (In Words: RMB Twenty Million Yuan Only) from Party A as required by Party B’s daily operation and market expansion. Party A has actually issued RMB 18,000,000.00 Yuan (In Words: RMB Eighteen Million Yuan Only) to Party B as of September 17, 2016. The value date (actual drawing date) is from March 18, 2016 to September 17, 2016. The actual loan term is 184 days and annual interest rate is 14%. The total amount of interests incurred is RMB 1200111.11 Yuan (In Words: RMB One Million Two Hundred Thousand One Hundred and Eleven Point One One Yuan Only).

 

On Sep. 18, 2016, as required by business development, Party B needs to extend the loan term for the principal, RMB 18,000,000.00 Yuan (In Words: RMB Eighteen Million Yuan Only). Thus, both parties hereby sign this agreement to extend the due day of the loan to March 17, 2017. The extended loan term is 181 days, and annual interest rate is 14%. The total amount of interests incurred is RMB 1267000 Yuan (In Words: One Million Two Hundred and Eighty Seven Thousand Yuan Only).

 

As of Sep. 17, 2016, the total amount of principal and interests is 19,200,111.11 Yuan. Party B has paid the interests from March 18, 2016 to June 30, 2016, totally RMB 647,111.11 Yuan, to Party A. In order to better clarify responsibilities of both parties, Party A and Party B have reached consensus on loan term extension, and hereby sign this contract.

 

Article 1 Loan Amount and Extended Term

 

1.1 The loan amount is till RMB 18,000,000.00 Yuan without any change.

 

1.2 The loan term is extended for another 181 days, from September 18, 2016 to March 17, 2017.

 

   

 

 

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

1.3 The annual interest rate of loan under this agreement is fixed rate of 14%, consistent with that in the original contract (Contract No.: DZJK20160318-001). The interest of loan is totally RMB 1,267,000.00Yuan.

 

The calculation method of interests is consistent with the original contract (Contract No.: DZJK20150610). The loan interest is totally RMB 1,267,000.00Yuan.

 

1.4 Within 20 workdays after the extension agreement is signed, Party B shall pay interests during July 1, 2016 to Sep. 17, 2016, totally 553000.00 Yuan to Party A.

 

1.5 In the event that Party B repays the loan in advance within the loan term, the interest shall be counted according to monthly interest on a daily basis. If Party B delays to repay the loan again, Party B is willing to pay 5% of total loan amount as compensation and 10% of the same as liquidated damages to Party A, and undertake all expenses paid to realize creditor’s rights (including lawyer fee) as well as relevant legal liabilities.

 

Article 2 Way of Repayment

 

2.1 On the maturity day, Party B shall actively repay principal and interests at lump sum to Party A in accordance with this agreement. After the repayment is received, Party B shall return the original receipt and original of this agreement to Party A.

 

Article 3 Compulsory Execution Clauses and Time of Repayment

 

3.1 Through deliberation, Party A and Party B mutually confirm to endow compulsory execution effect to this agreement after both parties agreed with and signed this agreement.

 

3.2 The maturity date of this loan shall be March 17, 2017. Within 15 workdays upon expiration, where Party B fails to repay the loan as scheduled, Party A has the right to apply for compulsory execution of the unpaid sum to the People’s Court of Chaoyang District according to this contract. Party B is willing to accept the compulsory execution from the people’s court.

 

Article 4 Dispute Resolution

 

4.1 The disputes incurred during contract performance process shall be solved by both parties through friendly consultation. If consultation or conciliation fails, either party can file a law suit to the People’s Court of Chaoyang District, Beijing.

 

Article 5 Miscellaneous

 

5.1 After extension, the rights, obligations and relevant matters of both parties still follow the original loan contract (Contract No.: DZJK20160318-001).

 

5.2 The unaccomplished matters in this agreement shall be implemented in accordance with the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and relevant laws and regulations.

 

5.3 This Contract takes effect from the signing and sealing date of both parties. This contract is made in duplicate, one copy each for both parties and the guarantor with equal legal validities.

 

   

 

 

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

(This page is intentionally left blank for signature)

 

Party A: Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (Official Seal)

 

Legal Representative (Authorized Agent): (Signature or Seal)

 

Signing Date: Sep. 17, 2016

 

Party B: Xiamen Jingsu Trade Co., Ltd. (Official Seal)

 

Legal Representative (Authorized Agent): (Signature or Seal)

 

Signing Date: Sep. 17, 2016

 

Signing Place: Beijing

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 

Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Agreement of Repayment

 

Creditor (Party A): Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Debtor (Party B): Lin Jianxin

 

Whereas Party B made a borrowing of RMB 5 million (RMB five million yuan only) from Party A on March 17, 2016, the two parties hereto agree as follows:

 

I. The interest rate for the aforesaid borrowing shall not exceed the interest rate published by the People’s Bank of China for the loan in the same period by 4 times. The annual percentage rate of charge (APR) for this borrowing adopts the fixed loan interest rate of 16%, and the actual date of payment starts from March 17, 2016.

 

II. Way of calculation of interest: Principal of the loan * loan interest rate * actual number of days of interest period / 360.

 

III. Party B shall pay off the aforesaid borrowing prior to September 30, 2016, and settle the related interest fees within 15 working days upon the repayment of the principal. Or, the principal is paid off through the mutually agreed way of repayment.

 

IV. In the event that Party B fails to repay the loan within the aforesaid period, Party B shall bear all legal consequences and indemnify Party A against all economic losses (including but not limited to interest, damages, litigation fees, lawyer fees, travel expenses, appraisal fees, auction fees and other fees incurred for the realization of creditor’s rights).

 

V. This Agreement has the force of law upon being signed by the two parties. This Agreement is made out in duplicate, with each party holding one copy.

 

Creditor (Stamp): Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Debtor (signature): Lin Jianxin

 

 
 

 

 

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement” ), is entered into as of September 30, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc., incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands(the “ Company ”) and Jianxin Lin, an individual (the “ Executive” ). Except with respect to the direct employment of the Executive by the Company, the term “Company” as used herein with respect to all obligations of the Executive hereunder shall be deemed to include the Company and all of its subsidiaries and affiliated entities (collectively, the “ Group ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Company desires to employ the Executive as its Chief Executive Officer and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below).

 

B. The Executive desires to be employed by the Company as its Chief Executive Officer during the term of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. POSITION

 

The Executive hereby accepts a position of Chief Executive Officer (the “ Employment ”) of the Company.

 

2. TERM

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be [ 10] years commencing on the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Employment will be renewed automatically for additional [3 ]-year terms if neither the Company nor the Executive provides a notice of termination of the Employment to the other party or otherwise proposes to re-negotiate the terms of the Employment with the other party within one month prior to the expiration of the applicable term.

 

3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

  (a) The Executive’s duties at the Company will include all jobs assigned by the Company’s Board of the Directors (the “ Board ”), as the case may be.

 

  (b) The Executive shall devote all of his working time, attention and skills to the performance of his duties at the Company and shall faithfully and diligently serve the Company in accordance with this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, as amended and restated from time to time (the “ Charter of Documents ”), and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board.

 

  (c) The Executive shall use his best efforts to perform his duties hereunder. The Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, become an employee of any entity other than the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, and shall not be concerned or interested in any business or entity that engages in the same business in which the Company engages (any such business or entity, a “ Competitor ”), provided that nothing in this clause shall preclude the Executive from holding any shares or other securities of any Competitor that is listed on any securities exchange or recognized securities market anywhere. The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of his interest in such shares or securities in a timely manner and with such details and particulars as the Company may reasonably require.

 

 
 

 

4. NO BREACH OF CONTRACT

 

The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or otherwise bound except for agreements entered into by and between the Executive and any member of the Group pursuant to applicable law, if any; (ii) that the Executive has no information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) relating to any other person or entity which would prevent, or be violated by, the Executive entering into this Agreement or carrying out his duties hereunder; (iii) that the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement (other than this) with any other person or entity except for other member(s) of the Group, as the case may be.

 

5. LOCATION

 

The Executive will be based in [Beijing], China. The Company reserves the right to transfer or second the Executive to any location in China or elsewhere in accordance with its operational requirements.

 

6. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

  (a) Base Salary. The Executive’s initial base salary shall be [ 18000] RenMinBi per month, paid in periodic installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices, and such compensation is subject to annual review and adjustment by the Board.

 

  (b) Bonus. The Executive shall be eligible for Bonuses determined by the Board.

 

  (c) Equity Incentives. To the extent the Company adopts and maintains a share incentive plan, the Executive will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to the terms thereof as determined by the Board.

 

  (d) Benefits. The Executive is eligible for participation in any standard employee benefit plan of the Company that currently exists or may be adopted by the Company in the future, including, but not limited to, any retirement plan, life insurance plan, health insurance plan and travel/holiday plan.

 

  (e) Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for all reasonable ordinary and necessary travel and other expenses incurred by the Executive in the performance of his duties under this Agreement; provided that he properly accounts for such expenses in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures.

 

7. TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

 

  (a) By the Company.

 

(i) For Cause . The Company may terminate the Employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration (unless notice or remuneration is specifically required by applicable law, in which case notice or remuneration will be provided in accordance with applicable law), if:

 

(1) the Executive is convicted or pleads guilty to a felony or to an act of fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement,

 

(2) the Executive has been grossly negligent or acted dishonestly to the detriment of the Company,

 

(3) the Executive has engaged in actions amounting to willful misconduct or failed to perform his duties hereunder and such failure continues after the Executive is afforded a reasonable opportunity to cure such failure; or

 

(4) the Executive violates Section 8 or 10 of this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

Upon termination for cause, the Executive shall be entitled to the amount of base salary earned and not paid prior to termination. However, the Executive will not be entitled to receive payment of any severance benefits or other amounts by reason of the termination, and the Executive’s right to all other benefits will terminate, except as required by any applicable law.

 

(ii) For death and disability . The Company may also terminate the Employment, at any time, without notice or remuneration (unless notice or remuneration is specifically required by applicable law, in which case notice or remuneration will be provided in accordance with applicable law), if:

 

(1) the Executive has died, or

 

(2) the Executive has a disability which shall mean a physical or mental impairment which, as reasonably determined by the Board, renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of his employment with the Company, with or without reasonable accommodation, for more than 120 days in any 12-month period, unless a longer period is required by applicable law, in which case that longer period would apply.

 

Upon termination for death or disability, the Executive shall be entitled to the amount of base salary earned and not paid prior to termination. However, the Executive will not be entitled to receive payment of any severance benefits or other amounts by reason of the termination, and the Executive’s right to all other benefits will terminate, except as required by any applicable law.

 

(iii) Without Cause . The Company may terminate the Employment without cause, at any time, upon one-month prior written notice. Upon termination without cause, the Company shall provide the following severance payments and benefits to the Executive: (1) a lump sum cash payment equal to 3 months of the Executive’s base salary as of the date of such termination; (2) a lump sum cash payment equal to a pro-rated amount of his target annual bonus for the year immediately preceding the termination, if any; (3) payment of premiums for continued health benefits under the Company’s health plans for 3 months fo1lowing the termination, if any; and (4) immediate vesting of 100% of the then-unvested portion of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive.

 

Upon termination without, the Executive shall be entitled to the amount of base salary earned and not paid prior to termination.

 

(iv) Change of Control Transaction . If the Company or its successor terminates the Employment upon a merger, consolidation, or transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company with or to any other individual(s) or entity (the “ Change of Control Transaction ”), the Executive shall be entitled to the following severance payments and benefits upon such termination: (1) a lump sum cash payment equal to 3 months of the Executive’s base salary at a rate equal to the greater of his/her annual salary in effect immediate1y prior to the termination, or his/her then current annua1 salary as of the date of such termination; (2) a lump sum cash payment equal to a pro-rated amount of his/her target annual bonus for the year immediately preceding the termination; (3) payment of premiums for continued health benefits under the Company’s health plans for 3 months fo1lowing the termination; and (4) immediate vesting of 100% of the then-unvested portion of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive.

 

  (b) By the Executive . The Executive may terminate the Employment at any time with a one-month prior written notice to the Company, if (1) there is a material reduction in the Executive’s authority, duties and responsibilities, or (2) there is a material reduction in the Executive’s annual salary. Upon the Executive’s termination of the Employment due to either of the above reasons, the Company shall provide compensation to the Executive equivalent to 3 months of the Executive’s base salary that he is entitled to immediately prior to such termination. In addition, the Executive may resign prior to the expiration of the Agreement if such resignation is approved by the Board or an alternative arrangement with respect to the Employment is agreed to by the Board.

 

  (c) Notice of Termination . Any termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination.

 

 
 

 

8. CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE

 

  (a) Confidentiality and Non-disclosure . The Executive hereby agrees at all times during the term of the Employment and after its termination, to hold in the strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Company, or to disclose to any person, corporation or other entity without written consent of the Company, any Confidential Information. The Executive understands that “ Confidential Information ” means any proprietary or confidential information of the Company, its affiliates, or their respective clients, customers or partners, including, without limitation, technical data, trade secrets, research and development information, product plans, services, customer lists and customers, supplier lists and suppliers, software developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, hardware configuration information, personnel information, marketing, finances, information about the suppliers, joint ventures, franchisees, distributors and other persons with whom the Company does business, information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company or other business information disclosed to the Executive by or obtained by the Executive from the Company, its affiliates, or their respective clients, customers or partners either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or otherwise, if specifically indicated to be confidential or reasonably expected to be confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information that is generally available and known to the public through no fault of the Executive.

 

  (b) Company Property . The Executive understands that all documents (including computer records, facsimile and e-mail) and materials created, received or transmitted in connection with his work or using the facilities of the Company are property of the Company and subject to inspection by the Company, at any time. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company (or at any other time when requested by the Company), the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all documents and materials of any nature pertaining to his work with the Company and will provide written certification of his compliance with this Agreement. Under no circumstances will the Executive have, following his termination, in his possession any property of the Company, or any documents or materials or copies thereof containing any Confidential Information.

 

  (c) Former Employer Information . The Executive agrees that he or she has not and will not, during the term of his employment, (i) improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired by Executive, if any, or (ii) bring into the premises of the Company any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such former employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such former employer, person or entity. The Executive will indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.

 

  (d) Third Party Information . The Executive recognizes that the Company may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Company and such third parties, during the Executive’s employment by the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person or firm and to use it in a manner consistent with, and for the limited purposes permitted by, the Company’s agreement with such third party.

 

This Section 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 8, the Company shall have right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

 
 

 

9. CONFLICTING EMPLOYMENT.

 

The Executive hereby agrees that, during the term of his employment with the Company, he or she will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of the Executive’s employment, nor will the Executive engage in any other activities that conflict with his obligations to the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

10. NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION

 

In consideration of the salary paid to the Executive by the Company and subject to applicable law, the Executive agrees that during the term of the Employment and for a period of one (1) year following the termination of the Employment for whatever reason:

 

  (a) The Executive will not approach clients, customers or contacts of the Company or other persons or entities introduced to the Executive in the Executive’s capacity as a representative of the Company for the purposes of doing business with such persons or entities which will harm the business relationship between the Company and such persons and/or entities;

 

  (b) unless expressly consented to by the Company, the Executive will not assume employment with or provide services as a director or otherwise for any Competitor, or engage, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, in any Competitor; and

 

  (c) unless expressly consented to by the Company, the Executive will not seek, directly or indirectly, by the offer of alternative employment or other inducement whatsoever, to solicit the services of any employee of the Company employed as at or after the date of such termination, or in the year preceding such termination.

 

The provisions contained in Section 11 are considered reasonable by the Executive and the Company. In the event that any such provisions should be found to be void under applicable laws but would be valid if some part thereof was deleted or the period or area of application reduced, such provisions shall apply with such modification as may be necessary to make them valid and effective.

 

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 11, the Executive acknowledges that there will be no adequate remedy at law, and the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other relief as may be proper (including monetary damages if appropriate). In any event, the Company shall have right to seek all remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

11. WITHHOLDING TAXES

 

Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the Company may withhold (or cause there to be withheld, as the case may be) from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or pursuant to this Agreement such national, provincial, local or any other income, employment, or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

 
 

 

12. ASSIGNMENT

 

This Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that (i) the Company may assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent, and (ii) in the event of a Change of Control Transaction, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder.

 

13. SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to be severable.

 

14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and the Company regarding the terms of the Employment and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter. The Executive acknowledges that he or she has not entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set forth in this Agreement. Any amendment to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Executive and the Company

 

15. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York .

 

16. AMENDMENT

 

This Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to this Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.

 

17. WAIVER

 

Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 

18. NOTICES

 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) delivered by hand, (ii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor, or (iii) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the other party.

 

19. COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories.

 

Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

 

20. NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER

 

Each party recognizes that this Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that it, he or she has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of this Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms.

 

[Remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

  China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.
   
  By:  
  Name: Jianxin Lin
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Executive
   
  Signature:  
  Name: Jianxin Lin

 

 
 

 

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement” ), is entered into as of September, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc., incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands(the “ Company ”) and Jinchi Xu an individual (the “ Executive” ). Except with respect to the direct employment of the Executive by the Company, the term “Company” as used herein with respect to all obligations of the Executive hereunder shall be deemed to include the Company and all of its subsidiaries and affiliated entities (collectively, the “ Group ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.       The Company desires to employ the Executive as its director and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below).

 

B.       The Executive desires to be employed by the Company as its director during the term of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. POSITION

 

The Executive hereby accepts a position of director (the “ Employment ”) of the Company.

 

2. TERM

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be [ 10] years commencing on the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Employment will be renewed automatically for additional [3 ]- year terms if neither the Company nor the Executive provides a notice of termination of the Employment to the other party or otherwise proposes to re-negotiate the terms of the Employment with the other party within one month prior to the expiration of the applicable term.

 

3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

  (a) The Executive’s duties at the Company will include all jobs assigned by the Company’s Board of the Directors (the “ Board ”), as the case may be.
     
  (b) The Executive shall devote all of his working time, attention and skills to the performance of his duties at the Company and shall faithfully and diligently serve the Company in accordance with this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, as amended and restated from time to time (the “ Charter of Documents ”), and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board.
     
  (c) The Executive shall use his best efforts to perform his duties hereunder. The Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, become an employee of any entity other than the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, and shall not be concerned or interested in any business or entity that engages in the same business in which the Company engages (any such business or entity, a “ Competitor ”), provided that nothing in this clause shall preclude the Executive from holding any shares or other securities of any Competitor that is listed on any securities exchange or recognized securities market anywhere. The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of his interest in such shares or securities in a timely manner and with such details and particulars as the Company may reasonably require.

 

 
 

 

4. NO BREACH OF CONTRACT

 

The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or otherwise bound except for agreements entered into by and between the Executive and any member of the Group pursuant to applicable law, if any; (ii) that the Executive has no information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) relating to any other person or entity which would prevent, or be violated by, the Executive entering into this Agreement or carrying out his duties hereunder; (iii) that the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement (other than this) with any other person or entity except for other member(s) of the Group, as the case may be.

 

5. LOCATION

 

The Executive will be based in [Beijing ], China. The Company reserves the right to transfer or second the Executive to any location in China or elsewhere in accordance with its operational requirements.

 

6. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

  (a) Base Salary. The Executive’s initial base salary shall be [16000 ] RenMinBi per month, paid in periodic installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices, and such compensation is subject to annual review and adjustment by the Board.
     
  (b) Bonus. The Executive shall be eligible for Bonuses determined by the Board.
     
  (c) Equity Incentives. To the extent the Company adopts and maintains a share incentive plan, the Executive will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to the terms thereof as determined by the Board.
     
  (d) Benefits. The Executive is eligible for participation in any standard employee benefit plan of the Company that currently exists or may be adopted by the Company in the future, including, but not limited to, any retirement plan, life insurance plan, health insurance plan and travel/holiday plan.
     
  (e) Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for all reasonable ordinary and necessary travel and other expenses incurred by the Executive in the performance of his duties under this Agreement; provided that he properly accounts for such expenses in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures.

 

7. TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

 

(a) By the Company.

 

(i) For Cause . The Company may terminate the Employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration (unless notice or remuneration is specifically required by applicable law, in which case notice or remuneration will be provided in accordance with applicable law), if:

 

(1) the Executive is convicted or pleads guilty to a felony or to an act of fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement,

 

(2) the Executive has been grossly negligent or acted dishonestly to the detriment of the Company,

 

(3) the Executive has engaged in actions amounting to willful misconduct or failed to perform his duties hereunder and such failure continues after the Executive is afforded a reasonable opportunity to cure such failure; or

 

 
 

 

(4) the Executive violates Section 8 or 10 of this Agreement.

 

Upon termination for cause, the Executive shall be entitled to the amount of base salary earned and not paid prior to termination. However, the Executive will not be entitled to receive payment of any severance benefits or other amounts by reason of the termination, and the Executive’s right to all other benefits will terminate, except as required by any applicable law.

 

(ii) For death and disability . The Company may also terminate the Employment, at any time, without notice or remuneration (unless notice or remuneration is specifically required by applicable law, in which case notice or remuneration will be provided in accordance with applicable law), if:

 

(1) the Executive has died, or

 

(2) the Executive has a disability which shall mean a physical or mental impairment which, as reasonably determined by the Board, renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of his employment with the Company, with or without reasonable accommodation, for more than 120 days in any 12-month period, unless a longer period is required by applicable law, in which case that longer period would apply.

 

Upon termination for death or disability, the Executive shall be entitled to the amount of base salary earned and not paid prior to termination. However, the Executive will not be entitled to receive payment of any severance benefits or other amounts by reason of the termination, and the Executive’s right to all other benefits will terminate, except as required by any applicable law.

 

(iii) Without Cause . The Company may terminate the Employment without cause, at any time, upon one-month prior written notice. Upon termination without cause, the Company shall provide the following severance payments and benefits to the Executive: (1) a lump sum cash payment equal to 3 months of the Executive’s base salary as of the date of such termination; (2) a lump sum cash payment equal to a pro -rated amount of his target annual bonus for the year immediately preceding the termination, if any; (3) payment of premiums for continued health benefits under the Company’s health plans for 3 months fo1lowing the termination, if any; and (4) immediate vesting of 100% of the then-unvested portion of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive.

 

Upon termination without, the Executive shall be entitled to the amount of base salary earned and not paid prior to termination.

 

(iv) Change of Control Transaction . If the Company or its successor terminates the Employment upon a merger, consolidation, or transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company with or to any other individual(s) or entity (the “ Change of Control Transaction ”), the Executive shall be entitled to the following severance payments and benefits upon such termination: (1) a lump sum cash payment equal to 3 months of the Executive’s base salary at a rate equal to the greater of his/her annual salary in effect immediate1y prior to the termination, or his/her then current annua1 salary as of the date of such termination; (2) a lump sum cash payment equal to a pro-rated amount of his/her target annual bonus for the year immediately preceding the termination;

 

(3) payment of premiums for continued health benefits under the Company’s health plans for 3 months fo1lowing the termination; and (4) immediate vesting of 100% of the then-unvested portion of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive.

 

  (b) By the Executive . The Executive may terminate the Employment at any time with a one-month prior written notice to the Company, if (1) there is a material reduction in the Executive’s authority, duties and responsibilities, or (2) there is a material reduction in the Executive’s annual salary. Upon the Executive’s termination of the Employment due to either of the above reasons, the Company shall provide compensation to the Executive equivalent to 3 months of the Executive’s base salary that he is entitled to immediately prior to such termination. In addition, the Executive may resign prior to the expiration of the Agreement if such resignation is approved by the Board or an alternative arrangement with respect to the Employment is agreed to by the Board.

 

 

 
 

 

  (c) Notice of Termination . Any termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination.

 

8. CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE

 

  (a) Confidentiality and Non-disclosure . The Executive hereby agrees at all times during the term of the Employment and after its termination, to hold in the strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Company, or to disclose to any person, corporation or other entity without written consent of the Company, any Confidential Information. The Executive understands that “ Confidential Information ” means any proprietary or confidential information of the Company, its affiliates, or their respective clients, customers or partners, including, without limitation, technical data, trade secrets, research and development information, product plans, services, customer lists and customers, supplier lists and suppliers, software developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, hardware configuration information, personnel information, marketing, finances, information about the suppliers, joint ventures, franchisees, distributors and other persons with whom the Company does business, information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company or other business information disclosed to the Executive by or obtained by the Executive from the Company, its affiliates, or their respective clients, customers or partners either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or otherwise, if specifically indicated to be confidential or reasonably expected to be confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information that is generally available and known to the public through no fault of the Executive.
     
  (b) Company Property . The Executive understands that all documents (including computer records, facsimile and e-mail) and materials created, received or transmitted in connection with his work or using the facilities of the Company are property of the Company and subject to inspection by the Company, at any time. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company (or at any other time when requested by the Company), the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all documents and materials of any nature pertaining to his work with the Company and will provide written certification of his compliance with this Agreement. Under no circumstances will the Executive have, following his termination, in his possession any property of the Company, or any documents or materials or copies thereof containing any Confidential Information.
     
  (c) Former Employer Information . The Executive agrees that he or she has not and will not, during the term of his employment, (i) improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired by Executive, if any, or (ii) bring into the premises of the Company any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such former employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such former employer, person or entity. The Executive will indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.
     
  (d) Third Party Information . The Executive recognizes that the Company may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Company and such third parties, during the Executive’s employment by the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person or firm and to use it in a manner consistent with, and for the limited purposes permitted by, the Company’s agreement with such third party.

 

 
 

 

This Section 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 8, the Company shall have right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

9. CONFLICTING EMPLOYMENT.

 

The Executive hereby agrees that, during the term of his employment with the Company, he or she will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of the Executive’s employment, nor will the Executive engage in any other activities that conflict with his obligations to the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

10. NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION

 

In consideration of the salary paid to the Executive by the Company and subject to applicable law, the Executive agrees that during the term of the Employment and for a period of one (1) year following the termination of the Employment for whatever reason:

 

  (a) The Executive will not approach clients, customers or contacts of the Company or other persons or entities introduced to the Executive in the Executive’s capacity as a representative of the Company for the purposes of doing business with such persons or entities which will harm the business relationship between the Company and such persons and/or entities;
     
  (b) unless expressly consented to by the Company, the Executive will not assume employment with or provide services as a director or otherwise for any Competitor, or engage, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, in any Competitor; and
     
  (c) unless expressly consented to by the Company, the Executive will not seek, directly or indirectly, by the offer of alternative employment or other inducement whatsoever, to solicit the services of any employee of the Company employed as at or after the date of such termination, or in the year preceding such termination.

 

The provisions contained in Section 11 are considered reasonable by the Executive and the Company. In the event that any such provisions should be found to be void under applicable laws but would be valid if some part thereof was deleted or the period or area of application reduced, such provisions shall apply with such modification as may be necessary to make them valid and effective.

 

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 11, the Executive acknowledges that there will be no adequate remedy at law, and the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other relief as may be proper (including monetary damages if appropriate). In any event, the Company shall have right to seek all remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

11. WITHHOLDING TAXES

 

Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the Company may withhold (or cause there to be withheld, as the case may be) from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or pursuant to this Agreement such national, provincial, local or any other income, employment, or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

12. ASSIGNMENT

 

This Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that (i) the Company may assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent, and (ii) in the event of a Change of Control Transaction, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder.

 

 
 

 

13. SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to be severable.

 

14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and the Company regarding the terms of the Employment and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter. The Executive acknowledges that he or she has not entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set forth in this Agreement. Any amendment to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Executive and the Company

 

15. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York .

 

16. AMENDMENT

 

This Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to this Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.

 

17. WAIVER

 

Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 

18. NOTICES

 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) delivered by hand, (ii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor, or (iii) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the other party.

 

19. COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories.

 

Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

 

20. NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER

 

Each party recognizes that this Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that it, he or she has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of this Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms.

 

[Remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

  China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.
     
  By: /s/ Jianxin Lin
  Name: Jianxin Lin
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

  Executive
     
  Signature: /s/ Jinchi Xu
  Name: Jinchi Xu

 

 
 

 

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

The EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), is entered into as of December 1, 2015 (the “Effective Date”), by and between China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc., incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands(the “Company”) and Lu Sun, an individual (the “Executive”). Except with respect to the direct employment of the Executive by the Company, the term “Company” as used herein with respect to all obligations of the Executive hereunder shall be deemed to include the Company and all of its subsidiaries and affiliated entities (collectively, the “ Group ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Company desires to employ the Executive as its Chief Financial Officer and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below).

 

B. The Executive desires to be employed by the Company as its Chief Financial Officer during the term of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of the Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. POSITION

 

The Executive hereby accepts a position of Chief Financial Officer (the “ Employment ”) of the Company.

 

2. TERM

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be [3] years commencing on the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. The Employment will be renewed automatically for additional [3 ]-year terms if neither the Company nor the Executive provides a notice of termination of the Employment to the other party or otherwise proposes to re-negotiate the terms of the Employment with the other party within one month prior to the expiration of the applicable term.

 

3. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

  (a) The Executive’s duties at the Company will include all jobs assigned by the Company’s Board of the Directors (the “ Board ”), as the case may be.
     
  (b) The Executive shall devote all of her working time, attention and skills to the performance of her duties at the Company and shall faithfully and diligently serve the Company in accordance with the Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, as amended and restated from time to time (the “ Charter of Documents ”), and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board.
     
  (c) The Executive shall use her best efforts to perform her duties hereunder. The Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, become an employee of any entity other than the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, and shall not be concerned or interested in any business or entity that engages in the same business in which the Company engages (any such business or entity, a “ Competitor ”), provided that nothing in the clause shall preclude the Executive from holding any shares or other securities of any Competitor that is listed on any securities exchange or recognized securities market anywhere. The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of her interest in such shares or securities in a timely manner and with such details and particulars as the Company may reasonably require.

 

 
 

 

4. NO BREACH OF CONTRACT

 

The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of the Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or otherwise bound except for agreements entered into by and between the Executive and any member of the Group pursuant to applicable law, if any; (ii) that the Executive has no information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) relating to any other person or entity which would prevent, or be violated by, the Executive entering into the Agreement or carrying out her duties hereunder; (iii) that the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement (other than the) with any other person or entity except for other member(s) of the Group, as the case may be.

 

5. LOCATION

 

The Executive will be based in [Beijing], China. The Company reserves the right to transfer or second the Executive to any location in China or elsewhere in accordance with its operational requirements.

 

6. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

  (a) Base Salary. The Executive’s initial base salary shall be [13000] RMB per month, paid in periodic installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices, and such compensation is subject to annual review and adjustment by the Board.
     
  (b) Bonus. The Executive shall be eligible for Bonuses determined by the Board.
     
  (c) Equity Incentives. To the extent the Company adopts and maintains a share incentive plan, the Executive will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to the terms thereof as determined by the Board.
     
  (d) Benefits. The Executive is eligible for participation in any standard employee benefit plan of the Company that currently exists or may be adopted by the Company in the future, including, but not limited to, any retirement plan, life insurance plan, health insurance plan and travel/holiday plan.
     
  (e) Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for all reasonable ordinary and necessary travel and other expenses incurred by the Executive in the performance of her duties under the Agreement; provided that he properly accounts for such expenses in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures.

 

7. TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

 

  (a) By the Company.

 

(i) For Cause . The Company may terminate the Employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration (unless notice or remuneration is specifically required by applicable law, in which case notice or remuneration will be provided in accordance with applicable law), if:

 

(1) the Executive is convicted or pleads guilty to a felony or to an act of fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement,

 

(2) the Executive has been grossly negligent or acted dishonestly to the detriment of the Company,

 

(3) the Executive has engaged in actions amounting to willful misconduct or failed to perform her duties hereunder and such failure continues after the Executive is afforded a reasonable opportunity to cure such failure; or

 

(4) the Executive violates Section 8 or 10 of the Agreement.

 

 
 

 

Upon termination for cause, the Executive shall be entitled to the amount of base salary earned and not paid prior to termination. However, the Executive will not be entitled to receive payment of any severance benefits or other amounts by reason of the termination, and the Executive’s right to all other benefits will terminate, except as required by any applicable law.

 

(ii) For death and disability . The Company may also terminate the Employment, at any time, without notice or remuneration (unless notice or remuneration is specifically required by applicable law, in which case notice or remuneration will be provided in accordance with applicable law), if:

 

(1) the Executive has died, or

 

(2) the Executive has a disability which shall mean a physical or mental impairment which, as reasonably determined by the Board, renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of her employment with the Company, with or without reasonable accommodation, for more than 120 days in any 12-month period, unless a longer period is required by applicable law, in which case that longer period would apply.

 

Upon termination for death or disability, the Executive shall be entitled to the amount of base salary earned and not paid prior to termination. However, the Executive will not be entitled to receive payment of any severance benefits or other amounts by reason of the termination, and the Executive’s right to all other benefits will terminate, except as required by any applicable law.

 

(iii) Without Cause . The Company may terminate the Employment without cause, at any time, upon one-month prior written notice. Upon termination without cause, the Company shall provide the following severance payments and benefits to the Executive: (1) a lump sum cash payment equal to 3 months of the Executive’s base salary as of the date of such termination; (2) a lump sum cash payment equal to a pro-rated amount of her target annual bonus for the year immediately preceding the termination, if any; (3) payment of premiums for continued health benefits under the Company’s health plans for 3 months fo1lowing the termination, if any; and (4) immediate vesting of 100% of the then-unvested portion of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive.

 

Upon termination without, the Executive shall be entitled to the amount of base salary earned and not paid prior to termination.

 

(iv) Change of Control Transaction . If the Company or its successor terminates the Employment upon a merger, consolidation, or transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company with or to any other individual(s) or entity (the “ Change of Control Transaction ”), the Executive shall be entitled to the following severance payments and benefits upon such termination: (1) a lump sum cash payment equal to 3 months of the Executive’s base salary at a rate equal to the greater of her/her annual salary in effect immediate1y prior to the termination, or her/her then current annua1 salary as of the date of such termination; (2) a lump sum cash payment equal to a pro-rated amount of her/her target annual bonus for the year immediately preceding the termination; (3) payment of premiums for continued health benefits under the Company’s health plans for 3 months fo1lowing the termination; and (4) immediate vesting of 100% of the then-unvested portion of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive.

 

  (b) By the Executive . The Executive may terminate the Employment at any time with a one-month prior written notice to the Company, if (1) there is a material reduction in the Executive’s authority, duties and responsibilities, or (2) there is a material reduction in the Executive’s annual salary. Upon the Executive’s termination of the Employment due to either of the above reasons, the Company shall provide compensation to the Executive equivalent to 3 months of the Executive’s base salary that he is entitled to immediately prior to such termination. In addition, the Executive may resign prior to the expiration of the Agreement if such resignation is approved by the Board or an alternative arrangement with respect to the Employment is agreed to by the Board.
     
  (c) Notice of Termination . Any termination of the Executive’s employment under the Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of the Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination.

 

 
 

 

8. CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE

 

  (a) Confidentiality and Non-disclosure . The Executive hereby agrees at all times during the term of the Employment and after its termination, to hold in the strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Company, or to disclose to any person, corporation or other entity without written consent of the Company, any Confidential Information. The Executive understands that “ Confidential Information ” means any proprietary or confidential information of the Company, its affiliates, or their respective clients, customers or partners, including, without limitation, technical data, trade secrets, research and development information, product plans, services, customer lists and customers, supplier lists and suppliers, software developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, hardware configuration information, personnel information, marketing, finances, information about the suppliers, joint ventures, francherees, distributors and other persons with whom the Company does business, information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company or other business information disclosed to the Executive by or obtained by the Executive from the Company, its affiliates, or their respective clients, customers or partners either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or otherwise, if specifically indicated to be confidential or reasonably expected to be confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information that is generally available and known to the public through no fault of the Executive.
     
  (b) Company Property . The Executive understands that all documents (including computer records, facsimile and e-mail) and materials created, received or transmitted in connection with her work or using the facilities of the Company are property of the Company and subject to inspection by the Company, at any time. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company (or at any other time when requested by the Company), the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all documents and materials of any nature pertaining to her work with the Company and will provide written certification of her compliance with the Agreement. Under no circumstances will the Executive have, following her termination, in her possession any property of the Company, or any documents or materials or copies thereof containing any Confidential Information.
     
  (c) Former Employer Information . The Executive agrees that he or she has not and will not, during the term of her employment, (i) improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired by Executive, if any, or (ii) bring into the premises of the Company any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such former employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such former employer, person or entity. The Executive will indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.
     
  (d) Third Party Information . The Executive recognizes that the Company may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Company and such third parties, during the Executive’s employment by the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person or firm and to use it in a manner consistent with, and for the limited purposes permitted by, the Company’s agreement with such third party.

 

 
 

 

Ther Section 8 shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches the Section 8, the Company shall have right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

9. CONFLICTING EMPLOYMENT.

 

The Executive hereby agrees that, during the term of her employment with the Company, he or she will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of the Executive’s employment, nor will the Executive engage in any other activities that conflict with her obligations to the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

10. NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION

 

In consideration of the salary paid to the Executive by the Company and subject to applicable law, the Executive agrees that during the term of the Employment and for a period of one (1) year following the termination of the Employment for whatever reason:

 

  (a) The Executive will not approach clients, customers or contacts of the Company or other persons or entities introduced to the Executive in the Executive’s capacity as a representative of the Company for the purposes of doing business with such persons or entities which will harm the business relationship between the Company and such persons and/or entities;
     
  (b) unless expressly consented to by the Company, the Executive will not assume employment with or provide services as a director or otherwise for any Competitor, or engage, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, in any Competitor; and
     
  (c) unless expressly consented to by the Company, the Executive will not seek, directly or indirectly, by the offer of alternative employment or other inducement whatsoever, to solicit the services of any employee of the Company employed as at or after the date of such termination, or in the year preceding such termination.

 

The provisions contained in Section 11 are considered reasonable by the Executive and the Company. In the event that any such provisions should be found to be void under applicable laws but would be valid if some part thereof was deleted or the period or area of application reduced, such provisions shall apply with such modification as may be necessary to make them valid and effective.

 

The Section 11 shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches the Section 11, the Executive acknowledges that there will be no adequate remedy at law, and the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other relief as may be proper (including monetary damages if appropriate). In any event, the Company shall have right to seek all remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

11. WITHHOLDING TAXES

 

Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the Company may withhold (or cause there to be withheld, as the case may be) from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or pursuant to the Agreement such national, provincial, local or any other income, employment, or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

12. ASSIGNMENT

 

The Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer the Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that (i) the Company may assign or transfer the Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent, and (ii) in the event of a Change of Control Transaction, the Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder.

 

 
 

 

13. SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of the Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of the Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to the end the provisions of the Agreement are declared to be severable.

 

14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

The Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and the Company regarding the terms of the Employment and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter. The Executive acknowledges that he or she has not entered into the Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set forth in the Agreement. Any amendment to the Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Executive and the Company

 

15.  GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION

 

The Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York .

 

16. AMENDMENT

 

The Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to the Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.

 

17. WAIVER

 

Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under the Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 

18. NOTICES

 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) delivered by hand, (ii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor, or (iii) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the other party.

 

19. COUNTERPARTS

 

The Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories.

 

Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

 

20. NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER

 

Each party recognizes that the Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that it, he or she has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of the Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms.

 

[Remainder of the page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

  China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.
     
  By:

/s/ Jianxin Lin

  Name:

Jianxin Lin

  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

  Executive
     
  Signature:

/s/ Lu Sun

  Name:

Lu Sun

 

 
 

 

 

China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.

 

Date: February 22, 2016

 

To: Sheve Li Tay

 

Dear Ms. Tay:

 

This is to confirm the terms of your appointment as a Director of China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc. (the “ Company ”).

 

Overall, in terms of time commitment, we expect your attendance at all the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) meetings, meetings of the audit, compensation and nomination committees of the Board (as applicable) and the General Meetings (if requested). In addition, you will be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of each meeting. Board meetings may be held within or outside the United States of America as the Company may decide.

 

By accepting this appointment, you have confirmed that you are able to allocate sufficient time to meet the expectations of this position.

 

For and in consideration of the services to be performed by you, Company agrees to pay you as follows:

 

1.1 Fee . An annual fee equal to the amount of $30,000 (Thirty Thousand U.S. Dollars), payable on a quarterly basis, subject to your continuous service as a member of the Board (the “ Annual Fee ”).
   
1.2  Company agrees to reimburse you for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by you in connection with your service (including out-of-pocket expenses and transportation expenses, provided that such expenses are against original and valid receipts and pre-approved by the Company in writing (the “ Expenses ”).
   
1.3 Payment of the Expenses, as applicable, shall be made against your itemized invoice following the receipt of the relevant invoice, which invoice shall be submitted to the Company within seven (7) days of the end of each calendar month during the term of this letter of appointment.
   
1.4 For the avoidance of any doubt, the Fee and the aforementioned Expenses constitute the full and final consideration for your appointment, and you shall not be entitled to any additional consideration, of any form, for your appointment and service.

 

2. The term of your appointment as a Director of the Company shall be for one year or until the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until your successor is appointed or elected and qualifies.

 

3. You will undertake such travelling as may reasonably be necessary for the performance of your duties, including travelling overseas for Board meetings and site visits if required.

 

   

 

 

4. You will undertake such duties and powers relating to the Company, and any subsidiaries or associated companies of the Company (the “ Group ”) as the Board may from time to time reasonably request. Directors have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other director. The Board as a whole is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs, inter alia , as follows:

 

Providing entrepreneurial leadership of the Group within a framework of prudent and effective controls which enable risk to be assessed and managed; and
   
Setting the Group’s strategic aims, ensures that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for the Group to meet its objectives and reviews management performance; and
   
Setting the Group’s values and standards and ensures that its obligations to its shareholders and others are understood and met.

 

5. Confidential Information

 

You undertake to the Company that you shall maintain in strict confidentiality all trade, business, technical or other information regarding the Company, the Group, its affiliated entities and their business affairs including, without limitation, all marketing, sales, technical and business know-how, intellectual property, trade secrets, identity and requirements of customers and prospective customers, the Company’s methods of doing business and any and all other information relating to the operation of the Company (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”). You shall at no time disclose any Confidential Information to any person, firm, or entity, for any purpose unless such disclosure is required in order to fulfil your responsibilities as director. You further undertake that you shall not use such Confidential Information for personal gain.

 

“Confidential Information” shall not include information that (i) is or becomes part of the public domain other than as a result of disclosure by you, (ii) becomes available to you on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, provided that the source is not bound with respect to that information by a confidentiality agreement with the Group or is otherwise prohibited from transmitting that information by a contractual legal or other obligation, or (iii) can be proven by you to have been in your possession prior to disclosure of the information by the Company. In the event that you are requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other process) to disclose any Confidential Information, it is agreed that you, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, will provide the Company with prompt notice of any such request or requirement so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or waive compliance with this paragraph 6. If a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder has not been obtained, you may disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information which you are legally compelled to disclose.

 

Blackout Period . You understand that we have a policy pursuant to which no officer, director or key executive may not engage in transactions in our stock during the period commencing two weeks prior to the end of a fiscal quarter and ending the day after the financial information for the quarter and year have been publicly released. As a member of the audit committee, if you have information concerning our financial results at any time, you may not engage in transactions in our securities until the information is publicly disclosed.

 

6. Term and Termination

 

6.1 Subject to paragraph 6.2 hereunder, this appointment shall terminate immediately and without claim for compensation on the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

6.1.1 if you resign as a director of the Company for any reason; and/or

 

6.1.2 if this appointment is cancelled by the holder or the holders of the shares by which you were appointed; and/or

 

6.1.3 if you were appointed by other directors in order to temporary fill vacancy on the Board and said appointment is cancelled by the Board; and/or

 

   

 

 

6.1.4 if you are removed or not re-appointed as a director of the Company at a General Meeting of the Company in accordance with the requirements of any applicable law or regulation (the “ Law ”) and/or the Company’s Articles of Associations; and/or

6.1.5 if you have been declared bankrupt or made an arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of your creditors; and/or

 

6.1.6 if you have been disqualified from acting as a director (including, but not limited to, an event in which you are declared insane or become of unsound mind or become physically incapable of performing your functions as director for a period of at least 60 days) ; and/or

 

6.1.7 with your death and if you are a corporation or either entity, with your liquidation.

 

6.1.8 if an order of a court having jurisdiction over the Company requires you to resign.

 

6.2 Any termination of this letter of appointment shall be without payment of damages or compensation (except that you shall be entitled to any accrued Fees or Expenses properly incurred under the terms of this letter of appointment prior to the date of such termination).

 

6.2 On termination of this appointment, you shall return all property belonging to a Group company, together with all documents, papers, disks and information, howsoever stored, relating to a Group company and used by you in connection with this position with the Company.

 

7 Subject to the proper performance of your obligations to the Company under this letter of appointment and any applicable law, the Company agrees that you will be free to accept other appointments and directorships provided that:

 

7.1 They do not in any way conflict with the interests of the Company or any member of the Group; and
   
7.2 They do not restrict you from devoting the necessary time and attention properly to services to be performed under this letter of appointment; and
   
7.3 In the event that you become aware of any potential conflicts of interest, these must be disclosed to the Chairman and/or the Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”) of the Company as soon as they become apparent.

 

8 The performance of individual directors and the Board and its committees is evaluated annually. If, in the interim, there are any matters which cause you concern about your position, you should discuss them with the Chairman and/or the CEO as soon as is appropriate.

 

9 In addition to any right pursuant to applicable law, occasions may arise when you consider that you need professional advice in the furtherance of your duties as a director. Circumstances may occur when it will be appropriate for you to seek such advice from independent advisors at the Company’s expense, to the extent provided under applicable law and subject to the prior written approval of the CEO.

 

10 This letter refers to your appointment as a director of the Company and your (possible) membership of the audit, nomination and the remuneration committees of the board.

 

   

 

 

11 You shall procure that you comply at all times with the Company’s inside trading policies as in effect from time to time.

 

12 You shall discharge your general duties as a director pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association of the Company and applicable law.

 

13 This letter of appointment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York.

 

Please sign the attached copy of this letter and return it to the Company to signify your acceptance of the terms set out above.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

Jianxin Lin  
   
China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.  
Jianxin Lin  
Chief Executive Officer  

 

Signature: /s/ Sheve Li Tay  
     
Name of Director: Sheve Li Tay  
     
Address: 5 Wan King Path, 2/F Sai Kung N.T. HongKong__  

 

   

 

 

China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.

 

Date: February 22, 2016

 

To: Hong Huang

 

Dear Mr. Huang:

 

This is to confirm the terms of your appointment as a Director of China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc. (the “ Company ”).

 

Overall, in terms of time commitment, we expect your attendance at all the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) meetings, meetings of the audit, compensation and nomination committees of the Board (as applicable) and the General Meetings (if requested). In addition, you will be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of each meeting. Board meetings may be held within or outside the United States of America as the Company may decide.

 

By accepting this appointment, you have confirmed that you are able to allocate sufficient time to meet the expectations of this position.

 

For and in consideration of the services to be performed by you, Company agrees to pay you as follows:

 

1.1 Fee . An annual fee equal to the amount of $30,000 (Thirty Thousand U.S. Dollars), payable on a quarterly basis, subject to your continuous service as a member of the Board (the “ Annual Fee ”).
   
1.2 Company agrees to reimburse you for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by you in connection with your service (including out-of-pocket expenses and transportation expenses, provided that such expenses are against original and valid receipts and pre-approved by the Company in writing (the “ Expenses ”).
   
1.3 Payment of the Expenses, as applicable, shall be made against your itemized invoice following the receipt of the relevant invoice, which invoice shall be submitted to the Company within seven (7) days of the end of each calendar month during the term of this letter of appointment.
   
1.4 For the avoidance of any doubt, the Fee and the aforementioned Expenses constitute the full and final consideration for your appointment, and you shall not be entitled to any additional consideration, of any form, for your appointment and service.

 

2. The term of your appointment as a Director of the Company shall be for one year or until the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until your successor is appointed or elected and qualifies.

 

3. You will undertake such travelling as may reasonably be necessary for the performance of your duties, including travelling overseas for Board meetings and site visits if required.

 

4. You will undertake such duties and powers relating to the Company, and any subsidiaries or associated companies of the Company (the “ Group ”) as the Board may from time to time reasonably request. Directors have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other director. The Board as a whole is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs, inter alia , as follows:

 

  Providing entrepreneurial leadership of the Group within a framework of prudent and effective controls which enable risk to be assessed and managed; and
     
  Setting the Group’s strategic aims, ensures that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for the Group to meet its objectives and reviews management performance; and
     
  Setting the Group’s values and standards and ensures that its obligations to its shareholders and others are understood and met.

 

     
  - 2 -  

 

5. Confidential Information

 

You undertake to the Company that you shall maintain in strict confidentiality all trade, business, technical or other information regarding the Company, the Group, its affiliated entities and their business affairs including, without limitation, all marketing, sales, technical and business know-how, intellectual property, trade secrets, identity and requirements of customers and prospective customers, the Company’s methods of doing business and any and all other information relating to the operation of the Company (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”). You shall at no time disclose any Confidential Information to any person, firm, or entity, for any purpose unless such disclosure is required in order to fulfil your responsibilities as director. You further undertake that you shall not use such Confidential Information for personal gain.

 

“Confidential Information” shall not include information that (i) is or becomes part of the public domain other than as a result of disclosure by you, (ii) becomes available to you on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, provided that the source is not bound with respect to that information by a confidentiality agreement with the Group or is otherwise prohibited from transmitting that information by a contractual legal or other obligation, or (iii) can be proven by you to have been in your possession prior to disclosure of the information by the Company. In the event that you are requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other process) to disclose any Confidential Information, it is agreed that you, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, will provide the Company with prompt notice of any such request or requirement so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or waive compliance with this paragraph 6. If a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder has not been obtained, you may disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information which you are legally compelled to disclose.

 

Blackout Period . You understand that we have a policy pursuant to which no officer, director or key executive may not engage in transactions in our stock during the period commencing two weeks prior to the end of a fiscal quarter and ending the day after the financial information for the quarter and year have been publicly released. As a member of the audit committee, if you have information concerning our financial results at any time, you may not engage in transactions in our securities until the information is publicly disclosed.

 

6. Term and Termination

 

6.1 Subject to paragraph 6.2 hereunder, this appointment shall terminate immediately and without claim for compensation on the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

6.1.1 if you resign as a director of the Company for any reason; and/or

 

6.1.2 if this appointment is cancelled by the holder or the holders of the shares by which you were appointed; and/or

 

6.1.3 if you were appointed by other directors in order to temporary fill vacancy on the Board and said appointment is cancelled by the Board; and/or

 

     
  - 3 -  

 

6.1.4 if you are removed or not re-appointed as a director of the Company at a General Meeting of the Company in accordance with the requirements of any applicable law or regulation (the “ Law ”) and/or the Company’s Articles of Associations; and/or

 

6.1.5 if you have been declared bankrupt or made an arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of your creditors; and/or

 

6.1.6 if you have been disqualified from acting as a director (including, but not limited to, an event in which you are declared insane or become of unsound mind or become physically incapable of performing your functions as director for a period of at least 60 days) ; and/or

 

6.1.7 with your death and if you are a corporation or either entity, with your liquidation.

 

6.1.8 if an order of a court having jurisdiction over the Company requires you to resign.

 

6.2 Any termination of this letter of appointment shall be without payment of damages or compensation (except that you shall be entitled to any accrued Fees or Expenses properly incurred under the terms of this letter of appointment prior to the date of such termination).

 

6.2 On termination of this appointment, you shall return all property belonging to a Group company, together with all documents, papers, disks and information, howsoever stored, relating to a Group company and used by you in connection with this position with the Company.

 

7 Subject to the proper performance of your obligations to the Company under this letter of appointment and any applicable law, the Company agrees that you will be free to accept other appointments and directorships provided that:

 

7.1 They do not in any way conflict with the interests of the Company or any member of the Group; and
   
7.2 They do not restrict you from devoting the necessary time and attention properly to services to be performed under this letter of appointment; and
   
7.3 In the event that you become aware of any potential conflicts of interest, these must be disclosed to the Chairman and/or the Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”) of the Company as soon as they become apparent.

 

8 The performance of individual directors and the Board and its committees is evaluated annually. If, in the interim, there are any matters which cause you concern about your position, you should discuss them with the Chairman and/or the CEO as soon as is appropriate.

 

9 In addition to any right pursuant to applicable law, occasions may arise when you consider that you need professional advice in the furtherance of your duties as a director. Circumstances may occur when it will be appropriate for you to seek such advice from independent advisors at the Company’s expense, to the extent provided under applicable law and subject to the prior written approval of the CEO.

 

10 This letter refers to your appointment as a director of the Company and your (possible) membership of the audit, nomination and the remuneration committees of the board.

 

     
  - 4 -  

 

11 You shall procure that you comply at all times with the Company’s inside trading policies as in effect from time to time.

 

12 You shall discharge your general duties as a director pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association of the Company and applicable law.

 

13 This letter of appointment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York.

 

Please sign the attached copy of this letter and return it to the Company to signify your acceptance of the terms set out above.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

Jianxin Lin  
China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.  
   
Jianxin Lin  
Chief Executive Officer  

 

Signature: /s/ Hong Huang  
     
Name of Director: Hong Huang  
     
Address: 7/F, Building D, Parkview Green FancaoDi, No.9  
  Dongdaqiao Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, China  

 

     
     

 

 

China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.

 

Date: February 22, 2016

 

To: Kam Cheong Leong

 

Dear Mr. Leong:

 

This is to confirm the terms of your appointment as a Director of China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc. (the “ Company ”).

 

Overall, in terms of time commitment, we expect your attendance at all the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) meetings, meetings of the audit, compensation and nomination committees of the Board (as applicable) and the General Meetings (if requested). In addition, you will be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of each meeting. Board meetings may be held within or outside the United States of America as the Company may decide.

 

By accepting this appointment, you have confirmed that you are able to allocate sufficient time to meet the expectations of this position.

 

For and in consideration of the services to be performed by you, Company agrees to pay you as follows:

 

1.1 Fee . An annual fee equal to the amount of $30,000 (Thirty Thousand U.S. Dollars), payable on a quarterly basis, subject to your continuous service as a member of the Board (the “ Annual Fee ”).
   
1.2 Company agrees to reimburse you for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by you in connection with your service (including out-of-pocket expenses and transportation expenses, provided that such expenses are against original and valid receipts and pre-approved by the Company in writing (the “ Expenses ”).
   
1.3 Payment of the Expenses, as applicable, shall be made against your itemized invoice following the receipt of the relevant invoice, which invoice shall be submitted to the Company within seven (7) days of the end of each calendar month during the term of this letter of appointment.
   
1.4 For the avoidance of any doubt, the Fee and the aforementioned Expenses constitute the full and final consideration for your appointment, and you shall not be entitled to any additional consideration, of any form, for your appointment and service.

 

2. The term of your appointment as a Director of the Company shall be for one year or until the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until your successor is appointed or elected and qualifies.

 

3. You will undertake such travelling as may reasonably be necessary for the performance of your duties, including travelling overseas for Board meetings and site visits if required.

 

     
  - 2 -  

 

4. You will undertake such duties and powers relating to the Company, and any subsidiaries or associated companies of the Company (the “ Group ”) as the Board may from time to time reasonably request. Directors have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other director. The Board as a whole is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs, inter alia , as follows:

 

  Providing entrepreneurial leadership of the Group within a framework of prudent and effective controls which enable risk to be assessed and managed; and
     
  Setting the Group’s strategic aims, ensures that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for the Group to meet its objectives and reviews management performance; and
     
  Setting the Group’s values and standards and ensures that its obligations to its shareholders and others are understood and met.

 

5. Confidential Information

 

You undertake to the Company that you shall maintain in strict confidentiality all trade, business, technical or other information regarding the Company, the Group, its affiliated entities and their business affairs including, without limitation, all marketing, sales, technical and business know-how, intellectual property, trade secrets, identity and requirements of customers and prospective customers, the Company’s methods of doing business and any and all other information relating to the operation of the Company (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”). You shall at no time disclose any Confidential Information to any person, firm, or entity, for any purpose unless such disclosure is required in order to fulfil your responsibilities as director. You further undertake that you shall not use such Confidential Information for personal gain.

 

“Confidential Information” shall not include information that (i) is or becomes part of the public domain other than as a result of disclosure by you, (ii) becomes available to you on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, provided that the source is not bound with respect to that information by a confidentiality agreement with the Group or is otherwise prohibited from transmitting that information by a contractual legal or other obligation, or (iii) can be proven by you to have been in your possession prior to disclosure of the information by the Company. In the event that you are requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other process) to disclose any Confidential Information, it is agreed that you, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, will provide the Company with prompt notice of any such request or requirement so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or waive compliance with this paragraph 6. If a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder has not been obtained, you may disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information which you are legally compelled to disclose.

 

Blackout Period . You understand that we have a policy pursuant to which no officer, director or key executive may not engage in transactions in our stock during the period commencing two weeks prior to the end of a fiscal quarter and ending the day after the financial information for the quarter and year have been publicly released. As a member of the audit committee, if you have information concerning our financial results at any time, you may not engage in transactions in our securities until the information is publicly disclosed.

 

6. Term and Termination

 

6.1 Subject to paragraph 6.2 hereunder, this appointment shall terminate immediately and without claim for compensation on the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

6.1.1 if you resign as a director of the Company for any reason; and/or

 

6.1.2 if this appointment is cancelled by the holder or the holders of the shares by which you were appointed; and/or

 

6.1.3 if you were appointed by other directors in order to temporary fill vacancy on the Board and said appointment is cancelled by the Board; and/or

 

     
  - 3 -  

 

6.1.4 if you are removed or not re-appointed as a director of the Company at a General Meeting of the Company in accordance with the requirements of any applicable law or regulation (the “ Law ”) and/or the Company’s Articles of Associations; and/or

 

6.1.5 if you have been declared bankrupt or made an arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of your creditors; and/or

 

6.1.6 if you have been disqualified from acting as a director (including, but not limited to, an event in which you are declared insane or become of unsound mind or become physically incapable of performing your functions as director for a period of at least 60 days) ; and/or

 

6.1.7 with your death and if you are a corporation or either entity, with your liquidation.

 

6.1.8 if an order of a court having jurisdiction over the Company requires you to resign.

 

6.2 Any termination of this letter of appointment shall be without payment of damages or compensation (except that you shall be entitled to any accrued Fees or Expenses properly incurred under the terms of this letter of appointment prior to the date of such termination).

 

6.2 On termination of this appointment, you shall return all property belonging to a Group company, together with all documents, papers, disks and information, howsoever stored, relating to a Group company and used by you in connection with this position with the Company.

 

7 Subject to the proper performance of your obligations to the Company under this letter of appointment and any applicable law, the Company agrees that you will be free to accept other appointments and directorships provided that:

 

7.1 They do not in any way conflict with the interests of the Company or any member of the Group; and
   
7.2 They do not restrict you from devoting the necessary time and attention properly to services to be performed under this letter of appointment; and
   
7.3 In the event that you become aware of any potential conflicts of interest, these must be disclosed to the Chairman and/or the Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”) of the Company as soon as they become apparent.

 

8 The performance of individual directors and the Board and its committees is evaluated annually. If, in the interim, there are any matters which cause you concern about your position, you should discuss them with the Chairman and/or the CEO as soon as is appropriate.

 

9 In addition to any right pursuant to applicable law, occasions may arise when you consider that you need professional advice in the furtherance of your duties as a director. Circumstances may occur when it will be appropriate for you to seek such advice from independent advisors at the Company’s expense, to the extent provided under applicable law and subject to the prior written approval of the CEO.

 

10 This letter refers to your appointment as a director of the Company and your (possible) membership of the audit, nomination and the remuneration committees of the board.

 

     
  - 4 -  

 

11 You shall procure that you comply at all times with the Company’s inside trading policies as in effect from time to time.

 

12 You shall discharge your general duties as a director pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association of the Company and applicable law.

 

13 This letter of appointment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York.

 

Please sign the attached copy of this letter and return it to the Company to signify your acceptance of the terms set out above.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

Jianxin Lin  
China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.  
   
Jianxin Lin  
Chief Executive Officer  

 

Signature: /s/ Kam Cheong Leong  
     
Name of Director: Kam Cheong Leong  
     
Address: G-1/F 156 KAM Tiu Shing Man San Town,  
  Yuam Long, NT. HongKong  

 

     
     

 

Lock-Up Agreement

[•], 2017

 

Boustead Securities, LLC.

898 N Sepulveda Blvd., #475,

El Segundo, CA 90245

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This Lock-Up Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) between China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc., a British Virgin Islands company (the “ Company ”), and Boustead Securities LLC (“ Boustead ”), as Lead Underwriter (the “ Underwriter ”), to be named therein, and the other parties thereto (if any), relating to the proposed public offering (the “ Offering ”) of ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), of the Company.

 

In order to induce you and the Co-Underwriter, Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, and in light of the benefits that the offering of the Ordinary Shares will confer upon the undersigned in its capacity as a shareholder and/or an officer, director or employee of the Company, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each Underwriter that, during the period beginning on and including the date of this Agreement through and including the date that is the 180 th day after the date of the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of Boustead, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of, or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, any shares of Ordinary Shares now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (including, without limitation, Ordinary Shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and as the same may be amended or supplemented on or after the date hereof from time to time (the “ Securities Act ”) (such shares, the “ Beneficially Owned Shares ”)) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of the Beneficially Owned Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, or (iii) engage in any short selling of the Ordinary Shares. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that any sales after the Lock-Up Period shall be conducted in connection with a registration statement or an exemption from registration and that the Company will analyze such exemptions with reference to the Undersigned’s status as an affiliate or non-affiliate of the Company as provided by Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

 

If (i) during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (ii) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the restrictions imposed by this lock-up agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of such material news or material event, as applicable, unless the Underwriter waives, in writing, such extension; provided however , that this extension of the Lock-Up Period shall not apply to the extent that FINRA has amended or repealed NASD Rule 2711(f)(4), or has otherwise provided written interpretive guidance regarding such rule, in each case, so as to eliminate the prohibition of any broker, dealer, or member of a national securities association from publishing or distributing any research report, with respect to the securities of an Emerging Growth Company, as defined under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, prior to or after the expiration of any agreement between the broker, dealer, or member of a national securities association and the Emerging Growth Company or its shareholders that restricts or prohibits the sale of securities held by the Emerging Growth Company or its shareholders after the initial public offering date.

 

 
 

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Boustead agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Ordinary Shares, Boustead will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by Boustead hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release provided always that such press release is not a condition to the release of the aforementioned lock-up provisions due to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period. The provisions of this paragraph will also not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

The restrictions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph shall not apply to :

 

(1) if the undersigned is a natural person, any transfers made by the undersigned (a) as a bona fide gift to any member of the immediate family (as defined below) of the undersigned or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned or members of the undersigned’s immediate family, (b) by will or intestate succession upon the death of the undersigned, (c) as a bona fide gift to a charity or educational institution, or (d) if the undersigned is or was an officer, director or employee of the Company, to the Company pursuant to the Company’s right of repurchase upon termination of the undersigned’s service with the Company;

 

(2) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfers to any shareholder, partner or member of, or owner of a similar equity interest in, the undersigned, as the case may be, if, in any such case, such transfer is not for value;

 

(3) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfer made by the undersigned (a) in connection with the sale or other bona fide transfer in a single transaction of all or substantially all of the undersigned’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the undersigned’s assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this Agreement or (b) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity so long as the transferee is an affiliate (as defined below) of the undersigned and such transfer is not for value;

 

(4) the exercise by the undersigned of any stock option(s) issued pursuant to the Company’s existing stock option plans, including any exercise effected by the delivery of shares of Ordinary Shares of the Company held by the undersigned; provided, that, the Ordinary Shares received upon such exercise shall remain subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement;

 

(5) the exercise by the undersigned of any warrant(s) issued by the Company prior to the date of this Agreement, including any exercise effected by the delivery of shares of Ordinary Shares of the Company held by the undersigned; provided, that, the Ordinary Shares received upon such exercise shall remain subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement;

 

(6) the occurrence after the date hereof of any of (a) an acquisition by an individual or legal entity or “group” (as described in Rule 13d-5(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) of effective control (whether through legal or beneficial ownership of capital stock of the Company, by contract or otherwise) of 100% of the voting securities of the Company, (b) the Company merges into or consolidates with any other entity, or any entity merges into or consolidates with the Company, (c) the Company sells or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another person, or (d) provided, that, the Ordinary Shares received upon any of the events set forth in clauses (a) through (c) above shall remain subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement; and

 

 
 

 

(7) transfers consented to, in writing by Boustead; provided however , that in the case of any transfer described in clause (1), (2) or (3) above, it shall be a condition to the transfer that (A) the transferee executes and delivers to Boustead, acting on behalf of the Underwriter, not later than one business day prior to such transfer, a written agreement, in substantially the form of this Agreement (it being understood that any references to “immediate family” in the agreement executed by such transferee shall expressly refer only to the immediate family of the undersigned and not to the immediate family of the transferee) and otherwise satisfactory in form and substance to Boustead, and (B) if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Ordinary Shares or Beneficially Owned Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares or Beneficially Owned Shares during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such report to the effect that, in the case of any transfer pursuant to clause (1) above, such transfer is being made as a gift or by will or intestate succession or, in the case of any transfer pursuant to clause (2) above, such transfer is being made to a shareholder, partner or member of, or owner of a similar equity interest in, the undersigned and is not a transfer for value or, in the case of any transfer pursuant to clause (3) above, such transfer is being made either (a) in connection with the sale or other bona fide transfer in a single transaction of all or substantially all of the undersigned’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the undersigned’s assets or (b) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that is an affiliate of the undersigned and such transfer is not for value. In addition, the restrictions sets forth herein shall not prevent the undersigned from entering into a sales plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act after the date hereof, provided that (i) a copy of such plan is provided to Boustead promptly upon entering into the same and (ii) no sales or transfers may be made under such plan until the Lock-Up Period ends or this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms. For purposes of this paragraph, “immediate family” shall mean a spouse, child, grandchild or other lineal descendant (including by adoption), father, mother, brother or sister of the undersigned; and “affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

The undersigned further agrees that (i) it will not, during the Lock-Up Period, make any demand or request for or exercise any right with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of any shares of Ordinary Shares or other Beneficially Owned Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares or other Beneficially Owned Shares, and (ii) the Company may, with respect to any Ordinary Shares or other Beneficially Owned Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares or other Beneficially Owned Shares owned or held (of record or beneficially) by the undersigned, cause the transfer agent or other registrar to enter stop transfer instructions and implement stop transfer procedures with respect to such securities during the Lock-Up Period. In addition, the undersigned hereby waives, from the date hereof until the expiration of the 180-day period following the date of the Underwriting Agreement and any extension of such period pursuant to the terms hereof, any and all rights, if any, to request or demand registration pursuant to the Securities Act of any Ordinary Shares that are registered in the name of the undersigned or that are Beneficially Owned Shares.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and that this Agreement has been duly authorized (if the undersigned is not a natural person), executed and delivered by the undersigned and is a valid and binding agreement of the undersigned. This Agreement and all authority herein conferred are irrevocable and shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned (if a natural person) and shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned understands that, if (i) the Company notifies Boustead in writing that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement is not executed by __________, 2017, or (iii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Ordinary Shares to be sold thereunder, then this Agreement shall be void and of no further force or effect.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
   
  (Name - Please Print)
     
   
  (Signature)
     
   
  (Name of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)
     
   
  (Title of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)
     
  Address:  
     
     

 

 
 

 

 

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE WARRANT EXCEPT AS HEREIN PROVIDED AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATE THIS PURCHASE WARRANT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE (DEFINED BELOW) TO ANYONE OTHER THAN (I) BOUSTEAD FINANCIAL SECURITIES, INC. OR AN UNDERWRITER OR A SELECTED DEALER IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, OR (II) A BONA FIDE OFFICER OR PARTNER OF BOUSTEAD FINANCIAL SECURITIES, INC. OR OF ANY SUCH UNDERWRITER OR SELECTED DEALER.

 

THIS PURCHASE WARRANT IS NOT EXERCISABLE AND VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., EASTERN TIME, [●] [ DATE THAT IS TWO YEARS FROM THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE OFFERING ].

 

ORDINARY SHARE PURCHASE WARRANT

 

For the Purchase of [●] Ordinary Shares

 

of

 

China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.

 

1. Purchase Warrant . THIS CERTIFIES THAT, in consideration of funds duly paid by or on behalf of [●] (“ Holder ”), as registered owner of this Purchase Warrant, to China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc. a British Virgin Island (the “ Company ”), Holder is entitled, at any time or from time to time from [●] [ EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE OFFERING ] (the “ Commencement Date ”), and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, [●] [ DATE THAT IS TWO YEARS FROM THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE OFFERING ] (the “ Expiration Date ”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up to such number of ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.001 per share as equates to six and one half percent (6.5%) of the gross amount raised during the Offering divided by $5.00, being the subscription price per ordinary share in the Offering (the “ Shares ”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6 hereof. If the Expiration Date is a day on which U.S. banking institutions are authorized by law to close, then this Purchase Warrant may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not such a day in accordance with the terms herein. During the period ending on the Expiration Date, the Company agrees not to take any action that would terminate this Purchase Warrant. This Purchase Warrant is initially exercisable at $6.00 per Share (the “ Exercise Price ”) [ 120% of the price of the Shares sold in the Offering ]; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 6 hereof, the rights granted by this Purchase Warrant, including the exercise price per Share and the number of Shares to be received upon such exercise, shall be adjusted as therein specified. The term “ Exercise Price ” shall include the adjusted exercise price as a result of the events in Section 6 below, depending on the context.

 

 
 

 

2. Exercise .

 

2.1 Exercise Form . In order to exercise this Purchase Warrant, the exercise form attached hereto must be duly executed and completed and delivered to the Company, together with this Purchase Warrant and payment of the applicable Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased payable in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company or by certified check or official bank check. If the subscription rights represented hereby shall not be exercised at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Expiration Date, this Purchase Warrant shall become and be void without further force or effect, and all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

 

2.2 Cashless Exercise . If at any time after the Commencement Date there is no effective registration statement registering, or no current prospectus available for, the resale of the Shares by the Holder, then in lieu of exercising this Purchase Warrant by payment of cash or check payable to the order of the Company pursuant to Section 2.1 above, Holder may elect to receive the number of Shares equal to the value of this Purchase Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised), by surrender of this Purchase Warrant to the Company, together with the exercise form attached hereto, in which event the issue to Holder, Shares in accordance with the following formula:

 

    Y(A-B)
X = A

 

Where,    
X = The number of Shares to be issued to Holder;
Y = The number of Shares for which the Purchase Warrant is being exercised;
A = The fair market value of one Share; and
B = The Exercise Price.

 

For purposes of this Section 2.2, the fair market value of a Share is defined as follows:

 

  (i) if the Company’s ordinary share is traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the closing price on such exchange prior to the exercise form being submitted in connection with the exercise of the Purchase Warrant; or
     
  (ii) if the Company’s ordinary share is actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the closing bid prior to the exercise form being submitted in connection with the exercise of the Purchase Warrant; if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

2.3 Legend . Each certificate for the securities purchased under this Purchase Warrant shall bear a legend as follows unless such securities have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”):

 

“The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act, or applicable state law. Neither the securities nor any interest therein may be offered for sale, sold or otherwise transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state law which, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, is available.”

 

 
 

 

3. Transfer .

 

3.1 General Restrictions . The registered Holder of this Purchase Warrant agrees by his, her or its acceptance hereof, that such Holder will not: (a) sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate this Purchase Warrant for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Effective Date to anyone other than: (i) to an underwriter or a selected dealer participating in the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of Boustead Securities, LLC. (“ Boustead ”) or of any such underwriter or selected dealer, in each case in accordance with FINRA Conduct Rule 5110(g)(1), or (b) cause this Purchase Warrant or the securities issuable hereunder to be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of this Purchase Warrant or the securities hereunder, except as provided for in FINRA Rule 5110(g)(2). On and after 180 days after the Effective Date, transfers to others may be made subject to compliance with or exemptions from applicable securities laws. In order to make any permitted assignment, the Holder must deliver to the Company the assignment form attached hereto duly executed and completed, together with the Purchase Warrant and payment of all transfer taxes, if any, payable in connection therewith. The Company shall within five (5) Business Days transfer this Purchase Warrant on the books of the Company and shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant or Purchase Warrants of like tenor to the appropriate assignee(s) expressly evidencing the right to purchase the aggregate number of Shares purchasable hereunder or such portion of such number as shall be contemplated by any such assignment.

 

3.2 Restrictions Imposed by the Securities Act . The securities evidenced by this Purchase Warrant shall not be transferred unless and until: (i) the Company has received the opinion of Company counsel that the securities may be transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, the availability of which is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company , or (ii) a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of such securities has been filed by the Company and declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) and compliance with applicable state securities law has been established.

 

4. Registration Rights; Indemnification .

 

  4.1 “Piggy-Back” Registration .

 

4.1.1 Grant of Right . The Holder shall have the right, for a period of no more than two (2) years from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v), to include all or any portion of the Shares underlying the Purchase Warrants (collectively, the “ Registrable Securities “) as part of any other registration of securities filed by the Company (other than in connection with a transaction contemplated by Rule 145(a) promulgated under the Securities Act or pursuant to Form S-8 or any equivalent form); provided , however , that if, solely in connection with any primary underwritten public offering for the account of the Company, the managing underwriter(s) thereof shall, in its reasonable discretion, impose a limitation on the number of Registrable Securities which may be included in the Registration Statement because, in such underwriter(s)’ judgment, marketing or other factors dictate such limitation is necessary to facilitate public distribution, then the Company shall be obligated to include in such Registration Statement only such limited portion of the Registrable Securities with respect to which the Holder requested inclusion hereunder as the underwriter shall reasonably permit. Any exclusion of Registrable Securities shall be made pro rata among the Holders seeking to include Registrable Securities in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities sought to be included by such Holders; provided , however , that the Company shall not exclude any Registrable Securities unless the Company has first excluded all outstanding securities, the holders of which are not entitled to inclusion of such securities in such Registration Statement or are not entitled to pro rata inclusion with the Registrable Securities.

 

 
 

 

4.1.2 Terms . The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 4.1.1 hereof, but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities. In the event of such a proposed registration, the Company shall furnish the then Holders of outstanding Registrable Securities with not less than thirty (30) days written notice prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement. Such notice to the Holders shall continue to be given for each registration statement filed by the Company until such time as all of the Registrable Securities have been sold by the Holder. The holders of the Registrable Securities shall exercise the “piggy-back” rights provided for herein by giving written notice within ten (10) days of the receipt of the Company’s notice of its intention to file a registration statement. Except as otherwise provided in this Purchase Warrant, there shall be no limit on the number of times the Holder may request registration under this Section 4.1.2; provided , however , that such registration rights shall terminate on the second anniversary of the Commencement Date.

 

  4.2 General Terms .

 

4.2.1 Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify the Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to any registration statement hereunder and each person, if any, who controls such Holders within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 (a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“ Exchange Act ”), against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from such registration statement but only to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriter contained in Section 5.1 of the Underwriting Agreement between the Underwriter and the Company, dated as of [●], 2017. The Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such registration statement, and their successors and assigns, shall severally, and not jointly, indemnify the Company, against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from information furnished by or on behalf of such Holders, or their successors or assigns, in writing, for specific inclusion in such registration statement to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions contained in Section 5.2 of the Underwriting Agreement pursuant to which the Underwriter have agreed to indemnify the Company.

 

4.2.2 Exercise of Purchase Warrants . Nothing contained in this Purchase Warrant shall be construed as requiring the Holder(s) to exercise their Purchase Warrants prior to or after the initial filing of any registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.

 

4.2.3 Documents Delivered to Holders . The Company shall furnish to each Holder participating in any of the foregoing offerings and to each underwriter of any such offering, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to such Holder or underwriter, of: (i) an opinion of counsel to the Company, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date of the closing under any underwriting agreement related thereto), and (ii) a “cold comfort” letter dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, a letter dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement) signed by the independent registered public accounting firm which has issued a report on the Company’s financial statements included in such registration statement, in each case covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and, in the case of such accountants’ letter, with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer’s counsel and in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriter in underwritten public offerings of securities. The Company shall also deliver promptly to each Holder participating in the offering requesting the correspondence and memoranda described below and to the managing underwriter, if any, copies of all correspondence between the Commission and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect to the registration statement and permit each Holder and underwriter to do such investigation, upon reasonable advance notice, with respect to information contained in or omitted from the registration statement as it deems reasonably necessary to comply with applicable securities laws or rules of FINRA. Such investigation shall include access to books, records and properties and opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers and independent auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at such reasonable times as any such Holder shall reasonably request.

 

 
 

 

4.2.4 Underwriting Agreement . The Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with the managing underwriter(s), if any, selected by any Holders whose Registrable Securities are being registered pursuant to this Section 4, which managing underwriter shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company. Such agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, each Holder and such managing underwriter, and shall contain such representations, warranties and covenants by the Company and such other terms as are customarily contained in agreements of that type used by the managing underwriter. The Holders shall be parties to any underwriting agreement relating to an underwritten sale of their Registrable Securities and may, at their option, require that any or all the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company to or for the benefit of such underwriter shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Holders. Such Holders shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriter except as they may relate to such Holders, their Shares and their intended methods of distribution.

 

4.2.5 Documents to be Delivered by Holder(s) . Each of the Holder(s) participating in any of the foregoing offerings shall furnish to the Company a completed and executed questionnaire provided by the Company requesting information customarily sought of selling security holders.

 

4.2.6 Damages Should the registration or the effectiveness thereof required by Section 4.1 hereof be delayed by the Company or the Company otherwise fails to comply with such provisions, the Holder(s) shall, in addition to any other legal or other relief available to the Holder(s), be entitled to obtain specific performance or other equitable (including injunctive) relief against the threatened breach of such provisions or the continuation of any such breach, without the necessity of proving actual damages and without the necessity of posting bond or other security.

 

5. New Purchase Warrants to be Issued .

 

5.1 Partial Exercise or Transfer . Subject to the restrictions in Section 3 hereof, this Purchase Warrant may be exercised or assigned in whole or in part. In the event of the exercise or assignment hereof in part only, upon surrender of this Purchase Warrant for cancellation, together with the duly executed exercise or assignment form and funds sufficient to pay any Exercise Price and/or transfer tax if exercised pursuant to Section 2.1 hereto, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder without charge a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor to this Purchase Warrant in the name of the Holder evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the number of Shares purchasable hereunder as to which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised or assigned.

 

5.2 Lost Certificate . Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Purchase Warrant and of reasonably satisfactory indemnification or the posting of a bond, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor and date. Any such new Purchase Warrant executed and delivered as a result of such loss, theft, mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation on the part of the Company.

 

 
 

 

6. Adjustments .

 

6.1 Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Securities . The Exercise Price and the number of Shares underlying the Purchase Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth:

 

6.1.1 Share Dividends; Split Ups . If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding Shares is increased by a stock dividend payable in Shares or by a split up of Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective day thereof, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding Shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

6.1.2 Aggregation of Shares . If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

6.1.3 Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc . In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Shares other than a change covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such Shares, or in the case of any share reconstruction or amalgamation or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Holder of this Purchase Warrant shall have the right thereafter (until the expiration of the right of exercise of this Purchase Warrant) to receive upon the exercise hereof, for the same aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder immediately prior to such event, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, share reconstruction or amalgamation, or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, by a Holder of the number of Shares of the Company obtainable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in Shares covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 6.1.1, 6.1.2 and this Section 6.1.3. The provisions of this Section 6.1.3 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, share reconstructions or amalgamations, or consolidations, sales or other transfers.

 

6.1.4 Changes in Form of Purchase Warrant . This form of Purchase Warrant need not be changed because of any change pursuant to this Section 6.1, and Purchase Warrants issued after such change may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of Shares as are stated in the Purchase Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. The acceptance by any Holder of the issuance of new Purchase Warrants reflecting a required or permissive change shall not be deemed to waive any rights to an adjustment occurring after the Commencement Date or the computation thereof.

 

6.2 Substitute Purchase Warrant . In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or share reconstruction or amalgamation of the Company with or into, another corporation (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding Shares), the corporation formed by such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation shall execute and deliver to the Holder a supplemental Purchase Warrant providing that the holder of each Purchase Warrant then outstanding or to be outstanding shall have the right thereafter (until the stated expiration of such Purchase Warrant) to receive, upon exercise of such Purchase Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation, by a holder of the number of Shares of the Company for which such Purchase Warrant might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, share reconstruction or amalgamation, sale or transfer. Such supplemental Purchase Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be identical to the adjustments provided for in this Section 6. The above provision of this Section shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or share reconstructions or amalgamations.

 

 
 

 

6.3 Elimination of Fractional Interests . The Company shall not be required to issue certificates representing fractions of Shares upon the exercise of the Purchase Warrant, nor shall it be required to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu of any fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction up or down, as the case may be, to the nearest whole number of Shares or other securities, properties or rights.

 

7.             Reservation and Listing . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized Shares, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exercise of the Purchase Warrants, such number of Shares or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of the Purchase Warrants and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, in accordance with the terms hereby, all Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any shareholder. The Company further covenants and agrees that upon exercise of the Purchase Warrants and payment of the exercise price therefor, all Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any shareholder. As long as the Purchase Warrants shall be outstanding, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Shares issuable upon exercise of the Purchase Warrants to be listed (subject to official notice of issuance) on the Nasdaq Global Market or any other market on which the Shares issued to the public in the Offering may then be listed and/or quoted.

 

8. Certain Notice Requirements .

 

8.1 Holder’s Right to Receive Notice . Nothing herein shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or consent or to receive notice as a shareholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a shareholder of the Company. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of the Purchase Warrants and their exercise, any of the events described in Section 8.2 shall occur, then, in one or more of said events, the Company shall give written notice of such event at least fifteen days prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing the transfer books for the determination of the shareholders entitled to such dividend, distribution, conversion or exchange of securities or subscription rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of the closing of the transfer books, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to each Holder a copy of each notice given to the other shareholders of the Company at the same time and in the same manner that such notice is given to the shareholders.

 

8.2 Events Requiring Notice . The Company shall be required to give the notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i) if the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Shares for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution payable otherwise than out of retained earnings, as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or distribution on the books of the Company, (ii) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its Shares any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor, or (iii) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other than in connection with a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation) or a sale of all or substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.

 

 
 

 

8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise Price . The Company shall, promptly after an event requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6 hereof, send notice to the Holders of such event and change (“ Price Notice ”). The Price Notice shall describe the event causing the change and the method of calculating same and shall be certified as being true and accurate by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.

 

8.4 Transmittal of Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Purchase Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly made when hand delivered, or mailed by express mail or private courier service: (i) if to the registered Holder of the Purchase Warrant, to the address of such Holder as shown on the books of the Company, or (ii) if to the Company, to following address or to such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holders:

 

  If to the Holder, then to:
   
  Boustead Securities, LLC
  898 N Sepulveda Blvd, Suite 475
  El Segundo, CA 90245
  Attn: Keith Moore
  Attn: Daniel J. McClory
   
  With a copy to:
   
  Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP
  501 Madison Avenue, 14 th Floor
  New York, NY 10022
  Attn: William S. Rosenstadt, Esq.
  Attn: Mengyi “Jason” Ye, Esq.
  Fax No.: (212) 826-9307
   
  If to the Company:
   
  China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.
  Dongsanhuan Middle Road
  #1 Building Unit 1 Room 1501 Unit 13-14
  Chaoyang District, Beijing
  People’s Republic of China 100020
  Attn: Jianxin Lin
   
  With a copy to:
   
  Sichenzia Ross Ference Kesner LLP
  61 Broadway, 32 nd Floor
  New York, NY 10006
  Attn: Benjamin Tan, Esq.
  Fax No.: (212) 930-9725

 

 
 

 

9. Miscellaneous .

 

9.1 Amendments . The Company and Boustead may from time to time supplement or amend this Purchase Warrant without the approval of any of the Holders in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder that the Company and Boustead may deem necessary or desirable and that the Company and Boustead deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders. All other modifications or amendments shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

 

9.2 Headings . The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Warrant.

 

9.3. Entire Agreement . This Purchase Warrant (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Purchase Warrant) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

9.4 Binding Effect . This Purchase Warrant shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the Holder and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representative and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Purchase Warrant or any provisions herein contained.

 

9.5 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Trial by Jury . This Purchase Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Purchase Warrant shall be brought and enforced in the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 8 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company and the Holder agree that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and the Holder hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

9.6 Waiver, etc . The failure of the Company or the Holder to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Purchase Warrant or any provision hereof or the right of the Company or any Holder to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Purchase Warrant. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

 

 
 

 

9.7 Execution in Counterparts . This Purchase Warrant may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Such counterparts may be delivered by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission.

 

9.8 Exchange Agreement . As a condition of the Holder’s receipt and acceptance of this Purchase Warrant, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the complete exercise of this Purchase Warrant by Holder, if the Company and Boustead enter into an agreement (“ Exchange Agreement ”) pursuant to which they agree that all outstanding Purchase Warrants will be exchanged for securities or cash or a combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party to the Exchange Agreement.

 

9.9 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, all terms shall bear the meaning as defined in the Underwriting Agreement referred to in Section 4.2.4 above.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Purchase Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the ____ day of _______, 2017.

 

  China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.  
       
       
  By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

 
 

 

[ Form to be used to exercise Purchase Warrant ]

 

Date: __________, 20___

 

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to exercise the Purchase Warrant for ______ ordinary shares , par value $0.001 per share (the “ Shares ”), of China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc., a British Virgin Island corporation (the “ Company ”), and hereby makes payment of $____ (at the rate of $____ per Share) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant thereto. Please issue the Shares as to which this Purchase Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Purchase Warrant representing the number of Shares for which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised.

 

or

 

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to convert its right to purchase ___ Shares of the Company under the Purchase Warrant for ______ Shares, as determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

  X = Y(A-B)  
      A  

 

Where,      
  X = The number of Shares to be issued to Holder;
  Y = The number of Shares for which the Purchase Warrant is being exercised;
  A = The fair market value of one Share which is equal to $_____; and
  B = The Exercise Price which is equal to $______ per share

 

The undersigned agrees and acknowledges that the calculation set forth above is subject to confirmation by the Company and any disagreement with respect to the calculation shall be resolved by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

Please issue the Shares as to which this Purchase Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Purchase Warrant representing the number of Shares for which this Purchase Warrant has not been converted.

 

Signature_____________________________________________

 

Signature Guaranteed____________________________________

 

 
 

 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

 

Name:    
  (Print in Block Letters)  
     
Address:    
     
     

 

NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Purchase Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.

 

 
 

 

[ Form to be used to assign Purchase Warrant ]

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

(To be executed by the registered Holder to effect a transfer of the within Purchase Warrant):

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, __________________ does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto the right to purchase __________ ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share, of China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc., a British Virgin Island corporation (the “ Company ”), evidenced by the Purchase Warrant and does hereby authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books of the Company.

 

Dated: __________, 20__

 

Signature ____________________________________

 

Signature Guaranteed ___________________________

 

NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Purchase Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.

 

 
 

 

 

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

 

Loan Contract

 

 

Contract No.: SYXJKG20160925-001

Signing Date: September 25, 2016

 

     
 

 

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Contents

 

Article 1 Definition and Explanation

Article 2 Loan

Article 3 Preconditions of Drawing

Article 4 Drawing

Article 5 Interest Rate, Interest and Expenses

Article 6 Repayment

Article 7 Prepayment

Article 8 Statement and Guarantee

Article 9 Commitment

Article 10 Breach and Remedy for Breach

Article 11 Execution, Change and Dissolution

Article 12 Dispute Resolution

Article 13 Miscellaneous

 

     
 

 

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Reminder: this is a uniform contract prepared by Party A. Before signing on this contract, Party B please read all the terms herein carefully and ask Party A about any questions or concerns about this contact in a timely manner. Party A shall promptly respond to Party B’s questions or concerns. As long as this contact is executed, all the terms herein shall be considered as being agreed upon by all parties, who will also be considered to fully understand the legal effect of the rights and/or obligations and any exemption herein.

 

Lender: Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”)

Office Site: Unit 13-14, Room 1-1501, 1# Building, No. 1 East Third Ring Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing

Legal Representative (or Person in Charge): Lin Jianxin

 

Borrower: Cai Longge (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”)

ID: 3505581198411203

Address: No.1 Donghua First Section, Lingxiu County, Shishi City, Fujian Province

 

Guarantor: Jiang Xi Hua Tai Industry and Trade Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Party C”)

Office Site: Wen Zhen New Industrial Zone, Jinxian County, Nanchang City, Jiangxi Province

 

Based on Party B’s application, Party A agrees to make loans to Party B in accordance with this contract. Both parties hereby agree to enter into this contract in compliance with the laws and regulations and based on the principle of equality and consensus. The terms “applying loans” and “borrowing money” have the meaning in this contract.

 

Article 1 Definition and Explanation

 

1.1 In this contract, the connotations of the following terms are as below:

 

A. Interest payment date: Party B pays interests in corresponding interest period to Party A within the interest period.

B. Interest period: the period from the drawing date to any time within the maturity date when Party B repays account receivable at lump sum or by installment, and pays interests of account receivable. Where the interest repayment date is not banking day, it will be postponed to the next banking day.

C. Execution date of contract: September 25, 2016

D. Drawing day: the date when the borrower actually draws loan under this contract.

E. Expiry date of contract: Sep. 24, 2017

F. Banking day: the business day of banks in the People’s Republic of China (excluding Saturday or Sunday).

 

     
 

 

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

1.2 Explanations

 

A. The contents and titles in this contract are only for the convenience of reference, and do not affect explanation of any clause in this contract.

B. “Change” contains modification, supplementation, replacement and updating.

C. Where the drawing, repaying and interest payment day is not on banking days, it will be postponed to the next banking day.

D. Any contracting party of this contract contains its inheritor and transferee.

 

Article 2 Loan

 

2.1 The loan amount under this contract shall be RMB 20,000,000 Yuan (In Words: RMB Twenty Million Yuan Only). The loan is a fixed-term loan, and will be used by Party B for his company’s daily operation.

 

2.2 The loan term under this Contract shall be 365 days from the actual drawing date.

 

Article 3 Preconditions of Drawing

 

3.1 The following preconditions must be satisfied before Party B draws the loan. Otherwise, Party A has no obligation to issue any sum to Party B.

 

A. This contract has been signed officially;

B. Party B commits no default agreed in or with regard to this contract;

C. Other preconditions for drawing proposed by Party A have been satisfied; and

D. This sum of loan has finally passed internal review procedure through various investigations and reviews carried out by Party A.

 

Article 4 Drawing

 

4.1 Party B will draw the full amount of loan under this contract at lump sum or by several times after this contract takes effect.

 

4.2 After drawing procedures are handled by Party B, Party A shall transfer the loan sum to designated account of Party B in accordance with the drawing date confirmed in this contract and corresponding application. The specific information is as follows:

 

Opening Bank: Beijing Bank Shijicheng Branch

Account Name: Jiang Xi Hua Tai Industry and Trade Co., Ltd.

Account No.: 2000 0032 3384 0001 1767 728

 

Article 5 Interest Rate, Interest and Expenses

 

5.1 The interest rate of loan under this contract shall be confirmed according to the following A method:

 

A. Fixed loan interest rate with annual rate of 14%;

B. Fixed loan interest rate with annual rate of 16%;

C. Fixed loan interest rate with annual rate of 18%;

 

     
 

 

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

5.2 The interest of loan under this contract shall be settled according to interest period. Party B must guarantee to transfer the interests of corresponding interest period to and arrive the designated account of Party A on interest date. The specific information is as follows:

 

Opening Bank: Agricultrual Bank of China Beijing Shijingshan Sub-branch

Account Name: Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

Account No.: 11-032201040007599

The calculation method of interests shall be: principal × loan interest rate × days of every interest period / 360 .

 

5.3 Party B shall pay interests of the interest period to Party A on every interest payment day. At maturity, the principal and interests of the loan shall be fully paid.

 

5.4 Expenses with regard to this contract generated by requirements of laws and regulations shall be undertaken by Party B.

 

Article 6 Repayment

 

6.1 Party B selects to repay the principal of loan under this contract according to the following B method:

 

A. Repay at lump sum on the expiry date of the contract;

B. Repay at lump sum or by several times in any time within the expiry date of the contract;

 

6.2 Party B shall transfer full amount of interests payable and principal in current perm to the account designated by Party A, and guarantee the amount arrives on the repayment day and interest payment day.

 

6.3 Where the amount transferred by Party B to designated account of Party A is insufficient to pay the due account payable under this contract, Party A has the right to claim for unpaid amount from Party B.

 

Article 7 Prepayment

 

7.1 After the loan is issued, Party B can repay full amount or part of principal and interests of loan in advance. The prepaid principal shall be no smaller than RMB 5 Million, and Party B shall notify Party A ten (10) banking days prior to the date of prepayment.

 

7.2 For prepayment, Party B shall pay off the due interests of account payable simultaneously as of the prepayment date.

 

Article 8 Statement and Guarantee

 

8.1 Party C shall make the following statements and guarantee to Party B:

 

     
 

 

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

8.2 When the loan becomes due, if Party B cannot make repayment on a timely basis, or fails to repay the principal and interest in accordance with this contract, and after Party A sends out repayment notice and Party B fails to make the repayment or enter into a repayment plan with Party A Party A shall have the right to take actions against Party C’s equity to collect the loan, interest (including the overdue interest and penalty interest) and the penalty. Party B shall be responsible for any tax incurred during this collecting process. Party B shall be responsible for any Party A’s actual loss if such disposal is insufficient to cover the loan, interest (including the overdue interest and penalty interest) and the penalty.

 

Article 9 Commitment

 

9.1 Party B shall make the following commitments to Party A before obligations under this contract are completely performed:

 

A. Party B has full capacity for civil rights and capacity for civil conduct to enter into this contract.

 

B. Party B maintains good personal credit condition and has no significant negative credit record.

 

C. Party B guarantees that the use of the loan under this contract is in accordance with the provisions of national laws and regulations and uses the loan under this contract is strictly in accordance with the purposes agreed in this contract, and do not arbitrarily change the borrowing or use the loan for other purposes( for the borrowings under this contract paid by Party A, or unauthorized withdrawing or authorizing the transaction object to transfer all or part of the loan to Party B’s other accounts or third party accounts that are not related to the transaction, are considered as Party B’s misappropriation under this contract for other purposes);

 

D. Party B shall guarantee that there is no fictitious transaction, the transaction and the transaction object Party B provided are real, and for the documents provided by Party B, the information is true, completed, legal and effective.;

 

E. Party B shall guarantee not to conduct any activities in violation of national laws and regulations in respect of the property acquired through the borrowing of this contract.;

 

F. Party B shall not refuse to perform its repayment obligations on the ground of any dispute with any third party.;

 

G. Party B shall at any time, in accordance with the requirements of Party A, to assist to check Party B’s use of the loan under the contract and Party A’s creditability;

 

H. Party B shall ensure that the personal information provided to Party A in accordance with the requirements of Party A such as personal occupation, health, marital status, income, expenses, liabilities, guarantees and economic disputes with others, loan method, repayment ability, guarantee the hospital, the guarantee ability or the arrival of the quality of the material and the liquidity of the loan information is true, complete, legal and effective.

 

I. Party B shall ensure that the third party is aware of or agrees to this contract if Party B does require any third party to bear the common repayment obligation or Party B to perform the repayment obligation.

 

     
 

 

J. Party B guarantees that if the borrower’s properties under this contract are mortgaged, Party B shall not mortgage or transfer the mortgaged property to other third parties other than Party A without Party A’s consent, before Party B fails to perform the loan settlement obligation in full accordance with this contract.

 

K. Party B ensures that after the signing of this contract, if Party A did not grant the loan because Party B does not meet the provisions of the borrowing conditions, Party B shall have no objections.

 

9.2 Party A shall make the following commitments to Party B for signing and fulfilling this contract:

 

A. Party A undertakes to have full authority to enter into this Contract;

 

B. Party B shall keep confidential the unclosed information in relevant documents, financial statements and other relevant data submitted by Party B when performing obligations under this Contract, unless otherwise regulated by laws and regulations.

 

C. Party A shall ensure that Party B shall be notified in time when the loan cannot be granted in accordance with the payment method stipulated in this contract.

 

Article 10 Breach and Related Responsibilities

 

10.1 Party B shall perform the obligations stipulated in this contract, and if Party B fails to perform or fails to completely perform the obligations stipulated in this contract, it shall constitute a breach of contract. Unless otherwise agreed in this contract, Party B shall pay Party A a penalty at 5% of the amount of the loan , and if penalty is not enough to cover for the loss of Party A, Party B shall compensate Party A for the actual loss suffered.

 

10.2 If Party B provides Party A with false information, fictitious transactions, trading objects, forgery, fabricating transaction documents and paying vouchers, Party B shall pay Party A a penalty for damages in accordance with 10% of the amount borrowed in this contract. If the liquidated damages are insufficient, Party B shall compensate Party A for the actual loss suffered.

 

10.3 Party B agrees to compensate Party A for all economic losses suffered as a result of Party’ s breach of contract. .

 

Article 11 Execution, Change and Dissolution

 

11.1 This contract takes effect from the signing date of both contracting parties and terminates when all accounts payable are paid off.

 

11.2 Any change of this Contract shall be made by both parties in writing through consensus. The agreement on change is one part of this contract and of equal legal validity with this Contract. Before the agreement on change takes effect, this Contract is still valid.

 

     
 

 

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

11.3 Invalidity or unenforceability of any clause of this contract will neither affect validity and enforceability of other clauses nor affect validity of the entire contract.

 

11.4 The change and termination of this contract will not affect the rights of each contracting party to claim for losses. The termination of this contract will not affect validity of clauses regarding dispute resolution in this contract.

 

Article 12 Dispute Resolution

 

12.1 The laws of the People’s Republic of China are applicable to conclusion, validity, explanation, performance and dispute resolution. During contract performance, all controversies and disputes caused by or with regard to this contract shall be solved by relevant parties through consultation. If consultation fails, the dispute can be submitted to the arbitration center, and solved by arbitration where Party A locates (arbitration place). The arbitration award is final, and binding upon both parties.

 

Article 13 Miscellaneous

 

13.1 Party A’s failing to or partly exerting, or delaying to exert any right under this contract should neither be deemed as waiver or change of the right or any other rights, nor affect further performance of the right or any other rights.

 

13.2 Without written agreements of Party A, Party B shall not transfer full or part of rights and obligations under this Contract. Where Party A transfers the creditor’s rights under this Contract to a third party, it shall notify Party B in time.

 

13.3 All notices made based on this contract shall be delivered to the other party in writing.

 

13.4 The original of this Contract shall be prepared in Chinese and made in triplicate. Party A, Party B and Party C shall hold one copy each with equal legal validity.

 

 

     
 

 

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

(This page is intentionally left blank for signature)

 

Party A: Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (Official Seal)

 

 

Legal Representative (Authorized Agent): (Signature or Seal)

 

Signing Date: ____year____month____day

 

 

Party B: Cai Longge (Signature Seal)

Signing Date: ____year____month____day

 

 

Party C: Jiang Xi Hua Tai Industry and Trade Co., Ltd.

 

 

Legal Representative (Authorized Agent): ___________________ (Signature or Seal)

Signing Date: ____year____month____day

 

 

     
 

 

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Appendix 1 Contract No. SYXJKG20160925-001

 

Loan Receipt (IOU)

 

The borrower hereby borrowed RMB four million yuan (RMB 4,000,000 yuan) from Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. for the period from September 27, 2016 to September 24, 2017.

 

The borrower (seal): Cai Longge

 

The legal representative (seal):

September 27, 2016

     
 

 

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Appendix 2 Contract No. SYXJKG20160925-001

 

Loan Receipt (IOU)

 

The borrower hereby borrowed RMB three million yuan (RMB 3,000,000 yuan) from Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. for the period from October 8, 2016 to September 24, 2017.

 

The borrower (seal): Cai Longge

 

The legal representative (seal):

October 8, 2016

     
 

 

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Appendix 3 Contract No. SYXJKG20160925-001

 

Loan Receipt (IOU)

 

The borrower hereby borrowed RMB four million yuan (RMB 4,000,000 yuan) from Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. for the period from October 14, 2016 to September 24, 2017.

 

The borrower (seal): Cai Longge

 

The legal representative (seal):

October 14, 2016

 

     
 

 

Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

Appendix 4 Contract No. SYXJKG20160925-001

 

Loan Receipt (IOU)

 

The borrower hereby borrowed RMB four million and four hundred fifty thousand yuan (RMB 4,450,000 yuan) from Sheng Yingxin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. for the period from December 15, 2016 to September 24, 2017.

 

The borrower (seal): Cai Longge

 

The legal representative (seal):

December 15, 2016

 

     
 

 

List of Subsidiaries of

 

China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.

 

Hongkong Internet Financial Services Limited (Hongkong)

 

Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd (PRC)

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

     
 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

CHINA INTERNET NATIONWIDE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

 

I. PURPOSE

 

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “ Code ”) contains general guidelines for conducting the business of China Internet Nationwide Financial Services, Inc., a British Virgin Islands company, and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, the “ Company ”) consistent with the highest standards of business ethics, and is intended to qualify as a “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder. To the extent this Code requires a higher standard than required by commercial practice or applicable laws, rules or regulations, we adhere to these higher standards.

 

This Code is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

 

  honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;
  full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in other public communications made by the Company;
  compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations;
  prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code; and
  accountability for adherence to the Code.

 

II. APPLICABILITY

 

This Code applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Company, whether they work for the Company on a full-time, part-time, consultative or temporary basis (each, an “ employee ” and collectively, the “ employees ”). Certain provisions of the Code apply specifically to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, senior finance officer, controller, senior vice presidents, vice presidents and any other persons who perform similar functions for the Company (each, a “ senior officer ,” and collectively, the “ senior officers ”).

 

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has appointed the Company’s Legal Officer, as the Compliance Officer for the Company (the “ Compliance Officer ”). If you have any questions regarding the Code or would like to report any violation of the Code, please email the Compliance Officer at 2957316236@qq.com.

 

This Code has been adopted by the Board and shall become effective (the " Effective Time ") upon the effectiveness of the Company's registration statement on Form F-1 filed by the Company with the SEC relating to the Company's initial public offering.

 

III.  CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

Identifying Conflicts of Interest

 

A conflict of interest occurs when an employee’s private interest interferes, or appears to interfere, in any way with the interests of the Company as a whole. An employee should actively avoid any private interest that may impact such employee’s ability to act in the interests of the Company or that may make it difficult to perform the employee’s work objectively and effectively. In general, the following should be considered conflicts of interest:

 

 
 

 

  Competing Business . No employee may be employed by a business that competes with the Company or deprives it of any business.
     
  Corporate Opportunity . No employee should use corporate property, information or his/her position with the Company to secure a business opportunity that would otherwise be available to the Company. If an employee discovers a business opportunity that is in the Company’s line of business through the use of the Company’s property, information or position, the employee must first present the business opportunity to the Company before pursuing the opportunity in his/her individual capacity.
     
  Financial Interests .

 

  (i) No employee may have any financial interest (ownership or otherwise), either directly or indirectly through a spouse or other family member, in any other business or entity if such interest adversely affects the employee’s performance of duties or responsibilities to the Company, or requires the employee to devote time to it during such employee’s working hours at the Company;
     
  (ii) No employee may hold any ownership interest in a privately held company that is in competition with the Company;
     
  (iii) An employee may hold up to 5% ownership interest in a publicly traded company that is in competition with the Company; provided that if the employee’s ownership interest in such publicly traded company increases to more than 5%, the employee must immediately report such ownership to the Compliance Officer;
     
  (iv) No employee may hold any ownership interest in a company that has a business relationship with the Company if such employee’s duties at the Company include managing or supervising the Company’s business relations with that company; and
     
  (v) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Code,
     
    (a) a director or any family member of such director (collectively, “ Director Affiliates ”) or a senior officer or any family member of such senior officer   (collectively, “ Officer Affiliates ”) may continue to hold his/her investment or other financial interest in a business or entity (an “ Interested Business ”) that:

 

  (1) was made or obtained either (x) before the Company invested in or otherwise became interested in such business or entity; or (y) before the director or senior officer joined the Company (for the avoidance of doubt, regardless of whether the Company had or had not already invested in or otherwise become interested in such business or entity at the time the director or senior officer joined the Company); or
   
  (2) may in the future be made or obtained by the director or senior officer, provided that at the time such investment or other financial interest is made or obtained, the Company has not yet invested in or otherwise become interested in such business or entity;

 

  provided that such director or senior officer shall disclose such investment or other financial interest to the Board;

 

 
 

 

  (b) an interested director or senior officer shall refrain from participating in any discussion among senior officers of the Company relating to an Interested Business and shall not be involved in any proposed transaction between the Company and an Interested Business; and
   
  (c) before any Director Affiliate or Officer Affiliate (i) invests, or otherwise acquires any equity or other financial interest, in a business or entity that is in competition with the Company; or (ii) enters into any transaction with the Company, the related director or senior officer shall obtain prior approval from the Audit Committee of the Board.

 

  Loans or Other Financial Transactions . No employee may obtain loans or guarantees of personal obligations from, or enter into any other personal financial transaction with, any company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company. This guideline does not prohibit arms-length transactions with recognized banks or other financial institutions.
     
  Service on Boards and Committees . No employee shall serve on a board of directors or trustees or on a committee of any entity (whether profit or not-for-profit) whose interests  could reasonably be expected to conflict with those of the Company. Employees must obtain prior approval from the Board before accepting any such board or committee position. The Company may revisit its approval of any such position at any time to determine whether an employee’s service in such position is still appropriate.

 

The above is in no way a complete list of situations where conflicts of interest may arise. The following questions might serve as a useful guide in assessing a potential conflict of interest situation not specifically addressed above:

 

  Is the action to be taken legal?
  Is it honest and fair?
  Is it in the best interests of the Company?

 

Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest

 

The Company requires that employees fully disclose any situations that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. If an employee suspects that he/she has a conflict of interest, or a situation that others could reasonably perceive as a conflict of interest, the employee must report it immediately to the Compliance Officer. Conflicts of interest may only be waived by the Board, or the appropriate committee of the Board, and will be promptly disclosed to the public to the extent required by law and applicable rules of the applicable stock exchange.

 

Family Members and Work

 

The actions of family members outside the workplace may also give rise to conflicts of interest because they may influence an employee’s objectivity in making decisions on behalf of the Company. If a member of an employee’s family is interested in doing business with the Company, the criteria as to whether to enter into or continue the business relationship and the terms and conditions of the relationship must be no less favorable to the Company compared with those that would apply to an unrelated party seeking to do business with the Company under similar circumstances.

 

 
 

 

Employees should report any situation involving family members that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest to their supervisor or the Compliance Officer. For purposes of this Code, “family members” or “members of employee’s family” include an employee’s spouse, parents, children and siblings, whether by blood, marriage or adoption or anyone residing in such employee’s home.

 

IV. GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT

 

The giving and receiving of appropriate gifts may be considered common business practice. Appropriate business gifts and entertainment are welcome courtesies designed to build relationships and understanding among business partners. However, gifts and entertainment should never compromise, or appear to compromise, an employee’s ability to make objective and fair business decisions.

 

It is the responsibility of employees to use good judgment in this area. As a general rule, employees may give or receive gifts or entertainment to or from customers or suppliers only if the gift or entertainment is in compliance with applicable law, insignificant in amount and not given in consideration or expectation of any action by the recipient. All gifts and entertainment expenses made on behalf of the Company must be properly accounted for on expense reports. We encourage employees to submit gifts received to the Company. While it is not mandatory to submit small gifts, gifts of over US$100 must be submitted immediately to the human resources department of the Company.

 

Bribes and kickbacks are criminal acts, strictly prohibited by law. An employee must not offer, give, solicit or receive any form of bribe or kickback anywhere in the world.

 

V. FCPA COMPLIANCE

 

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits giving anything of value, directly or indirectly, to officials of foreign governments or foreign political candidates in order to obtain or retain business. A violation of FCPA does not only violate the Company’s policy but also constitute a civil or criminal offense under FCPA which the Company is subject to after the Effective Time. No employee shall give or authorize directly or indirectly any illegal payments to government officials of any country. While the FCPA does, in certain limited circumstances, allow nominal “facilitating payments” to be made, any such payment must be discussed with and approved by an employee’s supervisor in advance before it can be made.

 

VI. PROTECTION AND USE OF COMPANY ASSETS

 

Employees should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use for legitimate business purposes only. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. Any use of the funds or assets of the Company, whether for personal gain or not, for any unlawful or improper purpose is strictly prohibited.

 

To ensure the protection and proper use of the Company’s assets, each employee should:

 

  Exercise reasonable care to prevent theft, damage or misuse of Company property;
  Promptly report any actual or suspected theft, damage or misuse of Company property;
  Safeguard all electronic programs, data, communications and written materials from unauthorized access; and
  Use Company property only for legitimate business purposes.

 

 
 

 

Except as approved in advance by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company, the Company prohibits political contributions (directly or through trade associations) by any employee on behalf of the Company. Prohibited political contributions include:

 

  any contributions of the Company’s funds or other assets for political purposes;
  encouraging individual employees to make any such contribution; and
  reimbursing an employee for any political contribution.

 

VII. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Employees should abide by the Company’s rules and policies in protecting the intellectual property and confidential information, including the following:

 

  All inventions, creative works, computer software, and technical or trade secrets developed by an employee in the course of performing the employee’s duties or primarily through the use of the Company’s assets or resources while working at the Company shall be the property of the Company.
     
  Employees should maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company or entities with which the Company has business relations, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the company or its business associates, if disclosed.
     
  The Company maintains a strict confidentiality policy. During an employee’s term of employment with the Company, the employee shall comply with any and all written or unwritten rules and policies concerning confidentiality and shall fulfill the duties and responsibilities concerning confidentiality applicable to the employee.
     
  In addition to fulfilling the responsibilities associated with his/her position in the Company, an employee shall not, without obtaining prior approval from the Company, disclose, announce or publish trade secrets or other confidential business information of the Company, nor shall an employee use such confidential information outside the course of his/her duties to the Company.
     
  Even outside the work environment, an employee must maintain vigilance and refrain from disclosing important information regarding the Company or its business, business associates or employees.
     
  An employee’s duty of confidentiality with respect to the confidential information of the Company survives the termination of such employee’s employment with the Company for any reason until such time as the Company discloses such information publicly or the information otherwise becomes available in the public sphere through no fault of the employee.
     
  Upon termination of employment, or at such time as the Company requests, an employee must return to the Company all of its property without exception, including all forms of medium containing confidential information, and may not retain duplicate materials.

 

VIII. ACCURACY OF FINANCIAL REPORTS AND OTHER PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS

 

Upon the Effective Time, the Company will be required to report its financial results and other material information about its business to the public and the SEC. It is the Company’s policy to promptly disclose accurate and complete information regarding its business, financial condition and results of operations. Employees must strictly comply with all applicable standards, laws, regulations and policies for accounting and financial reporting of transactions, estimates and forecasts. Inaccurate, incomplete or untimely reporting will not be tolerated and can severely damage the Company and result in legal liability.

 

 
 

 

Employees should be on guard for, and promptly report, any possibility of inaccurate or incomplete financial reporting. Particular attention should be paid to:

 

  Financial results that seem inconsistent with the performance of the underlying business;
  Transactions that do not seem to have an obvious business purpose; and
  Requests to circumvent ordinary review and approval procedures.

 

The Company’s senior financial officers and other employees working in the finance department have a special responsibility to ensure that all of the Company’s financial disclosures are full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. Any practice or situation that might undermine this objective should be reported to the Compliance Officer.

 

Employees are prohibited from directly or indirectly taking any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead or fraudulently influence the Company’s independent auditors for the purpose of rendering the financial statements of the Company materially misleading. Prohibited actions include but are not limited to:

 

  issuing or reissuing a report on the Company’s financial statements that is not warranted in the circumstances (due to material violations of U.S. GAAP, generally accepted auditing standards or other professional or regulatory standards);
     
  not performing audit, review or other procedures required by generally accepted auditing standards or other professional standards;
     
  not withdrawing an issued report when withdrawal is warranted under the circumstances; or
     
  not communicating matters required to be communicated to the Company’s Audit Committee.

 

IX. COMPANY RECORDS

 

Accurate and reliable records are crucial to the Company’s business and form the basis of its earnings statements, financial reports and other disclosures to the public. The Company’s records are a source of essential data that guides business decision-making and strategic planning. Company records include, but are not limited to, booking information, payroll, timecards, travel and expense reports, e-mails, accounting and financial data, measurement and performance records, electronic data files and all other records maintained in the ordinary course of business. All Company records must be complete, accurate and reliable in all material respects. There is never an acceptable reason to make false or misleading entries. Undisclosed or unrecorded funds, payments or receipts are strictly prohibited. An employee is responsible for understanding and complying with the Company’s recordkeeping policy. An employee should contact the Compliance Officer if he/she has any questions regarding the recordkeeping policy.

 

 
 

 

X. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

 

Each employee has an obligation to comply with the laws of the cities, provinces, regions and countries in which the Company operates. This includes, without limitation, laws covering commercial bribery and kickbacks, patent, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, information privacy, insider trading, offering or receiving gratuities, employment harassment, environmental protection, occupational health and safety, false or misleading financial information, misuse of corporate assets and foreign currency exchange activities. Employees are expected to understand and comply with all laws, rules and regulations that apply to their positions at the Company. If any doubt exists about whether a course of action is lawful, the employee should seek advice immediately from the Compliance Officer.

 

XI. DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT

 

The Company is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and will not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment based on race, ethnicity, religion, gender, age, national origin or any other protected class. For further information, employees should consult the Compliance Officer.

 

XII. FAIR DEALING

 

Each employee should endeavor to deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. None should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other

unfair-dealing practice.

 

XIII. HEALTH AND SAFETY

 

The Company strives to provide employees with a safe and healthy work environment. Each employee has responsibility for maintaining a safe and healthy workplace for other employees by following environmental, safety and health rules and practices and reporting accidents, injuries and unsafe equipment, practices or conditions. Violence or threats of violence are not permitted.

 

Each employee is expected to perform his/her duty to the Company in a safe manner, not under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs or other controlled substances. The use of illegal drugs or other controlled substances in the workplace is prohibited.

 

XIV. VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE

 

All employees have a duty to report any known or suspected violation of this Code, including any violation of laws, rules, regulations or policies that apply to the Company. Reporting a known or suspected violation of this Code by others will not be considered an act of disloyalty, but an action to safeguard the reputation and integrity of the Company and its employees.

 

If an employee knows of or suspects a violation of this Code, it is such employee’s responsibility to immediately report the violation to the Compliance Officer, who will work with the employee to investigate his/her concern. All questions and reports of known or suspected violations of this Code will be treated with sensitivity and discretion. The Compliance Officer and the Company will protect the employee’s confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with the law and the Company’s need to investigate the employee’s concern. It is the Company’s policy that any employee who violates this Code will be subject to appropriate discipline, including termination of employment, based upon the facts and

circumstances of each particular situation. An employee’s conduct, if it does not comply with the law or with this Code, can result in serious consequences for both the employee and the Company.

 

 
 

 

The Company strictly prohibits retaliation against an employee who, in good faith, seeks help or reports known or suspected violations. An employee inflicting reprisal or retaliation against another employee for reporting a known or suspected violation will be subject to disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

 

XV. WAIVERS OF THE CODE

 

Waivers of this Code will be granted on a case-by-case basis and only in extraordinary circumstances. Waivers of this Code may be made only by the Board, or the appropriate Committee of the Board, and may be promptly disclosed to the public if so required by applicable laws and regulations and rules of the applicable stock exchange.

 

XVI. CONCLUSION

 

This Code contains general guidelines for conducting the business of the Company consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. If employees have any questions about these guidelines, they should contact the Compliance Officer. We expect all employees to adhere to these standards. Each employee is separately responsible for his/her actions. Conduct that violates the law or this Code cannot be justified by claiming that it was ordered by a supervisor or someone in higher management positions. If an employee engages in conduct prohibited by the law or this Code, such employee will be deemed to have acted outside the scope of his/her employment. Such conduct will subject the employee to disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

 

* * * * * * * * * * * * *

 

 
 

 

漢 坤 律 師 事 務 所

Han Kun Law Offices

Suite 906, Office Tower C1, Oriental Plaza, 1 East Chang An Avenue, Beijing 100738, P. R. China

Tel: (86 10) 8525 5500; Fax: (86 10) 8525 5511 / 8525 5522

北京Beijing – 上海 Shanghai – 深圳 Shenzhen – 香港 Hong Kong

www.hankunlaw.com

 

April 13, 2017

 

To: China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc.

 

Dongsanhuan Middle Road

#1 Building Unit 1 Room 1501 Unit 13-14,

Chaoyang District, Beijing, People’s Republic of China 100020

 

Dear Sirs or Madams:

 

We are qualified lawyers of the People’s Republic of China (the “ PRC ” or “ China ”, for the purpose of this opinion only, the PRC shall not include the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan) and as such are qualified to issue this opinion on the laws and regulations of the PRC effective as of the date hereof.

 

We act as the PRC counsel to China Internet Nationwide Financial Services Inc. (the “ Company ”), a company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, in connection with (i) the proposed initial public offering (the “ Offering ”) of certain number of ordinary shares of the Company (the “ Ordinary Shares ”), by the Company as set forth in the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “ Registration Statement ”), filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (as amended) in relation to the Offering, and (ii) the Company’s proposed listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ Global Market.

 

A. Documents and Assumptions

 

In rendering this opinion, we have examined originals or copies of the due diligence documents provided to us by the Company and the PRC Companies (as defined below) and such other documents, corporate records and certificates issued by the governmental authorities in the PRC (collectively the “ Documents ”).

 

In rendering this opinion, we have assumed without independent investigation that (“ Assumptions ”):

 

(i) All signatures, seals and chops are genuine, each signature on behalf of a party thereto is that of a person duly authorized by such party to execute the same, all Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, and all Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the originals;

 

(ii) Each of the parties to the Documents, other than the PRC Companies, (a) if a legal person or other entity, is duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and/or incorporation, or (b) if an individual, has full capacity for civil conduct; each of them, other than the PRC Companies, has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Documents to which it is a party in accordance with the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or incorporation or the laws that it/she/he is subject to;

 

(iii) The Documents that were presented to us remain in full force and effect on the date of this opinion and have not been revoked, amended or supplemented, and no amendments, revisions, supplements, modifications or other changes have been made, and no revocation or termination has occurred, with respect to any of the Documents after they were submitted to us for the purposes of this legal opinion;

 

(iv) The laws of jurisdictions other than the PRC which may be applicable to the execution, delivery, performance or enforcement of the Documents are complied with; and

 

CONFIDENTIALITY. This document contains confidential information which may also be privileged. Unless you are the addressee (or authorized to receive for the addressee), you may not copy, use, or distribute it. If you have received it in error, please advise Han Kun Law Offices immediately by telephone or facsimile and return it promptly by mail. Thanks.

 

 
 

 

Han Kun Law Offices

 

(v) All requested Documents have been provided to us and all factual statements made to us by the Company and the PRC Companies in connection with this legal opinion are true, correct and complete.

 

B. Definitions

 

In addition to the terms defined in the context of this opinion, the following capitalized terms used in this opinion shall have the meanings ascribed to them as follows:

 

(a) Governmental Agency ” means any national, provincial or local governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, agency or commission in the PRC, or any court, tribunal or any other judicial body in the PRC, or anybody exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory, or taxing authority or power of similar nature in the PRC;

 

(b) Governmental Authorizations ” means any license, approval, consent, waiver, order, sanction, certificate, authorization, filing, disclosure, registration, exemption, permission, endorsement, annual inspection, clearance, qualification, permit or license by, from or with any Governmental Agency pursuant to any PRC Laws;

 

(c) Kashgar Entity ” means Kashgar Sheng Yingxin Enterprise Consulting Co., Ltd. (喀什圣盈信企业咨询有限公司), a wholly owned subsidiary of PRC Operating Entity;

 

(d) M&A Rules ” means the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors promulgated by six PRC regulatory agencies, including the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration for Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the China Securities Regulatory Commission, and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, which became effective on September 8, 2006 and was amended on June 22, 2009 by the Ministry of Commerce;

 

(e) PRC Companies ” means PRC Subsidiary, PRC Operating Entity and Kashgar Entity, and “ PRC Company ” means any of them;

 

(f) PRC Operating Entity ” means Sheng Ying Xin (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd (圣盈信(北京)管理咨询有限公司);

 

(g) PRC Laws ” mean all applicable national, provincial and local laws, regulations, rules, orders, decrees, and supreme court’s judicial interpretations of the PRC currently in effect and publicly available on the date of this opinion; and

 

(h) PRC Subsidiary ” means Beijing Yingxin Yijia Network Technology Co., Ltd (北京盈信益嘉网络科技有限公司).

 

Based on our review of the Documents and subject to the Assumptions and the Qualifications, we are of the opinion that:

 

(i) VIE Structure . The ownership structure of PRC Subsidiary and PRC Operating Entity, currently and immediately after giving effect to the Offering, will not result in any violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect. Each of PRC Subsidiary and PRC Operating Entity and, to the best of our knowledge after due inquiry, each shareholder of the PRC Operating Entity, has full power, authority and legal right (corporate or otherwise) to execute, deliver and perform their respective obligations in respect of each of the agreements under the contractual arrangements described in the Registration Statement under the caption “Corporate History and Structure” (the “ VIE Agreements ”) to which it is a party, and has duly authorized, executed and delivered each of the VIE Agreements to which it is a party. The VIE Agreements constitute valid, legal and binding obligations enforceable against each of the parties thereto in accordance with the terms of each of the VIE Agreements, subject, as to enforceability, to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles. To the best of our knowledge after due inquiry, none of PRC Subsidiary or PRC Operating Entity is in material breach or default in the performance or observance of the VIE Agreements to which it is a party.

 

 
 

 

Han Kun Law Offices

 

The due execution, delivery and performance of each of the VIE Agreements by PRC Subsidiary and PRC Operating Entity and the other parties thereto, and the due consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder, do not (A) result in any violation of the business license, articles of association, approval certificate or other constitutional documents (if any) of any of PRC Subsidiary and PRC Operating Entity; or (B) result in any violation of any explicit requirements under the PRC Laws. No Governmental Authorizations are required under any PRC Laws in connection with the due execution, delivery or performance of each of the VIE Agreements other than those already obtained, however, any exercise by the PRC Subsidiary of its rights under the relevant Exclusive Option Agreement will be subject to: (a) the approval of and/or registration with the Governmental Agencies for the resulting equity transfer; and (b) the exercise price for equity transfer under the VIE Agreements complying with the PRC Laws.

 

However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current PRC laws and regulations and there can be no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with our opinion stated above.

 

(ii) M&A Rules; No Governmental Authorization; No Conflicts. Based on our understanding of the explicit provisions under the PRC Laws as of the date hereof, we believe that since the PRC Subsidiary was established by means of direct investment rather than by merger or acquisition directly or indirectly of the equity interest or assets of any “domestic company” as defined under the M&A Rules, and no provision in the M&A Rules classifies the contractual arrangements contemplated under the VIE Agreements as a type of acquisition transaction falling under the M&A Rules, we are of the opinion that the issue and sale of the Ordinary Shares by the Company on the NASDAQ Global Market, do not require any Governmental Authorization. However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current PRC laws and regulations and there can be no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with our opinion stated above.

 

(iii) Enforceability of Civil Procedures. The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other form of reciprocity with the United States or the British Virgin Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against a company or its directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States or the British Virgin Islands.

 

(iv) Taxation. The statements made in the Registration Statement under the caption “Taxation—People’s Republic of China Taxation,” with respect to the PRC tax laws and regulations or interpretations, constitute true and accurate descriptions of the matters described therein in all material aspects and such statements represent our opinion.

 

(v) Lending General Provisions . The direct loans made by the PRC Operating Entity on June 10, 2015 and June 15, 2015 (as amended on December 31, 2015 and February 28, 2016) to Beijing Ailirui Trading Company Limited totaling RMB150 million (approximately $22.59 million) and the direct loans made by the PRC Operating Entity to Xiamen Jingsu Trading Limited Company totaling RMB18 million (approximately $2.71 million) on each of March 24, 28 and 31, 2016 and April 14, 2016 pursuant to a loan contract signed on March 18, 2016 (collectively the “ Direct Loans ”) are not in compliance with certain provisions of the Lending General Provisions, under which, the People’s Bank of China (“ PBOC ”) could impose fines on the PRC Operating Entity and the amount of the potential fine would be no less than one time but no more than five times the gains that the PRC Operating Entity obtained from such Direct Loans. However, pursuant to Provisions of the Supreme People’s Court on Several Issues Concerning the Application of Law in the Trial of Private Lending Cases, private lending contracts relating to direct private lending activities between companies are effective if such lending activities are not part of the ordinary business of the lender. Therefore, based on past practices and recent interpretation of the Supreme People’s Court, it is unlikely the PBOC will impose any fines or penalties although there cannot be any assurance that no such fines or other punitive actions will be taken against the PRC Operating Entity.

 

 
 

 

Han Kun Law Offices

 

(vi) PRC Laws. All statements set forth in the Registration Statement under the captions “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities,” “Corporate History and Structure,” “Business,” “Regulation,” “Management,” “Related Party Transactions” and “Taxation”, in each case insofar as such statements describe or summarize PRC legal or regulatory matters, are true and accurate in all material aspects, and correctly set forth therein, and nothing has been omitted from such statements which would make the same misleading in all material aspects.

 

Our opinion expressed above is subject to the following qualifications (the “ Qualifications ”):

 

i. Our opinion is limited to the PRC Laws of general application on the date hereof. We have made no investigation of, and do not express or imply any views on, the laws of any jurisdiction other than the PRC.

 

ii. The PRC Laws referred to herein are laws and regulations publicly available and currently in force on the date hereof and there is no guarantee that any of such laws and regulations, or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, will not be changed, amended or revoked in the future with or without retrospective effect.

 

iii. Our opinion is subject to the effects of (i) certain legal or statutory principles affecting the enforceability of contractual rights generally under the concepts of public interest, social ethics, national security, good faith, fair dealing, and applicable statutes of limitation; (ii) any circumstance in connection with formulation, execution or performance of any legal documents that would be deemed materially mistaken, clearly unconscionable, fraudulent, coercionary or concealing illegal intentions with a lawful form; (iii) judicial discretion with respect to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, remedies or defenses, or calculation of damages; and (iv) the discretion of any competent PRC legislative, administrative or judicial bodies in exercising their authority in the PRC.

 

iv. This opinion is issued based on our understanding of the current PRC Laws. For matters not explicitly provided under the current PRC Laws, the interpretation, implementation and application of the specific requirements under the PRC Laws are subject to the final discretion of competent PRC legislative, administrative and judicial authorities, and there can be no assurance that the Government Agencies will ultimately take a view that is not contrary to our opinion stated above. Under relevant PRC laws and regulations, foreign investment is restricted in certain businesses and subject to government approval. The interpretation and implementation of these laws and regulations, and their application to and effect on the legality, binding effect and enforceability of contracts, including the VIE Agreements, are subject to the discretion of competent PRC legislative, administrative and judicial authorities.

 

v. We may rely, as to matters of fact (but not as to legal conclusions), to the extent we deem proper, on certificates and confirmations of responsible officers of the PRC Companies and PRC government officials.

 

vi. This opinion is intended to be used in the context which is specifically referred to herein.

 

vii. As used in this opinion, the expression “to our best knowledge” or similar language with reference to matters of fact refers to the current actual knowledge of the attorneys of this firm who have worked on matters for the Company in connection with the Offering and the transactions contemplated thereunder. We have not undertaken any independent investigation to determine the existence or absence of any fact, and no inference as to our knowledge of the existence or absence of any fact should be drawn from our representation of the Company or the rendering of this opinion.
   

 

This opinion is strictly limited to the matters stated herein and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated herein. The opinion expressed herein is rendered only as of the date hereof, and we assume no responsibility to advise you of facts, circumstances, events or developments that hereafter may be brought to our attention and that may alter, affect or modify the opinion expressed herein.

 

The opinion expressed herein is solely for the benefit of the Company and without our prior written consent, neither this opinion nor our opinion herein may be relied upon by any other person. We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement, and to the reference to our name in such Registration Statement.

 

Yours faithfully,  
   
/s/ HANKUN LAW OFFICES  
HAN KUN LAW OFFICES  

 

 
 

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

 

 

     
     

  .